 |
 |
| GAG
- GAN - GARCIA -
GE - GÊNE/GÈNE - GENRE
- GH/GI - GIBSON -
GL - GO - Citer
ce site - GR - GRI -
GROUPE - GU -
GUILFORD - GY |
|
|
|
|
 G de Hedges : Test
statistique, développé par Hedges,
qui estime l'ampleur
de l'effet d'une variable
indépendante.
| |
| Indice
G |
Interprétation
|
| <=
0.20 |
Faible
effet |
| = 0.5 |
Effet
Moyen |
| > =
0.8 |
Effet
important |
| |
|
|
| |
HEDGES, L. (1981). Distribution theory for Glass’s
estimator of effect size and related estimators.
Journal of Educational Statistics, 6 (2),
107-128. |
|
HEDGES, L. (1982). Estimation of effect size from a series
of independent experiments. Psychological Bulletin,
7, 119-137. |
|
HEDGES, L. & OLKIN, I. (1985). Statistical
methods for meta-analysis. San Diego, CA : Academic
Press |
|
 |
Voir aussi
Estimation de l'ampleur/Taille de l'effet |
 |
|
GABA
: Neurotransmetteur
inhibiteur du système nerveux
central, notamment chez les oiseaux
et les mammifères
(incluant l'humain). =
acide y-aminobutyrique. Gamma-Aminobutyric
acid.
| |
|
|
GEORGE, F.R., O'CONNOR, M.F., DEFRIES, J.C. & COLLINS,
A.C. (1980). Components of the GABA system in mice
selectively bred for differences in open-field activity. Brain Research, 200, 85-92. |
ZILLES, K., WU, J., CRUSIO, W.E. & SCHWEGLER, H.
(2000). Water maze and radial maze learning and the
density of binding sites of glutamate, GABA, and serotonin
receptors in the hippocampus of inbred mouse strains.
Hippocampus, 10, 213-225. |
|
TAMMINGA, C.A., THAKER, G.K., HARE, T. & FERARO, T.
(1983). GABA agonist therapy improves tardive dyskinesia.
Lancet, 2, 97-98. |
TOSHIYUKI, S. (2001). Unmasking of silent "task-related"
neuronal activity in the monkey prefrontal cortex by a
GABA (A) antagonist. Neuroscience Research, 39
(1), 123-131. [PDF] |
|
GAIO, J.M., POLLAK, P., HOMMEL, M. & PERRET, J.
(1987). Clinical and biochemical effects of gamma-vinyl
Gaba in tardive dyskinesia. Journal of Neurology,
Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 50 (12), 1674-1678.
[PDF] |
FARRANT M. & NUSSER, Z. (2005). Variations on an
inhibitory theme : phasic and tonic activation of GABA-A
receptors. Nature Review Neuroscience, 6,
215-229. [PDF] |
|
HENDRY, S.H.C. & JONES, E.G. (1988).
Activity-dependent regulation of GABA expression in the
visual cortex of adult monkeys. Neuron, 1,
701-712. |
KALUEFF, A.V. & NUTT, D.J. (2007). Role of GABA in
anxiety and depression. Depression & Anxiety, 24,
495-517. [PDF] |
| |
MAKKAR, S.R., ZHANG, S.Q. & CRANNEY, J. (2010).
Behavioral and neural analysis of GABA in the acquisition,
consolidation, reconsolidation, and extinction of fear
memory. Neuropsychopharmacology, 35, 1625-1652.
[PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Neurotransmetteur |
|
|
Gabbard Glen Owens (1949-) :
Psychanalyste américain, spécialiste de l'étude des
troubles de la personnalité, et plus particulièrement de la
personnalité limite.
Collaborateur de Fonagy et
Hoglend. 
 |
GABBARD, G.O. & WILKINSON, S.M. (1994). Management
of countertransference with borderline patients.
Washington, DC : American Jutta HiPsychiatric Press. |
|
GABBARD, G.O. (2001). Cyberpassion : Erotic transference
on the Internet. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 70
(4), 719-739. |
|
GABBARD, G.O. (2002). The psychology of the Sopranos
: Love, death, desire and betrayal in America's favorite
gangster family. New York : Basic Books. |
|
GABBARD, G.O., GUNDERSON, J.G. & FONAGY, P. (2002).
The place of psychoanalytic treatments within psychiatry.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 59 (6), 505-510. |
|
GABBARD, G.O. (2005). Mind, brain, and personality
disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162 (4),
648-655. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Gable Myron ( ) :
Psychologie américain, spécialiste de l'étude de la
personnalité, notamment du
machiavélisme.
|
GABLE, M. & TOPOL, M. (1989). Machiavellianism and job satisfaction of retailing executives in a specialty retail chain. Psychological Reports, 64, 107-112. |
|
GABLE, M. & TOPOL, M. (1989). Machiavellianism and job satisfaction of retailing executives in a specialty retail chain. Psychological Reports, 64, 107-112. |
| GABLE, M., HOLLON, C. & DANGELLO, F. (1992). Managerial structuring of work as a moderator of the Machiavellianism and job performance relationship. Journal of Psychology, 126, 317-325.
|
| GABLE, M. & TOPOL, M. (1991). Machiavellian managers : Do they perform better ? Journal of Business & Psychology, 5 (3), 355-365.
|
|
GABLE, M. & DANGELLO, F. (1994). Locus of control, Machiavellianism, and managerial job performance. Journal of Psychology, 128, 599-608. |
|
|
|
Gabon : Pays. =
République gabonaise.
Gabon.
|
|
| |
TUTIN, C.E.G. & FERNANDEZ, M. (1983). Gorillas feeding
on termites in Gabon, West Africa. Journal of
Mammalogy, 64, 511-513. |
TUTIN, C.E.G. & FERNANDEZ, M. (1985). Foods consumed
by sympatric populations of Gorilla gorilla gorilla and
Pan troglodytes troglodytes in Gabon : some preliminary
data. International Journal of Primatology, 6,
27-43.
|
|
TUTIN, C.E.G., HAM, R. & WROGEMANN, D. (1995).
Tool-use by chimpanzee (Pan t. troglodytes) in the Lopé
Reserve, Gabon. Primates, 36, 181-192. |
|
BOESCH, C., HEAD, J., TAGG, N., ARANDJELOVIC, M., VIGILANT,
L. & ROBBINS, M. (2008). Fatal chimpanzee attack in
Loango National Park, Gabon. International Journal of
Primatology, 28, 1025-1034. |
|
|
|
Gabrielsson Alf ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain d'origine anglaise, spécialisé dans l'étude
de la musique, des émotions
et du terrorisme.
Collaborateur de Juslin et
Sloboda.
|
GABRIELSSON, A. (1973). Similarity ratings and dimension
analyses of auditory rhythm patterns : I. Scandinavian
Journal of Psychology, 14, 138-160 |
|
GABRIELSSON, A. (1974). Performance of rhythm patterns. Scandinavian
Journal of Psychology, 15, 63-72. |
| GABRIELSSON, A., HAGERMAN, B., BECH-KRISTENSEN, G.
& LUNDBERG, G. (1990). Perceived sound quality
of reproductions with different frequency responses and
sound levels. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 88, 1359-1366.
|
|
GABRIELSSON, A. & JUSLIN, P.N. (1996). Emotional
expression in music performance : Between the performer's
intention and the listener's experience. Psychology of
Music, 24 (1), 68-91. |
|
GABRIELSSON, A. & WIK, S.L. (2003). Strong experiences
related to music : A descriptive system. Musicae
Scientiae, 7, 157-217. |
|
|
|
Gächter Simon ( ) : Économiste
béhavioriste
autrichien et spécialiste de la
théorie des jeux. Il s'intéresse notamment à la coopération
et au principe de
réciprocité. = Gaechter.
Collaborateur de Fehr.
|
GÄCHTER, S., HERRMANN, B. & THÖNI, C. (2004). Trust,
voluntary cooperation, and, socio-economic background :
survey and experimental evidence. Journal of Economic
Behavior & Organization, 55 (4), 505-531. |
|
GÄCHTER, S. & THÖNI, C. (2005). Social learning and
voluntary cooperation among like-minded people. Journal
of the European Economic Association, 3 (2-3),
303-314. |
|
GÄCHTER, S. & THÖNI, C. (2010). Social comparison and
performance : experimental evidence on the fair
wage-effort hypothesis. Journal of Economic Behavior
& Organization, 76 (3), 531-543. |
|
GAECHTER, S. & THÖNI, C. (2011). Micromotives,
microstructure and macrobehavior : The case of voluntary
cooperation. Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 35
(1), 26-65. |
|
GAECHTER, S. (2015). Visible inequality breeds more
inequality. Nature, 526, 333-334. |
|
|
|
Gàcsi Màrta (Budapest 1952-) : Éthologiste
hongroise et spécialiste de l'étude du chien
et du loup. Collaboratrice de
Csànski, Miklosi
et Topàl.
|
GÀCSI, M., TOPÀL, J., MIKLOSI, A., DOKA, A. & CSÀNYI,
V. (2001). Attachment behaviour of adult dogs (Canis
familiaris) living at rescue centres : Forming new bonds.
Journal of Comparative Psychology, 115, 423-431.
|
|
GÀCSI, M., GYORI, B., MIKLOSI, A., VIRANYI, Z., KUBINYI,
E.E., TOPAL, J.C. & SANYI, V. (2005). Species-specific
differences and similarities in the behavior of
hand-raised dog and wolf pups in social situations with
humans. Developmental Psychobiology, 47,
111-122. |
|
GÀCSI, M., KARA, E., BELÉNYI, B., TOPÀL, J. & MIKLOSI,
A. (2009). The effect of development and individual
differences in pointing comprehension of dogs. Animal
Cognition, 12 (3), 471-479. |
|
GÀCSI, M., SZAKADÀT, S. & MIKLOSI, A. (2013).
Assistance dogs provide a useful behavioral model to
enrich communicative skills of assistance robots. Frontiers
in Psychology, 4 (971), 1-11. [PDF] |
|
GÀCSI, M., VAS, J., TOPÀL, J. & MIKLOSI, A. (2013).
Wolves do not join the dance : Sophisticated aggression
control by adjusting to human social signals in dogs. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 145, 109-122. |
|
|
|
Gadagkar Raghavendra (1953-) : Zoologiste
et éthologiste indien, spécialisé dans l'étude des
insectes sociaux, notamment les
abeilles et les guêpes.
|
GADAGKAR, R. (1980). Dominance hierarchy and division of
labour in the social wasp, Ropalidia marginata (Lep.)
(Hymenoptera : Vespidae). Current Science, 49
(20), 772-775. [PDF] |
|
GADAGKAR, R. & JOSHI, N.V. (1984). Social organisation
in the Indian wasp Ropalidia cyathiformis (Fab.)
(Hymenoptera : Vespidae). Zeitschift Tierpsycholy, 64,
15-32. [PDF] |
|
GADAGKAR, R. & JOSHI, N.V. (1985). Colony fission in a
social wasp. Current Science, 54, 57-62. [PDF] |
|
GADAGKAR, R. (1990). Origin and evolution of eusociality :
A perspective from studying primitively eusocial wasps. Journal
of Genetics, 69 (2), 113-125. [PDF] |
|
GADAGKAR, R. (2011). Altruistic wasps ? Science, 333,
833-834. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Gaertner Samuel L. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécialiste du comportement
d'aide, du racisme
et des techniques pour en réduire l'expression et les
manifestations. Il s'intéresse aussi au biais
intergroupe. Professeur de Dovidio.
Collaborateur de Hodsonn,
Isen, Penner
et Piliavin.
|
GAERTNER, S.L. (1975). The role of racial attitudes in
helping behavior. The Journal of Social Psychology,
97, 95-101. |
|
GAERTNER, S.L. & McLAUGHLIN, J. (1983). Racial
stereotypes : Associations and ascriptions of positive and
negative characteristics. Social Psychology
Quarterly, 46, 23-30. |
|
GAERTNER, S.L., DOVIDIO, J.F. & JOHNSON, G. (1982).
Race of victim, non-responsive bystanders and helping. Journal
of Social Psychology, 117, 69-71. |
|
GAERTNER, S.L., MANN, J.A., DOVIDIO, J.F., MURRELL, A.J.
& POMARE, M. (1990). How does cooperation reduce
intergroup bias ? Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 59, 692-704. |
|
GAERTNER, S.L., RUST, M.C., DOVIDIO, J.F., BACHMAN, B.A.
& ANASTASIO, P.A. (1994). The contact hypothesis : The
role of a common ingroup identity on reducing intergroup
bias. Small Groups Research, 25 (2), 224-249. |
|
|
|
Gaffan David ( ) : Neuropsychologue
anglais et spécialiste de l'étude des amnésies
et de la mémoire,
notamment de la mémoire
épisodique. Collaborateur de
Easton et
Weinskrantz.
|
GAFFAN, D. (1970). The dorsal columns and attention
theory. Brain Research, 24, 553-544. |
|
GAFFAN, D. (1972). Loss of recognition memory in rats with
lesions of the fornix. Neuropsychologia, 10, 327-341. |
|
GAFFAN, D. (1991). Spatial organization of episodic
memory. Hippocampus, 1, 262-264. |
|
GAFFAN, D. (1994). Scene-specific memory for objects : a
model of episodic memory impairment in monkeys with fornix
transection. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 6,
305-320. |
|
GAFFAN, D. (2002). Against memory systems. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society of London. Series B,
Biological Sciences, 357, 1111-11121. |
|
|
|
|
G - GAGNANT - GAGNÉ -
GAGNON - GAI - GALABURDA
- GALANTER - GALBRAITH
- GALDIKAS - GALL -
GALLESE - GALLUP - GALTON
- GAN |
|
|
Gage
Fred H. (1950-) : Neurobiologiste
américain, connu pour ses travaux sur la neurogénèse.
Avec Ericksson, il fut le premier à observer le développement de
nouveaux neurones dans l'hippocampe
humain. = Rusty Gage Collaborateur de
Eriksson. Professeur de
Kempermann et Kuhn.
 |
NALDINI, L., BLÖMER, U., GALLAY, P., ORY, D., MULLIGAN,
R.C. & GAGE, F.H. (1996). In vivo delivery and stable
transduction of nondividing cells by a lentiviral vector.
Science, 272 (5259), 263-267. |
|
KUHN, H.G., DICKINSON-ANSON, H. & GAGE, F.H. (1996).
Neurogenesis in the dentate gyrus of the adult rat :
Age-related decrease of neuronal progenitor proliferation.
Journal of Neuroscience, 16, 2027-2033. |
|
ERIKSSON, P.S., PERFILIEVA, E., BJÖRK-ERIKSSON, T.,
ALBORN, A.-M., NORDBORG, C., PETERSON, D.A. & GAGE,
F.H. (1998). Neurogensis in the adult human hippocampus.
Nature Medicine, 4, 1313-1317. |
|
GAGE, F.H. (2000). Mammalian neural stem cells. Science,
287 (5457), 1433-1438. |
|
GAGE, F.H. (2002). Neurogenesis in the adult brain.
Journal of Neuroscience, 22 (3), 612-613. |
|
|
|
|
|
Gage Nathaniel Lees (Union City 1917-2008) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'éducation
et de l'enseignement.
Étudiant de Skinner. Collaborateur
de Rosenshine.
|
GAGE, N.L. (1963). The handbook of research on
teaching. Chicago, IL, USA : Rand McNally. |
|
GAGE, N.L. (1967). A factorially designed experiment on
teacher structuring, soliciting, and reacting. Journal
of Teacher Education, 27, 35-38. |
|
GAGE, N.L. (1978). The scientific basis of the art of
teaching. New York, NY : Teachers College Press. |
|
GAGE, N.L. (1985). Hard gains in the soft sciences.
Bloomington, IN : Phi Delta Kappa. |
|
GAGE, N.L. & BERLINER, D.C. (1998). Educational
psychology. Boston : Houghton Mifflin. |
|
|
BERLINER, D.C. (2003). Toiling in Pasteur's quadrant : The
contributions of N.L. Gage to educational psychology. In
B.J. Zimmerman & D.H. Schuck (Eds.), Educational
psychology : A century of contributions (pp.
391-407). Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
|
|
Gages Phinehas P. (1823-1860) : Célèbre patient
qui a survécu à un accident, en 1848, qui a considérablement
endommagé son cerveau.
|
|
| |
|
|
|
HARLOW, J.M. (1848). Passage of an iron rod through the
head. Boston Medical & Surgical Journal, 39,
389-393. |
MACMILLAN, M.B. (2000). Restoring Phineas Gage : A 150th
retrospective. Journal of the History of the
Neurosciences, 9, 42-62. |
|
HARLOW, J.M. (1868). Recovery from the passage of an iron
bar through the head. Publications of the
Massachusetts Medical Society, 2, 327-347. |
|
|
BIGELOW, H.J. (1850). Dr. Harlow's case of recovery from
the passage of an iron bar through the head. American
Journal of the Medical Sciences, 19, 13-22. |
THAGARD, P.R. (2004). Spiking Phineas Gage : A
neurocomputational theory of cognitive-affective
integration in decision making. Psychological Review,
111, 67-79. [PDF] |
|
MACMILLAN, M.B. (1986). A wonderful journey through skull
and brains : The travels of Mr. Gage's tamping iron. Brain
& Cognition, 5, 67-107. |
RATIU, P., TALOS, I.F., HAWKER, S., LIEBERMAN, D. &
EVERETT, P. (2004). The tale of Phineas Gage, digitally
remastered. Journal of Neurotrauma, 21, 637-643.
|
|
DAMASIO, H.T., GRABOWSKI, T., FRANK, R., GALABURDA, A.M.
& DAMASIO, A.R. (1994). The return of Phineas Gage :
The skull of a famous patient yields clues about the
brain. Science, 264, 1102-1105. |
WILGUS, J. & WILGUS, B. (2009). Face to face with
Phineas Gage. Journal of the History of the
Neurosciences, 18 (3), 340–345. |
|
BARKER, F.G. (1995). Phineas among the phrenologists : the
American crowbar case and nineteenth century theories of
cerebral localization. Journal of Neurosurgery, 82,
672-682. |
VAN HORN, J.D., IRMIA, A., TORGERSON, C.M., CHAMBERS,
M.C., KIKINIS, R. & TOGA, A.W. (2012). Mapping
connectivity damage in the case of Phineas Gage. PLOS
One, 7 (5), 1-24. [PDF] |
|
MACMILLAN, M.B. (1996). Phineas Gage : A case for all
reasons. In C. Code, C-W. Wallesch, A-R. Lecours & Y.
Joanette (Eds.), Classic cases in neuropsychology
(pp. 243-262). East Sussex : Erlbaum. |
THIEBAUT DE SCHOTTEN, M., DELL'ACQUA, F., RATIU, P.,
LESLIE, A., HOWELLS, H., CABANIS, E., IBA-ZIZEN, M.T.,
PLAISANT, O., SIMMONS, A., DRONKERS, N. F., CORKIN, S.,
CATANI, M.O. (2015). From Phineas Gage and Monsieur
Leborgne to H.M. : Revisiting disconnection syndromes. Cerebral
Cortex, 25 (12), 1–16. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Gagnant : Gagner : Celui ou celle qui obtient un gain
ou un avantage lors d'un
litige, remporte la victoire
à la suite d'un duel/conflit/ combat
ou remporte un gros lot (loterie). Gagnant, conflit
et dominance.
= effet du gagnant. /perdant.
Winner, winning.
| |
|
REEVE, J., OLSON, B.C. & COLE, S.G. (1985). Motivation
and performance : Two consequences of winning and losing
in competition. Motivation & Emotion, 9 (3),
291-298. [PDF]
|
|
BAXTER-JONES, A. & HELMS, P. (1994). Born too late to
win ? Nature, 370, 186. |
|
HSU, Y & WOLF, L.L. (1999). The winner and loser
effect : integrating multiple experiences. Animal
Behaviour, 57, 903-910. [PDF] |
|
MESTERTON-GIBBONS, M. (1999). On the evolution of pure
winner and loser effects : a game-theoretic model.
Bulletin of Mathematical Biology, 61, 1151-1186. |
|
DUGATKIN, L.A. & EARLY, R.L. (2004). Individual
recognition, dominance hierarchies and winner and looser
effect. Proceedings of the Royal Society B :
Biological Sciences, 271, 1537-1540. |
|
PENTER, J., TAYLOR, P. & ELWOOD, R.W. (2008). Large
body size for winning and large swords for winning quickly
in swordtail males, Xiphophorus helleri. Animal
Behaviour 75 (6), 1981-1987. [PDF] |
|
DONAHUE, E.G., RIP, B. & VALLERAND, R.J. (2009). When
winning is everything : On passion and aggression in
sport. Psychology of Sport & Exercise, 10,
526-534. [PDF] |
EARLY, R.L., LU, C.-K., LEE, I-H., WONG, S.C. & HSU,
Y. (2013). Winner and loser effects are modulated by
hormonal states. Frontiers in Zoology, 10 (6),
1–13.
|
|
|
Voir aussi Conflit,
Soumission,
Victoire, Gain,
Compétition,
Sport, Jeu
de hasard et Défaite |
|
|
|
|
|
Gagné Françoys (Montréal 1940-) : Psychologue
québécois et professeur à l'Université
du Québec à Montréal, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'intelligence
et de la douance.
Professeur de Bégin et
Gagnier. Collaborateur de Forget,
Péladeau et Vallerand.
 |
GAGNÉ, F. (1983). Douance et talent : deux concepts à ne
pas confondre. Apprentissage et Socialisation, 6,
146-159. |
|
GAGNÉ, F. (1986). Douance, talent et accélération
scolaire, du préscolaire à l’université. Montréal :
Centre éducatif et culturel inc. |
|
GAGNÉ, F. (1991). Toward a differentiated model of
giftedness and talent. In N. Colangelo and G.A. Davis
(Eds.), Handbook of gifted education (pp.
65-80). Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
|
GAGNÉ, F. (1993). Constructs and models pertaining to
exceptional human abilities. In K.A. Heller, F.J. Monks
& A.H. Passow (Eds.), International handbook of
research and development of giftedness and talent
(pp. 63-85). Oxford : Pergamon Press. |
|
GAGNÉ, F. (1998). A proposal for subcategories within the
gifted or talented populations. Gifted Child
Quarterly, 42, 87-95. |
|
|
|
SHAUGHNESSY, M.F. (2024). Françoys Gagné. International
Jouenal for Talent Development & Creativity, 8 (1-2),
275-278. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Gagné
Gilles ( ) : Linguiste
québécois et professeur à l'Université
de Montréal, spécialisé dans l'étude de la langue
maternelle.
|
TCHERNOFF, A., PAGÉ, M. et GAGNÉ, G. (1977).
L’enseignement des Oraliens et des Cent tours de Centour
Une évaluation. Québec français, 28, 56-59. [PDF]
|
|
GAGNÉ, G., DAEMS, F. KROON, S. STURM, J. & TARRAB, E.
(Eds.) (1987). Selected papers in mother tongue
education/Études en pédagogie de la langue maternelle.
Dordrecht/Montreal : Foris/Centre de Diffusion. |
|
GAGNÉ, G. & A.C. PURVES (Eds.) (1993). Papers in
mother tongue education 1. Études en pédagogie de la
langue maternelle 1. Mother Tongue Education Research
Series, vol. 1. Münster/New York : Waxman. |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gagné Robert Mills (1916-2002 Signal Mountain) : Psychologue béhavioriste-cognitiviste américain, spécialisé en éducation et en apprentissage.
On lui doit le concept de hiérarchie
des apprentissages. et une forme d'enseignement «l'instruction
planifiée» (instructional design). Collaborateur de
Driscoll.
 |
GAGNÉ, R.M. (1962). Military training and principles of
learning. American Psychologist, 17, 263-276. |
|
GAGNÉ, R.M. (1965/85). The conditions of learning.
New York : Holt, Rinehart & Winston. |
|
GAGNÉ, R.M., BRIGGS L.J. & WAGER W.W. (1974/92). Principles
of instructional design. Montréal : Harcourt Brace
Jovanovich College Publishers. |
|
GAGNÉ, R.M. & WHITE, R.T. (1978). Memory structures
and learning outcomes. Review of Educational Research
48 (2), 187-222. |
|
GAGNÉ, R.M. & DRISCOLL, M. (1988). Essentials of
learning for instruction. Englewood Cliffs, NJ :
Prentice-Hall. |
|
|
FIELDS, D.C. (2000). The impact of R.M. Gagné's theories
on practice. In R. Richey (Ed.), The legacy of Robert
Gagné (pp. 183-209). Syracuse : ERIC Clearinghouse
on Instructional Technology. |
|
SMITH, P.L. & RAGAN, T.J. (2000). The impact of R.M.
Gagné's work on instructional theory. In R. Richey (Ed.),
The legacy of Robert Gagné (pp. 147-181).
Syracuse : ERIC Clearinghouse on Instructional Technology. |
|
SPECTOR, J.M. (2000). Gagné's influence on military
training research and development. In R. Richey (Ed.),
The legacy of Robert Gagné (pp. 211-227).
Syracuse : ERIC Clearinghouse on Instructional Technology. |
| ERTMER, P. A., DRISCOLL, M.P. & WAGER, W.W. (2003). The legacy of Robert Mills Gagné. In B. J. Zimmerman & D. H. Schunk (Eds.), Educational psychology: A century of contributions (pp. 303-330). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers. |
|
|
|
|
|
Gagnier Nadia ( ) : Psychologue
clinicienne béhavioriste-cognitiviste
et animatrice de télévision, spécialiste de la modification
du comportement chez les
enfants. Étudiante de Gagné.
|
GAGNÉ, F. & GAGNIER, N. (2004). The socio-affective
and academic impact of early entrance to school. Roeper
Review : A Journal on Gifted Education, 26,
128-138. |
|
GAGNIER, N. (2006). Ah! non, pas une crise : les
crises de colère chez les 2 à 6 ans et même plus.
Montréal : La Presse. |
|
GAGNIER, N. (2007). Chut! fais dodo : le sommeil et
les troubles du sommeil chez les enfants, les
adolescents et leurs parents. Montréal : La Presse. |
|
GAGNIER, N. (2009). Pour en finir avec les couches :
l'apprentissage de la propreté. Montréal : La
Presse. |
|
GAGNIER, N. (2010). Mes parents se séparent -- et moi
alors ? : la séparation des parents et les familles
recomposées. Montréal : La Presse. |
|
|
|
|
|
Gagnon Alain ( ) : Psychologue
et professeur de
psychologie au Cégep de Maisonneuve.
Collaborateur de Goulet, Richard-Bessette
et Wiedmann.
|
TAVRIS, C., WADE, C., GAGNON, A., GOULET, C. et WIEDMANN,
P. (1999). Introduction à la psychologie : Les
grandes perspectives. St-Laurent : ERPI. |
|
TAVRIS, C., WADE, C., GAGNON, A., GOULET, C. et WIEDMANN, P. (2007). Introduction à la psychologie : Les
grandes perspectives. St-Laurent : ERPI. |
|
TAVRIS, C., WADE, C., GOULET, C., GAGNON, A., WIEDMANN, P.
et RICHARD-BESSETTE, S. (2014). Initiation à la
psychologie : Les grandes perspectives. St-Laurent
: Persons/ERPI. |
| |
| |
|
|
|
Gagnon Alain G. (1954-) : Politologue
québécois et professeur à l'Université du Québec à Montréal. Collaborateur de Laforest,
Latouche
et Rocher.
 |
GAGNON, A.G. et LATOUCHE, D. (1991). Allaire,
Bélanger, Campeau et les autres. Montréal :
Québec/Amérique. |
|
BOOKS, S. & GAGNON, A.G. (Eds.) (1994). The
political influence of ideas : Policy communities and
social scientists. New York : Praeger. |
|
GAGNON, A.G. et ROCHER, G. (2002). Regard sur la
convention de la Baie-James et du nord-québécois.
Montréal : Québec Amérique. |
|
ROUILLARD, C., MONPETIT, É., FORTIER, I. et GAGNON, A.G.
(Dirs.) (2004). La réingénierie de l'état : vers un
appauvrissement de la gouvernance. Québec : Les
Presses de l'Université Laval. |
|
GAGNON, A.G. (Dirs.) (2004). Le fédéralisme canadien
au 21e siècle. Fondements, traditions,
institutions. Montréal : Presses de l'Université de
Montréal. |
|
|
|
Gagnon John H. (Fall River 1933-2016 Palm Spring) :
Sociologue américain
spécialisé dans l'étude de la sexualité.
On lui doit le concept de script
sexuel, développé en collabaration avec Simon. Collaborateur
de Simon.
 |
GAGNON, J.H. & SIMON, W. (1970). Sexual
encounters between adults and children, sex information
and education. New York : Council of the United
States. |
|
GAGNON, J.H. & SIMON, W. (1973). Sexual conduct.
The Social sources of human sexuality. Chicago :
Aldine. |
|
GAGNON, J.H. (1977). Human sexualities. New York
: Scot Foresman. |
|
GAGNON J.H. (1990). The implicit and explicit use of the
scripting perspective in sex research. Annual Review
of Sex Research, 1, 1-43. |
|
SIMON, W. & GAGNON, J.H. (2003). Sexual scripts :
Origins, influences and changes. Qualitative
Sociology, 26 (4), 491-497. |
|
|
|
Gagnon Robert ( ) : Psychologue
et méthodologiste
québécois, spécialisé dans l'étude et l'élaboration des échelles
de mesure et d'évaluation.
|
GAGNON, R., CHARLIN, B., COLETTI, M., SAUVÉ, E. & VAN
DER VLEUTEN, C. (2005). Assessment in the context of
uncertainty : how many members are needed on the panel of
reference of a script concordance test ? Medical
Education, 39, 284-291. |
|
GAGNON, R., CHARLIN, B., ROY, L., SAINT MARTIN, M., SAUVÉ,
E., BOSHZUISEN, H.P.A. & VAN DER VLEUTEN, C. (2006).
The cognitive validity of the script concordance test : a
processing time study. Teaching & Learning in
Medicine, 18, 22-27. |
|
CHARLIN, B., GAGNON, R., PELLETIER, J., COLETTI, M.,
ABI-RIZK, G., NASR, C., SAUVÉ, E. & VLEUTEN, C.
(2006). Assessment of clinical reasoning in the context of
uncertainty : the effect of variability within the
reference panel. Medical Education, 18, 22-27. |
|
CHARLIN, B., GAGNON, R., SAUVÉ, E. & COLETTI, M.
(2007). Composition of the panel of reference for
concordance tests : Do teaching functions have an impact
on examinees’ ranks and absolute scores ? Medical
Teacher, 29, 43-53. |
|
GAGNON, R., CHARLIN, B., LAMBERT, C., CARRIÈRE, B. &
VAN DER VLEUTEN, C. (2009). Script concordance testing :
More cases or more questions ? Advances in Health
Sciences Education, 14 (3), 367-375. |
|
|
|
Gai : Tout homme qui
se considère (identité), s'affiche et se comporte (rôle) comme un
homosexuel. À
l'instar des hétérosexuels,
les gais assument leur condition dans toutes les sphères
d'activités de leur vie personnelle et sociale (amis, famille,
travail, etc.). Gai, bisexuel
et lesbienne.
= gay.
Gay, gay male.
| |
|
|
McWHIRTER, D.P. & MATTISON, A.M. (1978). The treatment
of sexual dysfunction in gay male couples. Journal of
Sex & Marital Therapy, 4 (3), 213-218. |
AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (2000). Guidelines for
psychotherapy with lesbian, gay, and bisexual clients.
American Psychologist, 55, 1440-1451. |
|
BIRT, C.M. & DION, K.L. (1987). Relative deprivation
theory and responses to discrimination in a gay and
lesbian sample. The British Journal of Social
Psychology, 26, 139-145. |
WOLF-WENDEL, L.E., TOMA, J.D. & MORPHW, C.C. (2001).
How much difference is too much difference ? Perceptions
of gay men and lesbians in intercollegiate athletics.
Journal of College Student Development, 42 (5),
465-479. |
|
MONEY, J. (1988). Gay, straight, and in-between : The
sexology of erotic orientation. New York : Oxford
University Press. |
BÉRUBÉ, A. (2001). How gay stays white and what kind of
white it stays. In B.B. Rasmussen, E. Klinenberg, I.
Nexica & M. Wray (Eds.), The making and unmaking
of whiteness (pp. 234-265). Durham, NC : Duke
University Press. |
|
HEREK, G.M. (1988). Heterosexuals' attitudes toward
lesbians and gay men : Correlates and gender differences.
Journal of Sex Research, 25, 451-477. |
OVERBY, L.M. & BARTH, J. (2002). Contact, community
context, and public attitudes toward gay men and lesbians.
Polity, 34, 433-456. [PDF] |
|
NICHOLS, M. (1989). Sex therapy with lesbians, gay men,
and bisexuals. In S.R. Leiblum & R.C. Rosen (Eds.), Principles
and practice of sex therapy (pp. 269-297). New York
: Guilford. |
ELLIS, S., KITZINGER, C. & WILKINSON, S. (2002).
Attitudes towards lesbians and gay men and support for
lesbian and gay human rights among psychology students. Journal
of Homosexuality, 44 (1), 121-138. [PDF] |
|
WHITLEY, B.E. (1990). "The relationship of heterosexuals"
attribution for the causes of homosexuality to attitudes
toward lesbians and gay men. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 16, 369-377. |
ANDERSON, E. (2002). Openly gay athletes : Contesting
hegemonic masculinity in a homophobic environment. Gender
& Society, 16 (6), 860-877. |
|
HEREK, G.M. & BERRILL, K. (Eds.) (1990). Violence
against lesbians and gay men : Issues for research,
practice, and policy [Special issue]. Journal of
Interpersonal Violence, 5 (3). |
KILIANSKI, S.E. (2003) Explaining heterosexual men's
attitudes towards women and gay men : The theory of
exclusively masculine identity. Psychology of Men
& Masculinity, 4, 37-56. |
|
BERRILL, K.T. & HEREK, G.M. (1990). Primary and
secondary victimization in anti-gay hate crimes : official
response and public policy. Journal of Interpersonal
Violence, 5, 401-413. |
PRICE, M. & PARKER, A. (2003). Sport, sexuality and
the gender order : Amateur rugby union, gay men, and
social exclusion. Sociology of Sport Journal, 20
(2), 108-126. [PDF] |
|
COMSTOCK, G. (1991). Violence against lesbians and
gay men. New York : Columbia University Press. |
WILSON, G.D. & RAHAM, Q. (2003), Born gay ? The
psychobiology of human sexual orientation. Personality
& Individual Differences, 34, 1337-1382. |
|
PATTERSON, C.J. (1992). Children of lesbian and gay
parents. Child Development, 63, 1025-1042. |
LANDOLT, M., BARTHOLOMEW, K., SAFFREY, C., ORAM, D. &
PERLMAN, D. (2004). Gender non-conformity, child rejection
and adult attachment : A study of gay men. Archives of
Sexual Behavior, 33, 117-128. [PDF] |
|
HEREK, G.M. (1992). Psychological heterosexism and antigay
violence : The social psychology of bigotry and bashing.
In G.M. Herek, & K.T. Berrill (Eds.) Hate crimes
: Confronting violence against lesbians and gay men
(pp. 149-169). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
|
CONNELL, R.W. (1992). A very straight gay : masculinity,
homosexual experience and the dynamics of gender. American
Sociological Review, 57 (6), 735-751. [PDF] |
BOLDING, G., DAVIS, M., SHERR, L. HART, G. & ELFORD,
J. (2004). Use of gay Internet sites and views about
online health promotion among men who have sex with men. AIDS
CARE, 16 (8), 993-1001. [PDF] |
|
GARNETS, L.D. & KIMMEL, D.C. (Dirs.) (1993).
Psychological perspectives on lesbian and gay male
experiences. New York : Columbia University Press.
|
MARTELL C.R., SAFREN, S.A. & PRINCE, S.E. (2004). Cognitive-behavioral
therapies with lesbian, gay, and bisexual clients. New
York : Guilford. |
|
HEREK, G.M. (1993). On prejudice toward gay people and
gays as security risks. In M. Wolinsky & K. Sherrill
(Eds.), Gays and the military: Joseph Steffan versus
the United States (pp. 121-140). Princeton, NJ :
Princeton University Press. |
WILSON, G. & RAHMAN, Q. (2005). Born gay : The
psychobiology of sexual orientation. London : Peter Owen
Publishers |
|
HAMER, D.H., HU, S., MAGNUSON, V.L., HU, N. &
PATTATUCI, A.M.L. (1993). A linkage between DNA markers on
the X chromosome and male sexual orientation. Science,
261, 321-327. |
ANDERSON, E. (2005). In the game : Gay athletes and
the cult of masculinity. New York, NY : State
University of New York Press. |
 |
|
KERNS, J.G. & FINE, M.A. (1994). The relation between
gender and negative attitudes toward gay men and lesbians
: do gender role attitudes mediate this relation ? Sex
Roles, 31 (5/6), 297-307. [PDF] |
WILKINSON, W.W. & ROYS, A.C. (2005). The Components of
sexual orientation, religiosity, and heterosexual’s
impression of gay men and lesbians. The Journal of
Social Psychology, 145 (1), 65-83. |
|
GREENE, B. & HEREK, G.M. (Eds.) (1994). Lesbian
and gay psychology : Theory, research, and clinical
applications. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage
Publications. |
SAVIN-WILLIAMS, R.C. (2006). Who’s gay ? Does it matter ?
Current Directions in Psychological Science, 15,
40-44. |
|
EDWARDS, T. (1994). Erotics & politics : Gay male
sexuality, masculinity and feminism. New York :
Routledge. |
|
|
KLINKENBERG, ROSE, S.M. (1994). Dating scripts of lesbians
and gay men. Journal of Homosexuality, 26 (4),
23-35. [PDF] |
BRYANT, K. (2008). In defense of gay children ? "Progay"
homophobia and he production of homonormativity. Sexualities,
11, 455–475. |
|
|
|
D’AUGELLI, A.R. (1994). Identity development and sexual
orientation : Toward a model of lesbian, gay, and bisexual
development. In E.J. Trickett, R.J. Watts & D. Birman
(Eds.), Human diversity : Perspectives on people in
context (pp. 312-333). San Francisco : Jossey-Bass.
|
EAVES. L.J. & HATEMI, P.K. (2008). Transmission of
attitudes toward abortion and gay rights : Parental
socialization or parental mate selection ? Behavior
Genetics, 38, 247-256. [PDF] |
|
BAILEY, J.M., BOBROW, D., WOLFE, M. & MIKACH, S.
(1995). Sexual orientation of adult sons of gay fathers. Developmental
Psychology, 31, 124-129. |
PATTERSON, C.J. & RISKIND, R.G. (2010). To be a parent
: Issues in family formation among gay and lesbian adults.
Journal of GLBT Family Studies, 6, 326-340. |
|
PATTERSON, C.J. & REDDING, R. (1996). Lesbian and gay
families with children : Public policy implications of
social science research. Journal of Social Issues, 52,
29-50. |
BAUNACH, D. & BURGESS, E. (2010). Southern
(dis)comfort : Sexual prejudice and contact with gay men
and lesbians in the south. Sociological Spectrum, 30,
30-64. |
|
BROWN, R. (1973). Against my better judgment : An
intimate memoir of an eminent gay psychologist. New
York: Harrington Park Press. |
KUBICEK, K., CARPIENTO, J., McDAVITT, B., WEISS, G. &
KIPKE, M.D. (2011). Use and perceptions of the Internet
for sexual information and partners : A study of young men
who have sex with men. Archives of Sexual Behavior,
40 (4), 803-816.
[PDF] |
|
GREEN, D.P., GLASER, J. & RICH, A. (1998). From
Lynching to gay bashing : The elusive connection between
economic conditions and hate crimes. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 75, 82-92. |
TORNELLO, S. L., FARR, R.H. & PATTERSON, C.J. (2011).
Predictors of parenting stress among gay fathers. Journal
of Family Psychology, 25, 591-600. |
|
KITZINGER, C., COYLE, A., WILKINSON, S. & MILTON, M.
(1998). Towards lesbian and gay psychology. The
Psychologist, 11 (11), 529-533. |
ENSIGN, K.A., YIAMOUYIANNIS, A., WHITE, K.M. &
RIDPATH, D. (2011). Athletic trainers' attitudes toward
lesbian, gay, and bisexual national collegiate athletic
association student-athletes. Journal of Athletic
Training, 46 (1), 69-75. [PDF] |
|
HEREK, G.M. (1998). Stigma and sexual orientation :
Understanding prejudice against lesbians, gay men, and
bisexuals. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications. |
KATZ-WISE, S. & HYDE, J.S. (2012). Victimization
experiences of lesbian, gay, and bisexual individuals : A
meta-analysis. Journal of Sex Research, 49,
142-167. |
|
PATTERSON, C.J. & D'AUGELLI, A.R. (Eds.) (1998).
Lesbian, gay and bisexual identities in families :
Psycholo |
INBAR Y., PIZARO, D.A. & BLOOM, P. (2012). Disgusting
smells cause decreased liking of gay men. Emotion,
12, 23-27. [PDF] |
|
DIAMOND, L.M., SAVIN-WILLIAMS, R.C. & DUBÉ, E.M.
(1999). Sex, dating, passionate friendships, and romance :
Intimate peer relations among lesbian, gay, and bisexual
adolescents. In W. Furman, B.B. Brown & C. Feifing
(Eds.), The development of romatic relationships in
adolescence (pp. 175-204). Cambridge : Cambrige
University press. [PDF] |
CLARKE, V. (2013). Introducing lesbian, gay and bisexual
appearance psychology. Psychology of Sexuality, 4
(1), 1-13. [PDF] |
| HEREK, G.M. & CAPITANIO, J.P. (1999). Sex differences
in how heterosexuals think about lesbians and gay men :
Evidence from survey context effects. The Journal of
Sex Research, 36 (4), 348-360. [PDF] |
VAN WAGENEN, A., DRISKELL, J. & BRADFORD, J. (2013).
"I'm still raring to go" : Successful aging among lesbian,
gay, bisexual, and transgender older adults. Journal
of Aging Studies, 27, 1-14. [PDF] |
|
FITZGERALD, B. (1999). Children of lesbian and gay parents
: A review of the literature. Marriage & Family
Review, 29 (1), 57-75. |
BREWER, P.R., WILSON, D.C. & HABEGGER, M. (2016).
Wedding imagery and public support for gay marriage.
Journal of Homosexuality, 63, 1041-1051. |
|
GOLOMBOK, S. (1999). Lesbian and gay families. In A.
Bainham, S. Day Sclater & M. Richards (Eds.), What
is a parent ? Oxford. |
PATTERSON, C.J. & GOLDBERG, A.E. (2016). Lesbian and
gay parents and their children. Policy Brief, 1
(1), 1-4. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Famille
homosexuelle, Parent
homosexuel, Homosexuel
et Lesbienne |
| |
|
|
Gain : Avantage,
souvent de nature formelle (sous forme de chiffre ou de %), que
l'on obtient à la suite d'une victoire,
d'une décision,
d'un comportement (récompense
ou stimulus
appétitif) ou en retour d'un travail
(salaire).
/perte,
préjudice. Gain.
| |
|
|
RICK, S. (2011). Losses, gains, and brains :
Neuroeconomics can help to answer open questions about
loss aversion. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 21,
453-463. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Gaine de myéline : Voir
Myéline.
Myelin sheath.
|
Galaburda Albert Mark (Santiago 1948-) : Médecin
et neurologue
américain, d'origine chilienne, spécialisé dans l'étude de la
latéralisation cérébrale et de la dyslexie.
Collaborateur de Damasio,
Defries, Geschwind,
Habib, Ramus
et Pennington.
|
GALABURDA, A.M. & ABOITIZ, F. (1986). Biological
foundations of dyslexia. A review. Archivos de
Biologia y Medicina Experimentales, 19 (1), 57-65.
|
|
GALABURDA, A.M., ROSEN, G.D. & SHERMAN, G.F. (1990).
Individual variability in cortical organization : its
relationship to brain laterality and implications to
function. Neuropsychologia, 28 (6), 529-546. |
|
GALABURDA, A.M. (1993). Neurology of developmental
dyslexia. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 3 (2),
237-242. |
|
GALABURDA, A.M. (1994). Development dyslexia and animal
studies : At the interface between cognition and
neurology. Cognition, 50, 133-149. |
|
GALABURDA, A.M., LOTURCO, J.J., RAMUS, F. & FITCH,
R.H. (2006). From genes to behavior in developmental
dyslexia. Nature Neuroscience, 9 (10),
1213-1217. |
|
|
|
Galam Serge (1952-) : Physicien français
et fondateur de la sociophysique.
Collaborateur de Moscovici.
|
GALAM, S. & MOSCOVICI, S. (1991). Towards a theory of
collective phenomena : Consensus and attitude changes in
groups. European Journal of Social Psychology, 21,
49-74. |
|
GALAM, S. (1997). Rational group decision making : A
random field ising model at t= 0. Physica A, 238, 66-80. |
|
GALAM, S. (2002). Minority opinion spreading in random
geometry. European Physical Journal B, 25, 403-406.
|
|
GALAM, S. & JACOBS, F. (2007). The role of inflexible
minorities in the breaking of democratic opinion dynamics.
Physica A, 381,366-376. |
|
GALAM, S. (2008). Sociophysics : a review of Galam models.
International Journal of Modern Physics C, 19 (3)
409-440. |
|
|
|
Galanter Eugene H. (Philadelphie 1924-2016 New York) :
Psychologue
cognitiviste américain et pionnier de l'étude du traitement
de l'information. Collaborateur de
Luce, Miller, Pribram
et Stevens.
 |
GALANTER, E.H. & GERSTENHABER, M. (1956). On thought :
the extrinsic theory. Psychological Review, 63,
218-27. |
|
STEVENS, S.S. & GALANTER, E.H. (1957). Ratio scales
and category scales for a dozen perceptual. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 54, 377-411. |
|
KOCHEN. M. & GALANTER, E.H. (1958). The acquisition
and utilization of information in problem solving and
thinking. Information & Control, 1 (3),
267-288. |
|
MILLER, G.A., GALANTER, E. & PRIBRAM, K.H. (1960). Plans
and the structure of behavior. New York : Henry
Holt and Company. |
|
GALANTER, E.H. (1962). Contemporary psychophysics. In R.
Brown (Ed.), New directions in psychology. New
York : Holt, Rinehart & Winston. |
|
|
|
Galatzer-Levy Isaac R. ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du stress,
notamment du trouble
de stress post-traumatque. Collaborateur de
Bonanno et Bryant.
|
GALATZER-LEVY, I.R. & GALATZER-LEVY, R.M. (2007). The
revolution in psychiatric diagnosis : Problems at the
foundations. Perspectives in Biology & Medicine,
50, 161-180. |
|
GALATZER-LEVY, I.R., BONANNO, G.A. & MANCINI, A.D.
(2010). From marianthal to latent growth mixture modeling
: A return to the exploration of individual differences in
response to unemployment. Journal of Neuroscience,
Psychology, & Economics, 3, 116-125. |
|
GALATZER-LEVY, I.R. & BONANNO, G.A. (2012). Beyond
normality in the study of bereavement : Heterogeneity in
depression outcomes following loss in older adults. Social
Science & Medicine, 74, 1987-1994. |
|
GALATZER-LEVY, I.R. & BONANNO, G.A. (2013).
Heterogeneous patterns of stress over the four years of
college : Associations with anxious attachment and
ego-resiliency. Journal of Personality, 81, 476-486. |
|
GALATZER-LEVY, I.R. & BRYANT, R.A. (2013). 636,120
ways to have psttraumatic stress disorder. Perspectives
on Psychological Science, 8 (6) 651-662. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Galbicka Gregory (1956-) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain. Collaborateur de Branch
et Platt.
 |
GALBICKA, G. & BRANCH, M.N. (1981). Selective
punishment of interresponse times. Journal of
Experimental of Analysis Behavior, 35 (3), 311-322.
[PDF] |
|
GALBICKA, G. & PLATT, J.R. (1984). Interresponse-time
punishment : a basis for shock-maintained behavior.Journal
of Experimental of Analysis Behavior, 41 (3),
291-308.
[PDF] |
|
GALBICKA, G. (1988). Differentiating the behavior of
organisms. Journal of Experimental of Analysis
Behavior, 50 (2), 343-354. [PDF] |
|
GALBICKA, G., FOWLER, K.P. & RITCH, Z.J. (1991).
Control over response number by a targeted percentile
schedule : reinforcement loss and the acute effects of
d-amphetamine. Journal of Experimental of Analysis
Behavior, 56 (2), 205-215. [PDF] |
|
GALBICKA, G. (1994). Shaping in the 21st century : Moving
percentile schedules into applied settings. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27 (4), 739-760. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Galdikas Biruté Marija Filomena (Wiesbaden 1946-) :
Éthologiste et primatologue
canadienne d'origine allemande, spécialisée dans l'étude des orang-outans.
Étudiante de Leakey. Collaboratrice
de Fossey et Goodall.
 |
GALDIKAS, B.M.F. (1982). Orang-Utan tool use at Tanjung
Putting Reserve, Central Indonesian Borneo (Kalimantan
Tengah).Journal of Human Evolution, 10, 19-33. |
|
GALDIKAS, B.M.F. (1985). Adult male sociality and
reproductive tactics among orangutans at Tanjung Puting. Folia
Primatologica, 45, 9-24. |
GALDIKAS, B.M.F. & WOOD, J.W. (1990) Birth spacing
patterns in humans and apes. American Journal of
Physical Anthropology, 83, 185-191.
|
|
GOODALL, J., FOSSEY, D., GALDIKAS, B.M.F. &
MONTGOMERY, S. (1991). Walking with the great apes.
Boston : Houghton Mifflin. |
|
GALDIKAS, B.M.F. (1995/2005). Orangutan
odyssey. Harry N. Abrams. |
|
|
|
Gale Catharine R. ( ) : Psychologue
écossaise et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'intelligence. Collaboratrice de Batty,
Der, Deary,
Johnson et Weiss.
|
GALE, C.R., DEARY, I.J. BOYLE, S.H., BAREFOOT, J.,
MORTENSEN, H. & BATTY, G.D. (2008). Cognitive ability
in early adulthood and risk of 5 specific psychiatric
disorders in middle age : The Vietnam experience study.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 65 (12), 1410-1418.
[PDF] |
|
GALE, C.R., HATCH, S.L., BATTY, G.D. & DEARY, I.J.
(2008). Intelligence in childhood and risk of
psychological distress in adulthood : The 1958 national
child development survey and the 1970 British cohort
study. Intelligence, 37 (6), 592-599. |
|
GALE, C.R., BATTY, G.D., TYNELIUS, P., DEARY, I.J. &
RASMUSSEN, F. (2010). Intelligence in early adulthood and
subsequent hospitalisation and admission rates for the
whole range of mental disorders : Longitudinal study of
1,049,663 men. Epidemiology, 21 (1), 70-77. [PDF] |
|
GALE, C.R., DEARY, I.J., COOPER, C & BATTY, G.D.
(2012). Intelligence in childhood and chronic widespread
pain in middle age : the National Child Development
Survey. Pain, 153 (12), 2339-2344. |
|
GALE, C.R., BATTY, G.D., MCINTOSH, A., PORTEOUS, D.,
DEARY, I.J. & RASMUSSEN, F. (2013). Is bipolar
disorder more common in highly intelligent people ? A
cohort study of a million men. Molecular Psychiatry,
18 (2), 190-194. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Galea Sandro ( ) :
Médecin et épidémiologiste,
spécialisé dans l'étude du stress,
notamment du trouble
du stress post-traumatique. Collaborateur de Brewin,
Kessler et Neria.
|
GALEA, S., AHERN, J., RESNICK, H., KILPATRICK, D.,
BUCUVALAS, M., GOLD, J. & VLAHOV, D. (2002).
Psychological sequelae of the September 11 terrorist
attacks in New York City. The New England Journal of
Medicine, 346, 982-987. |
|
GALEA, S., VLAHOV, D., RESNICK, H., AHERN, J., SUSSE,
R.E., GOLD, J. & KILPATRICK, D. (2003). Trends of
probable posttraumatic stress disorder in New York City
after the September 11 terrorist attacks. American
Journal of Epidemiology, 158, 514-524. |
|
GALEA, S., NANDI, A. & VLAHOV, D. (2005). The
epidemiology of posttraumatic stress disorder after
disasters. Epidemiologic Reviews, 27, 78-91. |
|
GALEA, S., BREWIN, C.R., GRUBER, M.A., JONES, R.T. KING,
D.W., KING, L.A., MCNALLY, R.J., URSANO, R.J., PETUKHOVA,
M. & KESSLER, R.C. (2007). Exposure to
hurricane-related stressors and mental illness after
hurricane Katrina. Archives of General Psychiatry, 64
(12), 1427-1434. |
|
GALEA, S. & MAXWELL, A.R. (2009). Methodological
challenges in studying the mental health consequences of
disasters. In Y. Neria, S. Galea and F.H. Norris (Eds.), Mental
health and disasters (p. 579-593). New York, NY :
Cambridge University Press. |
|
|
|
Galef Bennett G. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
d'origine canadienne, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'imitation
et des traditions animales,
notamment chez le rat.
Collaborateur de Domjan, Giraldeau,
Heyes, Vonk et Zentall.
 |
GALEF, B.G. (1980). Diving for food : Analysis of a
possible case of social learning in rats (Rattus
norvegicus). Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 94, 416-425.
[PDF] |
|
GALEF, B.G. (1982). Studies of social learning in Norway
rats : A brief review Developmental Psychobiology, 15
(4), 279-295. [PDF] |
|
GALEF, B.G. (1996).Social influences on the mate choices
of male and female Japanese Quail. Comparative,
Cognition & Behavior Reviews, 3, 1-12. [PDF] |
|
GALEF, B.G. & WHITE, D.J. (1998). Mate-choice copying
in Japanese quail, Coturnix coturnix japonica. Animal
Behaviour, 55, 545-552. [PDF] |
|
GALEF, B.G. (2004). Approaches to the study of traditional
behaviors of free-living animals. Learning &
Behavior, 32, 53-61.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Galizio Mark ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du conditionnment
opérant et de l'effet des drogues
sur l'apprentissage.
Étudiant de Baron et
collaborateur de Cerutti,
Pitts, Perone,
Pilgram et Zentall.
 |
GALIZIO, M. (1979). Contingency-shaped and rule-governed
behavior : instructional control of human loss avoidance.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 31 (1),
53-70. [PDF] |
|
BARON, A. & GALIZIO, M. (1983). Instructional control
of human operant behavior. Psychological Record, 33,
495-520. |
|
PERONE, M., GALIZIO, M. & BARON, A. (1987). Schedule
control of human and animal behavior : How different ? Experimental
Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin, 5, 24-30. |
|
GALIZIO, M. & LIBORIO, M.O. (1995). Effects of cocaine
on behavior maintained by timeout from avoidance. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 63, 19-32.
[PDF] |
|
BARON, A. & GALIZIO, M. (2006). The distinction
between positive and negative reinforcement : Use with
care. The Behavior Analyst, 29, 141-152. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Gall Franz Joseph (Tiefenbrunn 1758-1828 Paris) :
Médecin et anatomiste du début du 19 e siècle et père de l'organologie
(et non de la phrénologie),
une pseudoscience en
vogue à cette époque. Selon lui, la forme du crâne permet de
mesurer les aptitudes intellectuelles (intelligence)
et les traits de personnalité d'un individu. En effet, les bosses
et les régions du crâne seraient un reflet de l'organisation
cérébrale, organisation qui détermine, toujours selon Gall,
les facultés mentales et les traits psychologiques. Professeur de
Spurzheim.
 |
|
|
|
| |
|
|
FORSTER, T. (1815). Observations on a new system of
phrenology, or the anatomy and physiology of the brain, of
Drs. Gall and Spurzheim. Philosophical Magazine &
Journal, 45 (201), 44-50. |
|
ACKERNCHT, E.H. & VALLOIS, H.V. (1956). Franz
Joseph Gall, inventor of phrenology and his collection.
Madison : Medical School, Department of History. |
|
YOUNG, R.M. (1968). The functions of the brain : Gall to
Ferrier (1808-1886). ISIS, 59, 251-268. |
|
LANTÉRI-LAURA, G. (1970). Histoire de la phrénologie.
L’homme et son cerveau selon F.S Gall. Paris :
Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
PARENT, A. (2009). Histoire du cerveau. Québec :
Presses de l'Université Laval. |
|
|
Gallagher Michela ( ) : Neuropsychologue américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude des relations entre le cerveau,
plus particulièrement l'amygdale,
et l'apprentissage.
Collaboratrice de Eichenbaum
et Holland.
 |
GALLAGHER, M., KAPP, B.S., MUSTY, R.E. & DRISCOLL,
P.A. (1977). Memory formation : Evidence for a specific
neurochemical system in the amygdala. Science, 198,
423-425. |
|
GALLAGHER, M. (1993). Issues in the development of models
for cognitive aging across primate and non-primate
species. Neurobiology of Aging, 14, 631-634. |
|
GALLAGHER, M. & HOLLAND, P.C. (1994). The amygdala
complex : multiple roles in associative learning and
attention. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, 91 (25), 11771-11776. |
|
SADDORIS, M.P., GALLAGHER, M. & SCHOENBAUM, G. (2005).
Rapid encoding of predicted outcome in basolateral
amygdala depends upon input from orbitofrontal cortex. Neuron,
46, 321-331. |
|
PETROVICH, G.D., ROSS, C.A., GALLAGHER, M. & HOLLAND,
P.C. (2007). Learned contextual cue potentiates eating in
rats. Physiology & Behavior, 90 (2-3),
362-367. |
|
|
|
Gallese Vittorio (Parme) : Neuropsychologue
italien, spécialisé dans l'étude de la relation entre la perception,
le cerveau et la motricité. On
lui doit notamment le concept de neurone miroir (co-découvert avec Fadiga, Fogassi et Rizzolati). Collaborateur de Goldman,
Lakoff, Rizzolatti et Royet.
 |
GALLESE, V., FADIGA, L., FOGASSI, L. & RIZZOLATTI, G.
(1996). Action recognition in the premotor cortex. Brain,
119, 593-609. |
|
GALLESE, V. & GOLDMAN, A. (1998). Mirror neurons and
the simulation theory of mind-reading. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 12, 493-501. |
|
GALLESE, V. & KEYSERS, C. (2001). Mirror neurons : a
sensorimotor representation system. Behavioral Brain
Sciences, 24 (5), 983-984. |
|
GALLESE, V. & FREEDBERG, D. (2007). Mirror and
canonical neurons are crucial elements in esthetic
response. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 11, 411. |
|
GALLESE, V. (2007). Empathy, embodied simulation and
mirroring mechanisms. Commentary on "Towards a
neuroscience of empathy" by Doug Watt.
Neuropsychoanalysis, 9 (2), 146-151. |
|
|
|
Gallistel Charles Randy (Indianapolis 1941-) :
Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain. Collaborateur de Balsam,Gelman, Gibbon et Shahan.
border="0"
align="BOTTOM"
height="20"
width="31">
 |
GALLISTEL, C.R. (1964). Electrical self-stimulation
and its theoretical implications. Psychological
Bulletin, 61, 23-34. |
|
GALLISTEL, C.R. (1990). Representations in animal
cognition : An introduction. Cognition, 37
(1-2), 1-22. |
|
GALLISTEL, C.R., FAIRHURST, S. & BALSAM, P.D. (2004).
The learning curve : Implications of a quantitative
analysis. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, 101, 13124-13131. [PDF] |
|
GALLISTEL, C.R. (2009). The importance of proving the
null. Psychological Review, 116 (2), 439-453. [PDF] |
|
GALLISTEL, C.R., TUCCI, V., NOLAN, P.M., SCHACHNER, M.,
JAKOVCEVSKI, I., KHEIFETS, A. & BARBOZA, L. (2014).
Cognitive assessment of mice strains heterozygous for
cell-adhesion genes reveals strain-specific alterations in
timing. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society, B., 369 (1637), 1-14. [PDF] |
|
|
STEMMY, E. (2004). Biography of Charles R. Gallistel. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 101 (36),
13121-13123. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Gallup Gordon G. (1941-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste et primatologue
américain, spécialisé en cognition
animale, notamment dans l'étude des chimpanzés.
En 1970, a mis au point une procédure expérimentale pour tester le
concept d'identité et de
reconnaissance de soi (le
test du miroir). Collaborateur de Anderson,
Forsyth, Habib,
Povinelli, Stuss
et Wheeler.
 |
GALLUP, G.G. (1970). Chimpanzees : self-recognition. Science,
167 (3914), 86-87. [PDF] |
|
GALLUP, G.G. (1977). Self-recognition in primates. A
comparative approach to the bidirectional properties of
consciousness. American Psychologist, 2 (5),
329-338.
[PDF] |
|
GALLUP, G.G. (1982). Self-awareness and the emergence of
mind in primates. American Journal of Primatology 2,
237-248. |
|
GALLUP, G.G. (1985). Do minds exist in species other than
our own ? Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews 9,
631-641. |
|
GALLUP, G.G. (1988). Toward a taxonomy of mind in
primates. Commentary on Whiten & Byrne. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences 11, 255-256. |
|
|
MORIN, A. (2003). Let's face it. A review of Keenan,
Gallup, & Falk's book "The face in the mirror". Evolutionary
Psychology, 1, 161-171. |
|
|
|
Gallup George Horace (Jefferson 1901-1984 Suisse) : Sociologue
et statisticien
américain, spécialiste américain des enquêtes
et des sondages. Il a créé
en 1935 un institut de sondages d'opinion
(American Institute of Public Opinion). Collaborateur de Robinson.
 |
GALLUP, G.H. (1939). Public opinion in a democracy.
Princeton : Princeton university. |
|
GALLUP, G.H. & ROBINSON, C. (1939). American Institute
of Public Opinion : Surveys, 1935-38. Public Opinion
Quarterly, 2 (8), 373-396. |
|
GALLUP, G.H. & RAE, S.F. (1940). Is there a bandwagon
vote ? Public Opinion Quarterly, 4 (2), 244-249. |
|
GALLUP, G.H. (1940). Gallup and fortune polls. Public
Opinion Quarterly, 4 (2), 339-363. |
|
GALLUP, G.H. (1972). The sophisticated poll watcher's
guide. Princeton Opinion Press. |
|
|
|
Galton Francis (Sparkbrook Angleterre 1822-1911 Grayshott
House Angleterre) : Médecin
et psychométricien
anglais. Il fut le premier à appliquer la méthode statistique à
l'étude de l'hérédité et
des différences
individuelles (variation), notamment chez les jumeaux.
Il a dit : « La psychométrie, c'est l’art d’imposer
aux opérations de l’esprit la mesure et le nombre ». On lui doit
aussi les concepts de médiane
et de quartile. Il s'est
également intéressé à la mesure du
temps de réaction. Il est aussi, à son époque, l'un des
promoteurs de l'eugénisme.
Professeur de Cattel.
 |
GALTON, F. (1879). History of twins, as a criterion of the
relative powers of nature and nurture. Fraser’s
Magazine, 12, 566–576. [PDF] |
|
GALTON, F. (1879). The geometric mean, in vital and social
statistics. Proceedings of the Royal Society of
London 29, 365-367.
[PDF] |
|
GALTON, F. (1886). Hereditary stature. Nature, 34,
295-298. [PDF] |
|
GALTON, F. (1880). Statistics of mental imagery. Mind,
5, 301-318.
[LIRE] |
|
GALTON, F. (1890/1989). Kinship and correlation. North
American Review 150, 419-431. / Statistical
Science, Institute of Mathematical Statistics, 4
(2), 81-86. [PDF]
+ [LIRE] |
|
|
CASTLE, W.E. (1903). The laws of heredity of Galton and
Mendel, and some laws governing race improvement by
selection. Proceedings of the American Academy of
Arts & Sciences, 39 (8), 223-242. [PDF] |
|
JOHNSON, R.C., MCCLEARN, G., YUEN, S., NAGOSHA, C.T.,
ABERN, F.M. & COLE, R.E. (1985). Galton's data a
century later. American Psychologist, 40,
875-892. |
|
BULMER, M. (1999). The development of Francis Galton's
ideas on the mechanism of heredity. Journal of the
History of Biology, 32 (2), 263-292. |
|
THOMAS, R.K. (2005). Galton, Francis. In Encyclopedia
of statistics in behavioral sciences. West Sussex,
UK : John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. |
|
THOMAS, R.K. (2012). Galton, F. In R.W. Rieber (Ed.),
Encyclopedia of the history of psychological theories
(pp. 462-464). New York : Springer-Verlag. |
|
|
|
Galvini Luigi (Bologne 1737-1798 Bologne) : Médecin
italien et pionnier de l'électrophysiologie. l Il a découvert
l'électricité animale
en étudiant le système
nerveux des grenouilles.
Ces recherches ont fait l'objet d'une longue polémique avec
Volta, l'inventeur de la pile électrique. On a donné son nom au
galvanomètre, que Galvini utilisait dans ses recherches pour
mesurer l'acitivité électrique, mais l'inventeur de cet appareil
est Johann Schweigger.
 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DIBNER, B. (1952). Galvani - Volta. A controversy
that led to the discovery of useful electricity. Norwalk
: Burndy Library. |
|
PERA, M. (1996). The ambiguous frog : The
Galvani-Volta controversy on animal electricity. Princeton
: Princeton University Press. |
|
PARENT, A. (2009). Histoire du cerveau. Québec :
Presses de l'Univserité Laval. |
|
|
|
|
Gamète : Cellule haploïde
reproductrice sexuée découverte par un étudiant de Leeuwnhoek,
Carl Dominicus Ham. Ces cellules possèdent la moitié des chromosomes
des autres cellules de l'organisme.
Le gamète femelle est l'ovule;
le gamète mâle, le spermatozoïde.
= cellule sexuelle, cellule
reproductrrice.
| |
|
|
BATESON, W. & PUNNETT, R.C. (1911). On gametic series
involving reduplication of certain terms. Journal of
Genetics, 1, 293-302. |
|
FARLEY, J. (1982). Gamete and spores : Ideas about
sexual reorudction 1750-1914. Oxford : Oxford
University Press. |
|
ABERCROMBIE, M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980).
Dictionary of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
|
|
|
|
Gamson Zelda F. (Philadelphie 1936-) : Spécialiste
de l'éducation. En
collaboration avec Chickering,
elle a proposé une méthode
d'enseignement fondée sur sept principes pédagogiques.
Collaboratrice de Chickering
et Riesman.
|
RIESMAN, D. & GUSFIELD, J. & GAMSON, Z. (1970). Academic
values and mass education. Garden City, N.Y :
Doubleday. |
|
GAMSON, Z.F. (1984). Liberating education. Wiley,
John & Sons. |
|
CHICKERING, A.W. & GAMSON, Z.F. (1987). Seven
principles for good practice in undergraduate education. AAHE
Bulletin, 39 (7), 3-7. [PDF] |
|
CHICKERING, A.W. & GAMSON, Z.F. (1991). Applying the
seven principles for good practice in undergraduate
education. New Directions in Teaching & Learning,
47. |
|
GAMSON, Z.F., KANTER, S. & LONDON, H. (1992). General
education reform : Moving beyond the rational model of
change. Perspectives : The Journal of the Association
of General & Liberal Studies, 22 (1), 58. |
|
|
|
Gamzu
Elkan R. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'autofaçonnement.
Collaborateur de Schwartz.
|
GAMZU, E.R. & WILLIAMS, D.R. (1971). Classical
conditionning of a complex skeletal response. Science,
171, 923-925. |
|
GAMZU, E. & WILLIAMS, D.R. (1973). Associative factors
underlying the pigeon's key pecking in auto-shaping
procedures. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 19 (2), 225–232. [PDF] |
|
GAMZU, E. & SCHWARTZ, B. (1973). The maintenance of
key pecking by stimulus-contingent and
response-independent food presentation. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 19, 65-72.
[PDF] |
|
GAMZU, E.R., WILLIAMS, D.R. & SCHWARTZ, B. (1973).
Pitfalls of organismic concepts. Science, 181, 367-368. |
|
GAMZU, E. & SCHWAM, E. (1974). Autoshaping and
auto-maintenance of a key-press response in squirrel
monkeys. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 21 (2), 361-372. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
GAG - GANGESTAD -
GARBARINO - GARCIA
- GARDERIE - GARDNER - GARMEZY
- GARON -
GATHERCOLE - GAUCHE - GAZZANIGA
- GE |
Gang
: Groupe de
malfaiteurs - généralement des hommes - plus ou moins organisé
et hierarchisé dont
l'activité première est antisociale
(menaces et violence
envers autrui) et illégale (viol,
prostitution,
recel et extorsion, etc.). *groupe de
jeunes.
| |
|
|
SHEEHAN, K., DICARA, J.A., LEBAILLY, S. & CHRISTOFFEL,
K.K. (1999). Adapting the gang model : Peer monitoring for
violence prevention. Pediatrics, 104, 50-54. |
|
SPERGEL, I.A., WA, K.M. & SOSA, R.V. (2006). The
comprehensive, community-wide, gang program model :
Success and failure. In J. F. Short and L. A. Hughes
(Eds.), Studying youth gangs (pp. 203-224).
Lanham, MD : AltaMira Press. |
|
WYRICK, P. (2006). Gang prevention : How to make the
"front end" of your anti-gang effort work. United
States Attorney's Bulletin, 54, 52-60. |
|
|
|
Gang de rue : Groupe
de jeunes malfaiteurs - majoritairement des hommes- plus ou moins
organisé et hierarchisé
dont l'activité première se déroule dans la rue. Cette activité
est à la fois antisociale (menaces
et violence) et illégale (recel, viol,
extorsion, etc.). Gang.
| |
|
|
SPERGEL, I.A. (1995). The youth gang problem : A
community approach. Oxford University Press : New
York, NY. |
|
DANYKO, S.J., MARTINEZ, J. & ARLIA, A. (2002).
Historical risk factors associated with gang affiliation
in a residential treatment facility : A case/control
study. Residential Treatment for Children & Youth,
20 (1), 67-77. |
|
MOURANI, M. (2006). La face cachée des gangs de rue.
Montréal : Éditions de l'Homme. |
|
DORAIS, M. (2006). Jeunes filles sous influence. Montréal
: VLB. |
|
SUDHIR, V.E. (2008). Gang leader for a day : A rogue
sociologist takes to the streets. New York :
Penguin Press. |
|
SPERGEL, I.A. (2007). Reducing youth gang violence :
The little village gang project in Chicago. Lanham,
MD : AltaMira Press. Appendix A, p. 51. |
|
MOURANI, M. (2009). Gangs de rue inc. Montréal
: Éditions de l'Homme. |
|
SÉNÉCAL, G., MÉTHÉ-MYRAND, L. et DUBÉ, A. (2010).
Prévention des gangs de rue à Montréal : autour d'un
projet de médiation urbaine. Criminologie, 43 (1),
91-114. |
|
|
|
Gangestad Steven W. ( ) : Psychologue
évolutionniste américain. Il s'intéresse notamment à la formation
des couples et à la symétrie
corporelle. Collaborateur de
Buss, Kaplan, Simpson,
Snyder Thornhill
et Yeo.
|
GANGESTAD, S.W. & THORNHILL, R. (1998). Menstrual
cycle variation in women’s preferences for the scent of
symmetrical men. Proceedings of the Royal Society of
London B, 265, 727-733. |
|
GANGESTAD, S.W. & SIMPSON, J.A. (2000). The evolution
of human mating : Tradeoffs and strategic pluralism.
Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 23, 473-644. [PDF] |
|
GANGESTAD, S.W. & SCHEYD, G.J. (2005). The evolution
of human physical attractiveness. Annual Review of
Anthropology, 34, 523-548. [PDF] |
|
GANGESTAD, S.W. HASELTON, M.G. & BUSS, D.M. (2006).
Evolutionary foundations of cultural variation : Evoked
culture and mate preferences. Psychological Inquiry,
17, 75-95. [PDF] |
|
GANGESTAD, S.W. (2008). Biological adaptation and human
behavior. In C. Crawford & D. Krebs (Eds.), Foundations
of evolutionary psychology. Hillsdale, NJ :
Erlbaum. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gantt
W. Horsley (1892-1980) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du conditionnement
répondant. En 1955, il a fondé la Pavlovian
Society. Étudiant de Pavlov.
Professeur de Murphree.
|
GANTT, W.H. (1944). Experimental basis for neurotic
behavior : Origin and development of artificially
produced disturbances of behavior in dogs. New
York, NY : Paul B. Hoeber. |
|
GANTT, W.H., NEWTON, J.E.O., ROYER, F.L. & STEPHENS,
J.H. (1966). Effect of person. Conditional Reflex, 1
(1), 146-160. |
|
GANTT, W.H. (1969). Comments on psychoanalysis of heart
attack. Conditional Reflex, 4 (4), 225-229. |
|
GANTT, W.H. (1970). Mechanisms of behavior.Conditional
Reflex, 5 (3), 171-179. |
|
GANTT, W.H. (1973). Reminiscences of Pavlov. Journal
of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 20 (1),
131-136. [PDF] |
|
|
McGUIGAN, F.J. (1981). Obituary : W. Horsley Gantt
(1892-1980). American Psychologist, 36 (4), 417. |
|
|
|
Garbarino James (New York 1947-) : Psychologue
écologiste américain. Il
s'est intéressé aux politiques
sociales qui favorisent le développement
humain (meurtre,
négligence et maltraitance envers les enfants et les malades
mentaux). Étudiant de Bronfenbrenner.
 |
GARBARINO, J. & BRONFENBRENNER, U. (1977). Research on
parent-child relations and social policy : how to proceed.
Working papers, 1, 1-29. |
|
GARBARINO, J. (1985). Adolescent development :
An ecological perspective. Publishers. Merrill Pub
Co. |
|
GARBARINO, J. (1991). No place to be a child :
Growing up in a war zone. California : Jossey-Bass
Inc. |
|
GARBARINO, J. (1997). Understanding abusive families
: An ecological approach to theory and practice.
San Francisco : Jossey-Bass Inc, Publishers. |
|
GARBARINO, J. & DELARA, H. (2002). And words can
hurt forever : How to protect adolescents from bullying,
harassment, and emotional violence. New York : The
Free Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
Garcia
John (Santa Rosa États-Unis 1917-2012) : Neuropsychologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du conditionnement
aversif alimentaire, des déterminants neurobiologiques
de l'apprentissage
et des limites de
l'apprentissage et de l'effet des radiations
sur le conditionnement.
Étudiant de Tolman.
No
88 |
GARCIA, J., KIMELDORF, D.J. & KOELLING, R.A. (1955).
Conditioned aversion to saccharin resulting from exposure
to gamma radiation. Science, 122 (3160),
157-158. |
|
GARCIA, J., ERVIN, R. & KOELLING, R.A. (1966).
Learning with prolonged delay of reinforcement. Psychonomic
Science, 4, 121-122. [PDF] |
|
GARCIA, J. & KOELLING, R.A. (1966). Relation of cue to
consequence in avoidance learning. Psychonomic
Science, 4, 123-124. [PDF] |
|
GARCIA, J. MCGOWAN, B.K. & GREEN, K.F. (1972).
Constraints on conditionning. In M.E.P. Seligman &
J.L. Hager (Eds.), Biological boundaries of learning.
New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
|
GARCIA, J. (1995). Mind is back in control of Pavlovian
and Skinnerian responses : Was it ever away ? Journal
of Behavioral Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 26
(3), 229-234. |
|
|
|
Garcia
Jorge L.A. ( ) : Philosophe
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du
racisme.
|
GARCIA, J.L.A. (1996). The heart of racism. The
Journal of Social Philosophy, 27 (1), 5-45. |
|
GARCIA, J.L.A. (1997). Current conceptions of racism : A
critical examination of some recent social philosophy.
Journal of Social Philosophy, 28 (2), 5-42. |
|
GARCIA, J.L.A. (1999). Philosophical analysis and the
moral concept of racism. Philosophy & Social
Criticism, 25 (5), 1-32. |
|
GARCIA, J.L.A. (2004). Three sites for racism : Social
structures, valuings, and vice. In M.P.H. Levine and T.
Pataki (Eds.), Racism in mind (p. 35-55). Ithaca
: Cornell University Press. |
|
|
FAUCHER, L. & MACHERY, E. (2009). Racism : Against
Jorge Garcia's moral and psychological monism. Philosophy
of the Social Sciences, 39 (1), 41-62. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Garçon
manqué : Expression non-scientifique utilisée pour
désigner une fille/femme qui a des
comportements et des caractéristiques physiques que l'on
attribue généralement à des garçons. Cette attribution laisse
entendre que cette personne manque de
féminité. EX : On dira d'une fille qui joue au
football qu'elle est un garçon manqué. Garçon manqué, identité
de genre et androgynie.
Tomboy.
| |
|
|
BAILEY, J.M., BECHTOLD, K.T. & BERENBAUM, S.A. (2002).
Who are tomboys and why should we study them ? Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 31, 333–341. |
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
|
Garderie
: Lieu aménagé pour s'occuper des
enfants (mais parfois d'un adulte malade ou handicapé)
lorsque les parents sont
momentanément absents. Au Québec,
on utilise le terme centre
de la petite enfance pour désigner les garderies à
valeur ajoutée. En effet, en plus d'offrir les services de base,
ces centres offrent aux enfants un programme éducatif enrichis sur
le plan cognitif et social, qui les prépare à
l'école. Garderie,
maternelle et
centre de la petite enfance (CPE). =
crèche, jardin d'enfants.
Day care, child
care, nonparental child care.
| |
|
|
CATALDO, M.F. & RISLEY, T.R. (1974). Infant day care.
In R. Ulrich, T. Stachnik & J. Mabry (Eds.),
Control of human behavior. Glenview, Ilinois :
Scott, Foresman and Company. |
BELSKY, J. & BRAUNGART, J. (1991). Are
insecure-avoidant infants with extensive day-care
experience less stressed by and more independent in the
strange situation ? Child Development, 62 (3),
567-571. |
| |
VALDEZ-MENCHACA, M.C. & WHITEHURST, G.J. (1992).
Accelerating language development through picture book
reading : A systematic extension to Mexican day care. Developmental
Psychology, 28 (6), 1106-1114. |
| |
WHITEHURST, G.J., ARNOLD, D S., EPSTEIN, J.N., ANGELL, A
L., SMITH, M. & FISCHEL, J.E. (1994). A picture book
reading intervention in day care and home for children
from low-income families. Developmental Psychology,
30 (5), 679-689. |
|
MASLACH, C. & PINES, A. (1977). The burn-out syndrome
in the day care setting. Child Care Quarterly, 6, 100-113. |
LAMB, M.E. (1996). Effects of nonparental child care on
child development : An update. Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 41, 330-342. [PDF] |
|
BELSKY, J. (1986). Infant day care : A cause for concern ?
Zero to Three, 6 (4), 1-7. |
NICHD Early Child Care Research Network (1997). The
effects of infant child care on infant-mother attachment
security : Results of the NICHD Study of Early Child Care.
Child Development, 68 (5), 876. |
| |
ZARIT, S.H., STEPHENS, M.A.P., TOWNSEND, A. & GREENE,
R. (1998). Stress reduction for family caregivers :
Effects of adult day care use. Journal of
Gerontology, 53B (5), 267-277. |
|
PHILLIPS, D., McCARTNEY, SCARR, S.W. & K. HOWES, C.
(1987). Selective review of infant day care research : A
cause for concern. Zero to Three, 7, 18-21. |
GILLEPSIE, C.W., PELREN, S.L. & TWARDOSZ, S. (1998).
An ecological perspective on the voluntary book use of 2-
and 3-year-olds in day care. Early Education &
Development, 9, 283-306. |
|
THOMPSON, R. (1988). The effects of infant day care
through the prism of attachment theory. Early
Childhood Research Quarterly, 3, 273-282. |
BELSKY, J. & MILLER, E. (2001). Lecture :
Developmental risks (still) associated with early child
care. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry,
42 (7), 845-859. |
|
BELSKY, J. (1988). The "effects" of infant day care
reconsidered. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 3
(3), 235-272. |
MELHUISH, E.C. (2001). The quest for quality in early day
care preschool experience continues. International
Journal of Behavioral Development, 25 (1), 1-6. |
|
BELSKY, J. & ROVINE, M. (1988). Nonmaternal care in
the first year of life and the security of infant-parent
attachment. Child Development, 59 (1), 157-167. |
ZAOUCHE-GAUDRON, C., SULOVA, L. & ESPIAU, G. (2005).
Day care nurses' perceptions of their educational practice
in France and in the Czech Republic. International
Journal of Child & Family Welfare, 8 (2-3),
88-98. |
|
CLARKE-STEWART, K.A. (1989). Infant day care : Maligned or
malignant ? American Psychologist, 44 (2),
266-273. |
BELSKY, J., VANDALL, D., BURCHINAL, M., CLARKE-STEWART,
K.A., McCARTNEY, K., OWEN, M.T. & The NICHD (Early
Child Care Research Network) (2007). Are there long-term
effects of early child care ? Child Development, 78 (2),
681-701. |
|
SCARR, S.W., PHILLIPS, D. & McCARTNEY, K. (1990).
Facts, fantasies, and the future of child care in the
United States. Psychological Science, 1 (1),
26-35. |
BELSKY, J. (2009). Early day care and infant-mother
attachment security. Encyclopedia on Early Childhood
Development, 1-5. [PDF] |
| |
ZARIT, S.H., KYUNGMIN, K., FEMIA, E.E, ALMEIDA, D.M.,
SALVA, J. & MOLENAARI, P.C.M. (2011). Effects of adult
day care on daily stress of caregivers : A within-person
approach. The Journals of Gerontology. Series B.
Psychological Sciences & Social Sciences, 66B
(5), 538-546. |
| |
DUNCAN, L., BOWLA, J. & TANIS, R. (2016). Evaluating
the Effectiveness of Adult Day Care on Alleviating
Caregiver Stress/Burden. Florida Public Health
Review, 13, 6-23. [PDF] |
|
BELSKY, J. (1990). Parental and nonparental child care and
children's socioemotional development : A decade in
review. Journal of Marriage & Family, 52,
885-903. |
CARON, P.-O., FORGET, J. & RIVARD, M. (2017). The
allocation of playing behavior of children in mainstream
day care according to social reinforcer ratios. European
Journal of Behavior Analysis, 18 (2), 242-250. [PDF] |
| |
VELTEN, K. (2022). Self-efficacy experiences in day care
and primary school from the children's perspective : A
starting point for the reflection of didactic and
methodological competences of adult educators. Journal
of Early Childhood Research, 20 (2) 131–143. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Maternelle,
Soins
parentaux et
Centre de la petite enfance (CPE) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
GARDINER, H.N. (1906). The definition of "feeling". Journal
of Philosophy, Psychology & Scientific Methods, 3
(3), 57-62. |
|
GARDINER, H.N. (1906). The psychology of effort. Psychlogical
Review, 4 (4), 437-438. |
|
GARDINER, H.N. (1911). Affective phenomena -
descriptive and theoretical. Psychological Bulletin, 8
(5), 162-169. |
|
GARDINER, H.N. (1908). The problem of truth. Philosophical
Review, 17 (2), 113-137. |
|
GARDINER, H.N. (1919). The psychology of the affections in
Plato and Aristotle. Philosophical Review, 28
(1), 1-26. |
|
|
|
|
GARDINER, J.M. & ROWLEY, J.M.C. (1984). A generation
effect with numbers rather than words. Memory &
Cognition, 12, 443-445. |
|
GARDINER, J.M., HAMPTON, G.A. & GREGG, V.H. (1988).
Word frequency and generation. Effect Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 14 (4), 687-693. [PDF] |
|
GARDINER, J.M. & HAMPTON, G.A. (1988). Item-specific
processing and the generation effect : Support for a
distinctiveness account. American Journal of
Psychology, 101 (4), 495-504. [PDF] |
|
GARDINER, J.M. (1989). A generation effect in memory
without awareness. British Journal of Psychology, 80,
163-168. |
|
GARDINER, J.M. & JAVA, R.I. (1990). Recollective
experience in word and nonword recognition. Memory
& Cognition, 18, 23-30. |
|
|
|
Gardiner
Stephen ( ) :Philosophe
américain et spécialiste de l'éthique environnemental, notamment lié
au réchauffement
climatique.
|
GARDINER, S. (2004). Ethics and global climate change.
Ethics, 114, 555-600. |
|
GARDINER, S. (2011). A perfect moral storm : The ethical
tragedy of climate change. Oxford : Oxford University
Press. |
|
GARDINER, S. (2014). A call for a global constitutional
convention focused on future generations. Ethics &
International Affairs, 28, 299-315. |
|
GARDINER, S. & WEISBACH, D. (2016). Debating
climate ethics. New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
GARDINER, S. (2017). Accepting collective responsibility for
the future. Journal of Practical Ethics, 5 (1),
22-52 |
|
GARDINER, S. (2017). Climate ethics in a dark and dangerous
time. Ethics, 127, 430-465. |
|
|
|
|
|
Gardner
Allen R. (1930-2022) : Psychologue
et primatologue
américain, spécialisé dans la psychologie
comparée et l'étude du
langage (humain- singe).
Gardner et Washoe.
Collaborateur de Gardner.
 |
GARDNER, R.A. & GARDNER, B.T. (1969). Teaching sign
language to a chimpanzee. Science, 165 (3894),
664-672. [PDF] |
|
GARDNER, B.T. & GARDNER, R.A. (1975). Evidence for
sentence constituents in the early utterances of child and
chimpanzee. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 104, 244-267. |
|
GARDNER, R.A. & GARDNER, B.T. (1998). The
structure of learning from sign stimuli to sign
language. Mahwah NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
GARDNER, R.A. & GARDNER, B.T. (1998). Development of
phrases in the early utterances of children and
cross-fostered chimpanzees. Human Evolution, 13,
161-188. |
|
GARDNER, R.A. & GARDNER, B.T. (1998). Ethological
study of early language. Human Evolution, 1,
189-207. |
|
|
|
Gardner
Beatrix Tugendhat (1933-1995) : Psychologue
et primatologue
américaine, spécialisée dans la psychologie
comparée et l'étude du langage(humain- singe).
Gardner et Washoe.
Collaborateur de Gardner.
|
GARDNER, R.A. & GARDNER, B.T. (1969). Teaching sign
language to a chimpanzee. Science, 165 (3894),
664-672. [PDF] |
|
GARDNER, B.T. & GARDNER, R.A. (1971). Two-way
communication with an infant chimpanzee. In A.M. Schrier
& F. Stollnitz (Eds.), Behavior of nonhuman
primates (Vol. 3). New York : Academic Press. |
|
GARDNER, B.T. & GARDNER, R.A. (1975). Evidence for
sentence constituents in the early utterances of child and
chimpanzee. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 104 (3), 244-267. |
|
GARDNER, B.T. & GARDNER, R.A. (1980). Comparative
psychology and language acquisition. In T.A. Sebok and J.
Umiker-Sebok (Eds.), Speaking of apes : A critical
anthology of two-way communication with man (pp.
287-329). New York : Plenum Press. |
|
GARDNER, R.A. & GARDNER, B.T. (1998). Ethological
study of early language. Human Evolution, 13,
189-207. |
|
|
DEWSBURY, D.A. (1996). Beatrix Tugendhat Gardner
(1933-1995). American Psychologist, 51 (12),
1332. |
|
|
|
Gardner
Howard (Scranton États-unis 1943-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain et chef de file de l'étude de l'intelligence
et de la créativité. On
lui doit les concepts d'intelligence
mutiple et d'intelligence
émotionelle. Collaborateur de Csikszentmihalyi
et Damon.
 |
GARDNER, H. (1982). Art, mind, and brain : A
cognitive approach to creativity. New York : Basic
Books. |
|
GARDNER, H. (1983). Frames of mind : The theory of
multiple intelligences. New York : Basic Books. |
|
GARDNER, H. (1983/93). Multiple intelligences : The
theory in practice. New York : Basic Books. |
|
GARDNER, H. & HATCH, T. (1989). Multiple intelligences
go to school : Educational implications of the theory of
multiple intelligences. Educational Researcher, 18
(8), 4-10. [PDF] |
|
GARDNER, H. (1996). Les intelligences multiples :
pour changer l'école : la prise en compte des
différentes formes d'intelligence. Paris : Retz. |
|
|
LARIVÉE, S. (1998). Le modèle de Gardner : l'intelligence
au pluriel, une approche singulière. Revue Canadienne
de Psycho-Éducation, 27 (1), 1-29. |
|
|
|
Gardner
Martin (Tulsa États-Unus 1914-2010 Norman) : Mathématicien
américain et critique des
pseudosciences. Il est membre du Comittee
for the Scientific Investigation of Claims of the Paranormal.
 |
GARDNER, M. (1956). Mathematics, magic and mystery.
Dover. |
|
GARDNER, M. (1981). Science : Good, bad and bogus.
Prometheus Books. |
|
GARDNER, M. (1983). Order and surprise.
Prometheus Books. |
|
GARDNER, M.J. & ALTMAN, D.G. (1986). Confidence
intervals rather than P values : Estimation rather than
hypothesis testing. British Medical Journal, 292, 746-750.
[PDF] |
|
GARDNER, M. (2001). Did Adam and Eve have navels ? :
Debunking pseudoscience. W.W. Norton & Company. |
|
|
|
Gardner
Robert C. (1934-) : Psychosociologue
canadien et spécialiste de l'étude des stéréotypes
raciaux/ethniques. Il s'intéresse également à l'acquisition
d'une langue seconde.
Collaborateur de Tajfel et
Taylor.
|
GARDNER, R.C. & LAMBERT, W.E. (1959). Motivational
variables in second language acquisition. Canadian
Journal of Psychology, 13, 266-272. |
|
GARDNER, R.C. & TAYLOR, D.M. (1968). Ethnic
stereotypes : Their effects on person perception.
Canadian Journal of Psychology, 22, 267-276. |
|
GARDNER, R.C., KIRBY, D.M., GOROSPE, F.H. & VILLAMIN,
A C. (1972). Ethnic stereotypes : An alternative
assessment technique, the stereotype differential. Journal
of Social Psychology, 87, 259-267. |
|
GARDNER, R.C. & DESROCHERS, A.M. (1981).
Second-language acquisition and bilingualism : Research in
Canada (1970-1980). Canadian Psychology, 22, 146-162. |
|
GARDNER, R.C. MACINTYRE, P.D. & LALONDE, R.N. (1995).
The effects of multiple social categories on stereotyping.
Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 27,
466-483. |
|
|
|
|
|
Garety Philippa A. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste britannique,
spécialisée dans l'étude de la psychose
et du délire.
Collaboratrice de Arntz,
Barlow, Bebbington,
Clark,
Ehlers, Fairburn,
Fowler, Freeman, Freeston,
Hollon, Kuipers,
Ost, Salkovskis,
Shafran, Williams
et Wilson.
|
GARETY, P.A. & FREEMAN, D . (1999). Cognitive
approaches to delusions : A critical review of theories
and evidence. British Journal of Clinical Psychology,
38 (2), 113-154. |
|
GARETY, P.A. & JOLLEY, S. (2000). Early intervention
in psychosis. Psychiatric Bulletin, 24, 321-323. |
|
GARETY, P.A. & KUIPERS, E., FOWLER, D., FREEMAN, D.
& BEBBINGTON, P.E. (2001). A cognitive model of the
positive symptoms of psychosis. Psychological
Medicine, 31, 189-195. |
|
GARETY, P.A. (2003). The future of psychological therapies
for psychosis. World Psychiatry, 2 (3),
147-152. [PDF] |
|
GARETY, P.A. & FREEMAN, D. (2013). The past and future
of delusions research : from the inexplicable to the
treatable. British Journal of Psychiatry, 203, 327-333. |
|
|
|
Garey Laurence John ( ) : Physiologiste
et historien des sciences britannique. Il s'intéresse notamment à l'anatomie des chats.
|
GAREY, L.J. (1965) Interrelationships of the visual cortex and superior colliculus in the cat. Nature, 207, 1410-1411
|
|
GAREY, L.J. & POWELL, T.P.S. (1968). The projection of the retina in the cat. Journal of Anatomy, 102 189-222. |
|
GAREY, L.J. & PETTIGREW, J.D. (1974). Ultrastructural changes in kitten visual cortex after environmental modification. Brain Research, 66 165-172. |
| GAREY, L.J. (2002). History of neuroscience :
Korbinian Brodmann (1868-1918). IBRO History of
Neuroscience [PDF] |
|
GAREY, L.J. (2006). Brodmann's localisation in
the cerebral cortex. New York : Springer. |
|
|
|
|
|
Garfield
Eugene (New York 1925-2017 Philadelphie) : Fondateur
de la scientométrie.
En 1958, il a mis sur pied l'institue
for Scientific Information. On lui doit également l'indice
d'influence scientifique (Science Citation Index).
|
GARFIELD, E. (1955). Citation indexes for science : A new
dimension in documentation through association of ideas. Science,
122 (3159), 108-111.
[PDF] |
|
GARFIELD, E. (1972). Citation analysis as a tool in
journal evaluation. Science, 178 (4060),
471-479.
[PDF] |
|
GARFIELD, E. (1996). How can impact factors be improved ?
British Medical Journal, 313 (7054), 411-413. [PDF] |
|
GARFIELD, E. (1998). Long-term vs. short-term journal
impact : Does it matter ? The Scientist, 12 (3),
10-20.
[PDF] |
|
GARFIELD, E. (1999). Journal impact factor : a brief
review. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 161
(8), 979-980. |
|
|
BENSMAN, S.J. (2007). Garfield and the impact factor. Annual
Review of Information Science & Technology, 41
(1), 93-155. |
|
LEYDESDORFF, L. (2010). Eugene Garfield and algorithmic
historiography : Co-words, coauthors, and journal names. Annals
of Library & Information Studies, 57 (3),
248-260. |
|
SMALL, H. (2017). A tribute to Eugene Garfield :
Information innovator and idealist. Journal of
Informetrics, 11 (3), 599-612. |
|
CHEN, C. (2018). Eugene Garfield's scholarly impact : A
scientometric review. Scientometrics, 114 (2),
489-516. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Garfield
Sol L. (1918-2004 Cleveland) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'évaluation
des thérapies et de leur efficacité.
Collaborateur de Bergin, Lambert
et Shapiro.
 |
GARFIELD, S.L. (1974). What are the therapeutic variables
in psychotherapy ? Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics,
24 (4-6), 372-378. |
|
GARFIELD, S.L. & KURTZ, R.M. (1976). Personal therapy
for the psychotherapist : Some findings and issues. Psychotherapy
: Theory, Research & Practice, 13 (2),
188-192. |
|
GARFIELD, S.L. (1996). Somes problems ssociated with
"validated" forms of psychotherapy. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 39 (3),
218-229. [PDF] |
|
GARFIELD, S.L. (1998). The practice of brief
psychotherapy. John Wiley Sons. |
|
GARFIELD, S.L. (2000). Eclecticism and integration : A
personal retrospective view. Journal of Psychotherapy
Integration, 10 (4), 341-355. |
|
|
BERGIN, A.E. & LAMBERT, M.J. (2004). In memoriam : Sol
L. Garfield, PhD (1918-2004). Journal of Psychotherapy
Integration, 7 (4), 360-362. |
|
|
|
|
|
Garfinkel Harold (Newark 1917-2011 Los Angeles) : Sociologue
phénoménologiste
américain et co-fondateur avec Sacks de l'ethnométhodologie.
Étudiant de Parsons
et Schütz. Professeur de Sacks.
 |
GARFINKEL, H. (1959/73). Aspects of the problem of common
sense knowledge of social structure. Transactions of
the Fourth World Congress of Sociology, 4, 51-65. |
|
GARFINKEL, H. (1967). Studies in ethnomethodology.
Englewoods Cliffs : Prentice-Hall. |
|
SACKS, H. & GARFINKEL, H. (1970). On formal structures
of practical action. In J.C. McKinney and E.A. Tiryakian
(Eds.), Theoretical sociology : perspective and
developments. New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
|
GARFINKEL, H. (1986). Ethnomethodological studies of
work. London : Routledge & Kegan Paul. |
|
GARFINKEL, H. (2002). Ethnomethodology's program :
Working out Durkheim's aphorism. Lanham, MD :
Rowman & Littlefield. |
|
|
|
Garfinkel Paul E. ( ) : Médecin
américain d'origine canadienne et spécialiste de l'étude des troubles
alimentaires, notamment de l'anorexie
(et de son évaluation/mesure).
Collaborateur de Garner.
|
GARFINKEL, P.E. (1974). Perception of hunger and satiety
in anorexia nervosa. Psychological medicine, 4 (3),
309-315. |
|
GARFINKEL, P.E., MODOFSKY, H., GARNER, D.M., STANCER, H.C.
& COSCINA, D.V. (1978). Body awareness in anorexia
nervosa : disturbances in "body image" and "satiety".
Psychosomatic Medicine, 40 (6), 487-498. |
|
GARFINKEL, P.E. MODOFSKY, H. & GARNER, D.M. (1980).
The heterogeneity of anorexia nervosa : Bulimia as a
distinct subgroup. Archives of General Psychiatry, 37
(9), 1036-1040. |
|
GARFINKEL, P.E., LIN, P., GOERING, P., SPEGG, C.,
GOLDBLOOM, D., KENNEDY, S., KAPLAN, A.S. & WOODSIDE,
D.B. (1996). Should amenorrhoea be necessary for the
diagnosis of anorexia nervosa ? evidence from a Canadian
community sample.The British Journal of Psychiatry, 168
(4), 500-506. |
|
GARFINKEL, P.E. & NEWMAN, A. (2001). The Eating
Attitudes Test : twenty-five years later Eating and Weight
Disorders-Studies on Anorexia. Bulimia & Obesity,
6 (1), 1-21. |
|
|
|
Garmezy Norman (1918-2009) : Psychologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du développement,
des pathologies et des
facteurs de
protection de la maladie chez les enfants
et les adolescents. On
lui doit le concept de résilience.
Collaborateur de Masten,
Rutter et Tellegen.
|
GARMEZY, N. (1974). Children at risk : The search for
antecedents of schizophrenia : Conceptual models and
research methods. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 8,
14-90. [PDF] |
|
GARMEZY, N. (1983). Stressors in childhood. In N. Garmezy
et M. Rutter (Eds.), Stress, coping and development
in children (pp. 43-84). New York : McGraw-Hill
Book Company. |
|
MASTEN, A.S. & GARMEZY, N. (1985). Risk,
vulnerability, and protective factors in developmental
psychopathology. Dans B.B. Lahey & A.E. Kazdin (Eds.),
Advances in clinical child psychology (Vol. 8,
pp. 1-52). New York : Plenium Press. |
|
GARMEZY, N. (1993). Vulnerability and resilience. In D.C.
Funder, R.D. Parke, C. Tomlinson-Keasey & K. Widamen
(Eds.), Studying lives through time : Personality and
development (pp. 377-399). Washington DC : American
Psychological Association. |
|
| MASTEN, A.S., NUECHETERLEIN, K.H., DOUGHERTY, O. &
WRIGHT, M. (2011). Norman Garmezy (1918-2009) : Obituary.
American Psychologist, 66 (2), 140-141. |
|
MASTEN, A.S. & CICHETTI, D. (2012). Risk and
resilience in development and psychopathology : The legacy
of Norman Garmezy. Development & Psychopathology,
24 (2), 333-334. |
|
|
|
|
|
Garner
David M. ( ) : Médecin
américain et spécialiste de l'étude des troubles
alimentaires, notamment de l'anorexie
(et de son évaluation/mesure).
Collaborateur de Garfinkel.
|
GARNER, D.M., GARFINKEL, P.E. & MODOFSKY, H. (1976).
Body image disturbances in anorexia nervosa. International
Eating Disorders, 1, 3-64. |
|
GARNER, D.M., GARFINKEL, P.E., SCHWARTZ, D. &
THOMPSON, M. (1980). Cultural expectations of thinness in
women. Psychological Reports, 47, 483-491. [PDF] |
|
GARNER, D.M., OLMSTED, M.P., BOHR, Y. & GARFINKEL,
P.E. (1982). The Eating Attitudes Test : Psychometric
features and clinical correlates. Psychological
Medicine, 12, 871-878. |
|
GARNER, D.M., GARFINKEL, P.E. & BEMIS, K.M. (1982). A
multidimensional psychotherapy for anorexia nervosa. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 1, 3-64. |
|
GARNER, D.M., OLMSTED, M.P. & POLIVY, J. (1983).
Development and validation of a multidimensional Eating
Disorder Inventory for anorexia and bulimia.
International Journal of Eating Disorders, 2 (2),
15–34. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Garner Wendell (1921-2008) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américaine, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage des concepts
et de la perception.
Collaborateur de Miller.
|
GARNER, W.R. & MILLER, G.A. (1947). The masked
threshold of pure tones as a function of duration. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 37 (4), 293-303. |
|
WHITMAN, J.R. & GARNER, W. (1963). Concept Learning as
a function of form of internal structure. Journal of
Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 2, 195-202.
[PDF] |
|
GARNER, W.R. & GOTTWALD, R.L. (1968). The perception
and learning of temporal patterns. Quarterly Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 20 (2), 97-109. |
|
GARNER, W.R. (1978). Selective attention to attributes and
to stimuli. Journal of Experimental Psychology.
General, 107, 287-308. |
|
GARNER, W.R. (1988). Facilitation and interference with a
separable redundant dimension in stimulus comparison. Perception
& Psychophysics, 44, 321-330. |
|
|
NICKERSON, R.S. (1978). Comment on W.R. Garner's
"Selective attention to attributes and to stimuli". Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 107 (4),
452-456. |
|
|
|
Garon Roseline ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste, féministe
et écologiste québécoise.
Professeure au département d'administration et fondements de
l'éducation de l'Université de
Montréal. Elle s'intéresse à l'apprentissage,
à l'abandon et à la réussite
en milieu scolaire, notamment en mileu
défavorisé. Elle est l'un des quatre fondatrices des Scientifines.
Collaboratrice de Archambault,
Chamberland, Hrimech
et Théorêt.
 |
CHAMBERLAND, C., THÉORÊT, M. et GARON, R. (1995). Les
Scientifines en action : conception, implantation et
évolution. Montréal, Université de Montréal : École
de service social. |
|
THÉORÊT, M. et GARON, R. (1995). Reconnaître les plans à
cas unique en sciences de l'éducation. Mesure et
évaluation en éducation, 28, 1. |
|
GARON, R. et THÉORÊT, M. (2000). L'effort à l'école,
un goût à développer. Outremont : Les Éditions
Logiques. |
|
THÉORÊT, M., GARON, R. et HRIMECH, M. (2004). La
résilience des personnels scolaires en zones défavorisées.
Le Journal des Psychologues, 216, 42-44. |
|
GARON, R., THÉORÊT, M., HRIMECH, M. et CARPENTIER, A.
(2006). Résilience et vulnérabilité chez des directions
d'établissement scolaire : une étude exploratoire.
Psychologie du Travail et des Organisations, 12
(4), 327-337. |
|
|
|
|
|
Garrison Randy Donn (1945-) : Spécialiste
canadien de l'éducation,
notamment de
l'enseigement/apprentissage à distance.
|
GARRISON, D.R. (1985). Three generations of technological
innovations in distance education. Distance
Education, 6, 235-241. |
|
GARRISON, D.R. & BAYNTON, M. (1987). Beyond
independence in distance education : The concept of
control. The American Journal of Distance Education,
1 (1), 3-15. |
|
GARRISON, D.R. (1991). Critical thinking and adult
education : A conceptual model for developing critical
thinking in adult learners. International Journal of
Lifelong Education, 10 (4), 287-303. |
|
GARRISON, D.R. (1997). Computer conferencing : The
post-industrial age of distance education. Open
Learning, 12 (2), 3-11. |
|
GARRISON, D.R., GARRISON, D.R., ANDERSON, T. & ARCHER,
W. (2000). Critical Inquiry in a text-based environment :
Computer conferencing in higher education. The
Internet & Higher Education, 2 (2-3), 87-105. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Gathercole Susan E. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américaine d'origine anglaise, spécialisée dans l'étude de
la mémoire de travail.
Collaboratrice de Alloway,
Archibald,
Baddeley, Conway, Hitch,
Lanfranchi
et Joanisse.
|
GATHERCOLE, S.E. & BADDELEY, A.D. (1990). Phonological
memory deficits in language-disordered children : Is there
a causal connection ? Journal of Memory &
Language, 29, 336-360. |
|
GATHERCOLE, S.E., HITCH, G.J., SERVICE, E. & MARTIN,
A.J. (1997). Phonological short-term memory and new word
learning in children. Developmental Psychology, 33
(6), 966-979. |
|
GATHERCOLE, S.E., TIFFANY, C. BRISCOE, J. THORN, A.
(2004), Developmental consequences of poor phonological
short-term memory function in childhood : a longitudinal
study. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry,
45, 1-14.
[PDF] |
|
GATHERCOLE, S.E., ALLOWAY, T.P., WILLIS, C.S. & ADAMS,
A.M. (2006). Working memory in children with reading
disabilities. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 93, 265-281. [PDF] |
|
GATHERCOLE, S.E. & ALLOWAY, T.P. (2006). Practitioner
review : Short-term and working memory impairments in
neurodevelopmental disorders : diagnosis and remedial
support. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 47 (1), 4-15.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Gauche
: Le terme a plusieurs usages : a) En
psychologie, il est
utilisé dans l'expression «personnalité autoritaire de gauche»,
proposé par Altemeyer,
pour désigner une forme de personnalité
autoritaire. = Personnalité autoritaire de gauche.
Left-wing authoritarianism.
b) En politique, on emploi ce terme pour désigner les
opinions politiques et les idéologies
qui accordent ou souhaite accorder au gouvernement
un rôle maximal dans la gestion des affaires politiques, sociales,
économiques et morales d'un
état. En effet, les solutions
proposées par la gauche reposent généralement sur le postulat. suivant : Pourquoi laisser
l'entreprise privée faire une chose que le gouvernement parvient à mieux faire.
= gauche politique,
gauche idéologique, gauche classique. /Droite.
Left-wing. c) Sur le plan
anatomique, le terme désigne l'un des deux côtés du corps et
par extension certaines parties, notamment les mains. Gauche et
latéralisation cérébrale
/droite.
Left hand.
|
|
| |
a |
|
SHILS, E.A. (1954). Authoritarianism : "Right" and "left".
In R. Christie & M. Jahuda (Eds.), Studies in the
scope and method of "The authoritarian personality" (pp.
24-49). Glencoe, IL : Free Press. |
TOMKINS, S.S. (1963). Left and right : A basic dimension
of ideology and personality. In R.W. White (Ed.), The
study of lives (pp. 388-411). Chicago : Atherton. |
|
|
Voir aussi Autoritarisme
et Gauche
psychologique |
| b |
|
LAPONCE, J.A. (1981). Left and right : The topography
of political perceptions. Toronto : University of
Toronto Press. |
WILLIAMS, S. (1984). Left-right ideological differences in
blaming victims. Political Psychology, 5,
573-581. |
|
|
Voir aussi Gauche
idéologique/politique, Idéologie,
Opinion
politique
|
| c |
|
BIJOU, S.W. (1968). Studies in the experimental
development of left-right concepts in retarded children
using fading techniques. International Review of
Research in Mental Retardation, 3, 65-96. |
McMANUS, I.C. (1980). Left-handedness and epilepsy. Cortex,
16, 487-492. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Droite
anatomique et Gauche |
|
|
|
Gauche
(anatomique) : /Droite.
Left-wing, left-handedness.
| |
|
|
BIJOU, S.W. (1968). Studies in the experimental
development of left-right concepts in retarded children
using fading techniques. International Review of
Research in Mental retardation, 3, 65-96. |
ELLIOTT, D., HEATH, M., BINSTED, G., RICKER, K.L., ROY,
E.A. & CHUA, R. (1999). Goal-directed aiming :
Correcting a force-specification error with the right and
left hands. Journal of Motor Behavior, 31,
309-324. |
|
McMANUS, I.C. (1980). Left-handedness and epilepsy. Cortex,
16, 487-492. [PDF] |
GRAHAM, S. (1999). Handwriting and spelling instruction
for students with learning disabilities : A review. Learning
Disabilities Quarterly, 22 (2), 78-98. |
|
McMANUS, I.C. (1980). Season of birth of left-handers. Archives
of Neurology, 37, 63. [PDF] |
|
|
McMANUS, I.C. (1981). Handedness and birth stress. Psychological
Medicine, 11, 485-496. [PDF] |
McMANUS, I.C. (2006). The modern mythology of the
left-handedness of Alexander the Great. Laterality,
11, 566-572. [PDF]
|
|
McMANUS, I.C. (1983). Pathological left-handedness : Does
it exist ? Journal of Communication Disorders, 16, 315-344.
[PDF] |
GORMLEY, G.J., DEMPSTER, M. & BEST, R. (2008).
Right-left discrimination among medical students :
questionnaire and psychometric study. British Medical
Journal, 337, 1-4. [PDF]
|
|
McCLOSKEY, H. & CHONG, D. (1985). Similarities and
differences between left-wing and right-wing radicals. British
Journal of Political Science, 15, 329–-363. |
McMANUS, I.C. (2008). Left-right discrimination in
medicine. British Medical Journal, 337,
1426-1427. [PDF]
|
|
MARCHANT-HAYCOC, S.E., McMANUS, I.C. & WILSON, G.D.
(1991). Left-handedness, homosexuality, HIV infection and
AIDS. Cortex, 27, 49-56. [PDF] |
SCHEUMANN, M., JOLY-RADKO, M., LELIVELD, L. &
ZIMMERMANN, E. (2011). Does body posture influence hand
preference in an ancestral primate model ? BMC
Evolutionary Biology, 11 (52), 1-10.
[PDF] |
|
BERNINGER, V.W., VAUGHAN, K.B., ABBOTT, R.D., ABBOTT,
S.P., ROGAN, L.W. & BROOK, A. (1997). Treatment of
handwriting problems in beginning writers : Transfer from
handwriting to composition. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 89 (4), 652-666. |
WHITE, J. (2012). Community, transnationalism, and the
Left-Right metaphor. European Journal of Social
Theory, 15 (2), 197-219. |
|
|
Voir aussi
Latéralisation cérébrale et
Droitier |
|
|
Gauche (Extrême-) : Type de gauche
politique. Le préfixe «extrême»
souvent associé à la droite (et parfois à la gauche) ne devrait
être utilisé que pour qualifier un parti
ou un gouvernement
qui recourt à la violence
ou menace d'y recourir pour
parvenir à ses fins. Hélas, dans le langage courant, on qualifie souvent
«d'extrêmes» des idées avec lesquelles on est simplement en
profond désaccord ou qui nous semblent absurdes ou exagéréees. Cette étiquette
vise davantage à disqualifier les idées d'autrui qu'à
décrire ou comprendre un phénomène. Les terme «droite radicale,
droite conservatrice et ultra-droite» conviennent sans doute mieux
pour décrire les partis à droite de la droite «classique». Le
fascisme italien et le nationale-socialisme
allemand sont souvent cités en exemple pour illustrer
ce mélange d'état minimal et de violence. Pourtant, avant et
pendant la guerre, le troisième Reich, était
omniprésent dans les affaires de la société allemande, ce qui ne
plaide pas en faveur «du minimum d'intervention» si chère à la
droite. NDLR : Le gouvernement chilien, à la
suite du coup d'état contre Allende, est un exemple qui semble peut-être mieux
convenir pour illustrer un état totalitaire, violent et fortement
désangagé dans les affaires quotiennes d'une société.
/gauche.
Extreme right, extreme right wing.
| |
|
|
BILLIG, M. (1989). The extreme right : continuities in
anti-semitic conspiracy theory in post-war Europe. In R.
Eatwell & N. O’Sullivan (Eds.), The nature of the
right : European and American politics and political
thought since 1789 (pp. 146–166). London : Pinter.
|
|
IGNAZI, P. (1992). The silent counter-revolution :
Hypotheses on the emergence of extreme right-wing parties
in Europe. European Journal of Political Research, 22,
3-34. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Droite
idéologique/politique, Idéologie,
Opinion
politique et Gauche
|
|
|
|
|
Gauche (idéologique/politique) : Position du spectre politique. En science
politique, ce terme est utilisé pour désigner les
opinions politiques et les idéologies
qui accordent ou souhaitent accorder au gouvernement
un rôle plus
important, voire maximal, dans la gestion
des affaires politiques, sociales, économiques et morales d'un
pays.En effet, les solutions
proposées par la gauche reposent généralement sur le postulat. suivant : Pourquoi laisser
l'entreprise privée faire une chose que le gouvernement
parvient à mieux faire. Par extension, on
qualifie de gauche tous les engagements et les réalisations en
accord avec cette position politique : «mesure de gauche, programme de gauche, etc». Ce discours
de gauche est promu par des individus,
des mouvements
sociaux ou des partis
politiques. Pour les militants de gauche, l'état
est le moyen idéal pour maintenir (gauche conservatrice)
ou modifier (gauche
progressisme) la société dans l'intérêt
collectif de tous ses citoyens, notamment dans le but de réduire les
inégalités sociales et
économiques. Dans sa version radicale, la gauche propose même de nationaliser
les entreprises
d'un pays, afin d'en redonner le contrôle
à l'état. Certains partis ou mouvements de gauche sont
considéres comme nationalistes
s'ils mettent de l'avant un modèle
d'immigration inter-culturaliste,
par opposition au multiculturalisme,
et prône un modèle de développement économique plus national que
mondialiste/globaliste.
Le concept de «gauche» fait l'objet de
nombreuses critiques. Quand il désigne une classe d'opinions,
par oposition à la droite, ce concept a une faible valeur scientifique. EX : Tous
ceux et celles qui n'acceptent pas les homosexuels sont à
droite; les autres sont forcément à gauche, et il n'y a rien entre les deux. Cette conception
binaire des valeurs, qui réduit l'ensemble des idées à deux
grandes catégories mutuellement exclusives, droite ou gauche, pour ou contre, bons ou mauvais - doit être
considérée comme une simplification abusive des faits.
Bref, sur le plan scientifique, il semble plus indiqué d'utiliser
ces concepts - gauche/droite - pour fixer les deux pôles d'un même
continuum, afin de
circonscrire les limites extrêmes des nombreuses variations et
nuances du rôle de l'état. C'est ce qu'on appelle le spectre
politique. EX : Le marxisme
est à l'extrémité gauche du pôle, alors que l'anarcho-capitalisme
est à l'extrême droite. À noter que les deux pôles de ce spectre
politique se définissent par une attitude anti-démocratique et le
recours à la violence,
parfois armée. notamment lors
d'une révolution ou
d'un coup d'état. Ainsi,
le préfixe «extrême»
souvent associé à la droite (parfois à la gauche) devrait être
reservé pour qualifier un parti, un mouvement ou un gouvernement
anti-démocratique, qui recourt à la violence, ou menace
d'y recourir, pour atteindre ses fins.
/droite.
Left-wing.
| |
| Pôle |
États intermédiaires |
Pôle |
| ÉTAT
= RÔLE MAXIMAL |
ÉTAT =
RÔLE +IMPORTANT |
ÉTAT = RÔLE MODÉRÉ |
ÉTAT
= RÔLE -IMPORTANT |
ÉTAT
= RÔLE MINIMAL |
| VIOLENCE=OUI |
VIOLENCE
= NON |
VIOLENCE=OUI |
| Extrême-gauche |
Gauche
radicale |
Gauche
|
Centre |
Droite
|
Droite
radicale |
Extrême-droite |
| |
|
|
LAPONCE, J.A. (1981). Left and right : The topography
of political perceptions. Toronto : University of
Toronto Press. |
|
WILLIAMS, S. (1984). Left-right ideological differences in
blaming victims. Political Psychology, 5,
573-581. |
|
McCLOSKEY, H. & CHONG, D. (1985). Similarities and
differences between left-wing and right-wing radicals. British
Journal of Political Science, 15 (3), 329-363. |
|
FUCHS, D. & KLINGEMANN, H.-D. (1990). The left-right
schema. In M.K. Jennings & J. Van Deth (Eds.), Continuities
in political action : A longitudinal study of political
orientations in three Western democracies. Berlim/New
York : de Gruyter. |
|
GAUCHET, M. (1992). La Droite et la Gauche. Dans P. Nora
(Dir.), Les lieux de mémoire III, Les France : 1.
Conflits et Partages (p. 395-467). Paris :
Gallimard. |
|
BOBBIO, N. (1996). Left and right. Cambridge,
England : Polity Press. |
|
KNUTSEN, O. (1998). Expert judgements of the left-right
location of political parties : A comparative longitudinal
study. West European Politics, 21 (2), 63-94. |
|
JOST, J.J. (2021). Left and right : The psychological
sgnificance of a political distinction. Oxford
University Press. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Droite
politique/idéologique
|
|
|
|
|
Gauche
(psychologique) : En
psychologie, ce terme est utilisé dans par opposition à l'expression «personnalité autoritaire de droite»,
proposé par Altemeyer,
pour désigner une forme de personnalité
autoritaire. Cette personnalité autoritaire de droite se distingue de la personnalité «normale» à
trois égards : 1) ces individus se caractérisent par une grande
soumission à l'autorité
légitime ou perçues comme telle); 2) un haut degré
d'hostilité et parfois d'agressivité
envers ceux ou celles qui s'opposent à l'autorité en place;
3) une forte adhésion aux conventions
sociales, à l'ordre établi (conformisme).
=
Personnalité autoritaire de gauche. Leftt-wing
authoritarianism.
|
|
|
SHILS, E. A. (1954). Authoritarianism : "Right" and
"left". In R. Christie & M. Jahuda (Eds.), Studies
in the scope and method of "The authoritarian
personality" (pp. 24-49). Glencoe, IL : Free
Press. |
VAN HIEL, A., DURIEZ, B. & KOSSOWSKA, M. (2006). The
presence of left-wing authoritarianism in Western Europe
and its relationship with conservative ideology. Political
Psychology, 27, 769-793. [PDF] |
|
TOMKINS, S.S. (1963). Left and right : A basic dimension
of ideology and personality. In R.W. White (Ed.), The
study of lives (pp. 388-411). Chicago : Atherton. |
VAN HIEL, A. (2011). A psycho-political profile of party
activists and left-wing and right-wing extremists. European
Journal of Political Research, 51 (2), 166-203. |
|
STONE, W.F. (1980). The myth of left-wing
authoritarianism. Political Psychology, 2
(3-4), 3-19. |
WHITE, J. (2012). Community, transnationalism, and the
Left-Right metaphor. European Journal of Social
Theory, 15 (2), 197-219. |
|
EYSENK. H.J. (1980-81). Left-wing authoritarianism : Myth
or reality ? Political Psychology, 3, 234-239. |
JOST, J.J. (2021). Left and right : The psychological
sgnificance of a political distinction. Oxford
University Press. |
|
STONE, W.F. & SMITH, L.D. (1993). Authoritarianism :
Left and right. In W.F. Stone, G. Lederer & R.
Christie (Eds.), Strength and weakness : The
authoritarian personality today. New York :
Springer Verlag. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Autoritarisme,
Idéologie, Opinion
politique et Gauche |
|
|
|
Gauche radicale : Type de gauche
politique qui propose d'instaurer un état maximal pour
gérer les affaires d'un pays et, par opposition, de laisser
aux individus et aux entreprises privéesun minimum de contrôle, de
pouvoir. Ici le suffixe «radical»
n'est pas synonyme «d'extrême» ou de «force» Il signifie plutôt «racine» ou «origine» et renvoie
aux propriétés essentielles d'un état maximal dont le modèle est le communisme (soviétique, chinois, cubain, etc).
Contrairement à l'état-providence l'état-providence, l'état communisme s'oppose à la propriété privée.
La gauche radicale milite donc en faveur d'un état omniprésent dans les affaires d'un pays,
incluant l'économie et le commerce. Contrairement à ce que l'on laisse souvent entendre, la gauche radicale ne préconise pas nécessairement le recours à la
violence, mais il est vrai que de nombreux états communistes se sont constitués
à la suite de révolution ou de coup d'état.
La gauche radicale se distingue de la gauche tout court par la nature des solutions envisagées pour
restaurer cet état maximal, comme la taxation des plus riches, la nationalisation
des entreprises, l'abolition de la propriété privée, etc.
Ces solutions tranchent avec les solutions habituelles de la gauche classique ou moderne,
car elles nécessitent des choix collectifs en rupture avec l'état des choses et, le plus souvent
de nature à réduire les privilèges de la classe dominante
C'est sans doute pourquoi la gauche radicale est rarement portée au pouvoir.
NDLR : La gauche, quelqu'en soit la forme, n'est pas contre l'existence de l'état,
comme le sont les anarchistes, mais plutôt favorable à une augmentation de sa taille, parfois sans partage avec l'entreprise pivée.
=
communisme, socialisme,
état maximal
/droite
radicale.
Extreme left, extreme left wing.
|
Gaudet
Édithe ( ) : Sociologue,
féministe québécoise et professeure au Collège
Ahuntsic. Elle s'intéresse à la pédagogie
et aux relations
interculturelles. Collaboratrice de Barrette,
Lafortune et Potvin.
|
GAUDET, É. et LAFORTUNE, L. (1997). La pédagogie
interculturelle dans le réseau collégial : présentation
d'une recherche-action-formation sur des stratégies
d'enseignement. Dans R. Féger (Dir.), L'éducation
face aux nouveaux défis. Montréal : Éditions
Nouvelles. |
|
GAUDET, É. et POTVIN, C. (1997). Pour une pédagogie
interculturelle : des stratégies d'enseignement.
Saint-Laurent : ERPI. |
|
GAUDET, É. et LAFORTUNE, L. (2000). Un modèle
d’intervention en interculturel axé sur des programmes
d’intervention. Pédagogie Collégiale, 13 (3). |
|
GAUDET et LOSLIER, S. (2005). Penser, agir et s'engaer en
interculturel au Québec. Pédagogie Collègiale, 19
(2), 29-33.
[PDF] |
|
GAUDET, É. et LAFORTUNE, L. (2010). Pour des réflexions
sur les femmes et le développement durable. Dans É. Gaudet
et L. Lafortune (Dirs.), Les grands enjeux des femmes
pour un développement durable (p. 1-6). Québec :
Presses de l’Université du Québec. |
|
|
|
Gaudiano
Brandon A. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste américain,
spécialisé dans l'étude de la thérapie
de l'acceptation et de l'engagement. Collaborateur de Hayes,
Herbert et Zimmerman.
|
GAUDIANO, B.A. & STATLER, M.A. (2001). The
scientist-practitioner gap and graduate education
integrating perspectives and looking forward. The
Clinical Psychologist, 54 (4), 12-18. [PDF] |
|
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2006). Cognitive-behavioral treatments for
schizophrenia : The state of the art and the evidence. International
Journal of Behavioral Consultation & Therapy, 2, 1-11.
[PDF] |
|
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2008). Cognitive-behavioural therapies :
Achievements and challenges. Evidence-Based Mental
Health, 11, 5-7. [PDF] |
|
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2009). Öst (2008) Methodological
comparison of clinical trials of acceptance and commitment
therapy versus cognitive behavior therapy : Matching
apples with oranges ? Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 47 (12), 1066-1070. [PDF] |
|
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2011). A review of acceptance and
commitment therapy (ACT) and recommendations for continued
scientific advancement. The Scientific Review of
Mental Health Practice, 8 (2), 5-22. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Gaudreau
Nancy ( ) : Psycchopédagogue
et spécialiste de l'étude de la gestion
de classe et des comportements diffciles. Collaboratrice de
Royer
|
GAUDREAU, N. (2011). La gestion des problèmes de
comportement en classe inclusive : pratiques efficaces.
Éducation et Francophonie 39 (2), 122-144. |
|
GAUDREAU, N. (2013). Sentiment d'efficacité personnelle et
réussite scolaire au collégial. Revue Pédagogie
Collégiale, 26 (3), 17-20 |
|
GAUDREAU, N., ROYER, É., FRENETTE, É. & BEAUMONT C.
(2013). Classroom Behaviour Management : The effects of
in-service training on elementary teachers’ self-efficacy
beliefs/La gestion des comportements en classe : effets
d’une formation continue sur le sentiment d’autoefficacité
des enseignants du primaire. McGill Journal of Education /
Revue des Sciences de l'Éducation de McGill, 48 (2),
359–382. [PDF]
|
|
GAUDREAU, N. et NADEAU, M.F. (2019). Le retrait : une
intervention punitive ou éducative ? La foucade, 19
(2), 41-43. |
|
GAUDREAU, N. (2022). Comment soutenir l’engagement tout en
diminuant la fréquence des comportements perturbateurs des
élèves au secondaire ? Apprendre et Enseigner
aujourd'hui, 12 (1), 14-17. |
|
|
|
Gaudreau Patrick ( ) : Psychologue
canadien et spécialiste de l'étude du perfectionnisme
dans le sport.
|
GAUDREAU, P. (2012). A methodological note on the
interactive and main effects of dualistic personality
dimensions : An example using the 2 × 2 model of
perfectionism. Personality & Individual
Differences, 52, 26-31. |
|
GAUDREAU, P. & VERNER-FILLION, J. (2012).
Dispositional perfectionism and well-being : A test of the
2 × 2 model of perfectionism in the sport domain. Sport,
Exercise, & Performance Psychology, 1, 29-43. |
|
GAUDREAU, P. MIRANDA, D. & GAREAU, A. (2014). Canadian
university students in wireless classrooms : What do they
do on their laptops and does it really matter ? Computers
& Education, 70, 245-255. |
|
GAUDREAU, P. (2016). The 2x2 model of perfectionism in
sport, dance, and exercise. In A.P. Hill (Ed.), The
psychology of perfectionism in sport, dance and exercise
(pp. 174-200). London, UK : Routledge. |
|
GAUDREAU, P. (2019). On the distinction between personal
standards perfectionism and excellencism : A theory
elaboration and research agenda. Perspectives on
Psychological Science, 14, 195-215. |
|
|
|
Gaulin Benoit ( ) : Sociologue
québécois, concepteur
de site
internet pédagogique et professeur au Collège
Ahuntsic. Collaborateur de Boudreau
et De Grosbois.
|
GAULIN, B. et DE GROSBOIS, P. (2009). La classe dans le
discours / Le discours dans la classe. Nouveaux
Cahier du Socialisme, 1, 163-186. |
|
GAULIN, B. (2012). Michel Freitag. La nature liberticide
de la liberté libérale. À Babord, 46, 44. |
|
GAULIN, B. (2014). Québecor-PKP : vers une
"berlusconisation" de l'État québécois. Nouveaux
Cahier du Socialisme, 1, 83-104. |
| |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gauthier Clairmont ( ) : Pédagogue
québécois et professeur à l'Université
Laval. Collaborateur de Bissonnette,
Lessard, Péladeau
et Tardif.
 |
GAUTHIER, C., MELLOUKI, M. et TARDIF, M. (Dirs) (1993). Le
savoir des enseignants. Que savent-ils ?Montréal :
Éditions Logiques. |
|
GAUTHIER, C. (1997). Pour une théorie de la
pédagogie. Recherches contemporaines sur le savoir des
enseignants. Québec : Presses de l'Université Laval
/ Éditions De Boeck. |
|
TARDIF, M., LESSARD, C. et GAUTHIER, C. (Dirs.) (1998). Formation des maîtres et contextes sociaux. Perspectives internationales. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
GAUTHIER, C., DESBIENS, J.F. & MARTINEAU, S. (1999).
Mots de passe pour mieux enseigner. Sainte-Foy :
Presses de l’Université Laval. |
|
BISSONNETTE, S., RICHARD, M. et GAUTHIER, C. (2005). Échec
scolaire et réforme éducative. Quand les solutions
proposées deviennent la source du problème. Québec
: Presses de l'Université Laval. |
|
|
|
Gauthier Gilles ( ) : Biologiste
québécois et spécialiste de l'étude d'espèces
fauniques de l'Arctique comme l'oie
des neiges, le lemming
et le harfang des neiges. Collaborateur
de Bilodeau.
 |
GAUTHIER, G. & TARDIF, J. (1991). Female feeding and
male vigilance during nesting in greater snow geese.
Condor, 93, 701-711. |
|
GAUTHIER, G., ROCHEFORT, L. & REED, A. (1996). The
exploitation of wetland ecosystems by herbivores on Bylot
Island. Geoscience Canada, 23, 253-259. [PDF]
|
|
GAUTHIER, G.J., BÉTY, J., GIROUX, J. & ROCHEFORT, L.
(2004). Trophic interactions in a high artic snow geese
colony. Integrative & Comparative Biology, 44, 119-129. |
|
GAUTHIER, G., MILOT, E. & WEIMERSKIRSCH, H. (2012).
Estimating dispersal, recruitment and survival in a
biennially-breeding species, the wandering albatross.
Journal of Ornithology, 152 (2), 457-467. |
|
GAUTHIER, G., GIROUX, J.-F., REED, A., BÉCHET, A. &
BÉLANGER, L. (2012). Interactions between land use,
habitat use, and population increase in greater snow geese
: what are the consequences for natural wetlands ? Global
Change Biology, 11 (6), 856-868. |
|
|
|
|
|
Gauthier
Serge ( ) : Psychiatre
québécois d'origine française, spécialisé dans l'étude et le
traitement et spécialiste de l'étude de l'alzheimer,
de la réserve cognitive et du vieillissement cérébral.
Collaborateur de Belleville.
|
GAUTHIER, S. & TOUCHON, J. (2004). Subclassification of
mild cognitive impairment in research and in clinical
practice. In S. Gauthier, P. Scheltens and J.L. Cummings
(Eds), Alzheimer's disease and related disorders
Annual 2004 (pp. 61-69). London : Martin Dunitz. |
|
GAUTHIER, S., REISBERG, B., ZAUDIG, M., PETERSEN, R.C.,
RITCHIE, K., BROICH, K., BELLEVILLE, S., BRODATY, H.,
BENNETT, D., CHERTKOW, H., CUMMINGS, J.L., DE LEON, M.,
FELDMAN, H., GANGULI, HM., HAMPEL, H., CHELTENS, P.,
TIERNEY, M.C., HITEHOUSE, P. & WINBLAD, B. (2006).
Mild cognitive impairment. The lancet, 367,
1262-1270. |
|
GAUTHIER, S. MOLINUEVO, J. (2013). Benefits of combined
cholinesterase inhibitor and memantine treatment in
moderate-severe Alzheimer's disease. Alzheimers &
Dementia, 9 (3), 326-331. |
|
| |
|
|
|
Gavigan
Shelley A.M. ( ) : Avocate et
féministe canadienne, spécialisée dans le droit des femmes.
|
GAVIGAN, S.A.M. (1981). Marxist theories of law : A
survey, with some thoughts on women and law. Canadian
Criminology Forum 4 (1), 1-12.
[PDF] |
|
GAVIGAN, S.A.M. (1983). Women's crime and feminist
critiques : A review of the literature. Canadian
Criminology Forum, 6 (1), 75-90. [PDF]
|
|
GAVIGAN, S.A.M. (1993). Paradise lost, paradox revisited :
The implications of feminist, lesbian and gay engagement
to law. Osgoode Hall Law Journal, 31, 589-624. |
|
GAVIGAN, S.A.M. (1995). Poverty law and poor people : The
place of gender and class in clinic practice. Journal
of Law & Social Policy, 11, 165-182.
[PDF] |
|
GAVIGAN, S.A.M. (1997). Feminism, Familial ideology and
family law : A perilous ménage à trois. In M. Luxton
(Ed.), Feminism and families : Critical policies and
changing practices (pp. 98-103). Halifax : Fernwood
Press. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Gawronski
Bertram ( ) :
Psychosociologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la dissonance
cognitive. Professeur de
LeBel. Collaborateur De
Houwer et Payne.
|
GAWRONSKI, B. & STRACK, F. (2004). On the
propositional nature of cognitive consistency : Dissonance
changes explicit, but not implicit attitudes. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 40, 535-542. [PDF] |
|
GAWRONSKI, B., PETERS, K.R., BROCHU, P. & STRACK, F.
(2008). Understanding the relations between different
forms of racial prejudice : A cognitive consistency
perspective. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 34, 648-665. [PDF] |
|
GAWRONSKI, B. (2009). The multiple inference model of
social perception : Two conceptual problems and some
thoughts on how to resolve them. Psychological
Inquiry, 20, 24-29. |
|
GAWRONSKI, B. RYDELL, R.J., VERVLIET, B. & DE HOUWER,
J. (2010). Generalization versus contextualization in
automatic evaluation. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 139, 683-701. |
|
GAWRONSKI, B. (2012). Back to the future of dissonance
theory : Cognitive consistency as a core motive.
Social Cognition, 30 (6),
652-668. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Gay
: Voir Gai. Gay.
|
Gazouilli
: Bruits de bouche et effets de voix sans
signification produit chez le nourrisson.
Le gazouilli varie très peu d'une
langue à l'autre car il exprime davantage un besoin
de satisfaction universelle (faim, dimunition de la douleur etc.)
qu'une idée. Précurseur du babillage.
Apparait vers deux mois. EX: Apparition des
premières voyelles,
notamment le A et le E. Gazouilli et vocalisation.
Babbling.
| |
|
|
TODD, G.A. & PALMER, B. (1968). Social reinforcement
of infant babbling. Child Development, 39 (2),
591-596. |
|
GOLDSTEIN, M.H., KING, A.P. & WEST, M.J. (2003).
Social interaction shapes babbling : Testing parallels
between birdsong and speech. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, 100, 8030-8035. |
|
|
|
Gazzaniga Michael S. (Los Angeles 1939-) : Neurosychologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des déterminants
biogénétiques
de la mémoire. Étudiant de
Sperry. Collaborateur de Bogen,
Kosslyn, LeDoux,
Pashler et Premack.
 |
GAZZANIGA, M.S., BOGEN, E. & SPERRY, R.W. (1963).
Laterality effects in somesthesis following cerebral
commissurotomy in man. Neuropsychologia 1,
209-215. |
|
GAZZANIGA, M.S., BOGEN, J.E. & SPERRY, R.W. (1967).
Dyspraxia following division of the cerebral commissures.
Archives of Neurology, 16, 606-612. |
|
GAZZANIGA, M.S. (1985). The social brain. New
York : Basic Books. |
|
GAZZANIGA, M.S. (1988). Perspectives in memory
research. Boston, MIT Press. |
|
GAZZANIGA, M.S. (1995). Principles of human brain
organization derived from split-brain studies. Neuron,
14, 217-228. |
|
|
BLOOM P. (2005). Dissecting the right brain. Nature,
436, 178-179.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
GAN - GEARY - GELMAN -
GÊNE/GÈNE -
GÉNÉRALISATION - GÉNÉRATION - GÉNÉTIQUE
- GENRE - GESELL
- GESTALT - GESTION
- GEWIRTZ - GH |
Ge Xiaojia (1954-2009) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste du développement,
notamment de la puberté.
|
GE, X., CONGER, R.D. & ELDER, G.H. (1996). Coming of
age too early : Pubertal influences on girls'
vulnerability to psychological distress. Child
Development, 67, 3386-3400. |
|
GE, X., CONGER, R.D. & ELDER, G.H. (2001). The
relation between puberty and psychological distress in
adolescent boys. Journal of Research on Adolescence,
11, 49-70. |
|
GE, X., KIM, I.J., CONGER, R.D., BRODY, G.H. & SIMONS,
R.L. (2001). It's about timing and change : pubertal
transition effects on symptoms of major depression among
African American youths. Developmental Psychology, 39
(3), 430-439.[PDF] |
|
GE, X., BRODY, G.H., CONGER, R.D. & SIMONS, R. L.
(2006). Pubertal maturation and African American
children's internalizing and externalizing symptoms.
Journal of Youth & Adolescence, 35, 531-540. |
|
BIEHL, M.C., NATSUAKI, M.N. & GE, X. (2007). The
influence of pubertal timing on alcohol use and heavy
drinking trajectories.Journal of Youth and
Adolescence, 36, 153-167. |
|
|
LEVESQUE, R.J.R. (2009). Memoriam : Xiaojia Ge, 1954-2009.
Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 38 (10), 1281.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Geai bleu (Cyanocitta
cristata) : Oiseau
de la famille des
corvidés. = sentinelle de la forêt, oiseau bavard.
Blue jay, scrub jay.
| |
|
|
HAILMAN, J.P. (1969). Blue jay mimics osprey. Florida
Field Naturalist, 18 (4), 81-82. [PDF] |
DUKAS, R. & KAMIL, A.C. (2000). The cost of limited
attention in blue jays. Behavioral Ecology, 11
(5), 502-506. [PDF]
|
|
HUNTER, M.W. & KAMIL, A.C. (1971). Object
discrimination learning set and hypothesis behavior in the
northern blue jay (Cyanocitta cristata). Psychonomic
Science, 22, 271-273. |
EMERY, N.J. & CLAYTON, N.S. (2001). Effects of
experience and social context on prospective caching
strategies in scrub jays. Nature, 414, 443-446. [PDF]
|
|
PIETREWICZ, A.T. & KAMIL, A.C. (1977). Visual
detection of cryptic prey by blue jays (Cyanocitta
cristata). Science, 195, 580-582. |
BEDNEKOFF, B.A. & WOOLFENDEN, G.E. (2003). Florida
Scrub-Jays (Aphelocoma coerulescens) are sentinels more
when well-ded (even with no kin nearby). Ethology,
109, 895-903. [PDF]
|
|
THOMPSON, N.S. & CAPUTO, V. (1977). The neck band of
the blue jay, Cyanocitta cristata. Inland Birdbanding
News, 49 (3), 83-87. |
|
|
KRAMER, H.G. & THOMPSON, N.S. (1979). Geographic
variation in the bell call of the blue jay (Cyanocitta
cristata). The Auk, 96 (2), 423-425. |
|
|
PIETREWICZ, A.T. & KAMIL, A.C. (1979). Search image
formation in the blue jay (Cyanocitta cristata).
Science, 204, 1332-1333. |
|
|
THOMPSON, N.S. (1980). Corvus corone; Cyanocitta cristata;
and social behavior and adaptation. International
Corvid Newsletter, 1,1. |
|
|
RACINE, R. & THOMPSON, N.S. (1983). Social
organization of wintering blue jays. Behavior, 87,
237-255. |
|
|
SCHLENOFF, D.H. (1985). The startle response of blue jays
to Catocala (Lepidoptera : Noctuidae) prey models. Animal
Behaviour, 33, 1057–1067. |
|
|
KAMIL, A.C. LINDSTROM, F. & PETERS, J. (1985). The
detection of cryptic prey by blue jays. I. The effects of
travel time. Animal Behaviour, 33, 1068-1079. [PDF]
|
|
|
FRANCIS, A.M., HAILMAN, J.P. & WOOLFENDEN, G.E.
(1989). Mobbing by Florida scrub jays : behaviour, sexual
asymmetry, role of helpers and ontogeny. Animal
Behaviour, 38, 795-816. |
|
|
HAILMAN, J.P. (1990). Blue jay mimics osprey. Florida
Field Naturalist, 18, 81-82. |
DALLY, J.M., EMERY, N.J. & CLAYTON, N.S. (2006).
Food-caching western scrubjays keep track of who was
watching when. Science, 312, 1662-1665. |
|
HAILMAN, J.P., McGOWAN, K.J. & WOOLFENDEN, G.E.
(1994). Role of helpers in the sentinel behaviour of the
Florida scrub jay (Aphelocoma c. coerulescens). Ethology,
97, 119-140. |
RABY, C.R., ALEXIS, D.M., DICKINSON, A. & CLAYTON, N.S.
(2007). Planning for the future by Western Scrub-Jays. Nature
445, 919-921. |
|
MADGE S. & BURN, H. (1996). Corbeaux et Geais.
Guide des corbeaux, geais et pies du monde entier.
Vigot, Paris, |
CLAYTON, N.S., DALLY, J.M. & EMERY, N.J. (2007).
Social cognition by food-caching corvids. The western
scrub-jay as a natural psychologist. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society B : Biological
Sciences, 362, 507–522. [PDF]
|
|
CLAYTON, N.S. (1998). Episodic-like memory during cache
rec overy by scrub jays. Nature, 395, 272-278. |
STULP, G., EMERY, N.J., VERHULST, S. & CLAYTON, N.S.
(2009). Western scrub-jays conceal auditory information
when competitors can hear but cannot see. Biology
Letters, 5, 583-585. |
|
BOND, A.B. & KAMIL, A.C. (1998). Apostatic selection
by blue jays produces balanced polymorphism in virtual
prey. Nature, 395, 594-596. [PDF]
|
CHEKE, L.C. & CLAYTON, N.S. (2012). Eurasian jays
(Garrulus glandarius) overcome their current desires to
anticipate two distinct future needs and plan for them
appropriately. Biology Letters 8, 171-175. |
|
BOND, A.B. & KAMIL, A.C. (1999). Searching image in
blue jays : Facilitation and interference in sequential
priming. Animal Learning & Behavior, 27,
461-471. |
SHAW, R.C. & CLAYTON, N.S. (2013). Careful cachers and
prying pilferers : Eurasian jays (Garrulus glandarius)
limit auditory information available to competitors. Proceedings
of the Royal Society, 280 (1752), 1-7. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Animal,
Corvidé et Oiseau
|
|
|
Geary David C. ( ) : Psychologue
évolutionniste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de
l'apprentissage des mathématiques et des différences
sexuelles. Professeur de Vigil.
Collaborateur de Benbow,
Gernsbacher, Gur,
Halpern, Hyde, Rouder.
|
GEARY, D.C. (1993). Mathematical disabilities : Cognitive,
neuropsychological and genetic components.
Psychological Bulletin, 114 (2), 345-362. [PDF] |
|
GEARY, D.C., HOARD, M.K., BYRD-CRAVEN, J. & DeSOTT, C.
(2004). Strategy choices in simple and complex addition :
Contributions of working memory and counting knowledge for
children with mathematical disability. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 88, 121-151. [PDF] |
|
GEARY, D.C. (2005). Role of theory in study of learning
difficulties in mathematics. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 38, 305-307. [PDF] |
|
GEARY, D.C. (2006). Sex differences in social behavior and
cognition : The utility of sexual selection for hypothesis
generation. Hormones & Behavior, 49,
273-275. [PDF] |
|
GEARY, D.C. (2013). Early foundations for mathematics
learning and their relations to learning disabilities.
Current Directions in Psychological Science, 22
(1), 23-27. [PDF] |
|
|
GALLUP, G.G., FREDERICK, M.J. & SHOUP, M. (2006). A
review of David C. Geary, The origin of mind. Evolutionary
Psychology, 4, 426-431. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Geen Russell G. (1932-2020) : Psychosociologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'agression
et de la représentation de la violence
dans les médias. Il s'est
également intéressé à la facilitation
sociale et à la catharsis.
Collaborateur de Bushman, Dill,
Donnerstein et
Berkowitz.
 |
GEEN, R.G. (1968). Effects of frustration, attack, and
prior training in aggressiveness upon aggressive behavior.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology,
9, 316-321. |
|
GEEN, R.G., STONNER, D. & SHOPE, G.L. (1975). The
facilitation of aggression by aggression : Evidence
against the catharsis hypothesis. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 31, 721-726. |
|
GEEN, R.G. & GANGE, J.J. (1977). Drive theory of
social facilitation : twelve years of theory and research.
Psychological Bulletin, 84, 1267-1288. |
|
GEEN, R.G. & THOMAS, S.L. (1986). The immediate
effects of media violence on behavior. Journal of
Social Issues, 42, 7-27. |
|
GEEN, R.G. (1991). Social motivation. Annual Review of
Psychology, 42, 377-399. |
|
|
|
Gegenfurtner Karl D. ( ) : Biologiste
allemand et spécialiste de la
vision des couleurs. Collaborateur de Sperling.
|
GEGENFURTNER, K.R. & SPERLING, G. (1993). Information
transfer in iconic memory experiments. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 19, 845–866. |
| GEGENFURTNER, K.R. & HAWKEN, M.J. (1996). Interaction
of motion and color in the visual pathways. Trends in
Neurosciences, 19 (9), 394-401. |
|
GEGENFURTNER, K.R. & RIEGER, J. (2000). Sensory and
cognitive contributions of color to the recognition of
natural scenes. Current Biology, 10 (13),
805–808. |
| GEGENFURTNER, K.R. (2003). Cortical mechanisms of colour vision. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 4, 563-572.
[PDF] |
|
GEGENFURTNER, K.R. & KIPER, D.C. (2003). Color vision.
Annual Review of Neurosciences, 26, 181-206. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Gehrt Stanley D. ( ) : Biologiste
et éthologiste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du
raton-laveur et du coyote.
|
GEHRT, S.D. & FRITZELL, E.K. (1999). Survivorship of a
nonharvested raccoon population in South Texas. The
Journal of Wildlife Management, 63, 889-894. |
|
GEHRT, S.D. & CLARK. W.R. (2003). Raccoons, coyotes,
and reflections on the mesopredator release hypothesis. Wildlife
Society Bulletin, 31, 836-842. |
|
GEHRT, S.D. & PRANGE, S. (2007). Interference
competition between coyotes and raccoons : a test of the
mesopredator release hypothesis. Behavioral Ecology,
18 (1), 204-214. [PDF] |
|
GEHRT, S.D., ANCHOR, D.C. & WHITE, L.A. (2009). Home
range and landscape use of coyotes in a metropolitan
landscape : conflict or coexistence ? Journal of
Mammalogy, 90, 1045-1057. |
|
GEHRT, S.D., BROWN, J.L. & ANCHOR, C. (2012). Is the
urban coyote a misanthropic synanthrope ? The case from
Chicago. Cities & the Environment, 4 (1),
1-23. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Geiger Gadi ( ) : Spécialiste de l'étude de
la dyslexie. Collaborateur
de Lettvin.
|
|
GEIGER, G., LETTVIN, J.Y. (1987). Peripheral vision in
persons with dyslexia. New England Journal of
Medicine, 316, 1238-1243. |
|
GEIGER, G., LETTVIN, J.Y. & ZEGARRA-MORAN, O. (1992).
Task-determined strategies of visual process. Cognitive
Brain Research, 1, 39-52. |
|
GEIGER, G., LETTVIN, J.Y. (1993). Manifesto on dyslexia.
In S.F. Wright & R. Groner (Eds.), Facets of
dyslexia and its remediation (pp. 51-63). North
Holland : Elsevier. |
|
GEIGER, G., LETTVIN, J.Y. & FAHLE, M. (1994). Dyslexic
children learn a new visual strategy for reading : a
controlled experiment. Vision Research, 34 (9),
1223-1233. [PDF] |
|
GEIGER, G. & LETTVIN, J.Y. (2000). Developmental
dyslexia : A different perceptual strategy and how to
learn a new strategy for reading. Saggi, 26 (1),
73-89. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Geissler Reinhold Ludwig (1879-1932) : Psychologue
américain et fondateur du département de psychologue de l'Université
de Georgia. Il est aussi le co-fondateur du Journal
of Applied Psychology (Avec Hall
et Baird)
 |
GEISSLER, L. (1909). The measurement of attention.
American Journal of Psychology, 20, 473–529. |
| |
| |
| |
|
|
THOMAS, R.K. (2009). Ludwig Reinhold Geissler and the
founding of the Journal of Applied Psychology.
American Journal of Psychology, 122, 395-403. |
|
FUCHS, A.H. (2009). Ludwig Reinhold Geissler and founding
of the Journal of Applied Psychology. American
Journal of Psychology, 122 (3), 395-403. |
|
THOMAS, R.K. (2012). Geissler, L.R. In R.W. Rieber (Ed.),
Encyclopedia of the history of psychological theories
(Part 7: 465-466). New York : Springer-Verlag. |
|
|
|
|
|
Geis Florence Lindy (1933-1993) : Psychosociologue
et féministe
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude du
machiavélisme et des différences
de genre.
|
GEIS, F.L., CHRISTIE, R. & NELSON, C. (1970). Search
of the Machiavel. In R. Christie & F.L. Geiss (Eds.),
Studies in machiavellianism. New York : Academic
Press. |
|
GEIS, F.L. (1978). Machiavellianism. In H. London &
J.E. Exner, Jr. (Eds.), Dimensions of personality
(pp. 305-363). New York : Wiley. |
|
GEIS, F.L. & MOON, T.H. (1981). Machiavellianism and
deception. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 41, 766-775. |
|
GEIS, F.L. BROWN, V., JENNINGS, J. & CORRADO-TAYLOR,
D. (1984). Sex vs. status in sex-associated stereotypes. Sex
Roles, 11 (9-10), 771-785. |
|
GEIS, F.L. BROWN, V. & WOLFE, C. (1990). Legitimizing
the leader : Endorsement by male versus female authority
figures. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 20
(12), 943-970. |
|
|
|
SCOTT, T.R. (1994). Teacher and gender bias researcher
Florence Lindauer (Lindy) Geis (1933-1993). Observer,
7 (1). |
|
|
|
Geist Claudia ( ) :
Scociologue américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de la division
du travail et du partage des
tâches domestiques au sein de la famille.
|
GEIST, C. (2005). The welfare state and the home : regime
differences in the domestic division of labour. European
Sociological Review, 21, 23-41. |
|
GEIST, C. & McMANUS, P.C. (2008). Geographic mobility
over the life course : Motivations and implications. Population, Space, & Place, 14 (4), 283-303. |
|
GEIST, C. (2009). One Germany, two worlds of housework ?
Examining employed single and partnered women in the
decade after unification. Journal of Comparative
Family Studies, 40 (3), 415-437. [PDF] |
|
GEIST, C. & COHEN, P.N. (2011). Headed toward
equality ? Housework change in comparative perspective. Journal of Marriage & Family, 73, 832-844. |
|
GEIST, C. & McMANUS, P.C. (2012). Different reasons,
different results : Implications of migration by gender
and family status. Demography, 49 (1), 197-217.
|
|
|
|
Geist Valerius (Nikolajew 1938-2021 Port Alberni) :
Zoologiste et éthologiste
canadien, d'origine russe/ukrainienne, spécialisé dans
l'étude du cerf. Étudiant de
Lorenz.
|
GEIST, V. (1991). A behavioral approach to the management
of wild ungulates. In E. Duffey & A.S. Watt (Eds.), The
scientific management of animal and plant communities
for conservation (pp. 413-424). London : Blackwell. |
|
GEIST, V. (1991). On the taxonomy of giant sheep (Ovis
ammon Linnaeus 1766). Canadian Journal of Zoology,
69, 706-723. |
|
GEIST, V. (1988). Phantom subspecies : the Wood Bison
Bison bison "athabascae", Rhoads 1887, is not a valid
taxon, but an ecotype. Arctic, 44, 283-300. |
|
GEIST, V. (1988). Deer of the world.
Mechanicsburg, Pa. : Stackpole Books. |
|
GEIST, V. (2007). Defining subspecies, invalid taxonomic
tools, and the fate of the woodland caribou. Rangifer,
Special Issue, 17, 25-28.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Gelfand Michele Joy ( ) : Psychologue
organisationelle et spécialiste de l'étude des cultures
et de leur différences.
Collaboratrice de Fitzgerald
et Jackson.
|
GELFAND, M.J. & al. (2011). Differences between tight
and loose cultures : A 33-nation study. Science, 332
(6033), 1100-1104. [PDF] |
|
GELFAND, M.J. & LUN, J. (2013). Ecological priming :
Convergent evidence for the link between ecology and
psychological processes. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 36 (05), 489-490. |
|
GELFAND, M.J. BRETT, J.M., IMAI, L., TSAI, H.H. &
HNANG, D. (2013). Toward a culture-by- context perspective
on negotiation : Negotiating teams in the United States
and Taiwan. Journal of Applied Psychology, 98,
504-513. |
|
GELFAND, M.J., SEVERANCE, L., LEE, T., BRUSS, C.B., LUN,
J., ABDEL-LATIF, A., AL-MOGHAZY, A.A. & AHMED, S.M.
(2015). Culture and getting to yes : The linguistic
signature of creative agreements in the United States and
Egypt. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 36 (7),
967-989. [PDF] |
|
GELFAND, M.J., AYCAN, Z., EREZ, M. & LEUNG, K. (2017).
Cross-cultural industrial organizational psychology and
organizational behavior : A hundred-year journey.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 102 (3), 514. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Geller Barbara ( ) : Psychiatre
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du trouble
bipolaire.
|
GELLER, B. & LUBY, J. (1997). Child and adolescent
bipolar disorder : A review of the past 10 years. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent, 36, 1168-1176. |
|
GELLER, B., WARNER, K., WILLIAMS M. & ZIMERMAN, B.
(1998). Prepubertal and young adolescent bipolarity versus
ADHD : Assessment and validity using the WASH-U-KSADS,
CBCL, and TRF. Journal of Affective Disorders, 51, 93-100. |
|
GELLER, B., ZIMERMAN, B., WILLIAMS, M., BOLHOFNER, K.,
CRANEY, J.L., DELBELLO, M.P. & SOUTULLO, C. (2001).
Reliability of the Washington University in St. Louis
Kiddie Schedule for Affective Disorders and Schizophrenia
(WASH-U- KSADS) mania and rapid cycling sections. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent, 40,
450-455. |
|
GELLER, B., CHANEY, J.L., BOLHOFNER, K., NICKELSBURG, M.J.
& WILLIAMS, M. & ZIMERMAN B. (2002). Two-year
prospective follow-up of children with a prepubertal and
early adolescent bipolar disorder phenotype. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 159, 927-933. |
|
GELLER, B., TILLMANM R., BOLHOFNER, K. & ZIMERMAN, B.
(2008). Child bipolar I disorder : Prospective continuity
with adult bipolar I disorder; Characteristics of second
and third episodes; Predictors of 8-Year outcome.
Archives General of Psychiatry, 65 (10), 1125-1133.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Geller E. Scott (1942-) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'analyse
fonctionnelle du comportement, notamment des comportements
de propreté, de conservation
de l'énergie, du
recyclage et du port
de la ceinture de sécurité. Collaborateur de Thyer
et Winett.
|
GELLER, E.S., FARIS, J.C. & POST, D.S. (1973).
Prompting a consumer behavior for pollution control. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 6, 367-376. [PDF] |
|
GELLER, E.S., CASALI, J.G. & JOHNSON, R.P. (1980).
Seat-belt usage : A potential target for applied behavior
analysis. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 13, 94-100.
[PDF] |
|
GELLER, E.S., PATERSON, L. & TALBOTT, E. (1982). A
behavioral analysis of incentive prompts for motivating
seat belt use. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
15 (3), 403-413.
[PDF] |
|
GELLER, E.S. (1989). Applied behavior analysis and social
marketing : An integration for environmental preservation.
Journal of Soical Issues, 45 (1), 17-36. [PDF] |
|
GELLER, E.S. (2001). From ecological behaviorism to
response generalization : Where should we make
discriminations ? Journal of Organizational Behavior
Management, 21 (4), 55-73. |
|
|
THYER, B.A. (1992). On the road with Professor Geller :
Some comments on "Applications of behavior analysis to
prevent injuries from vehicle crashes". In S. Glenn (Ed.),
Applications of behavior analysis to prevent injuries
from vehicles crashes (pp. 96-106). Cambridge, MA :
Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. |
|
|
|
|
|
Gelman Andrew ( ) : Politologue
et statisticien américain,
spécialisé dans l'étude du vote
et des élections. Il
s'intéresse également aux statistiques
bayésiennes. Collaborateur de
Rubin.
|
GELMAN, A. (1990). Estimating the electoral consequences
of legislative redistricting. Journal of the American
Statistical Association, 85 (410), 274-282. [PDF] |
|
GELMAN, A. & KING, G. (1994). A unified model for
evaluating electoral systems and redistricting plans. American Journal of Political Science, 38 (2), 514-554. [PDF] |
|
GELMAN, A. & RUBIN, D.B. (1995). Avoiding model
selection in Bayesian social research. Sociological
Methodology, 25, 165-173. [PDF] |
|
GELMAN, A., KING, G. & BOSCARDIN, W.J. (1998).
Estimating the probability of events that have never
occurred : When is your vote decisive ? Journal of the
American Statistical Association, 93, 1-9. [PDF] |
|
GELMAN, A., SILVER, N. & EDLIN, A. (2012). What is the
probability your vote will make a difference ? Economic
Inquiry, 50, 321-326. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Gelman Rochel (Toronto 1942-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste européenne, d'origine canadienne, et spécialiste du développement,
notamment de l'acquisition du nombre.
Elle a énoncé cinq principes qui favorisent l'acquisition du
concept de nombre (principe de correspondance terme à terme,
principe de suite stable, principe
cardinalité, principe de l'indifférence de l'ordre, principe
d'abstraction). Professeur de Baillargeon.
Collaboratrice de Berlyne,
Butterworth, Gallistel,
Spelke et Starkey.
|
GELMAN, R. (1969). Conservation acquisition : A problem of
learning to attend to relevant attributes. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 7, 167-187. [PDF] |
|
GELMAN, R.S. (1972). Logical capacity of very young
children : Number invariance rules. Child
Development, 43, 75-90. [PDF] |
|
GELMAN, R. & GALLISTEL, C. (2004). Language and the
origin of numerical concepts. Cognition &
Behavior, 306, 441-443. [PDF] |
|
GELMAN, R. & BUTTERWORTH, B. (2005). Number and
language : how are they related ? Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 9 (1), 6-10. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
GELMAN, R. (2011), The case of continuity. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences 34 (3), 127-128. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Gelman Susan A. (1957-) : Psychologue
et linguiste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de la formation
des catégories et des concepts,
notamment chez les enfants.
Collaboratrice de Bloom,
Maccoby, Markhamet Medin.
|
GELMAN, S.A. & MARKMAN, E.M. (1986). Categories and
induction in young children. Cognition, 23,
183-209. [PDF] |
|
GELMAN, S.A. & BLOOM, P. (2000). Young children are
sensitive to how an object was created when deciding what
to name it. Cognition, 76, 91-103. [PDF] |
|
GELMAN, S.A. (2004). Psychological essentialism in
children. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 8 (9),
404-409. [PDF] |
|
GELMAN, S.A., HEYMAN, G.D. & LEGARE, C.H. (2007).
Developmental changes in the coherence of essentialist
beliefs about psychological characteristics. Child
Development, 78, 757-774. [PDF] |
GELMAN, S.A. (2009). Learning from others : Children's
construction of concepts. Annual Review of
Psychology, 60 (1), 115–140.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gender & History : Revue
scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages à
l'étude du genre et des rôles
sexuels. Éditeur : Sage.
KHATUN, S. (2016). The Book of marriage : Histories of
Muslim women in twentieth-century Australia. Gender
& History, 2 (1), 8-30. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
Gender & Society : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages à l'étude du genre et des rôles sexuels. Éditeur : Sage.
CANNON, L.W., HIGGINBOTHAM, E. & LEUNG, M.L. (1988).
Race and class bias in qualitative research on
women. Gender & Society, 2, 449-462.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gène : Segment actif de molécule d'ADN responsable de la production des protéines, lesquelles sont responsables de l'expression des caractères
héréditaires individuels (phénotype) et, de manière plus ou
moins directe, de l'apparition de certains comportements
(réflexe, réponse
inconditionnelle, tropisme,
etc.). Chez l'humain, on
estime le nombre de gènes à environ 22 000. Gène, génétique
et génome.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Gene, genetic influence, genetic factor.
| |
|
|
MORGAN, T.H. (1926). The theory of the gene.
Garland Pub. |
TSUANG, M. (2000). Schizophrenia : genes and environment.
Biological Psychiatry, 47, 210-220. |
| |
FARAONE, S.V. & DOYLE, A.E. (2000). Genetic influences
on attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Current
Psychiatry Reports, 2 (2), 143-146. |
|
WADDINGTON, C.H. (1940). Organisers and genes.
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
JOSEPH, J. (2000). Not in their genes : A critical view of
the genetics of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder.
Developmental Review, 20, 539-567. [PDF] |
|
KALLMANN, F.J. (1946). The genetic theory of schizophrenia. The American Journal of Psychiatry, 103, 309-322. |
|
|
STADLER, L.J. (1954). The gene. Science, 120,
811-819. |
SWANSON, J.N., FLODMAN, P., KENNEDY, J., SPENCE, M.A.,
MOYZIS, R., SCHUCK, S., MURIAS, M., MORIATY, J., BARR, C.,
SMITH, M. & POSNER, M. (2000). Dopamine genes and
ADHD. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 24,
21-25. |
|
BASTOCK, M. (1956). A gene mutation which changes a
behavior pattern. Evolution, 10, 421-439. |
INGLEHART, R. & KLINGEMANN, H.-D. (2000). Genes,
culture, democracy, and happiness. In E. Diener & E.M.
Suh (Eds.), Culture and subjective well-being
(pp. 165–184). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
WADDINGTON, C.H. (1957). The strategy of the genes. London
: Allen & Unwin. |
OLSON, R.K. & GAYAN, J. (2001). Brains, genes, and
environment in reading development. In S. Newman & D.
Dickinson (Eds.), Handbook of early literacy
development (pp. 81-96). New York : Guilford
Publications, Inc. |
|
CARLSON, E.A. (1966). The gene : a critical of
history. Philadelphia : W.B. Saunders Co. |
GRIFFITHS, P.E. (2001). Genetic information : A metaphor
in search of a theory. Philosophy of Science, 68 (3),
394-412.
[PDF] |
|
WADDINGTON, C.H. (1966). New patterns in genetics and
development. New York : Columbia University Press. |
MOISES, H.W., FRIEBOES, R.M., SPELZHAUS, P., YANG, L.,
KOHNKE, M., VETTER, P. & GOTTESMAN, I.I. (2001). No
association between dopamine D2 receptor gene (DRD2) and
human intelligence. Journal of Neural Transmission,
108, 115-121. |
|
GOTTESMAN, I.I. & SHIELDS, J. (1971). Schizophrenia :
Geneticism and environmentalism. Human Heredity, 21,
517-522. |
REEVES, R.H., BAXTER, L.L. & RICHTSMEIR, J.T. (2001).
Too much of a good thing : Mechanisms of gene action in
Down syndrome. Trends in Genetics, 17, 83-88. |
|
GOTTESMAN, I.I. & SHIELDS, J. (1971). Schizophrenia :
Geneticism and environmentalism. Human Heredity, 21,
517-522. |
REEVES, R.H., BAXTER, L.L. & RICHTSMEIR, J.T. (2001).
Too much of a good thing : Mechanisms of gene action in
Down syndrome. Trends in Genetics, 17, 83-88. |
| < a href="definitionst.htm#thiessen">
THIESSEN, D.D. (1972). Gene organization and behavior. New York : Random House. |
|
| |
BRAY, N.J. & OWEN, M.J. (2001). Searching for
schizophrenia genes. Trends in Molecular Medicine, 7,
169-174. |
|
LEWIS, E.B. (1978). A gene complex controlling
segmentation in drosophila. Nature, 276,
565-570. |
BAKER, B.S., TAYLOR, B.J. & HALL, J.C. (2001). Are
complex behaviors specified review by dedicated regulatory
genes ? Reasoning from drosophila. Cell, 105,
13-24. [PDF] |
|
SPUHLER, J.N. (1979). Genes, molecules, organisms, and
behavior. In J.R. Royce & L. Mos (Eds.), Theoretical
advances in behavior genetics (pp. 9-40). Alphen
aan den Rijn, Netherlands : Sijthoff & Noorhoff. |
PHELAN, J.C. (2002). Genetic bases of mental illness :
cure for stigma ? Trends in Neurosciences, 25,
430-431. |
|
DAWKINS, R. (1981). In defence of selfish genes. Philosophy,
56, 556-573. |
SCHANK, J.C. (2002). Where are all the genes ? Behavioral
& Brains Sciences, 25, 527-528. |
|
LEWONTIN, R.C., ROSE, S. & KAMIN, L.J. (1984). Not
in our genes : Biology, ideology and human nature. New
York : Pantheon. |
OWEN, M.J. & O'DONOVAN, M.C. (2002). Schizophrenia and
genetics. In R. Plomin, J.C. DeFries, I.W. Craig & P.
McGuffin (Eds.), Behavioral genetics in the
postgenomic era (pp. 463-489). Washington DC :
American Psychological Association. |
|
KENDLER, K.S., HEATH, A.C., MARTIN, N.G. & EAVES, L.J.
(1987). Symptoms of anxiety and symptoms of depression :
same genes, different environments ? Archives of
General Psychiatry, 44, 451-457. |
BISHOP, D.V.M. (2002). The role of genes in the etiology
of specific language impairment. Journal of
Communication Disorders, 35, 311–328. |
|
HOLZMAN, P.S., KRINGLEN, E., MATTHYSSE, S. & FLANAGAN, S. (1988). A single
dominant gene can account for eye tracking dysfunctions
and schizophrenia in offspring of discordant twins. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 45 (7), 641–647. |
FOX KELLER, E. (2003). Le siècle du gène. Paris
: Gallimard. |
|
LOOMIS, W.E. (1988). Four billion years : An essay on
the evolution of genes and organisms. Sunderland :
Sinauer Associates. |
HARRISON, P.J. & OWEN, M.J. (2003). Genes for
schizophrenia ? Recent findings and their
pathophysiological implications. Lancet, 361, 417-419. |
|
BEHRMAN, J.R. & TAUBMAN, P. (1989). Is schooling
"mostly in the genes" ? Nature-nurture decomposition using
data on relatives. Journal of Political Economy, 97
(6), 1425-1446. |
SUOMI, S.J. (2003). Gene-environment interactions and
the neurobiology of social conflict. Annals of the
New York Academy of Sciences, 1008, 132-139. |
|
CAREY, G. (1990). Genes, fears, phobias, and phobic
disorders. Journal of Counseling & Development,
68, 628-632. |
JOSEPH, J. (2003). The gene illusion : Genetic
research in psychiatry and psychology under the
microscope. Herefordshire, England : PCCS Books. |
|
|
McGUFFIN, P., SARGEANT, M., HETT, G., TIDMARSH, S.,
WHATLEY, S. & MARCHBANKS, R.M. (1990). Exclusion of a
schizophrenia susceptibility gene from the chromosome
5q11-q13 region : new data and a re-analysis of previous
reports. The American Journal of Human Genetics, 47 (3),
524-535. [PDF] |
THORNHILL, R., GANGESTAD, S.W., MILLER, R., SCHEYD, G.,
MCCOLLOUGH, J.K. & FRANKLIN, M. (2003). Major
histocompatibility complex genes, symmetry, and body scent
attractiveness in men and women. Behavioral Ecology,
14 (5), 668-678. [PDF] |
|
SINCLAIR, A., BERTA, P., PALMER, M.S., HAWKINS, J.R.,
GRIFFITHS, B.L., SMITH, M.J., FOSTER, J.W., FRISCHAUF,
A.M., LOVELL-BADGE, R. & GOODFELLOW, P.N. (1990). A
gene from the human sex-determining region encodes a
protein with mmology to a conserved DNA-binding motif. Nature,
346 (6281), 240-244. |
O’DONOVAN, M.C., WILLIAMS, N.M. & OWEN, M.J. (2003).
Recent advances in the genetics of schizophrenia.
Human Molecular Genetics, 12 (S2), 125-133. [PDF] |
|
McHUGH, P.R. & McKUSICK, V. (1991). Genes, brain,
and behavior. Association for Research in Nervous
and Mental Disease/Raven Press. |
ELDREDGE, N. (2004). Why we do it : Rethinking sex
and the selfish gene. Norton. |
|
DURHAM, W.H. (1991). Coevolution : Genes, culture,
and human diversity. Stanford, CA : Stanford
University Press. |
BARRETT, H.C. (2004). Dispelling rumors of a gene
shortage. Science, 304, 1601-1602. |
|
FARAONE, S.V., BIEDERMAN, J. CHEN, W.J., KRIFCHER, B.,
KEENAN, K., MOORE, C. SPRICH, S. & TUANG, T. (1992).
Segragation analysis of attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder : evidence for single gene trnsmission. Psychiatric
Genetics, 2, 257-275. |
JOSEPH, J. (2004). The gene illusion : Genetic
research in psychiatry and psychology under the
microscope. New York : Algora. |
|
BIEDERMAN, J., FARAONE, S., KEENAN, K., KRIFCHER, B.J.,
MOORE, C., SPRICH-BUCKMINSTER, S., UGAGLIA, K., JELLINEK,
M.S. & STEINGARD, R. (1992). Further evidence for
family-genetic risk factors in attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder. Patterns of comorbidity in
probands and relatives psychiatrically and pediatrically
referred samples. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49,
728-738. |
ROBERTOUX, P. (2004). Existe-t-il des gènes du
comportement ? Paris : Odile Jacob. |
|
LOEHLIN, J.C. (1992). Genes and environment in
personality development. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
STOTZ, K.P.E., GRIFFITHS, P.E. & KNIGHT, R. (2004).
How scientists conceptualise genes : An empirical study. Studies
in History & Philosophy of Biological &
Biomedical Sciences, 35 (4), 647-673. [PDF] |
MAIENSCHEIN, J. (1992). The gene. In E. Fox Keller and
E.A. Lloyd (Eds.), Keywords in evolutionary biology
(pp. 122-127). Harvard University Press.
|
|
|
HUBBARD, R. & WALD, E. (1993). Exploding the gene
myth. Boston : Beacon Press. |
MALOTT, R.W. (2004). Autistic behavior, behavior analysis,
and the gene. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 20,
31-36. [PDF] |
|
BOUCHARD, T.J. (1994). Genes, environment, and
personality. Science, 264, 1700-1701. |
OWEN, M.J. (2005). Genomic approaches to schizophrenia. Clinical Therapeutics, 27 (S), 2-7. |
|
CAVALLI-SFORZA, L.L., MENOZZI, P. & PIZZA, A. (1998).
The history and geography of human genes.
Princeton : Princeton University Press. |
|
|
HAMER, R.J. & BRUCH, M.A. (1994). The role of shyness
and private self-consciousness in identity development. Journal
of Research in Personality, 28, 436-452. |
CARROLL, S.B. (2005). Evolution at two levels : on genes
and form. PLOS Biology, 3:e245. [PDF] |
|
ROWE, D. (1994). The limits of family influence :
Genes, experience, and behavior. New York :
Guildford Press. |
MUSTANSKI, B.S., DUPREE, M.G., NIEVERGELT, C.M., SVEN
BOCKLANDT, S., SCHORK, N.J. & HAMER, D.H. (2005). A
genomewide scan of male sexual orientation. Human
Genetics, 116, 272-278. [PDF] |
|
LALAND, K.N., KUMM, J. & FELDMAN, M.W. (1995).
Gene-culture coevolutlonary theory : A test case. Current
Anthropology, 36,131-156. |
SPOONER, A.L., EVANS, M.A. & SANTOS, R. (2005). Hidden
shyness in children : discrepancies between self-
perceptions and the perceptions of parents and teachers. Merill-Palmer
Quarterly, 51 (4), 437-466. |
|
MILLER, R.S. (1995). On the nature of embarassability,
shyness, social evaluation, and social skill. The
Journal of Psychology, 63, 315-339. |
OWEN, M.J., CRADDOCK, N. & O'DONOVAN, M.C. (2005).
Schizophrenia : genes at last ? Trends in Genetics,
21 (9), 518-525. [PDF] |
|
MARKS, J. (1995). Human biodiversity : Genes, race,
and history. Aldine De Gruyter. |
ROBINS, R.W. (2005). The nature of personality : Genes,
culture, and national character. Science, 310,
62-63. [PDF] |
|
FELDMAN, M.W. & LALAND, K. (1996). Gene-culture
coevolutionary. Trends in Ecology & Evolution,
11, 453-457. [PDF] |
KRIEGER, N. (2005). Stormy weather : Race, gene
expression, and the science of health disparities. American
Journal of Public Health, 95, 2155-2160. |
|
STROMSWOLD, K. (1996). Genes, specificity, and the
lexical/functional distinction in language acquisition. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 19 (4), 648-649. |
CURLEY, J.P. & KEVERNE, E.B. (2005). Genes, brains and
mammalian social bonds. Trends in Ecology &
Evolution, 20 (10), 561-567. [PDF] |
|
MEANEY, M.J., DIORIO, J., FRANCIS, D., WIDDOWSON, J.,
LAPLANTE, P., CALDJI, C., SHARMA S., SECKI, J.P. &
PLOTSKY, P.M. (1996). Early environmental regulation of
forebrain gluco- corticoid receptor gene expression :
implications for adreno-cortical responses to stress. Developmental
Neuroscience, 18, 49-72. |
HARRISON, P.J. & WEINBERGER, D.R. (2005).
Schizophrenia genes, gene expression, and neuropathology :
on the matter of their convergence. Molecular
Psychiatry, 10 (1), 40-68. [PDF] |
|
ARNELL, J., HJALMAS, K., JAGERVALL, M., LACKGREN, G.,
STENBERG, A., BENGTSSON, B., WASSÉN, C., EMAHAZION, T.,
ANNERÉN, G., PETTERSSON, U., SUNDVALL, M. & DAHL, N.
(1997). The genetics of primary nocturnal enuresis :
Inheritance and suggestion of a second major gene on
chromosome 12q. Journal of Medical Genetics, 34, 360-365. |
HABERSTICK, B.C., SCHMITZ, S. YOUNG, S.E. & HEWITT,
J.K. (2005). Contributions of genes and environments to
stability and change in externalizing and internalizing
problems during elementary and middle school. Behavior
Genetics, 35, 381-396. |
|
HUBBARD, R. & WALD, E. (1997). Exploding the gene
myth : How genetic information is produced and
manipulated by scientists, physicians, employers,
insurance companies, educators, and law enforcers.
New York : Beacon Press. |
FOSSELLA, J.A. & CASEY, B.L. (2006). Genes, brain, and
behavior : Bridging disciplines. Cognitive,
Affective, & Behavioral Neuroscience, 6 (1),
1-8. [PDF] |
| |
CASPI, A. & MOFFITT, T.E. (2006). Gene-environment
interactions in psychiatry : joining forces with
neuroscience, Naturel Review of Neuroscience, 7
(7), 583-590. [PDF] |
|
KARMILOFF-SMITH, A. (2006). The tortuous route from genes
to behavior : a neuroconstructivist approach. Cognitive
Affective & Behavioral Neuroscience, 1, 9-17. [PDF] |
| |
GALABURDA, A.M., LOTURCO, J.J., RAMUS, F. & FITCH,
R.H. (2006). From genes to behavior in developmental
dyslexia. Nature Neuroscience, 9 10), 1213-1217.
|
| |
FIGUEREDO, A.J., VÀSQUEZ, G., BRUMBACH, B.H., SCHNEIDER,
S.M.R., SEFCEK, J.A., TAL, I.R., HILL, D., WENNER, C.J.
& JACOBS, W.J. (2006). Consilience and life history
theory : From genes to brain to reproductive strategy. Developmental
Review, 26, 243-275. [PDF] |
|
MAIENSCHEIN, J. & LAUBICHLER, M. (2007). Embryos,
cells, genes, and organisms. Reflections on the history of
evolutionary developmental biology. In R. Sansom and N.
Brandon (Eds.), Integrating evolution and
development, from theory to practice (pp. 1-24). MIT
Press. |
|
PENKE, L., DENISSEN, J.J.A. & MILLER, G.F. (2007).
Evolution, genes, and inter-disciplinary personality
research. European Journal of Personality, 21,
639-665. [PDF] |
|
| |
CHARNEY, E. (2008). Genes and ideologies. Perspectives
on Politics, 6, 299-319. [PDF] |
| |
BEAVER, K.M., WRIGHT, J.P. & DELISI, M. (2008).
Delinquent peer group formation : Evidence of a gene ×
environment correlation. The Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 169 (3), 227-244. [PDF]
|
|
BOUCHARD, T.J. (1998). Genetic and environmental
influences on human psychological differences. Journal
of Neurobiology, 54 (1), 4-45. |
KELLER, M.C. (2008). The evolutionary persistence of genes
that increase mental disorders risk. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 17, 395-399. [PDF] |
|
BOUCHARD, T.J. (1998). Genetic and environmental
influences on adult intelligence and special mental
abilities. Human Biology, 70 (2), 257-279. |
LENARD, N.R. & BERTHOUD, H-R. (2008). Central and
peripheral regulation of food intake and physical activity
: pathways and genes. Obesity, 16 (S), 11-22. [PDF] |
|
HAHN, E. & WRIGHT, J.C. (1998). The influence of genes
on social behavior of dogs. In T. Grandin (Ed). Genetics
and the behavior of domestic animals (pp 299-318).
San Diego : Academic Press. [PDF] |
OZONOFF, S., HANSEN, R., PESSAH, I.N. & SHARP, F.R.
(2008). Gene expression changes in children with autism.
Genomics, 91, 22-29. |
| |
FOWLER, J. & DAWES, C. (2008). Two genes predict voter
turnout. Journal of Politics, 70, 579-594. [PDF] |
| |
FRIEDMAN, N.P., MIYAKE, A., YOUNG, S.E., DEFRIES, J.C.,
CORLEY, R.P. & HEWITT, J.K. (2008). Individual
differences in executive functions are almost entirely
genetic in origin. Journal of Experimental Psychology
: General, 137 (2), 201-225. [PDF] |
| |
GREGG, J.P., LIT, L., BARON, C.A., HERTZ-PICCIOTTO, I.,
WALKER, W., DAVIS, R.A., CROEN, L.A., OZONOFF, S., HANSEN,
R., PESSAH, I.N. & SHARP, F.R. (2008). Gene expression
changes in children with autism. Genomics, 91,
22-29. |
| |
OZONOFF, S., HANSEN, R., PESSAH, I.N. & SHARP, F.R.
(2008). Gene expression changes in children with autism.
Genomics, 91, 22-29. |
| |
LAWLOR, D.A., HARBORD, RM., STERNE, J.A., TIMPSON, N.
& DAVEY SMITH, G. (2008). Mendelian randomization :
using genes as instruments for making causal inferences in
epidemiology. Statistics in Medicine, 27,
1133-1163. [PDF] |
| |
GIZER, I.R., FICKS, C.A. & WALDMAN, I.D. (2009).
Candidate gene studies of ADHD : A meta-analytic review.
Human Genetics, 126 (1), 51-90. |
| |
COLE, S.W. (2009). Social regulation of human gene
expression. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 18, 132-137.
[PDF] |
| |
KÉRI, S. (2009). Genes for psychosis and creativity : A
promoter polymorphism of the Neuregulin 1 gene is related
to creativity in people with high intellectual achievement
. Psychological Science, 20, 1070- 1073. |
| |
CHAMPAGNE, F.A. & MASHOODH, R. (2009). Genes in
context. Directions in Psychological Science, 18
(3), 127-131. [PDF] |
|
GRIFFITHS, P.E. & NEUMANN-HELD, E. (1999). The many
faces of the gene. BioScience, 49 (8), 656-662. [PDF] |
BEAVER, K.M., SCHUTT, J.E., BOUTWELL, B.B., RATCHFORD, M.,
ROBERTS, K. & BARNES, J.C. (2009). Genetic and
environmental influences on levels of self-control and
delinquent peer affiliation : Results from a longitudinal
sample of adolescent twins Criminal Justice &
Behavior, 36, 41-60. [PDF] |
|
BECKWITH, J. (1999). Genes and human behavior : scientific
and ethical implications of the human genome project. In
W. Crusio & R. Gerlai (Eds.), Handbook of
molecular-genetic techniques for brain and behavior
research. Amsterdam Elsevier. |
TAYLOR, J., ROEHRIG, A.D., HENSLER, B.S., CONNOR, C.M.
& SCHATSCHNEIDER, C. (2010). Teacher quality moderates
the genetic effects on early reading. Science, 328 (5977).
512-514.
[PDF] |
|
O'DONOVAN, M.C. & OWEN, M.J. (1999). Candidate gene
association studies of schizophrenia. American
Journal of Human Genetic, 65, 587-592. |
SCHNEIDER, S. (2011). The bigger picture : Development,
genes, evolution, and behavior analysis. Behavioral
Development Bulletin, 11, 27-30. [PDF] |
|
HAMER, D. & COPELAND, P. (1999). Living with our
genes. New York : Doubleday. |
DARKI, F., PEYRARD-JANVID, M., MATSON, H., KERE, J. &
KLINBERG, T. (2012). Three dyslexia susceptibility genes,
DYX1C1, DCDC2, and KIAA0319, affect temporo-parietal white
matter structure. Biological Psychiatry, 72 (8),
671-676. |
|
WOOD, B.A. & COLLARD, M. (1999). The human genus. Science,
284 (5411), 65-89. |
WALDMAN, I.D. & RHEE, S.H. (2013). The search for
genes and environments that underlie psychopathy and
antisocial behavior : quantitative and molecular genetic
approaches. In K. Kiehl & W. Sinnott-Armstrong (Eds.),Handbook
on psychopathy and law (pp. 180-200). New York :
Oxford University Press. |
|
PARKER, K.L., SCHEDL, A. & SCHIMMER, B.P. (1999). Gene
interactions in gonadal development. Annual Review of
Physiology, 61, 417-433. |
MOYA, C. & HENRICH, J. (2016). Culture-gene
coevolutionary psychology : Cultural learning, language,
and ethnic psychology. Current Opinion in Psychology,
8, 112-128. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi ADN, Héritabilité,
Étude sur les jumeaux,
Génétique et Interaction
gène-environnement |
|
ABERCROMBIE, M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980).
Dictionary of biology. Londres : Penguin.
|
|
|
|
Gène (Interaction + environnement) : Voir
Interaction
gène-environnement. Gene-environment interactions, gene-environment interplay, gene-environment interface, gene-environment interplay.
|
Gène defectueux :
| |
|
| ABERCROMBIE, M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
|
|
Gène dominant : Gène qui s'exprime dans
le génome, c-à-d qui a une influence
visible sur le développement de l'organisme (phénotype). Un gène
récessif et un gène dominant produisent un caractère hétérozygote.
Deux gènes dominants donnent un caractère homozygote
co-dominant. Gène récessif et
gène dominant. Dominant gene.
| |
|
|
GOLDEN, R. & MEEHL, P.E. (1978). Testing a single
dominant gene theory without an accepted criterion
variable. Annals of Human Genetics London, 41, 507-514. |
|
KACSER, H. & BURNS, J.A. (1981). The molecular basis
of dominance. Genetics, 97, 6639-6666. |
|
KEIGHTLEY, P.D. (1996). A metabolic basis for dominance
and recessivity. Genetics, 143, 621-625. |
| ABERCROMBIE,M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
|
|
Gène égoïste : Selfish genes.
| |
|
|
DAWKINS, R. (1981). In defence of selfish genes. Philosophy,
56 (218), 556-573. [PDF] |
|
NEUBERG, S.L. & SCHALLER, M. (2014). The selfish goal
meets the selfish gene. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 37, 153-154. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Gène létal :
| |
|
| ABERCROMBIE,
M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary
of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
|
|
Gène muet :
| |
|
| ABERCROMBIE,
M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary
of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
|
|
Gène récessif : Gène muet
(l'information est disponible mais ne s'exprime pas dans le
génome), c-à-d qui n'a pas d'influence visible sur le
développement de l'organisme (phénotype). Un gène récessif et un
gène dominant produisent un caractère hétérozygote.
Deux gènes récessifs donnent un caractère homozygote récessif. Gène récessif et gène
dominant.
Recessivity.
| |
|
|
KEIGHTLEY, P.D. (1996). A metabolic basis for dominance
and recessivity. Genetics, 143, 621-625. |
| ABERCROMBIE, M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
|
|
Gène SRY : Gène,
présent uniquement sur le chromosomes
Y, qui détermine le developpement des gonades
masculines
(testicule) chez la plupart des mammifères
(vers la septième semaine du développement chez l'humain).
On sait qu'une mutation
ou une inhibition artificielle de de ce gène produit une
féminisation de l'embryon.
En clair, si ce gène est activé, on obtient un mâle, sinon il
s'agira d'une femelle. SRY gene, Sex-determining
Region of Y chromosome.
| |
|
|
SINCLAIR, A., BERTA, P., PALMER, M.S., HAWKINS, J.R.,
GRIFFITHS, B.L., SMITH, M.J., FOSTER, J.W., FRISCHAUF,
A.M., LOVELL-BADGE, R. & GOODFELLOW, P.N. (1990). A
gene from the human sex-determining region encodes a
protein with mmology to a conserved DNA-binding motif. Nature, 346 (6281), 240-244. |
|
LOVELL-BADGE, R. (1991). SRY and sex determination. The
Journal of NIH Research, 3, 57-59. |
|
GOODFELLOW, P.N. & LOVELL-BADGE, R. (1993). SRY and
sex determination in mammals. Annual Review of
Genetics, 27, 71-92. |
|
HARLEY, V.R. & GOODFELLOW, P.N. (1994). The
biochemical role of SRY in sex determination. Molecular
Reproduction & Development, 39, 184-193. |
|
SINCLAIR, A. (2001). Eleven year of sexual discovery. Genome
Biology, 2 (7), 40171-40173. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Généralisation
des résultats : Inférence,
faite par un chercheur,
qui consiste à attribuer à une population
(ou sous-population), les propriétés ou caractéristiques d'un
échantillon observées ou décrites lors d'une recherche. La
généralisation est en quelque sorte l'opération contraire à
l'échantillonnage, qui lui va de la population à l'échantillon.
Généralisation, raisonnement
scientifique et valdité
externe. = généralisation des
conclusions d'une recherche, raisonnement scientifique.
Generalization, extension, wide data base
| |
|
|
KENNEDY, M.M. (1979). Generalizing from single case
studies. Evaluation Quarterly, 3, 661-678. |
MARKOVITS, H. (2000). L'interprétation et la
généralisation des résultats. In R.J. Vallerand & U.
Hess (Eds.), Méthodes de recherche en psychologie.
Québec : Gaétan Morin. |
|
HERRIOTT, R.E. & FIRESTONE, W.A. (1983). Multisite
qualitative policy research : Optimizing description and
generalizability. Educational Researcher, 12 (2),
14-19. |
|
|
HAMMOND, K.R., HAMM, R.M. & GRASSIA, J. (1986).
Generalizing over conditions by combining the
multitrait-multimethod matrix and the representative
design of experiments. Psychological Bulletin, 100,
257-269. |
|
|
SEARS, D.O. (1986). College sophomores in the laboratory:
Influences of a narrow data base on social psychology's
view of human nature. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 51 (3), 515-530. [PDF] |
|
|
FOXX, R.M., KYLE, M.S., FAW, G.D. & BITTLE, R.G.
(1989). Problem-solving skills training : Social
validation and generalization. Behavior Residential
Treatment, 4, 269-288. |
|
|
THOMPSON, B. (1989). Statistical significance, result
importance, and result generalizability : three noteworthy
but somewhat different issues. Measurement &
Evaluation in Counselling & Development, 22 (1),
2-6. |
|
|
COOK, T.D. (1990). The generalization of causal
connections : Mutiple theories in search of clear
practice. In L. Sechrest, E. Perrin & J. Bunker
(Eds.), Research methodology : Strengthening causal
interpretations of nonexperimental data (pp. 9-31).
Rockville, MD : U.S. Department of Health and Human
Services. |
SHADISH, W.R., COOK, T.D. & CAMPBELL, D.T. (2001). Experimental
and quasi-experimental designs for generalized causal
inference. Boston : Houghton Mifflin Company [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
SCHOFIELD, J.W. (1990). Increasing the generalizability of
qualitative research. In E.W. Eisner & A. Peshkin
(Eds.), Qualitative inquiry in education : The
continuing debate (pp. 201-232). New York :
Teachers College Press. |
|
|
|
DONMOYER, R. (1990). Generalizability and the single-case
study. In E.W. Eisner & A. Peshkin (Eds.), Qualitative
inquiry in education : The continuing debate ( pp.
175–200). New York : Teachers College Press. |
|
|
NORRIS, S.P. (Ed.) (1992). The generalizability of
critical thinking : multiple perspectives on an
education ideal. New York : Teachers College Press. |
COOK, T.D. (2001). Generalization : Conceptions in the
social sciences. In N.J. Smelser, J. Wright & P.B.
Baltes (Eds.), International encyclopedia of the
social and behavioral sciences (pp. 6037-6043).
Oxford, UK : Pergamon-Elsevier. |
|
MINIUM, E.W., KING, M.B. & BEAR, G. (1993). Statistical
reasoning in psychology and education. New York :
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. |
HENRY, P.J. (2008). College sophomores in the laboratory
redux : Influences of a narrow data base on social
psychology's view of the nature of prejudice. Psychological
Inquiry, 19 (2), 49-71. |
|
FIRESTONE, W.A. (1993). Alternative arguments for
generalizing from data as applied to qualitative research.
Educational Researcher, 22, 16-23. [PDF] |
GROLEAU, D., ZELKOWITZ, P. & CABRAl, I. (2009).
Enhancing generalizability : moving from an intimate to a
political voice. Qualitative Health Research 19,
416-426. |
|
BANAJI, M.R. & CROWDER, R.G. (1994). Experimentation
and its discontents. In P.E. Morris & M. Gruneberg
(Eds.), Aspects of memory (pp. 296-308). New
York, NY : Routledge. [PDF] |
POLIT, D.F. & BECK, C.T. (2010). Generalization in
quantitative and qualitative research : myths and
strategies. International Journal of Nursing Studies,
47 (11), 1451-1458. [PDF] |
|
SHADISH, W.R. (1995). The logic of generalization : Five
principles common to experiments and ethnographies.
American Journal of Community Psychology, 23,
419-428. |
POST, P.N., DE BEER, H. & GUYATT, G. H. (2013). How to
generalize efficacy results of randomized trials :
Recommendations based on a systematic review of possible
approaches. Journal of Evaluation in Clinical
Practice, 19 (4), 638-643. |
|
HOLMES, A.P. & FRISTON, K.J. (1998). Generalisability,
random effects and population inference. NeuroImage, 7
(S), 754. [PDF] |
ERCIKAN, K. & ROTH, W.-M. (2014). Limits of
generalizing in education reserch : Why criteria for
research generalization should include population
heterogeneity and users of knowledge claims. Teachers
College Record, 116 (5), 1-28. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Inférence,
Échantillon
représentatif, Population
et Validité
externe |
| GILLES, A. (1984). Éléments de méthodologie et d'analyse statistique pour les sciences sociales. St-Laurent: Mcgraw-Hill Éditeurs. |
|
|
|
Génération : Ensemble d'individus
à peu près du même âge (+- 20
ou 25 ans) qui a vécu à une époque donnée de l'histoire et dont le développement personnel a été
marqué par les mêmes changements/bouleversements sur le plan social
( EX : déclin de la religion catholique, arrivée
de la télévision, d'Internet, du téléphone mobile, conquête de
l'espace, chute du mur de Berlin, etc.), économique ( EX :
Avènement de l'état-providence, crise du pétrole, des papiers
commerciaux, etc) et politique ( EX: Référendum
de 80, 11 septembre,
etc). De ce fait, ces individus partagent un certains nombre d'expériences
( EX: J'étais dans la baignoire quand Kennedy a
été assassiné) de valeurs ( EX
: pour réussir sa vie, il faut aller à l'école), de
pratiques ( EX : il faut se soucier de son
alimentation, de ses parents âgés) et de représentation/figure
marquantes ( EX : René Lévesque est un grand homme
politique, Dany Laferrière est une grand écrivain, Céline Dion est
une grande artiste, Maurice Richard est un grand sportif, etc.).
Génération, cohorte et
transmission intergénérationelle.
=
même classe d'âge, même époque.
Generation.
| |
|
|
MANHEIMM, K. (1928/2011). Le problème des générations.
Paris : Armand Colin. |
URDAL, H. (2006). A clash of generations ? Youth Bulges
and political violence. International Studies
Quarterly, 50 (3), 607-629. |
|
BERNSTEIN, I.S. (1974). Birth of two second generation
hybrid macaques. Journal of Human Evolution, 3,
205-206. |
CRAMPTON, S.M. & HODGE, J.W. (2006). The supervisor
and generational differences. Proceedings of the
Academy of Organizational Culture, Communications &
Conflict, 11, 19-22. |
| |
TWENGE, J.M. (2006). Generation Me : Why today's
young Americans are more confident, assertive, entitled
- and more miserable than ever before. New York :
Free Press. |
|
ZAIDI L.Y., KNUTSON, J.F. & MEHM, J.G. (1989).
Transgenerational patterns of abusive parenting : Analog
and clinical tests. Aggressive Behavior, 15, 137-152. |
PENDERGAST, D. (2007). Teaching Y generation. Journal
of the HEIA, 14 (3), 15-21. |
| |
GLASS, A. (2007). Understanding generational differences
for competitive success. Industrial & Commercial
Training, 39, 98-103. |
| RICARD, F. (1994). La génération lyrique : essai sur la vie et l'oeuvre des premiers-nés du baby-boom. Montréal : Boréal. |
NIMON, S. (2007). Generation Y and higher education : The other Y2K. Journal of Institutional Research, 13 (1),
24-41. |
| |
TWENGE, J.M. & FOSTER, J.D. (2008). Mapping the scale
of the narcissism epidemic : Increases in narcissism
2002-2007 within ethnic groups. Journal of Research
in Personality, 42, 1619-1622. |
| |
TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H., DONNELLAN, M.B. & ROBINS, R.W.
(2008). Is "Generation Me" really more narcissistic than
previous generations ? Journal of Personality, 76, 903-918. |
| |
TWENGE, J.M., KONRATH, S., FOSTER, J.D., CAMPBELL, W. K.
& BUSHMAN, B.J. (2008). Egos inflating over time : a
cross-temporal meta-analysis of the Narcissistic
Personality Inventory. Journal of Personality, 76,
875-902. |
| |
TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H., DONNELLAN, M.B. & ROBINS, R.W.
(2008). Do today's young people really think they are so
extraordinary ? An examination of secular changes in
narcissism and self-enhancement. Psychological
Science, 19, 181-188. |
|
|
TWENGE, J.M. (1997). Changes in masculine and feminine
traits over time : A meta-analysis. Sex Roles, 36,
305-325. |
WONG, M., GARDINER, E., LANG, W. & COULON, L. (2008).
Generational differences in personality and motivation :
Do they exist and what are the implications for the
workplace ? Journal of Managerial Psychology, 23
(8), 878-890. |
| |
SALKOWITZ, R. (2008). Generation blend : Managing
across the technology age gap. Hoboken, N.J. :
John Wiley & Sons. |
|
TWENGE, J.M. (2000). The age of anxiety ? Birth cohort
change in anxiety and neuroticism, 1952-1993. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 79,
1007-1021. |
TWENGE, J.M. (2009). Generational changes and their impact
in the classroom : Teaching Generation Me. Medical
Education, 43, 398-405. |
| |
TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H. & DONNELLAN, M.B. (2009). Are
today's young people really that different from previous
generations ? A skeptical perspective on "Generation Me".
The Jury Expert, 1-96. [PDF] |
| |
DONNELLAN, M.B., TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H. (2009). How should we
study generational "changes" or should we ? A critical
examination of the evidence for "Generation Me".
Personality & Social Psychology Compass, 3,
1-10. |
| TWENGE, J.M. (2001). Birth cohort changes in extraversion : A cross-temporal meta-analysis, 1966-1993. Personality
& Individual Differences, 30, 735-748. |
CARRIER, L.M., CHEEVER, N.A., ROSEN, L.D., BENITEZ, S.
& CHANG, J. (2009). Multi-tasking across generations :
multi-tasking choices and difficulty ratings in three
generations of Americans. Computers in Human
Behavior, 25, 483-489. [PDF]
|
|
TOLSMA, J., DE GRAAF, N.D. & QUILLIAN, L. 2009). Does
intergenerational social mobility affect antagonistic
attitudes toward ethnic minorities ? British
Journal of Sociology, 60 (2), 257-277. |
| |
TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H., DONNELLAN, M.B. (2009). Reevaluating
the evidence for increasing self-views among high school
students : More evidence for consistency across
generations (1976-2006). Psychological Science, 20,
920-922. |
|
SMOLA, K.W. & SUTTON, C. (2002). Generational
differences : Revisiting generational work values for the
new millennium. Journal of Organizational Behavior,
23, 363-382. |
TWENGE, J.M. (2010). A review of the empirical evidence on
generational differences. Journal of Business &
Psychology, 25 (2), 201-210. |
|
YU, H.C. & MILLER, P. (2003). The generational gap and
cultural influence : A Taiwan empirical investigation.
Cross Cultural Management : Cross Cultural Management,
10 (3), 23-41. |
TWENGE, J.M., LANCE, C.E., HOFFMANN, B.J. & CAMPBELL,
S.M. (2010). Generational differences in work values :
Leisure and extrinsic values increasing, social and
intrinsic values decreasing. Journal of Management, 36
(5), 1117-1142. |
| |
BLACK, A. (2010). GenY : Who they are and how they learn.
Educational Horizons, 88 (2), 92-101. |
| |
COSTANZA, D.P., BADGER, J.M., FRASER, R.L., SEVERT J.B.
& GADE, P.A. (2012). Generational differences in
work-related attitudes : A meta-analysis. Journal of
Business & Psychology, 27 (4), 375-394. |
|
SOENENS, B., ELIOT, A.J., GOOSSENS, L.VANSTEENKISTE, M.,
LUYTEN, P. & DURIEZ, B. (2005). The intergenerational
transmission of perfectionism : Parents' psychological
control as an intervening variable. Journal of Family
Psychology, 19 (3), 358-366. |
DEFREITAS-CRAFT, S. & RINN, A. (2013). Academic
achievement in first generation college students : The
role of academic self-concept. Journal of the
Scholarship of Teaching & Learning, 13 (1),
57-67. [PDF] |
| |
TING, H., LIM, T.-Z., DE RUN, E.C., KOH, H. & SAHDAN,
M. (2018). Are we Baby Boomers, Gen X and Gen Y ? A
qualitative inquiry into generation cohorts in Malaysia.
Kasetsart Journal of Social Sciences 39, 109-115. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir Transmission intergénérationelle |
|
|
Génération
de l'an 2000 :
New millennium.
| |
|
|
SMOLA, K. & SUTTON, C.D. (2002). Generational
differences : revisiting generational work values for the
new millennium. Journal of Organizational Behavior,
23 (4), 363-382. |
|
Voir aussi Génération |
|
|
|
Génération du baby boom :
Boomers.
| |
|
|
JURKIEWICZ, C.E. & BROWN, R.G. (1998). GenXers vs.
boomers vs. matures : Generational comparisons of public
employee motivation. Review of Public Personnel
Administration, 18, 18-37. [PDF] |
|
PATTERSON, C.J. (2001). Families of the lesbian baby boom
: Maternal mental health and child adjustment. Journal
of Gay & Lesbian Psychotherapy, 4, 91-107. |
|
JORGENSON, B. (2003). Baby boomers, generation X and
generation Y : Policy implications for defense forces in
the modern era. Foresight, 5, 41-49. |
|
YANG, S. & GUY, M.E. (2006). GenXers versus boomers :
Work motivators and management implications. Public
Performance & Management Review, 29, 267-284. |
|
CALLANAN, G.A. & GREENHAUS, J.H. (2008). The baby boom
generation and career management : A call to action. Advances
in Developing Human Resources, 10, 70-85. |
|
PARMENT, A. (2013). Generation Y vs. baby boomers :
Shopping behavior, buyer involvement and implications for
retailing. Journal of Retailing & Consumer
Services, 20, 189-199. |
|
TING, H., LIM, T.-Z., DE RUN, E.C., KOH, H. & SAHDAN,
M. (2018). Are we Baby Boomers, Gen X and Gen Y ? A
qualitative inquiry into generation cohorts in Malaysia.
Kasetsart Journal of Social Sciences 39, 109-115. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Génération |
|
|
|
Génération du moi : Concept proposé par Twenge
pour décrire les points communs chez les individus nés entre les
années 70 et 2000, notamment le narcissisme.
Generation Me.
| |
|
| TWENGE, J.M. (2006). Generation Me : Why today's
young Americans are more confident, assertive, entitled
and more miserable than ever before. New York :
Free Press. |
|
TWENGE, J.M. (2008). Generation Me, the origins of birth
cohort differences in personality traits, and
cross-temporal meta-analysis. Social & Personality
Psychology Compass, 2/3, 1440-1454. |
|
TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H., DONNELLAN, M.B. & ROBINS, R.W.
(2008). Is "generation me" really more narcissistic than
previous generations ? Journal of Personality, 76, 903-918. |
|
TWENGE, J.M. (2009). Generational changes and their impact
in the classroom : Teaching Generation Me. Medical
Education, 43, 398-405. |
|
TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H. & DONNELLAN, M.B. (2009).
Reevaluating the evidence for increasing self- views among
high school students : More evidence for consistency
across generations (1976-2006). Psychological
Science, 20, 920-922. |
|
TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H. & DONNELLAN, M.B. (2009). Are
today's young people really that different from previous
generations ? A skeptical perspective on "generation me".
The Jury Expert, 1-96. [PDF] |
|
DONNELLAN, M.B., TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H. (2009). How should we
study generational "changes" - or should we ? A critical
examination of the evidence for "generation me".
Personality & Social Psychology Compass, 3,
1-10. |
|
|
Voir aussi
Narcissisme et Génération |
|
|
|
Génération Internet : Génération qui posséderait des aptitudes
innées à l'informatique et au multitâche. Précisons que s'il est
clair que l'usage de l'informatique n'a jamais été aussi répandu,
ces aptitudes innées n'ont jamais été empiriquement identifiées.
Digital
native, app generation, Google generation.
| |
|
|
TAPSCOTT, D. (1997). Growing up digital : The rise of
the net generation. New York, NY : McGraw-Hill. |
HARGITTAI, E. (2010). Digital na(t)ives ? Variation in
internet skills and uses among members of the "net
generation". Sociological Inquiry, 80, 92-113. |
|
PRENSKY, M. (2001). Digital natives digital immigrants. On
the Horizon NCB University Press, 9 (5), 1-6. |
VALTONEN, T., PONTINEN, S., KUKKONEN, J., DILLON, P.,
VÄÏSÄNEN, P. & HACKLIN, S. (2011). Confronting the
technological pedagogical knowledge of Finnish net
generation student teachers. Technology, Pedagogy
& Education, 20, 3-18. |
|
OBLINGER, D.G. & OBLINGER, J.L. (Eds.) (2005). Educating
the net generation. EDUCAUSE. |
NICHOLAS, D., ROWLANDS, I., CLARK, D. & WILLIAMS, P.
(2011). Google Generation II : web behaviour experiments
with the BBC. Aslib Proceedings : New Information
Perspectives Vol. 63 (1), 28-45. [PDF] |
|
VEEN, W. (2006). Homo Zappiens : Growing up in a
digital age. Continuum Education. |
MARGARYAN, A., LITTLEJOHN, A. & VOJT, G. (2011). Are
digital natives a myth or reality ? University students'
use of digital technologies. Computers &
Education, 56, 429-440. [PDF] |
|
KENNEDY, G., KRAUSE, K.L., GRAY, K., JUDD, T., BENNETT, S.
MATON, R., DALGARNO, B. & BISHOP, A. (2006).
Questioning the Net Generation : A collaborative project
in Australian higher education. In L. Markauskaite, P.
Goodyear & P. Reimann (Eds.), Who's learning ?
Whose technology ? Proceedings of the 23rd Annual
Conference of the Australiasian Society for Computers in
Learning in Tertiary Education (pp. 413-417).
Sydney : Sydney University Press. |
|
|
BARNES, K., MARATEO, R.C. & FERRIS, S.P. (2007).
Teaching and learning with the net generation.
Innovate : Journal of Online Education, 3 (4),
1-8. |
GARDNER, H. & DAVIS, K. (2013). The app
generation : How today's youth navigate identity,
intimacy, and imagination in a digital world. New
Haven, CT : Yale University Press. |
|
PHILLIP, D. (2007). The knowledge building paradigm : A
model of learning for Net Generation students.
Innovate, 3 (5). |
WANG, S.-K., HSU, H.-Y., CAMPBELL, T., COSTER, D.C. &
LONGHURST, M. (2014). An investigation of middle school
science teachers and students use of technology inside and
outside of classrooms : Considering whether digital
natives are more technology savvy than their teachers. Educational
Technology Research & Development, 62, 637-662. |
|
KENNEDY, G., DALGARNO, B., GRAY, K., JUDD, T., WAYCOTT,
J., BENNETT, S., MATON, R., KRAUSE, K.L., BISHOP, A.,
CHANG, R. & CHURCHWARD, A. (2007). The net generation
are not big users of Web 2.0 technologies : Preliminary
findings. In R.J. Atkinson, C. McBeath, S.K.A. Soong &
C. Cheers (Eds.), ICT : Providing choices for
learners and learning. Proceedings of ASCILITE 2007
conference. Singapore : Centre for Educational
Development, Nanyang Technological University. [PDF] |
|
|
ROWLANDS, I., NICHOLAS, D., WILLIAMS, P., HUNTINGTON, P.,
FIELDHOUSE, M., GUNTER, B., WITHEY, R., JAMALI, H.R.,
DOBROWOLSKI, T. & TENOPIR, C. (2008). The Google
generation : The information behaviour of the researcher
of the future. Aslib Proceedings : New Information
Perspectives, 60, 290-310. [PDF] |
|
|
EBNER, M., SCHIEFNER, M. & NAGLER, W. (2008). Has the
Net-Generation arrived at the university ? In S. Zauchner,
P. Baumgartner, E. Blaschitz & A. Weissenbäck (Eds.),
Medien in der Wissenschaft (Vol 48, pp. 113-123).
Muenster, Germany : Waxmann Verlag. |
|
|
SELWYN, N. (2009). The digital native-myth and reality. Perspectives,
61, 364-379. |
KIRSCHNER, P.A. & DE BRUYCKERE, P. (2017). The myths
of the digital native and the multitasker. Teaching
& Teacher Education, 67, 135-142. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Génération et
Multitâche |
|
|
Génération lyrique :
| |
|
| RICARD, F. (1994). La génération lyrique : essai sur la vie et l'oeuvre des premiers-nés du baby-boom. Montréal : Boréal. |
|
Voir aussi Génération |
|
|
|
Génération X : Generation X, GenX.
| |
|
|
BRADFORD, F.W. (1963). Understanding "generation X". Marketing Research, 5, 54. |
O'BANNON, G. (2001). Managing our future : The generation
X factor. Public Personnel Management, 30, 95-109. |
|
JURKIEWICZ, C.E. & BROWN, R.G. (1998). GenXers vs.
boomers vs. matures : Generational comparisons of public
employee motivation. Review of Public Personnel
Administration, 18, 18-37. [PDF] |
BOVA, B. & KROTH, M. (2001). Workplace learning and
generation X. Journal of Workplace Learning, 13, 57-65. |
|
ARNETT, J.J. (2000). High hopes in a grim world : Emerging
adults' views of their futures and "generation X". Youth
Society, 31, 267-286. |
KARP, H., FULLER, C. & SIRIAS, D. (2002). Bridging
the boomer Xer gap. Creating authentic teams for high
performance at work. Palo Alto, CA : Davies- Black
Publishing. |
|
ADAMS, S.J. (2000). Generation X : How understanding this
population leads to better safety programs.
Professional Safety, 45, 26-29. |
JORGENSON, B. (2003). Baby boomers, generation X and
generation Y: Policy implications for defense forces in
the modern era. Foresight, 5, 41-49. |
|
MITCHELL, S. (2001). Generation X: Americans aged 18
to 34. Ithaca, NY : New Strategist Publications. |
YANG, S. & GUY, M.E. (2006). GenXers versus boomers :
Work motivators and management implications. Public
Performance & Management Review, 29, 267-284. |
| |
TING, H., LIM, T.-Z., DE RUN, E.C., KOH, H. & SAHDAN,
M. (2018). Are we Baby Boomers, Gen X and Gen Y ? A
qualitative inquiry into generation cohorts in Malaysia.
Kasetsart Journal of Social Sciences 39, 109-115. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Génération |
|
|
|
Génération Y :
Generation Y, GenY.
| |
|
|
MARTIN, C.A. & TULGAN, B. (2001). Managing
generation Y : Global citizens born in the late
seventies and early eighties. HRD Press. |
FREEMAN, C., TERJESEN, S. & VINNICOMBE, S. (2007).
Attracting Generation Y graduates : Organisational
attributes, likelihood to apply and sex differences.
Career Development International, 12 (6), 504-522. |
|
HUNTLEY, R. (2001). The world according to Y : Inside
the new adult generation. HRD Press |
LOWE, D., LEVITT, K.J. & WILSON, T. (2008). Solutions
for retaining Generation Y employees in the workplace. Business
Renaissance Quarterly, 3, 43-57. |
|
MARTIN, C.A. (2005). From high maintenance to high
productivity. What managers need to know about Generation
Y. Industrial & Commercial Training, 37,
39-44. |
NIMON, S. (2007). Generation Y and higher education : The
other Y2K. Journal of Institutional Research, 13 (1), 24-41. |
|
McCRINDLE, M. (2006). New Generations at Work :
Attracting, Recruiting, Retraining & Training
Generation Y : McCrindle Research. |
BLACK, A. (2010). GenY : Who they are and how they learn.
Educational Horizons, 88 (2), 92-101. |
|
PENDERGAST, D. (2007). Teaching Y generation. Journal
of the HEIA, 14 (3), 15-21. |
PARMENT, A. (2013). Generation Y vs. baby boomers :
Shopping behavior, buyer involvement and implications for
retailing. Journal of Retailing & Consumer
Services, 20, 189-199. |
|
CAIRNCROSS, F. (2007). Generation Y and new media :
Where next ? In The impact of digitization : a
generation apart. London, United Kingdom : KPMG
International. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Génération |
|
|
Génération spontanée : L'expression renvoie à deux réalités
distinctes mais commune : a) En biologie, l'expression désigne l'apparition d'un phénomène biologique et sa multiplication sans causes apparentes, comme si le phénomène se produisait spontanément. b) Par extension, on utilise également cette expression pour qualifier une
pseudo-explication dépourvue de cause
ou de mécanisme
permettant de rendre compte de l'existence d'un phenomene,
quelle qu'en soit la nature.
| |
|
| a |
|
RUESTOW, E.G. (1984). Leeuwenhoek and the campaign against
spontaneous generation. Journal of the History of
Biology, 17 (2), 225-248. |
| b |
|
| HUNT,
M. (1994). The story of psychology. New York :
Double Day. |
|
|
|
|
Générativité : Chez Erickson,
septième stade du développement
psychosocial qui se caractérise chez les personnes âgées par
une préoccupation à vouloir influencer ou guider les générations
futures. Générativité et héritage. Generativity.
| |
| Stades
d'Erickson |
| 1 |
Confiance/Méfiance
de 0 à 18 mois |
| 2 |
Autonomie/Honte et Doute de 18
à 30 |
| 3 |
Initiative/Culpabilité de 36 à
60 mois |
| 4 |
Travail/Infériorité de 6 à 12
ans |
| 5 |
Identité/Confusion des rôles
de 12 à 18 ans |
| 6 |
Intimité/Isolement de 15 à 25
ans |
| 7 |
Générativité/Stagnation
de 25 à 60 ans |
| 8 |
Intégrité/Désespoir de 50 à 75 ans |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
ERIKSON, E.H. & ERIKSON, J.M. (1981). On generativity
and identity : From a conversation with Erik and Joan
Erikson. Harvard Educational Review, 51,
249–269. |
|
SLATER, C.L. (2003). Generativity versus stagnation : an elaboration of Erikson's adult stage ofhuman development.
Journal of Adult Development, 10 (1), 53-65. |
| HUNT,
M. (1994). The story of psychology. New York :
Double Day. |
|
|
Générosité
: Généreux : Comportement
prosocial qui consiste à donner/ partager
une grande quantité de ses ressources
(temps, argent, objets personnels, connaissance, etc. ) avec
autrui. Generosity.
| |
|
|
KAZANTZIS, N. & SUTTON, R. (2000). Examining the
motivations for generosity. Science, 290,
454-455. |
|
WEDEKIND, C. & BRAITHWAITE, V. (2002). The long-term
effects of human generosity in indirect reciprocity. Current
Biology, 11, 1012-1015. [PDF] |
|
DELLAVIGNA, S., LIST, J.A., MALMENDIER, U. & RAO, G.
(2013). The importance of being marginal : Gender
differences in generosity. American Economic Review,
103 (3), 586-590. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Genèse : En science, le mot renvoie à l'idée de début ou de commencement, bref aux
origines d'un phénomène,
et parfois à ses causes
premières. Genesis.
| |
|
|
PIAGET, J. (1949). La genèse du nombre chez l'enfant
(conférence). In Piaget, B. Boscher et F. Chatelet
(Dirs.), Initiation au calcul - enfants de 4 à 7 ans.
Paris : Éditions Bourrelier. [PDF] |
PIAGET, J. & INHELDER, B. (1974). La genèse de
l'idée de hasard chez l'enfant. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
|
PIAGET, J. & INHELDER, B. (1967). Genèse des
structures logiques élémentaires. Neuchâtel :
Delachaux et Niestlé. |
CAIRNS, R.B. (1983). The genesis of genetic epistemology.
Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 19,
260-263. |
|
| HUNT,
M. (1994). The story of psychology. New York :
Double Day. |
Voir aussi
Épistémologie génétique et Génétique |
|
|
Genetic Psychology Monographs (1926-1964) : Revue
scientifique qui consacre ses pages au developpement
cognitif.
| |
FOORMAN, B.R. (1982). A neo-Piagetian analysis of
communication performance in young children. Genetic
Psychology Monographs, 105, 3-24.
|
| |
|
|
Génétique : Généticien : Le mot a trois acceptions, dont deux voisines : a) Piaget
utilise ce terme pour désigner le développement
d'une fonction
cognitive, étudiée depuis son origine, sa genèse, d'où le qualificatif «génétique». b)
Comme substantif, aussi bien que comme qualificatif, il renvoie à la séquence de transformations biologiques de l'ADN ( gène et code génétique) en protéines (synthèse de protéines), puis en cellules, en organes, etc. Il s'agit donc du «phénomène en soi», et non de la discipline qui étudie ce phénomène et qui porte le même nom. = processus
génétique, code génétique, influence génétique, effet génétique. Génétique et hérédité.
c) Le terme renvoie également à une branche de la biologie
fondée par Mendel qui
étudie la génétique (voir b), c'est-à-dire la relation entre les gènes et leur influence sur la croissance physique et le développement des organes,
ainsi que sur de nombreux phénomènes macroscopiques comme les comportements et les troubles de santé mentale.
Le terme a été proposé par
Bateson pour qualifer l'étude de certains facteurs biologiques héréditaires. Génétique, science
et génétique
des populations. = science de l'étude des gènes (et de leur influence).
( ): Bastock,
Carlson, Castle,
Charlesworth, Correns,
Crick, Danchin, Darlington,
Eaves, Ford,
Goodfellow, Hatemi,
Hamer, Johannsen,
Kahn, Kimura,
Mayr,
Lovell-Badge, McClung,
Mendel, McGuffin, Morgan,
Owen, Pigliucci,
Sinclair, Sutton,
Visscher, Waddington,
Watson, Wilson, Wright.
Genetics, behavior genetic.
| |
|
| a |
|
PIAGET J. et SZEMINSKA, A. (1941). La genèse du
nombre. Neuchâtel : Delachaux et Niestlé / The
child's conception of number. London : Routeledge
& Kegan Paul. |
VUYK, R. (1981). Piaget's genetic epistemology
1965-1980. New York : Academic. |
| |
KINGMA, J. & ROELINGA, U. (1983). Task sensitivity and the sequence of development in seriation, ordinal
correspondence, and cardination. Genetic Psychology
Monographs, 110, 181-205. |
|
ZULLI, N. et FRAISSE, P. (1966). L'estimation du temps
en fonction de la quantité de mouvements effectives dans une tâche. Étude genetique. L'année Psychologique, 6, 383-396. |
BICKHARD, M.H. & CAMPBELL. R.L. (1989). Interactivism and genetic epistemology. Archives de Psychologie, 57
(221), 99-121. |
|
|
Voir aussi Piaget |
| b |
|
BATESON, W. & PUNNETT, R.C. (1911). On the
interrelations of genetic factors. Proceedings of the
Royal Society of London, 84 (568), 3-8.
[PDF] |
MUHLE, R., TRENTACOSTE, S.V. & RAPIN, I. (2004). The
genetics of autism. Pediatrics, 113 (5),
472-486. [PDF] |
|
HOR, K.S. (1924). Interrelations of genetic factors in
barley. Genetics, 9 (2), 151-180. |
|
|
KALLMANN, F.J. (1938). The genetics of schizophrenia. New York : Augustin. |
|
|
KALLMANN, F.J. (1946). The genetic theory of schizophrenia. The American Journal of Psychiatry, 103, 309-322. |
|
|
KALLMANN, F.J. (1952). Comparative twin study on the genetic aspects of male homosexuality. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disorder, 115, 283-298. |
|
|
FULLER, J.L. (1960). Behavior genetics. Annual Review
of Psychology, 11, 41-70. |
|
|
HAMILTON, W.D. (1964). The genetical evolution of social
behaviour, I. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 7, 1-16. |
STROMSWOLD, K. (2005). Genetic specificity of linguistic heritability. A. Cutler (Ed.), Twenty-first century
psycholinguistics : Four cornerstones (pp.
121-140). Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. [PDF] |
|
HAMILTON, W.D. (1964). The genetical evolution of social behaviour, II. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 7, 17-52. |
JOHNSON, W. & KRUEGER, R.F. (2005). Higher perceived life control decreases genetic variance in physical health : Evidence from a national twin study. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 88, 165-173.
[PDF] |
|
FORD, E.B. (1964/1975). Ecological genetics.
London : Chapman and Hall. |
BISHOP, D.V.M., ADAMS, C.V. & NORBURY, C.F.
(2006). Distinct genetic influences on grammar and
phonological short-term memory deficits : Evidence from
6-year-old twins. Genes, Brain and Behavior, 5, 158–-169. |
|
EAVES, LJ. & EYSENK, H.J. (1974). Genetics and the
development of social attitudes. Nature, 249,
288-289. |
BISHOP, D.V.M. (2006). Developmental cognitive genetics : How psychology can inform genetics and vice versa. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 59, 1153–1168. |
|
FORD, E.B. (1976). Genetics and adaptation.
London : Institute of Biology studies, Edward Arnold. |
HATEMI, P.K., MORLEY, K.I., MEDLAND, S.E., HEATH, A.C.
& MARTIN, N.G. (2007). The genetics of voting : An
Australian twin study. Behavior Genetics, 37, 435-448.
[PDF] |
|
FORD, E.B. (1979). Understanding genetics.
London : Faber and Faber. |
LYNN, R. (2011). Dysgenics : Genetic deterioration in modern populations. London, UK : Ulster Institute for Social Research. |
|
PLOMIN, R. & DEFRIES, J.C. (1980). Genetics and
intelligence : Recent data. Intelligence, 4,
15-24. |
|
|
|
|
UTTAL, D. (1997). Beliefs about genetic influences on
mathematics achievement : a cross- cultural comparison. Genetica, 99 (2), 165-172. |
|
|
GANGER, J. & STROMWORLD, K. (1998). The innateness,
evolution and genetics of language. Human Biology, 70,
199-213. [PDF] |
|
|
BECKWITH, J. (1999). Simplicity and complexity : Is IQ
ready for genetics ? Cahiers de Psychologie Cognitive
/Current Psychology of Cognition, 18 (2), 161-169.
[PDF] |
|
|
| ABERCROMBIE, M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
Voir aussi Gène, Mutation
et Hérédité |
| c |
|
MENDEL, G. (1865/1907). Versuche über
pflanzenhybriden. Vereins in Brunn, 4, 3-47.
Experiments in plant hybridization/Recherches sur les
hybrides végétaux. Bulletin Scientifique de la France
et de la Belgique. [PDF]
|
SANKAR, P. & CHO, M.K. (2002). Genetics : Toward a new
vocabulary of human genetic variation. Science, 298, 1337-1338. |
| KALLMANN, F.J. (1947). Modern concepts of genetics in relation to mental health and abnormal personality development. Psychiatric Quarterly 21 (4), 535-553.
|
HARTL, D.L. & RUVOLO, M. (2011). Genetics :
Analysis of genes and genomes. Sudbury : Jones
& Bartlett Learning. |
| KALLMANN, F.J. (1950).The genetics of psychoses; an analysis of 1,232 twin index families. American Journal of Human Genetics, 4 (S), 385-390. |
SNUSTAD, D.P. & SIMMONS, M.J. (2015). Principles of genetics. New Jersey : Wiley. |
| KALLMANN, F.J. (1952). Comparative twin study on the genetic aspects of male homosexuality. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disorder, 115, 283-298. |
PIERCE, B.A. (2017). Genetics : A conceptual
approach. New York : W.H. Freeman. |
| |
HARTWELL, L. H., GOLDBERG, M.L., FISCHER, J.A. &
HOOD, L. (2017). Genetics : From genes to genome. Columbus
: McGraw-Hill Higher Education. |
|
|
| ABERCROMBIE, M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
Voir aussi Science,
Gène et Biologie |
|
|
Génétique (Facteur/Déterminant/Cause)) : Voir Déterminant
neurogénétique. Genetic basis, genetic influence, biological foundation, biogenetic determinant, neural mechanism, biogenetic factor, genetic factor, biological contribution, neural basis, genetic contribution.
|
|
|
Génétique
comportementale : Contribution de la génétique
à l'explication du
comportement. Behavioral genetic.
| |
|
|
FULLER, J. L. (1960). Behavior genetics. Annual
Review of Psychology, 11, 41-70. |
|
HAMILTON, W.D. (1964). The genetical evolution of social
behaviour, I. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 7, 1-16. |
|
HAMILTON, W.D. (1964). The genetical evolution of social
behaviour, II. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 7,
17-52. |
|
McCLEARN, G.E. & DEFRIES, J.C. (1973).
Introduction to behavioral genetics. San Francisco
: Freeman. |
|
PLOMIN, R., DEFRIES, J.C. & McCLEARN, G.E. (1980). Behavioral
genetics : A primer. San Francisco : Freeman. |
| ABERCROMBIE,
M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary
of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
|
|
Génétique des populations : Science, au carrefour de la biologie
et de la statistique, qui étudie les fluctuations des fréquences
des différentes versions d'un gène (allèles)
au cours du temps dans les populations,
sous l'influence de la sélection
naturelle et sexuelle,
de la dérive génétique, des mutations
et des migrations, afin d'expliquer l'adaptation
et la spéciation des
individus et des espèces. (
): Cavalli-Sforza,
Crow, Dobzhansky,
Haldane, Fisher, Jacquard,
Kimura, Levene,
Lewis, Lewontin,
Malécot, Muller, Wright.
Population genetics.
| |
|
|
WRIGHT, S. (1968/1969/1977/1978). Evolution and the
genetics of populations. Chicago : University of
Chicago Press. |
|
KIMURA, M. (1969). The rate of molecular evolution
considered from the standpoint of population genetics. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 63, 1181-1188. |
|
KIMURA, M. (1971). Theoretical foundation of population
genetics at the molecular level. Theoretical
Population Biology, 2, 174–208. |
|
HERMISSON, J. & PENNINGS, P.S. (2005). Soft sweeps :
molecular population genetics of adaptation from standing
genetic variation. Genetics, 169 (4), 2335-2352.
[PDF] |
|
ORR, H.A. (2010). The population genetics of beneficial
mutations. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society B : Biological Sciences, 365 (1544),
1195-1201. |
|
HEDRICK, P.W. (2011). Genetics of populations. Jones
& Bartlett Learning. |
| ABERCROMBIE, M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary
of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
|
|
Génie : Terme employé pour désigner un individu très au
dessus de la moyenne (des ours), quelque soit le domaine, mais
notamment sur le plan intellectuel
ou artistique. EX : En science, on pense tout de
suite à Einstein, et en art à Mozart. Génie, douance
et talent.
Genius, prodigy.
| |
|
|
COOLEY, C.H. (1897). Genius, fame and the comparison of
races. Annals of the American, 9, 1-42.
[LIRE] |
SLOBODA, J.A., DAVIDSON, J.W. & HOWE, M.J.A. (1994).
Musicians : experts not geniuses. The Psychologist,
7, 363-364. |
|
WEISEBERG, R.W. (1986). Creativity : Genius and other
myths. New York : Freeman. |
HOWE, M.J.A. (1999). Genius explained. Cambridge
: Cambridge University Press. |
|
HOWE, M.J.A. (1989). Fragments of genius : the
strange feats of idiot savants. London : Routledge |
BUTTERWORTH, B. (2001). What makes a prodigy ? Nature
Neuroscience, 4 (1), 11-12. [PDF] |
|
WEISBERG, R.W. (1993). Creativity : Beyond the myth
of genius. New York : Freeman. |
WILLIAMS, W.M. & CECI S. J. (2005). Beware the
undiscovered genius. Nature, 435, 534 |
|
|
Voir aussi Douance
et Talent |
|
|
|
|
Génocide : Extermination physique systématique et planifiée/a> d'une population, d'un
peuple, d'une ethnie.
= massacre, carnage, Medz Yeghern, Porajamos, Shoah, Samudaripen, Tseghaspanutyun, Holocauste, Aghet.
*guerre.
Genocide.
| |
|
|
LEMARCHAND, R. (1994). Burundi : ethnic conflict and
genocide. Washington DC, Cambridge : Woodrow Wilson
Center Press and Cambridge University Press. |
|
STERNBERG, R.J. (2003). A duplex theory of hate :
Development and application to terrorism, massacres, and
genocide. Review of General Psychology, 7 (3),
299-328. |
|
AHMED, N.M. (2007). Structural violence as a form of
genocide : The impact of the international economic order.
Entelechy : Journal of Interdisciplinary Studies, 5, 3-41
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Haine, Holocauste
et Racisme |
|
|
Génome
: Ensemble des gènes d'une espèce.
EX: Génome humain, génome bactérien. Voir génome,
héritabilité et gène .
= patrimoine génétique,
capital génétique.
Genome.
| |
|
|
PENNISI, E. (2001). The human genome. Science, 291,
1177-1180. |
BUTCHER, L.M., DAVIS, O.S.P., CRAIG, I.W. & PLOMIN, R.
(2008). Genome-wide quantitative trait locus association
scan of general cognitive ability using pooled DNA and
500K single nucleotide polymorphism microarrays. Genes
Brain Behavior, 7 (4), 435-446. [PDF] |
|
REECE, R.J. (2004). Analysis of genes and genomes. Chichester
: John Wiley & Sons. |
MAHER, B. (2008). Personal genomes : The case of the
missing heritability. Nature, 456, 18-21. |
|
EISENBERG, L. (2004). Social psychiatry and the human
genome : Contextualizing heritability. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 184, 101-103. |
HATEMI, P.K., GILLESPIE, N.A., EAVES, L.J., MAHER, B.S.,
WEBB, B.T., HEATH, A.C., MEDLAND, S.E., SMYTH, D.C.,
BEEBY, H.N., GORDON, S.D., MONTGOMERY, G.W., ZHU, G.,
BYRNE, E.M. & MARTIN, N.G. (2011). Genome-wide a
analysis of political attitudes. Journal of Politics,
73 (1), 1-15. [PDF] |
|
RYAN, G.T. (Ed.) (2005). The evolution of the genome.
Elsevier. |
HALL, N.J. & WYNNE, C.D.L. (2012). The canid genome :
Behavioral geneticists’ best friend ? Genes, Brain
& Behavior, 11, 889-902. |
|
LUCIANO, M., WRIGHT, M.J., DUFFY, D.L., WAINWRIGHT, M.A.,
ZHU, G., EVANS, D.M., GEFFEN, G.M., MONTGOMERY, G.W. &
MARTIN, N.G. (2006). Genome-wide scan of IQ finds
significant linkage to a quantitative trait locus on 2q. Behavior
Genetics, 36 (1), 45-55. [PDF] |
CHAMPAGNE, F.A. (2012). Interplay between social
experiences and the genome : epigenetic consequences for
behavior. Advances in Genetics, 77, 33-57. [PDF] |
| |
VEERAMAH, K.R. & HAMMER, M.F. (2014). The impact of
whole-genome sequencing on the reconstruction of human
population history. Nature Reviews. Genetics, 15,
149-162. |
|
WAYNE, R.K. & OSTRANDER, E.A. (2007). Lessons learned
from the dog genome. Trends in Genetics, 23,
557-567. |
GOKCUMEN, O. (2019). Archaic hominin introgression into
modern human genomes. Yeearbook of Physical
Anthropology, 171 (S70), 60-73. [PDF] |
| |
BERGTRÖM, A., FRANTZ, L., SCHMIDT, R., ERSMARK, E.,
LEBRASSEUR, O., GIRLDLAN, L. et al. (2020). Origins and
genetic legacy of prehistoric dogs. Science, 370,
557-564 . [PDF] |
| |
| ABERCROMBIE,
M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary
of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
Voir aussi Héritabilité,
Gène et Génotype |
|
|
Génotype : Selon
Johannsen, le génotype est le patrimoine génétique d'un
organisme, constitué à partir des gènes
dominants et récessifs hérités
des parents. Génotype et
phénotype. =
patrimoine génétique.
Genotype.
| |
|
|
JOHANNSEN, W. (1911). The genotype conception of heredity.
American Naturalist, 45, 129-159. |
CASPI, A., McCLAY, J., MOFFITT, T. MILL, J., MARTIN, J.,
CRAIG, I., TAYLOR, A. & POULTON, R. (2002). Role of
genotype in the cycle of violence in maltreated children.
Science, 297 (5582), 851-854.
[PDF] |
|
GOTTESMAN, I.I. (1963). Genetic aspects of intelligent
behavior. In N.R. Ellis (Ed.), Handbook of mental
deficiency: Psychological theory and research (pp.
253-296). New York : McGraw-Hill. |
VISSCHER, P.M. & DUFFY, D.L. (2006). The value of
relatives with phenotypes but missing genotypes in
association studies for quantitative traits. Genetic
Epidemiology, 30, 3-36. [PDF] |
|
CHURCHILL, F.B. (1974). William Johannsen and the genotype
concept. Journal of the History of Biology, 7,
5-30. |
ROLL-HANSEN, N. (2009). Sources of Wilhelm Johannsen's
genotype theory. Journal of the History of Biology,
42 (3), 457-493. |
|
SCARR, S. & McCARTNEY, K. (1983). How people make
their own environments : a theory of genotype --- »
environment effects. Child Development, 54 (2),
424-435. [PDF] |
ROLL-HANSEN, N. (2014). The holist tradition in twentieth
century genetics. Wilhelm Johannsen's genotype concept. Journal
of Physiology, 592 (11), 2431-2438. [PDF] |
| |
| ABERCROMBIE,
M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary
of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
Voir aussi phénotype
et Johannsen |
|
|
Genovese
Kitty (Cas) : Célèbre étude
de cas réalisée par Darley
et Latané. En 1964, Kitty
Genovese, 29 ans, a été assassiné à New York, en pleine rue
, par Winston Moseley, en présence de 38 témoins.
 |
|
|
|
GANSBERG, M. (1964). Thirty-eight who saw murder didn't
call the police. New York Times, March 27. |
|
DARLEY, J.M. & LATANÉ, B. (1968). Bystander
intervention in emergencies : Diffusion of responsibility.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 8,
377-383. [PDF] |
|
LATANÉ, B. & DARLEY, J. (1969). Group inhibition of
bystander intervention in emergencies. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 10 (3),
377-383. [PDF] |
|
ROSENTHAL, A.M. (1999). Thirty-eight witnesses. New
York : Mcgraw Hill. |
|
DECOIN, D. (2009). Est-ce ainsi que les femmes
meurent ? Paris : Éditions Grasset. |
|
MANNING, R., LEVINE, M. & COLLINS, A. (2007). The
Kitty Genovese murder and the social psychology of helping
: The parable of the 38 witnesses. American
Psychologist, 62 (6), 555-562. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Genre : Le terme a au moins trois acceptions, plus ou moins voisines : a) Il est souvent utilisé comme synonyme de sexe. b)
Pour Stoller, qui a
proposé cette distinction, et chez de nombreux auteurs
contemporains, le concept renvoie davantage aux influences
sociales qui façonnent l'orientation
et l'identité
sexuelle des individus, par opposition aux facteurs
génétiques qui déterminent le sexe
biologique. Le genre est donc le produit des
apprentissages sociaux, stéréotypés
ou non. EX: Un homme qui passe l'aspirateur a un
comportement de genre non-stéréotypé (jouer au hockey =
stéréotypé), alors qu'une femme qui fait la cuisine a un
comportement de genre stéréotypé (sortir les poubelles = non).
Contrairement au sexe, qui est déterminé par les gènes de notre
espèce, le genre se modifie selon les époques, le type de
sociétés. Genre, différence de genre et
diffèrences sexuelles. = rôle
sexuel. c) En biologie,
il désigne également le niveau de
classification des êtres vivants situés sous la famille
et au-dessus des espèces.
|
|
Comparaison Sexe/Genre |
Sexe
|
Homme |
et |
Femme |
| Genre |
Masculin |
Féminin |
Androgyne |
Masculine |
Fémine |
| Stéréotypé |
Oui |
Non |
- |
Non |
Oui |
|
| a |
|
|
|
-
Voir Différences
sexuelles
|
| b |
|
LEUBA, J.H. (1900). The personifying passion in youth,
with remarks upon the sex and gender problem. Monist,
10, 536-548. |
PRYZGODA, J. & CHRISLER, J.C. (2000). Definitions of
gender and sex : The subtleties of meaning. Sex Roles,
43 (7/8), 553-569. [PDF] |
|
MONEY, J. (1955). Hermaphroditism, gender and precocity in
hyper-adrenocorticism : psychologic findings.
Bulletin of the Johns Hopkins Hospital, 96,
253-264. |
THOMAS, P., PEABODY, J., TURNIER, V. & CLARK, R.H.
(2000). A new look at intrauterine growth and the impact
of race, altitude, and gender. Pediatrics, 106
(2), 1-6. [PDF]
|
MONEY, J., HAMPSON, J.G. & HAMPSON, J.L. (1955).
Imprinting and the establishment of gender role.
Archives of Neurology & Psychiatry 77, 333-336.
|
HAIG, D. (2000). Of sex and gender. Nature Genetics,
25, 373. |
|
KIM, J.S. & NAFZIGER, A. N. (2000). Is it sex or
is it gender ? Clinical Pharmacology &
Therapeutics, 68, 1–3 |
|
DIAMOND, L.M. (2002). Sex and gender are different :
Sexual identity and gender identity are different. Clinical
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 7 (3), 320-334. |
STOLLER, R.J. (1964). Gender-role change in intersexed
patients. Journal of American Medical Association,
188, 684–-685.
|
ARCHER, J. & LlOYD, B. (2002). Sex and gender. Cambridge
University Press. |
|
STOLLER, R.J. (1968). Sex and gender : On the
development of masculinity and femininity. New York
: Science House. |
VECCHIO, R.P. (2002). Leadership and gender advantage. The
Leadership Quarterly, 13 (6), 643-671. [PDF]
|
|
OAKLEY, A. (1972). Sex, gender, and society. New
York : Harper Colophon. |
LIPPA, R.A. (200/05). Gender, nature, and nurture.
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
DUBERMAN, L. (1975). Gender and sex in society.
New York : Praeger |
ANDSAGER, J.L., WEINTRAUB AUSTIN, E. & PINKLETON, B E.
NDOZA-ROMERO, J. (2002). Gender as a variable in
interpretation of alcohol-related messages. Communication
Research, 29, 246-269. |
|
GOULD, M. &
KERN-DANIELS, R. (1977). Toward a sociological theory of
gender and sex. American Sociologist, 12, 182–189.
|
WILLIAMS, N. (2002). The imposition of gender :
Psychoanalytic encounters with genital atypicality. Psychoanalytic
Psychology, 19 (3), 455-474. |
|
KSSLER, S.J. & McKENNA, W. (1978). Gender : An
ethnomethodological approach. New York : Wiley. |
|
|
ZALK, S.R. & KATZ, P.A. (1978). Gender attitudes in
children. Sex Roles, 4, 349-357. |
SUNDSTRÖM, M. & DUVANDER, A.-Z. (2002). Gender
division of childcare and the sharing of parental leave
among new parents in Sweden. European Sociological
Review, 18 (4), 433-447. |
|
DAVIDOFF, L. (1979). Class and gender in Victorian England
: The diaries of Arthur J. Munby and Hannah Culwick.
Feminist Studies, 5 (1), 87–114. |
REEDER, H.M. (2003). The effect of gender role orientation
on same- and cross-sex friendship formation. Sex
Roles, 49 (3/4), 143-152. [PDF]
|
|
UNGER, R.K. (1979). Toward a redefinition of sex and
gender. American Psychologist, 34, 1085-1094. |
DELPHY, C. (2003). Penser le genre : quels problèmes. In
M.-C. Hurtig, M. Kail & H. Rouch (Eds.), Sexe et
genre, de la hiérarchie entre les sexes. CNRS
Editions. |
|
BAKER, S.W. (1980). Biological influences on human sex and
gender. Signs :
Journal of Women in Culture & Society, 6, 80–96. |
AONO, A. (2003). Gender differences in interpersonal
distance : From the view point of oppression hypothesis. The
Japanese Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 42
(2), 201-218. |
|
HALL, J.A., BRAUNWALD, K.G. & MROZ, B.J. (1982).
Gender, affect, and influence in a teaching situation. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 43, 270-80
|
COOPER, J. & WEAVER, K.D. (2003). Gender and
computers : Understanding the digital divide. Mahwah,
NJ : Erlbaum. |
| |
EAGLY, A.H., BEALL, A.E. & STERNBERG, R.J. (2004). The
psychology of gender. The Guilford Press. |
|
EAGLY, A.H. (1983). Gender and social influence : A social
psychological analysis. American Psychologist, 38 (9),
971-981. [PDF] |
HAIG, D. (2004). The inexorable rise of gender and the
decline of sex : Social change in academic titles,
1945–2001. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 33 (2),
87-96. [PDF]
|
| |
HYDE, J.S. (2005). The gender similarities hypothesis. American
Psychologist, 60 (6), 581-592.
[PDF] |
|
McHUGH, M.C. (2005). Understanding gender and
intimate paertner abuse. Sex Roles, 52 (11-12),
717-724. |
|
GATENS, M. (1983). A critique of the sex/gender
distinction. In J. Allen & P. Patton (Eds.),
Beyond marxism ? Intervention after Marx (pp.
142-161). Sydney : Ingtervention Publications. |
FOX, M.F. (2005). Gender, family characteristics, and
publication productivity among scientists. Social
Studies of Science, 35 (1), 131-150. |
|
TRINIDAD, C. & NORMORE, A. (2005). Leadership and
gender : A dangerous liason ? Leadership &
Organization Development Journal, 26 (7), 574-590. |
| |
FURNHAM, A. & BUCHANAN, T. (2005). Personality, gender
and self-perceived intelligence. Personality &
Individual Differences, 39, 543–555. |
| |
MEECE, J.L., GLIENKE, B.B. & BURG, S. (2006). Gender
and motivation. Journal of School Psychology, 44,
351-373. [PDF] |
|
ROSSI, A.S. (1984). Gender and parenthood. American
Sociological Review, 49 (1), 1-19. |
LIPPA, R.A. (2006). The gender reality hypothesis. American
Psychologist, 61, 639-640. |
|
SAMPAIO, A. (2006). Women of color teaching
political science : Examining the Intersections of race,
gender,
and course material in the classroom. PS : Political
Science & Politics 39 (4), 917–922. |
|
BRYANT, K. (2006). Making gender identity disorder of
childhood : His torical lessons for contemporary debates.
Sexuality Research & Social Policy: Journal of
NRSC, 3, 23–29. |
|
MITCHELL, J. (2006). Utiliser Winnicott pour
comprendre le genre (sexe social). Figures de la
Psychanalyse, 14, 119-131. |
|
BARTLETT, N.H. & VASY, P.L. (2006). A
retrospective study of childhoodgender-atypical behavior
in Samoan Fa’afafine. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 35,
659–666. |
| |
ACKER, J. (2006). Inequality regimes : Gender, class, and
race in organization. Gender & Society, 20 (4),
441-464. |
| |
LORIMER, R. (2006). The relationship between
self-presentational concerns and competitive anxiety : The
influence of gender. International Journal of Sport
Psychology, 37 (4), 317-329. |
| |
TURNER, K.L. & BROWN, C.S. (2007). The centrality of
gender and ethnic identities across individuals and
contexts. Social Development, 16, 700-719. |
|
| |
CAPDEVILLA, R. (2007). Redefinition reviewed : what
"Toward a redefinition of sex and gender" can offer today.
Feminism & Psychology, 17 (4), 465-469.
[PDF] |
|
KESSLER, S., ASHENDEN, R.W., CONNELL, R.W. & DOWSETT,
G.W. (1985). Gender relations in secondary schooling.
Sociology of Education, 5 (1), 34-48. |
CRAWFORD, A. & FOX, A. (2007). From sex to gender and
back again : Co-optation of a feminist language reform. Feminism
& Psychology, 17 (4), 481-486. |
|
STOLLER, R.J. (1985). Presentations of gender.
Yale University Press : New Haven, CT. |
ZURBRIGGEN, E.L. & SHERMAN, A.M. (2007). Reconsidering
"sex" and "gender" : Two steps forward, one step back. Feminism
& Psychology, 17, 475-480. [PDF] |
|
WALKER-ANDREWS, A.S. & LENNON, E.M. (1985).
Auditory-visual perception of changing distance by human
infants. Child Development, 56 (3), 544-548. |
ROSAY, A.B., SKROBAN, S. & HERZ, D.C. (2007).
Differences in the validity of self-reported drug use
across five factors : Gender, race, age, type of drug, and
offense seriousness. Journal of Quantitative
Criminology, 23, 41-58. [PDF] |
|
GILL, R. (2007). Gender and the media. Polity Press : Cambridge. |
|
WALKER-ANDREWS, A.S. (1986). Intermodal perception of
expressive behaviors : Relation of eye and voice ? Developmental
Psychology, 22, 373-377. |
LIPPA, R.A. (2008). The relation between childhood gender
nonconformity and adult masculinity-femininity and anxiety
in heterosexual and homosexual men and women. Sex
Roles, 59, 684-693. |
|
THORNE, B. & LURIA, Z. (1986). Sexuality and gender in
children's daily worlds. Social Problems, 33 (3),
176-190. |
MEYEROWITZ, J. (2008). A history of "gender". The
American Historical Review, 113 (5), 1346-1356. [PDF] |
|
JUDGE, T.A. & LIVINGSTONE, B.A. (2008). Is the gap
more than gender ? A longitudinal analysis of gender,
gender role orientation, and earnings. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 93, 994-1012. |
|
PROCTOR, G. (2008). Gender dynamics in person-centered
therapy : Does gender matter ? Person-Centered and
Experiential Psychotherapies, 7 (2), 82-94. |
|
WALLACE, J.M., GOODKIND, S.G., WALLACE, C.M. &
BASHMAN, J. (2008). Racial/ethnic and gender differences
in school discipline among American high school students :
1991-2005. Negro Educational Review, 59, 47-62. |
|
WEST, C. & ZIMMERMAN, D.H. (1987). Doing gender.
Gender & Society, 1 (2), 125-151. [PDF]
|
WEST, C. & ZIMMERMAN, D.H. (2009). Accounting
for doing gender. Gender & Society, 23 (2),
112-122. [PDF] |
|
LAUFER, L. et LINHARES, A. (2010). Ce que le genre fait
à la psychanalyse. Champ Psy, 58 (2), 7-8. [PDF]
|
|
LINN, M.C. & HYDE, J.S. (1989). Gender, mathematics,
and science. Educational Researcher, 18, 17-19. |
NADERI, H., ABDULLAH, R., TENGKU-AIZAN, H., JAMALUDDIN,
S.V. & KUMAR, V. (2010). Intelligence, creativity and
gender as predictors of academic achievement among
undergraduate students. Marsland Press Journal of
American Science, 5 (3) 8-19. [PDF] |
| |
PETERSON, B.E. & ZURBRIGGEN, E.L. (2010). Gender,
sexuality, and the authoritarian personality. Journal
of Personality, 78, 1801-1826. |
|
DEAUX, K. (1990). From individual differences to social
categories : analysis of a decade’s research on gender. In
A.G. Halberstadt & S.L. Ellyson (Eds.), Social
Psychology Readings (pp. 308-320). New York :
McGraw-Hill. |
SMITH, C.A., JOHNSTON-ROBLEDO, I., McHUGH, M.C. &
CHRISLER, J.C. (2010). Words matter : The language of
gender. In J.C. Chrisler & D.R. McCreary (Eds.), Handbook
of gender research in psychology (Vol. 1, pp.
361-377). New York : Springer. |
|
FLETCHER, D.A. (1991). The eternal battle of sex vs
gender. Journal of American Medical Association, 266,
2833. |
BAVISHI, A., MADERA, J. & HEBL.M. (2010). The effect
of professor ethnicity and gender on student evaluations :
Judged before met. Journal of Diversity in Higher
Education, 3 (4), 245–256. |
|
WALKER-ANDREWS, A.S., BAHRICK, L.E., RAGLIONI, S.S. &
DIAZ, I. (1991). Infants' bimodal perception of gender. Ecological
Psychology, 3 (2), 55-75. |
GAUCHER, D., FRIESEN, J. & KAY, A.C. (2011). Evidence
that gendered wording in job advertisements exists and
sustains gender inequality. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 101 (1), 109-128. [PDF]
|
|
LOTT, B.E. & MALUSO, D. (1991). The social learning of
gender. In A.E. Beall & R.J. Sternberg (Eds.), The
psychology of gender (pp. 99-123). New York :
Guilford. |
BUSSEY, K. (2011). Gender identity development. In S.J.
Schwartz, K. Luyckx & V.L. Vignoles (Eds.),
Handbook of identity theory and research (pp.
603-628). Springer. |
|
GOODHART, C.B. (1992). Sex and gender. Nature, 359,
182.
|
MUEHLENHARD, C. & PETERSON, Z.D. (2011).
Distinguishing between sex and gender : History, current
conceptualizations, and implications. Sex Roles, 64,
791-803. [PDF] |
|
|
MILLS, S. & MULLANY, L. (2011). Language, gender and feminism. Theory, methodology and practice. London, UK : Routledge. |
|
UNGER, R.K. & CRAWFORD, M. (1993). Sex and gender -
The troubled relationship between terms and concepts.
Psychological Science, 4, 122-124. |
FRIEZE, I.H. & CHRISLER, J.C. (2011). Editorial policy
on the use of the terms "Sex" and "Gender". Sex
Roles, 64, 789-790. [PDF]
|
|
DIAMOND, M. (1993). Sex and gender : Same or different ?
Feminism & Psychology, 10 (1), 46-54. [PDF] |
FELMLEE, D., SWEET, E. & COLLEEN-SINCLAIR, H. (2012).
Gender rules : Same-and cross-gender friendships norms.
Sex Roles, 66 (7-8), 518-529. |
|
|
WEST, C. (1993). Reconceptualizing gender in
physician-patient relationships. Social Science &
Medicine, 36, 57-66. |
|
BANAJI, M.R. (1993). The psychology of gender : A
perspective on perspectives. In A. E. Beall & R.J.
Sternberg (Eds.), The psychology of gender (pp.
251-273). New York, NY : Guilford. [PDF] |
EATON A.A. & ROSE, S.M. (2013). The application of
biological, evolutionary, and sociocultural frameworks to
issues of gender in introductory psychology textbooks.
Sex Roles, 69, 536-542.
[PDF] |
|
LEWINE, R.R.J. (1994). Sex : An imperfect marker of gender.
Schizophrenia Bulletin, 20, 777-779. |
BOURSEUL, V. (2014). Le genre en psychanalyse : Périmètre
d'une définition. Recherches en Psychanalyse, 17 (1), 63-72. [PDF] |
|
MECEREK, J. (1995). Gender, politics, and psychology's
ways of knowing. American Psychologist, 50 (3),
162-163. |
HOPPER, W.J., FINLEA, K.M., WINKIELMAN, P. & HUBER,
D.E. (2014). Measuring sexual dimorphism with a
race-gender face space. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 40,
1779-1788. [PDF] |
|
JOHNSON, J.D., ADAMS, M.S., ASBURN, L. & REED, W.
(1995). Differential gender effects of exposure to rap
music on African American adolescents' acceptance of teen
dating violence. Sex Roles, 33 (7-8), 597-605. |
HOGE, E.A., ANDERSON, E., LAWSON, E.A., BUI, E., FISCHER,
L.E., KHADGE, S.D., FELDMAN-BARRETT, L. & SIMON, N.M.
(2014). Gender moderates the effect of oxytocin on social
judgments. Human Psychopharmacology : Clinical &
Experimental, 29, 299-304.
[PDF] |
|
WALKER, A.J. (1996). Couples watching television : Gender,
power, and the remote control. Journal of Marriage & Family, 58, 813–8203. |
SHERER, I., BAUM, J., EHRENSAFT, D. & ROSENTHAL, S.M.
(2015). Affirming gender : Caring for gender atypical
children and adolescents. Contemporary pediatrcs, 32i
(1), 16-19. |
|
KROGER, J. (1997). Gender and identity : The intersection
of structure, content, and context. Sex Roles, 36,
747–770. |
SHUTTS, K. (2015). Young children’s preferences :
Gender, race, and social status. Child Development
Perspectives, 9, 262-266. |
|
CROSS, S.E. & MADSON, L. (1997). Models of the self :
self-construals and gender. Psychological Bulletin,
122 (1), 5-37. |
LEMOINE, É. (2016). L'adolescence made in USA : Sexe,
genre et conservatisme dans les séries pour ados.
Québec : Presses Universitaires de Laval. |
|
GERGEN, M.M. & DAVIS, S.N. (1997). Toward a new
psychology of gender. New York : Routledge. |
HOQUET, T. (2016). Des sexes innombrables : Le genre
à l'épreuve de la biologie. Paris : Seuil. |
|
WALKER-ANDREWS, A.S. (1997). Infants' perception of
expressive behaviors : Differentiation of multimodal
information. Psychological Bulletin, 121 (3),
437-456. |
ELDER-VASS, D. (2017). Religion, gender and citizenship :
Women of faith, gender equality and feminism. Sociological
Review, 65 (2), 429-431. |
|
HIDI, S., WEISS, J., BERNDORFF, D. & NOLAN, J. (1998).
The role of gender, instruction and a cooperative learning
technique in science education across formal and informal
settings. In L. Hoffman, A. Krapp, K. Renninger & J.
Baumert (Eds.), Interest and learning : Proceedings of
the Seeon Conference on Interest and Gender (pp.
215-227). Kiel, Germany : IPN. |
SEEMAN, M.V. (2019). Does gender influence outcome in
schizophrenia ? Psychiatric Quarterly, 90 (1),
173-184. |
|
CARD, D., LEMIEUX, T. & RIDDELL, W.C. (2020).
Unions and wage inequality : The roles of gender, skill
and public sector employment. Canadian Journal of
Economics, 53 (1), 140–173. |
|
FERDMAN, B. (1999). The color and culture of gender in
organizations : attending to race and ethnicity. In G.
Powell (Ed.), The handbook of gender and work (pp.
17–36). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
JEAN, R. (2021). Les chimères et les dérives de
l'idéologie de genre. Dans R. Antonius et N. Baillargeon
(Dirs), Identité, «race», liberté d'expression.
(p. 333-352). Québec : Presses de l'Université Laval. |
|
FISHMAN, J.R., WICK, J.G. & KOENIG, B.A. (1999). The
use of “sex” and “gender” to define and characterize
meaningful differences between men and women. In Agenda
for research on women’s health for the 21st century. (Vol.
2, pp. 15-19). Rockville, MD : Office of Research on
Women’s Health. |
SIROIS, M. (2021). Sexe et genre : De la falsification de
la réalité par les activistes à l'insouciance des
bien-pensants. Dans R. Antonius et N. Baillargeon (Dirs),
Identité, «race», liberté d'expression (p.
353-373). Québec : Presses de l'Université Laval. |
|
|
Voir aussi Différences de
genre, Stéréotype
sexuel, Androgynie et Orientation
sexuelle |
| c |
AUBERT, D. (2017). Classer le vivant : Les
perspectives de la systématique évolutionniste moderne.
Paris : Ellipses.
|
|
|
|
Voir Genre taxinomique |
|
|
|
Genre
(Conscience) : Selon Kohlberg,
l'identité de
genre se développe en trois temps. La première étape - la
conscience de genre - se développe entre 18 mois et trois ans, et
consiste pour l'enfant à
identifier son sexe et à l'attribuer (ou non) aux autres en se
fondant sur un certain nombre de caractéristiques physiques (ton
de voix grave = homme, cheveux longs = femme). EX:
Je suis un garçon, mais maman est une fille (parce qu'elle a une
voix aiguë). Identité de genre, genre et différences
sexuelles.
=identité sexuée, devenir un homme ou une femme.
Gender consciousness.
| |
|
|
SCHULMAN, M.D., ZINGRAFF, R. & REIF, L. (1985). Race,
gender, class consciousness and union support : An
analysis of southern textile workers. The Sociological
Quarterly, 26 (2), 187-204. |
|
|
Voir aussi Kohlberg et
Genre |
|
|
|
Genre
(Constance) : Selon Kohlberg,
l'identité de genre se
développe en trois temps. La troisième étape - la constance
sexuelle ou de genre - se développe entre 4/5 et 7 ans, et se
caractérise par le fait que l'enfant
comprend que le genre des individus - le sien et celui des autres
- est stable, car il se fonde sur un critère biologique, et que ce
dernier demeure le même (constant), peu importe la situation. EX:
Un homme déguisé en femme est tout de même un homme. =
consolidation du genre, consistance sexuelle.
Gender constancy.
| |
|
|
KOHLBERG, L.A. (1966). A cognitive-developmental analysis
of children's sex- role concepts and attitudes. In E.E.
Maccody (Ed.), The development of sex differences.
Stanford, CA : Stanford University Press. |
SMETANA, J.G. & LETOURNEAU, K.J. (1984). Development
of gender constancy and children's sex-typed free play
behavior. Developmental Psychology, 20, 691-695. |
|
KOHLBERG, L.A. (1969). Stage and sequence : The
cognitive-developmental approach to socialization. In D.A.
Goslin (Ed.), Handbook of socialization theory and
research. Chicago : Rand McNally. |
STANGOR C. & RUBLE, D.N. (1987). Development of gender
role knowledge and gender constancy. New Directions
for Child Development, 39, 5-22. |
|
SLABY, R.G. & FREY, K.S. (1975). Development of gender
constancy and selective attention to same-sex models.
Child Development, 52, 849-856. |
STANGOR C. & RUBLE, D.N. (1989). Differential
influences of gender schemata and gender constancy on
children's information processing and behavior. Social
Cognition, 7, 353-372. |
|
MARCUS, D.E. & OVERTON, W.F. (1992). The development
of cognitive gender constancy and sex role preference. Child
Development, 49, 434-444. |
|
MARCUS, D. & OVERTON, W.F. (1978). The development of
cognitive gender constancy and sex role preference. Child
Development, 49, 434-444. |
SZKRYBALO, J. & RUBLE, D. N. (1999). "God made me a
girl" : Gender constancy judgments and explanations
revisited. Developmental Psychology, 35,
392-402. |
|
PERLOFF, R.M. (1982). Gender constancy and same-sex
imitation : A developmental study. Journal of
Psychology, 111, 81-86. |
ZUCKER, K.J. & BRADLEY, S.J., KUKSIS, M., PECORE, K.,
BIRKENFELD-ADAMS, A. & DOERING, R.W. (1999). Gender
constancy judgments in children with a gender identity
disorder : Evidence for a developmental lag. Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 28, 475-502. |
|
|
|
|
|
Genre
(Différences/Effets) : Le genre
est l'ensemble des caractéristiques et des comportements acquis
qui entre dans le développement des rôles
sexuels ( EX: S'occuper des enfants), par
opposition aux caractéristiques innées ( EX: les
organes sexuels). Contrairement au sexe,
le genre est "plastique". Cela signifie qu'il est
susceptible de varier en fonction des époques et des
cultures, car les éléments qui le composent (des
comportements dit "sexués") sont
appris. Même sans organe sexuel féminin, (même s'il est opéré), un homme peut apprendre à s'occuper des enfants (comportements dit "féminins", donc
généralement pas associés au genre féminin). Et vice-versa pour les femmes. Le sexe d'un
individu est donc déterminé par ses gènes
alors que son genre, lui, est le résultat de sa socialisation.
Genre, identité de
genre et différences
sexuelles. Sexe et genre se combine pour influencer l'identité de genre.= effet de genre,
différences entre les genres. Gender, gender
differences.
| |
|
|
MONEY, J. (1955). Hermaphroditism, gender and precocity in
hyper-adrenocorticism : psychologic findings. Bulletin
of the Johns Hopkins Hospital, 96, 253-264. |
REID, R., RICCIO, C.A., KESSLER, R.H., DUPAUL, G.J.,
POWER, T.J., ANASTOPOULOS, A.D., ROGERS-ADKINSON, D. &
NOLL, M.B. (2000). Gender and ethnic differences in ADHD
as assessed by behavior ratings. Journal of Emotional
& Behavioral Disorders, 8, 38-48. |
|
MONEY, J., HAMPSON, J.G. & HMPSON, J.L.
(1957).Imprinting and the establishment of gender role. A.M.A.
Archives of Neurology & Psychiatry, 77, 333-336. |
O'BRIEN, M., PEYTON, V., MISTRY, R., HRUDA, L., JACOBS, A.
CLADERA, Y., HUSTON, A. & ROY, C. (2000). Gender-role
cognition in three-year-old boys and girls. Sex
Roles, 42 (11/12), 1007-1025. [PDF] |
|
STOLLER, R.J. (1968). Sex and gender : On the
development of masculinity and femininity. New York
: Science House. |
ZENMORE, S.E., FISKE S.T. & KIM, H. (2000). Gender
stereotypes and the dynamics of social interaction. In T.
Eckes & H.M. Trautner (Eds.), The developmental
social psychology of gender (pp. 207-241). Mahwah :
Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
CHODOROW, N. (1978). The reproduction of mothering :
Psychoanalysis and the sociology of gender. Berkeley
: University of California Press. |
BASOW, S.A. (2000). Best and worst professors : Gender
patterns in students' choices. Sex Roles, 43 (5/6),
407-417. |
|
CHEVRON, E.S., QUINLAN, D.M. & BLATT, S.J. (1978). Sex
roles and gender differences in the experience of
depression. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 87,
680-683. |
UDRY, J.R. (2000). Biological limits of gender
construction. American Sociological Review, 65,
443-457. |
|
ZALK, S.R. & KATZ, P.A. (1978). Gender attitudes in
children. Sex Roles, 4, 349-357. |
JOHNSON, R.F. & MURELLO, D.J. (2000). Caffeine,
gender, and sentry duty : effects of a mild stimulant on
vigilance and marksman ship. In K. Friedel, H.R.
Lieberman, D.H. Ryan et G.A. Bray (Eds.),
Countermeasures for battlefield stressor (Vol. 10,
pp. 272-289). Baton Rouge : Louisiana State University
Press. |
|
McCONAGHY, M.J. (1979). Gender permanence and the genital
basis of gender : Stages in the development of constancy
of gender identity. Child Development, 50,
1223-1226. |
MARTIN, C.L. (2000). Cognitive theories of gender
development. In T. Eckes & H.M. Trautner (Eds.), The
developmental social psychology of gender (pp.
91-121). Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
UNGER, R.K. (1979). Toward a redefinition of sex and
gender. American Psychologist, 34, 1085-1094. |
FINUCANE, M.L., SLOVIC, P., MERTZ, C.K., FLYNN, J. &
SATTERFIELD, T.A. (2000). Gender, race, and perceived risk
: the "white male" effect. Healthy Risk &
Society, 2 (2), 159-172. [PDF] |
|
GOFFMAN, E. (1979). Gender advertisements. New
York : Harper & Row. |
LIGHT, P.H., LITTLETON, K., BALE, S., JOINER, R. &
MESSER, D. (2000). Gender and social comparison effects in
computer based problem solving. Learning &
Instruction, 34 (6), 483-496. |
|
HALL, J.A. (1980). Gender differences in sending and
judging nonverbal emotional cues. Evaluation in
Education, 4, 71-2. |
JAFFEE, S. & HYDE, J.S. (2000). Gender differences in
moral orientation : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 126, 703-726. |
|
PENTONY, C.G. (1980). Gender, sex typing, and gender
identity. American Psychologist, 35 (10),
941-942. |
ZELEZNY, L.C., CHUA, P.-P. & ALDRICH, C. (2000).
Elaborating on gender differences in environmentalism.
Journal of Social issues, 56 (3), 443-457. |
|
MONEY, J. (1980). Love and love sickness : the
science of sex, gender difference and pair-bonding.
Baltimore : Johns Hopkins University Press. |
STETSENKO, A., LITTLE, T.D., GORDEEVA, T., GRASSHOF, M.
& OETTINGEN, G. (2000). Gender effects in children's
beliefs about school performance : A cross-cultural study.
Child Development, 71, 517-527. [PDF] |
|
BEM, S.L. (1981). The BSRI and gender schema theory : A
reply to Spence and Helmreich. Psychological Review,
88 (3), 69-71. |
HIRD, M. (2000). Gender's nature : Intersexuality,
transsexualism and the "sex/gender" binary. Feminist
Theory, 1 (3), 347-364. |
HYDE, J.S. (1981). How large are cognitive gender
differences ? A meta-analysis using ! w2 and d. American
Psychologist, 36 (8), 892–901.
|
LAFRANCE, M. & HECHT, M.A. (2000). Gender and smilling : a meta-analysis. In A.H. Fischer (Ed.), Gender and emotion : social
psychological perspectives. Studies in emotion and
social intervention (pp. 118-142). Cambridge
UK : Cambrige University Press. |
|
HALL, J.A. & HALBERSTADT, A.G. (1981). Sex roles and
nonverbal communication skills. Sex Roles, 7, 273-287. |
|
|
BEM, S.L. (1981). Gender schema theory : A cognitive
account of sex-typing. Psychological Review, 88,
354-364. [PDF] |
|
|
MARTIN, C.L. & HALVERSON, C.F. (1983). Gender
constancy : A methodological and theoretical analysis. Sex
Roles, 9, 775-790. |
|
|
|
HALL, J.A., BRAUNWALD, K.G. & MROZ, B.J. (1982).
Gender, affect, and influence in a teaching situation. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 43,
270-280. |
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (2001). Gender differences in
depression. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 10, 173-176. [PDF] |
|
STIER, D.S. & HALL, J.A. (1984). Gender differences in
touch : An empirical and theoretical review. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 47, 440-459 |
|
|
DEAUX, K. (1984). From individual differences to social
categories : Analysis of a decade's research on gender. American
Psychologist, 39 (2), 105-116. |
LEBLANC, L.A., HAGOPIAN, L.P. MARHEEFKA, J.M. & WILKE,
A. (2001). Effects of therapist gender and type of
attention on assessment and treatment of
attention-maintained destructive behavior. Behavioral
Interventions, 16, 39-57. |
|
MONEY, J. (1985). Gender : History, theory and usage
of the term in sexology and its relationship to
nature/nurture. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy,
11, 71–79. |
|
|
FAUSTO-STERLING, A. (1985). Myths of gender :
Biological theories about women and men. New York :
Basic Books. |
MARKOVITS, H., BENENSON, J.F. & DOLENSKY, E. (2001).
Evidence that children and adolescents have internal
models of social interactions that are gender
differentiated. Child Development, 72 (3),
879-886. |
|
MONEY, J. (1985). The conceptual neutering of gender and
the criminalization of sex. Archives of Sexual
Behavior, 14, 279–290 |
|
|
BASOW, S.A. & DISTENFELD, M.S. (1985). Teacher
expressiveness : More important for male teachers than
female teachers ? Journal of Educational Psychology,
77, 45-52. |
ROGERS, W.S. & ROGERS, R.S. (2001). The
psychology of gender and sexuality. Philadelphia :
Open University Press. |
|
BRODY, L.R. (1985). Gender differences in emotional
development : A review of theories and research.
Journal of Personality, 53, 102-149. |
KELLY, J. & BAZZINI, D.G. (2001). Gender, sexual
experience, and the sexual double standard : Evaluations
of female contraceptive behavior. Sex Roles, 45
(11-12), 785-799.
[PDF] |
|
HUSTON, A.C. & CARPENTER, C.J. (1985). Gender
differences in preschool classrooms : The effects of
sex-typed activity choice. In L.C. Wilkinson & C.B.
Marett (Eds.), Gender-related differences in the
classroom. New York : Academic Press. |
CARLI, L.I. (2001). Gender and social influence.
Journal of Social Issues, 57 (4), 725-741. [PDF] |
|
LINN, M.C. & PETERSEN, A.C. (1985). Emergence and
characterisation of gender differences in spatial
abilities : A meta-analysis. Child Development, 56,
1479-1498. |
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (2001). Gender differences in
depression. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 10, 173-176. |
|
HUSTON, A.C., CARPENTER, C.J., ATWATER, J.B. &
JOHNSON, L.M. (1986). Gender, adult structuring of
activities, and social behavior in middle childhood. Child
Development, 57, 1200-1209. |
PICCINELLI, M. & WILKINSON, G. (2001). Gender
differences in depression : Critical review. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 177, 486-492. [PDF] |
|
EAGLY, A.H. & CROWLEY, M. (1986). Gender and helping
behavior : A meta-analytic review of the social
psychological literature. Psychological Bulletin, 100
(3), 283-308. [PDF] |
HAYWARD, C. & SANBORN, K. (2002). Puberty
and the emergence of gender differences in
psychopathology. Journal of Adolescence Health 30,
49-58. |
|
WELCH, R., GERRARD, M. & HUSTON, A.C. (1986).
Gender-related personality attributes and reaction to
success/failure : An examination of mediating variables. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 10, 221-233. |
O'NEILL, K.S., HANSEN, C.D. & MAY, G.L. (2002). The
effect of gender on the transfer of interpersonal
communication skills training to the workplace : three
theoretical frames. Human Resource Development
Review, 1, 167-185. |
|
MAKEPEACE, J.M. (1986). Gender differences in courtship
violence victimization. Family Relations, 35,
383-388. |
|
|
EAGLY, A.H. & STEFFEN, V.J. (1986). Gender and
aggressive behavior : A meta-analytic review of the social
pychological literature. Psychologica Bulletin, 100
(3), 309-330. [PDF] |
SILVERSTEIN, A.L. (2001). Standardized tests : The
continuation of gender bias in higher education. Hofstra
Law Review, 29, 669-700. [PDF] |
|
BASOW, S.A. & SILBERG, N. (1987). Student evaluations
of college professors : Are female and male professors
rated differently ? Journal of Educational
Psychology, 79 (3), 308-314. |
WILKINSON, S. (2001). Theoretical perspectives on women
and gender. In R. Unger (Ed.), Handbook of the
psychology of women and gender (pp. 17-28). New
York : Wiley. |
|
WEST, C. & ZIMMERMAN, D.H. (1987). Doing gender. Gender
& Society, 1, 125-151. |
KNOWLEE, K.H., HENDERSON, J., GLAUBKE, C.R., MILLER, P.,
PARKER, M.A. & ESPEJO, E. (2001). Fair play ?
Violence, gender and race in video games. Oakland,
CA : Children Now. |
|
GOULD, S.J. (1987). Gender differences in advertising
response and self-conciousness variables. Sex Roles,
16 (5-6), 215-223. |
STARK, R. (2002). Physiology and faith : Addressing the
“universal” gender difference in religious commitment. Journal
for the Scientific Study of Religion 41 (3)
495–507. |
|
LOFTUS, E.F., BANAJI, M.R., SCHOOLER, J.W. & FOSTER,
R.A. (1987). Who remembers what ? Gender differences in
memory. Michigan Quarterly Review, 26, 64-85. [PDF] |
VECCHIO, R.P. (2002). Leadership and gender advantage. The
Leadership Quarterly, 13 (6), 643-671. [PDF]
|
|
ROTHBART, M.K., HANLEY, D. & ALBERT, M. (1987). Gender
differences in moral reasoning. Sex Roles, 15,
645-653. |
RUDOLPH, K.D. (2002). Gender differences in emotional
responses to interpersonal stress during adolescence. Journal
of Adolescent Health, 30 (4), 3-13. |
|
RYCKMAN, D. & PECKMAN, P. (1987). Gender differences
in attributions for success and failure. Journal of
Early Adolescence, 7, 47-63. |
GAUNTLETT, D. (2002/08). Media, gender and identity. London
: Routledge. |
|
HALL, J.A. (1987). On explaining gender differences : the
case of nonverbal communication. In P. Shaver & C.
Hendrick (Eds.), Sex and gender : Review of
personality and social psychology (Vol. 7, pp.
177-200). Beverly Hills, CA : Sage |
DUNN, A. (2002). Approaches to learning : factor
invariance across gender. Personality &
Individual Differences, 33, 997-1010. |
|
|
HYDE, J.S. & LINN, M.C. (1988). Gender differences in
verbal ability : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 104,53-69. |
EVANS, E.M., SCHWEINGRUBER, H. & STEVENSON, H.W.
(2002). Gender Differences in Interest and Knowledge
Acquisition : The United States, Taiwan, and Japan. Sex
Roles, 47 (3/4), 153-167. [PDF] |
|
BRETL, D.J. & CANTOR, J. (1988). The portrayal of men
and women in U.S. television commercials : A recent
content analysis and trends over 15 years. Sex Roles,
18 (9/10), 595-609. [PDF] |
SHIELDS, S.A. (2002). Speaking from the heart :
Gender and the social meaning of emotion.
Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press. |
|
MACCOBY, E.E. (1988/90). Gender as a social category / Le
sexe, catégorie sociale. Developmental Psychology, 24
(6), 755-765/Actes de la Recherche en Sciences
Sociales, 83, 16-26. [PDF] |
FERNSTERMAKER, S. & WEST, C. (2002). Doing
gender, doing difference : Inequality, power, and
institutional change. New York : Routledge. |
|
LIPS, H.M. (1988/2007). Sex and gender : An
introduction. Boston : McGraw-Hill. |
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (2002). Understanding gender
differences in depression. The Economics of
Neuroscience, 4, 32-40. |
|
FEINGOLD, A. (1988). Cognitive gender differences are
disappearing. American Psychologist, 43, 95-103. |
MACCOBY, E.E. (2002). Gender and group process : A
developmental perspective. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 11, 54-58. |
|
WENTZEL, K.R. (1988). Gender differences in math and
english achievement : A longitudinal study. Sex
Roles, 18, 691-699. |
KNIGHT, G.P., GUTHRIE, I.K., PAGE, M.C. & FABES, R.A.
(2002). Emotional arousal and gender differences in
aggression : A meta-analysis. Aggressive Behavior, 28
(5), 366-393. |
|
DUKES, R.L. & VICTORIA, G. (1989). The effects of
gender, status, and effective teaching on the evaluation
of college instruction. Teaching Sociology, 17
(4), 447-57. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2002). Kind of touch, gender and compliance
to a request : A pilot study. Studia Psychologica, 44
(2), 167-172. |
|
NEZU, A.M. & NEZU, C.M. (1989). Cognitive-behavioral
formulations of depression and gender prevalence rates :
Integration or expulsion ? Canadian Psychologist, 30,
61-62. |
COOLIDGE, F.L., THEDE, L.L. & YOUNG, S.E. (2002). The
heritability of gender identity disorder in a child and
adolescent twin sample. Behavior Genetics, 32, 251-257.
[PDF] |
|
KNIGHT, G. P. & CHAO, C.-C. (1989). Gender differences
in the cooperative, competitive, and individualistic
values of children. Motivation & Emotion, 13, 125-141. |
|
|
FRANZOI, S.L. KESSENICH, J.J. & SUGRUE, P.A. (1989).
Gender differences in the experience of body awareness :
An experiential sampling study. Sex Roles, 21,
499-415. |
|
|
JACKLIN, C.N. (1989). Female and male : Issues of gender.
American Psychologist, 44, 127-132. |
SANTHAMAN, E. & HICKS, O. (2002). Disciplinary, gender
and course year influences on student perceptions of
teaching : Explorations and Implications. Teaching in
Higher Education, 7 (1), 17-31. |
|
CLARK, R.D. & HATFIELD, E. (1989). Gender differences
in receptivity to sexual offers. Journal of
Psychology & Human Sexuality 2, 39-55. |
BARBAROTTO, R., LAIACONA, M., MACCHI, V. & CAPITANI,
E. (2002). Picture reality decision, semantic categories
and gender : A new set of pictures, with norms and an
experimental study. Neuropsychologia, 40,
1637-1653. |
|
GEARY, D.C. (1989). A model for representing gender
differences in the pattern of cognitive abilities.
American Psychologist, 44, 1155-1156. |
|
|
|
HUYCK, M.H. (1990). Gender differences in aging. In J.E.
Birren & K.W. Schaie (Eds.), Handbook of the
psychology of aging (pp.124-132). San Diego :
Academic Press. |
|
|
PURCELL, P. & STEWART, L. (1990). Dick and Jane in
1989. Sex Roles, 22, 177-185. |
|
|
HYDE, J.S., FENNEMA, E. & LAMON, S.J. (1990). Gender
differences in mathematics performance : A meta-analysis.
Psychological Bulletin, 107, 139-155. |
HALL, J.A, CARNEY, D.R. & MURPHY, N.A. (2002). Gender
differences in smiling. In M.H. Abel (Ed.), An
empirical reflection on the smile (pp. 155-185).
New York : Edwin Mellen Press. |
|
TARNOPOLSKY, L.J., MacDOUGALL, J.D., ATKINSON, S.A.,
TARNOPOLSKY, M.A. & SUTTON, J.R. (1990). Gender
differences in substrate for endurance exercise.
Journal of Applied Physiology, 68, 302-338. |
CONNELL, R.W. (2002). Gender. Cambridge :
Malden, Blackwell Publishers. |
|
UNGER, R.K. (1990). Imperfect reflections of reality :
Psychology constructs gender. In R.T. Hare-Mustin & J.
Marecek (Eds.), Making a difference : Psychology and
the construction of gender (pp. 102-149). Yale
University Press. |
NAHKAIE, M.R. (2002). Gender differences in publication
among university professors in Canada. The Canadian
Review of Sociology & Anthropology, 39 (2),
151-179. |
|
CONNELL, R.W. (1990). State, gender and sexual politics :
Theory and appraissal. Theory & Society, 19
(5), 507-544. [PDF] |
|
|
POMERLEAU A., BOLDUC, D., MALCUIT G. & COSSETTE L.
(1990). Pink or blue : environmental gender stereotypes in
the first two years of life. Sex Roles, 22
(5-6), 359-367. |
PRENTICE, D.A. & CARRANZA, E. (2002). What women and
men should be, shouldn't be, are allowed to be, and don't
have to be : The contents of prescriptive gender
stereotypes. Psychology of Women Quaterly, 26,
269-281. |
|
HYDE, J.S., FENNEMA, E., RYAN, M., ROST, L.A. & HOPP,
C. (1990). Gender comparisons of mathematics attitudes and
affect : A meta-analysis. Psychology of Women
Quarterly, 14, 299-324. |
FENWICK, G.D. & NEAL, D.J. (2002). Effect of Gender
Composition on Group Performance. Gender, Work &
Organisation, 8 (2), 205-225. |
|
EAGLY, A.H. & JOHNSON, B.T. (1990). Gender and
leadership style : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 108 (2), 233-256. [PDF] |
HAY, J. (2002). Le casse-tête de la traduction du mot
"gender" en français. Revue de l'Institut des Langues
et cultures d'Europe, Amérique, Afrique, Asie et
Australie, 3, 113-126. [PDF] |
|
FEINGOLD, A. (1990). Gender differences in effects of
physical attractiveness romantic attraction : A comparison
across five research paradigms. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 59, 981-993. |
MARTIN, C.L., RUBLE, D.N. & SZKRYBALO, J. (2002).
Cognitive theories of early gender development. Psychological
Bulletin, 128 (6), 903-933.
[PDF] |
|
BUTLER, J. (1990/2005). Gender trouble : Feminism and
the subversion of identity. New York : Routledge.
/ Trouble dans le genre : le féminisme et la subversion
de l'identité. Paris : La découverte.
[PDF] |
TWENGE, J. & NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (2002). Age, gender,
race, socioeconomic status, and birth cohort differences
in the Children's Depression Inventory : A meta-analysis.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 111, 578-588. [PDF] |
|
ECCLES, J.S., HAROLD, R.D. & HAROLD, R D. (1990).
Gender-role stereotypes, expectancy effects, and parents'
role in the socialization of gender differences in self
perceptions and skill acquisition. Journal of Social
Issues, 46, 183-201. |
CHERNEY, I.D., KELLY-VANCE, L., GLOVER, K.G., RUANE, A.
& RYALLS, B.O. (2003). The effetc of stereotyped toys
and gender on play assessment in children aged 18-47
months. Educational Psychology, 23 (1), 95-106.
[PDF] |
|
BADAGLIACCO, J.M. (1990). Gender and race differences in
computing attitudes and experience. Social Science
Computer Review, 8 (1), 42-63. |
IDLER, E.L. (2003). Discussion : Gender differences in
self-rated health, in mortality, and in the relationship
between the two. The Gerontologist, 43, 372-375. |
|
SKITKA, L.J. (1990). Gender roles and the categorization
of gender as a cognitive schema. Sex Roles, 22,
133-150. |
EAGLY, A.H. (2003). More women at the top : The impact of
gender roles and leadership style. In U. Pasero (Ed.), Gender
: From costs to benefits (pp. 151-169). Opladen,
Wiesbaden, Germany : Westdeutscher Verlag. |
|
GOLDSTEIN, D., HALDANE, D. & MITCHELL, C. (1990). Sex
differences in visual-spatial ability : The role of
performance factors. Memory & Cognition, 18,
546-550. |
RADAY, F. (2003). Culture, religion, and gender.
International Journal of Constitutional Law, 1 (4),
663-715. [PDF] |
|
ECCLES, J.S. & HAROLD, R.D. (1991). Gender differences
in sport involvement : Applying the Eccles'
expectancy-value model. Journal of Applied Sport
Psychology, 3, 7-35. |
ARBUCKLE, J. & WILLIAMS, B. (2003). Students'
perceptions of expressiveness : Age and gender effects on
teacher evaluations. Sex Roles 49 (9/10),
507-516. |
|
MILLER, D.T., TAYLOR, B. & BUCK, M. L. (1991). Gender
gaps : Who needs to be explained ? Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 61, 5-12. |
LIPS, H.M. (2003). A new psychology of women :
gender, culture and ethnicity. Boston :
McGraw-Hill. |
|
FAUSTO-STERLING, A. (1991). Race, gender and science. Transformations,
2 (2), 4-12. |
MARTIN, C.L. & RUBLE, D.N. (2003). Children's search
for gender cues : Cognitive perspectives on gender
development. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 13, 67-70. [PDF] |
|
|
LIPPA, R. (1991). Some psychometric characteristics of
gender diagnosticity measures : reliability, validity,
consistency across domains and relationship to the big
five. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology,
61, 1000–1011 |
BIGGS, S. (2003). Age, gender, narratives, and
masquerades. Journal of Aging Studies, 18 (1),
45–58. |
|
KNACKSTEDT, G. & KLEINKE, C. (1991). Eye contact,
gender, and personality judgments. The Journal of
Social Psychology, 131, 303-304. [PDF] |
|
|
BEM, S. (1991). Gender schema theory : A cognitive account
of sex typing. Psychological Review, 88, 354-354. |
BALDWIN, M.W., GRANZBERG, A. & PRITCHARD, E.T. (2003).
Cued activation of relational schemas : Self-evaluation
and gender effects. Canadian Journal of Behavioural
Science, 35, 153-163. [PDF] |
|
DECKER, W. (1991). Style, gender, and humor effects in
evaluating leaders. Mid-Atlantic Journal of Business,
27 (2), 117-127. |
MURPHY, N.A., HALL, J.A. & COLVIN, C.R. (2003).
Accurate intelligence assessments in social interactions :
Mediators of gender effects. Journal of Personality,
7 (3), 466-493. |
|
MILLER, D.T., TAYLOR, B. & BUCK, M.L. (1991). Gender
gaps : Who needs to be explained ? Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 61, 5-12. |
TENENBAUM H.R. & LEAPER, C. (2003). Parent-child
conversations about science : The socialization of gender
inequities ? Developmental Psychology, 39,
34-47. [PDF] |
|
HURTIG, M.C., KAIL, M. et ROUCH, H. (Eds.) (1991).
Sexe et genre. De la hiérarchie entre les sexes.
Paris : Centre national de la recherche scientifique. |
RUDSKI, J.M., MARRA, L.C. & GRAHAM, K.R. (2004).
Gender differences in hypnotic susceptibility. International
Journal of Clinical & Experimental Hypnosis, 52,
39-46. |
|
DAWKINS, K. & POTTER, W. (1991). Gender differences in
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of psychotropics :
Focus on women. Psychopharmacology Bulletin, 27, 417-426. |
LEWIS, M.A. & NEIGHBORS, C. (2004). Gender-specific
misperceptions of college student drinking norms. Psychology
of Addictive Behavior, 18 (4), 334-339. [PDF] |
|
CRAIG, R.S. (1992). The effect of television day part on
gender portrayals in television commercials : A content
analysis. Sex Roles, 26 (5/6), 197-21. [PDF] |
BUTLER, J. (2004/06). Undoing gender / Défaire le
genre. London : Routledge/Paris : Editions
Amsterdam. |
|
EAGLY, A.H., MAKHIJANI, M.G. & KLONSKY, B.G. (1992).
Gender and the evaluation of leaders : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 111, 3-22. |
GOODWIN, R.D. & GOTLIB, I.H. (2004). Gender
differences in depression : the role of personality
factors. Psychiatry Research, 126, 135-140. [PDF] |
|
LUBINSKI, D. & BENBOW, C.P. (1992). Gender differences
in abilities and preferences among the gifted :
Implications for the math-science pipeline. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 1, 61-65. |
|
|
UNGER, R.K. & CRWFORD, M. (1992). Women and
gender : A feminist psychology. New York : McGraw
Hill. |
|
|
SOLORANZO, D G. (1992). An exploratory analysis of the
effects of race, class, and gender on student and parent
mobility aspirations. Journal of Negro Education, 61,
30-44. |
HALL, J.A. & MATSUMOTO, D. (2004). Gender difference
in judgments of multiple emotions from facial expressions.
Emotion, 4 (2), 201-206. |
|
MOXON, P.D., KEENAN, M. & HINE, L. (1993). Gender-role
stereotyping and stimulus equivalence. The
Psychological Record, 43, 381-394. |
SCOTT, J. (2004). Family, gender, and educational
attainment in Britain : A longitudinal study. Journal
of Comparative Family Studies, 35, 565-589. |
|
KENRICK, D.T., GROTH, G.E., TROST, M.R. & SADALLA,
E.K. (1993) Integrating evolutionary and social exchange
perspectives on relationships : effects of gender,
self-appraisal, and involvement level on mate selection
criteria. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 64, 951-969. |
RUDMAN, L.A. & GOODWIN, S.A. (2004). Gender
differences in automatic in-group bias : Why do women like
women more than men like men ? Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 87, 49-509. |
|
KESSLER, D.A. (1993). Guideline for the study and
evaluation of gender differences in the clinical
evaluation of drugs. Federal Register, 58 (139),
39406–39416. |
|
|
ACKER, S. & OATLEY, K. (1993). Gender issues in
education for science and technology : Current situation
and prospects for change. Canadian Journal of
Education 18 (3), 255-272. |
CHERNEY, I.D., LAWRENCE, E., CARROLL, A., LEAK, K., KALAR,
J., NEFF, N., STEIN, A. & VOSS, J. (2004). The nature
of nurture and gender. Journal of Psychological
Inquiry, 9, 46-49. [PDF] |
|
SALUSSO-DEONIER, C.J., MARKEE, N.L. & PEDERSEN, E.L.
(1993). Gender differences in the evaluation of physical
attractiveness ideals for male and female body builds. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 76, 1155-1167. |
SCHMADER, T. & JOHNS, M. & BARQUISSAU, M. (2003).
The costs of accepting gender differences : The role of
stereotype endorsement in women's experience in the math
domain. Sex Roles : A Journal of Research, 50,
835-850. |
|
OLIVER, M.B. & HYDE, J.S. (1993). Gender differences
in sexuality : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 114 (1), 29-51.
[PDF] |
ZUCKER, K.J. (2004), Gender identity disorder. In D.
Bell-Dolan, S.L. Foster & E.J. Mash (Eds.), Behavioral
and emotional problems in girls (pp. 285-319). New
York : Kluwer Academic. |
|
AMANCIO, L. (1993). Stereotypes as ideologies. The case of
gender categories. Revista de Psicología Social, 8 (2),
163-170. [PDF] |
HINES, M. (2004). Brain gender. New York :
Oxford University Press. |
|
DICKMAN, C.B. (1993). Gender differences and instructional
discrimination in the classroom. Journal of
Invitational Theory & Practice, 2, 35-42. |
MARECEK, J., CRAWFORD, M. & POPP, D. (2004). On the
construction of gender, sex, and sexualities. In A.H.
Eagly, A. Beall & R.J. Sternberg (Eds.), The
psychology of gender.New York : Guilford. |
|
QUERESHI, M. & SEITZ, R. (1993). Gender differences in
reasoning ability measured by Letter Series Items. Current
Psychology, 12 (3), 268-272. |
|
|
BEM, S.L. (1993). The lenses of gender : Transforming
the debate on sexual inequality. New Haven, CT :
Yale University Press. |
HAIG, D. (2004). The inexorable rise of gender and the
decline of sex : social change in academic titles,
1945-2001. Archives of sexual behaviour, 33 (2),
87-96. |
|
DELGADO, A., LOPEZ-FERNANDEZ, L.A. & DE DIOS LUNA, J.
(1993). Influence of the doctor’s gender in the
satisfaction of the users. Medical Care, 31,
795-800. |
BANDURA, A. & BUSSEY, K. (2004). On broadening the
cognitive, motivational, and sociostructural scope of
theorizing about gender development. Psychological
Bulletin, 130, 691-701. [PDF] |
|
STOMMEL, M., GIVEN, B.A., GIVEN, C.W., KALAIAN, H.A.,
SCHULZ, R. & McCORKLE, R. (1993). Gender bias in the
measurement properties of the center for epidemiologic
studies depression scale (CES-D). Psychiatry
Research, 49 (3), 239-250. |
MATUD, M.P. (2004). Gender differences in stress and
coping styles. Personality & Individual
differences, 37 (7), 1401-1415. |
|
BIERNAT, M. (1993). Gender and height : Developmental
patterns in knowledge and use of an accurate stereotype. Sex
Roles, 29, 691-713. |
PIKE, J.J. & JENNING, N.A. (2005). The effects of
commercials on children perceptions of gender appropriate
toy use. Sex Roles, 52 (1/2), 839-91.
[PDF] |
|
ASTHON, W.A. & FUERHER, A. (1993). Effects of gender
and gender role identification of participant and type of
social support resource on support seeking. Sex
Roles, 28 (7-8), 461-476. |
FLAHERTY, M. (2005). Gender differences in mental rotation
ability in three cultures : Irleland, Ecuador and Japan. Psychologia,
48 (1), 31-38. |
|
DIAMOND, M. (1993). Sex and gender : Same or different ?
Feminism & Psychology, 10 (1), 46-54.
[PDF] |
HYDE, J.S. (2005). The gender similarities hypothesis. American
Psychologist, 60 (6), 581-592.
[PDF] |
|
|
BANAJI, M.R. (1993). The psychology of gender : A
perspective on perspectives. In A. E. Beall & R.J.
Sternberg (Eds.), The psychology of gender (pp.
251-273). New York, NY : Guilford. [PDF] |
SANCHEZ, D.T., CROCKER J. (2005). How investment in gender
ideals affects well-being : The role of external
contingencies of self-worth. Psychology of Women
Quarterly, 29, 63-77. |
|
ASTHON, W.A. & FUERHER, A. (1993). Effects of gender
and gender role identification of participant and type of
social support resource on support seeking. Sex
Roles, 28 (7-8), 461-476. |
BOSTOCK, S. & LIZHI, W. (2005). Gender in student
online discussions. Innovations in Education &
Teaching International, 42 (1), 73-85. [PDF] |
|
DIAMOND, M. (1993). Sex and gender : Same or different ?
Feminism & Psychology, 10 (1), 46-54.
[PDF] |
LIPS, H.M. (2005). Sex and gender : an introduction.
Boston : McGraw-Hill. |
|
FEINGOLD, A. (1994). Cognitive gender differences : A
developmen- tal perspective. Sex Roles, 29,
91–124. |
SANCHEZ, D.T., CROCKER J. & BOIKE, K.R. (2005). Doing
gender in the bedroom : Investing in gender norms and the
sexual experience. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 31, 1445-1455. |
STERN, P.C., DIETZ, T. & KALOF, L. (1993). Value
orientations, gender and environmental concerrn. Environment
& Behaviour 25, 322-348.
|
LARSEN, J.K., VAN STRIEN, T. & EISINGA, R. (2006).
Gender differences in the association between alexithymia
and emotional eating in obese individuals. Journal of
Psychosomatic Research, 60, 237-243. [PDF] |
|
FISCHER, A.R. & GOOD, G.E. (1994). Gender, self, and
others : Perceptions of the campus environment.
Journal of Counseling Psychology, 41, 343-355. |
CRAWFORD, M. (2006). Transformations : Women, gender
and psychology. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
OLIVER, M.B. & HYDE, J.S. (1994). Gender differences
in sexuality : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 114 (1), 29-51. |
LAUBE, H., MASSONI, K., SPRAGUE, J. & FERBER, A.L.
(2006). The impact of gender on the evaluation of teaching
: What we know and what we can do. NWSA Journal, 19
(3), 87-104. [PDF] |
|
FEINGOLD, A. (1994). Gender differences in personality : A
meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 116, 429-456. |
ONG, C-S. & LAI, J-Y. (2006). Gender differences in
perceptions and relationships among dominants of
e-learning acceptance. Computers in Human Behavior,
22, 816-829. |
|
CAPLAN, P.J. & CAPLAN, J.B. (1994). Thinking
critically about research on sex and gender. New
York : Harper Collins. |
KANE, E.W. (2006). "No way my boys are going to be like
that" Parents' responses to children's gender
nonconformity. Gender & Society, 20 (2),
149-176. [PDF] |
|
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. & GIRGUS, J.S. (1994). The
emergence of gender differences in depression in
adolescence. Psychological Bulletin, 115 (3),
424-443. [PDF] |
DICKHÄUSER, O. & MEYER, W.U. (2006). Gender
differences in young children's math ability attributions.
Psychology Science, 48 (1), 3-16. [PDF] |
|
HYDE, J.S. (1994). Should psychologists study gender
differences ? Yes, with some guidelines. Feminism
& Psychology, 4 (4), 507-512. |
PRICE, L. (2006). Gender differences and similarities in
online courses : Challenging stereotypical views of women.
Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 22,
349-359. |
|
JACKMAN, M.R. (1994). The velvet glove : Paternalism
and conflict in gender, class, and race relations. Berkeley,
CA : University of California Press. |
CHERNEY, I.D. & LONDON, K. (2006). Gender-linked
differences in the toys, television shows, computer games,
and outdoor activities of 5- to 13-year-old children.
Sex Roles, 54 (9-10), 717-726. [PDF] |
|
YEE, M. & BROWN, R. (1994). The development of gender
differentiation in young children. British Journal of
Social Psychology, 33, 183-196. |
HALL, J.A. (2006). Gender differences in nonverbal
communication : Similarities, differences, stereotypes,
and origins. In V.L. Manusov & M.L. Patterson (Eds.),
The handbook of nonverbal communication (pp.
201-218). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
MONEY, J. (1994). The concept of gender identity disorder
in childhood and adolescence after 39 years. Journal
of Sex & Marital Therapy, 20, 163–177. |
YOST, M.R. & ZURBRIGGEN, E.L. (2006). Gender
differences in the enactment of sociosexuality: An
examination of implicit social motives, sexual fantasies,
coercive sexual attitudes and aggressive sexual behavior.
Journal of Sex Research, 43, 163-173. |
|
FEINGOLD, A. (1994). Gender differences in personality : A
meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 116,
429-456. |
ANDERSON, N., LIEVENS, F., DAM, K.V. & BORN, M.
(2006). A construct-driven investigation of gender
differences in a leadership-role assessment center. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 91 (2), 555-566. |
|
KENT, R.L. & MOSS, S.E. (1994). Effects of sex and
gender role on leader emergence. Academy of
Management Journal, 37, 1335-46. |
HELLSTEN, I. (2006). The paradox of inform@tion technology
in primary schools : e-learning is new but gender patterns
are old ! Scandinavian Journal of Educational
Research, 50 (1), 1-21. |
|
BEAL, C. (1994). Boys and girls : The development of
gender roles. New York : McGraw-Hill, Inc. |
HYDE, J.S. & LINN, M.C. (2006). Gender similarities in
mathematics and science. Science, 314, 599-600.
[PDF] |
| |
PENAS, C.S. & WILLETT, P. (2006). Brief communication
: Gender differences in publication and citation counts in
librarianship and information science research. Journal
of Information Science, 32, 480-485. |
|
HYDE, J.S. (1994). Should psychologists study gender
differences ? Yes, with some guidelines. Feminism
& Psychology, 4 (4), 507-512. |
LEAHY, E. (2006). Gender differences in productivity :
Research specialization as a missing link. Gender
& Society, 20 (6), 754-780. |
|
RIGG, C. & SPARROW, J. (1994). Gender, diversity and
working styles. Women in Management Review, 9
(1), 9-16. |
BARIL, A. (2007). De la construction du genre à la
construction du "sexe" : les thèses féministes
postmodernes dans l'oeuvre de Judith Butler. Recherches
Féministes, 20 (2), 61-90.
[PDF] |
|
|
STARRELS. M. (1994). Gender differences in parent-child
relations. Journal of Family Issues 15, 148-165. |
JANSEN-OSMAN, P. & HEIL, M. (2007). Suitable stimuli
to obtain (no) gender differences in the speed of
cognitive processes involved in mental rotation. Brain
& Cognition 64, 217-227.
[PDF] |
|
YEE, M. & BROWN, R. (1994). The development of gender
differentiation in young children. British Journa/ of
Social Psychology, 33 (2), 183-196. |
CENTSOVA-DUTTON, Y. & TSAI, J.L. (2007). Gender
differences in emotional response among European Americans
and Hmong Americans. Cognition & Emotion, 21
(1), 162-181. |
| |
LEAPER, C. & AYRES, M. (2007). A meta-analytic review
of moderators of gender differences in adults'
talkativeness, affiliative, and assertive speech. Personality
& Social Psychology Review, 11, 328-363. |
|
MONEY, J. (1995). Gendermaps : Social constructionism,
feminism, and sexosophical history. Continuum. |
CHIVERS, M.L., SETO, M.C. & BLANCHARD, R. (2007).
Gender and sexual orientation differences in sexual
response to sexual activities versus gender of actors ins
exual films. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 93 (6), 1108-1121. |
|
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (1995). Gender differences in coping
with depression across the lifespan. Depression, 3,
81-90. |
SMALL, D.A., GELFAND, M., BABCOCK, L. & GETTMAN, H.
(2007). Who goes to the bargaining table ? The influence
of gender and framing on the initiation of negotiation. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 93 (4),
600-613. [PDF] |
|
FAGOT, B.I. (1995). Psychosocial and cognitive
determinants of early gender-role development. Annual
Review of Sex Research, 6, 1-31. |
BOBBIT-ZEHER, D. (2007). The gender income gap and the
role of education. Sociology of Education, 80 (1),
1–22. |
|
GOLOMBOK, S. & FIVUSK, R. (1995). Gender is determined
biologically and socially. In D. Bender & B. Leone
(Eds.), Human sexuality : Opposing viewpoints.
San Diego CA : Greenhaven Press. |
HYDE, J.S. (2007). New directions in the study of gender
similarities and differences. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 16, 259-263. |
|
HYDE, J.S. & PLANT, E.A. (1995). Magnitude of
psychological gender differences : another side to the
story. American Psychologist, 50 (3), 159-161. |
HABERSTICK, B.C., TIMBERLAKE, D., EHRINGER, M.A., LESSEM,
J.M., HOPFER, C.J., SMOLEN, A. & HEWITT, J.K. (2007).
Genes, time to first cigarette and nicotine dependence in
a general population sample of young adults.
Addiction, 102 (4), 655-665. |
|
EAGLY, A.H., KARAU, S.J. & MAKHIJANI, M.G. (1995).
Gender and the effectiveness of leaders : a meta-analysis.
Psychological Bulletin, 117, 125-145. |
FEATHER, N.T. (2007). Beliefs about gender discrimination
in the workplace in the context of affirmative action :
Effects of gender and ambivalent attitudes in an
Australian sample. Sex Roles, 57, 31-42. |
|
BEM, S.L. (1995). Working on gender as a gender
nonconformist. Women and therapy : A feminist
journal, 17, 43-53. |
ZHU, Z. (2007). Gender differences in mathematical problem
solving patterns : A review of literature. International
Education Journal, 8 (2), 187-203.
[PDF] |
|
ROSENTHAL, P. (1995). Gender differences in managers
attributions for successful work performance. Women
in Management Review, 10 (6), 26-31. |
DAVEY-ROTHWELL, M.A. & LATKIN, C.A. (2007). Gender
differences in social network influence among injection
drug users : Perceived norms and needle sharing. Journal
of Urban Health : Bulletin of the New York Academy of
Medicine, 84 (5), 691-703. [PDF] |
|
GIBSON, C. (1995). An investigation of gender differences
in leadership across four countries. Journal of
International Business Studies, 26 (2), 225-279. |
ROBERTS, T.-A. & GOLDENBERG, J.G. (2007). Wrestling
with nature : An existential perspective on the body and
gender in self-conscious emotions. In J.L. Tracy, R.W.
Robins & J.P. Tangney (Eds.), The self-conscious
emotions : Theory and research. New York :
Guilford Publications, Inc. |
|
WILSON, M.S. & RESCHLY, D.J. (1995). Gender and school
psychology : Issues, questions, and answers. School
Psychology Review, 24 (1), 45-61. |
HUBER, J. (2007). On the origins of gender
inequality. Boulder, CO, USA : Paradigm. |
|
FRANZOI, S. (1995). The body-as-object versus the
body-as-process : Gender differences and gender
considerations. Sex Roles, 33, 417-437. |
VAN VUGT, M., DE CREMER, D. & JANNSEN, D. (2007).
Gender differences in cooperation and competition : The
male warrior hypothesis. Psychological Science, 18,
19-23. [PDF] |
|
WALDNER-HAUGRUD, L.K. & MAGRUDER, B. (1995). Male and
female sexual victimization in dating relationships :
Gender differences in coercion techniques and outcomes. Violence
& Victims, 10 (3), 203-215. |
DILL, K.E., BROWN, B.P. & COLLINS, M.A. (2008).
Effects of media stereotypes on sexual harassment
judgments and rape supportive attitudes : Popular video
game characters, gender, violence and power. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 44, 1402-1408. [PDF]
|
| |
LEVY, B., ARIELY, D., MAZAR, N., CHIA, W., LUKA, S. &
ELMAN, I. (2008). Gender differences in the motivational
processing of facial beauty. Learning &
Motivation, 39 (2), 136-145. [PDF] |
| |
RUECKERT, L. & NAYBAR, N. (2008). Gender differences
in empathy : The role of the right hemisphere. Brain
& Cognition 67, 162-167. [PDF] |
|
LOTT, B. (1996). Politics or science ? The question of
gender sameness/difference. Amercian Psychologist
Comment, 51 92), 155-156. |
TSAI, Y.-W., TSAI, T.-I.,YANG, C.-L & KUO, K.N.
(2008). Gender differences in smoking behaviors in an
Asian population. Journal of Womens Health, 17
(6), 971-978. [PDF] |
|
ROZIER, C. & HERSH-COCHRAN, M. (1996). Gender
differences in managerial characteristics in a
female-dominated health profession. Health Care
Supervisor, 14 (4), 57-70. |
GUISO, L., MONTE, F., SAPIENZA, P. & ZINGALES, L.
(2008). Culture, gender, and math. Science, 320,
1164-1165. [PDF] |
|
GERGEN, M.M. & DAVIS, S. (Eds.) (1996). Toward a
new psychology of gender : A reader. New York :
Routledge. |
JUDGE, T.A. & LIVINGSTON, B.A. (2008). Is the gap more
than gender ? A longitudinal analysis of gender, gender
role orientation, and earnings. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 93, 994-1012. [PDF] |
|
LUTHAR, H. (1996). Gender difference in evaluation of
performance and leadership ability : Task oriented vs.
democratic managers. Sex Roles, 35 (5/6),
337-361. |
JACKSON, L., ZHAO, Y., KOLENIC, A., FITZGERALD, H.,
HAROLD, R. & VON EYE, A. (2008). Race, gender, and
information technology use : The new digital divide. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 11 (4), 437-442. |
|
ROBERT, M. & HAREL, F. (1996). The gender difference
in orienting liquid surfaces and plumb lines : Its
robustness, its correlates, and the associated knowledge
of physics. Canadian Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 50, 280-334. |
SHIELDS, S.A. (2008). Gender : An intersectionality
perspective. Sex Roles, 59 (5-6-), 301-311. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, M.G. (1996). The development of children's beliefs
about social and biological aspects of gender differences.
Child Development, 67, 1555-1571. |
DORLIN, E. (2008). Sexe, genre et sexualités. Paris
: Presses Universitaire de France. |
|
BUSFIELD, J. (1996). Men, women and madness.
Understanding gender and mental disorder. London :
Macmillan. |
ADDIS, M.E. (2008). Gender and depression in men.
Clinical Psychology : Science & Practic, 15,
153-168. [PDF] |
|
POLLERT, A. (1996). Gender and class revisited; or, the
poverty of "patriarchy". Sociology, 30 (4),
639-660. |
MEYEROWITZ, J. (2008). A history of "gender". The
American Historical Review, 113 (5), 1346-1356. [PDF] |
|
MALAMUTH, N. (1996). Sexually explicit media, gender
differences and evolutionary theory. Journal of
Communication, 46 (3), 8-31. [PDF] |
MCRAE, K., OCHSNER, K.N., MAUSS, I.B., GABRIELI, J.D.
& GROSS, J.J. (2008). Gender differences in emotion
regulation : An fMRI study of cognitive reappraisal. Group
Processes Intergroup Relations, 11 (2), 143-162. [PDF] |
| |
CURHAN, J.R. & OVERBACK, J.R. (2008). Making a
positive impression in a negotiation : Gender differences
in response to impression motivation. Negotiation
& Conflict Management Research, 1 (2), 179-193.
[PDF] |
| |
HYDE, J.S., MEZULIS, A.H. & ABRAMSON, L.Y. (2008). The
ABCs of depression : Integrating affective, biological,
and cognitive models to explain the emergence of the
gender difference in depression. Psychological
Review, 115 (2), 291-313. [PDF] |
| |
WOLFINGER, N. & WILCOX, W. (2008). Happily ever after
? Religion, marital status, gender and relationship
quality in urban families. Social Forces, 86,
1311-1337. [PDF] |
|
CAPLAN, P.J. & CAPLAN, J.B. (1997). Do sex-related
differences exist, and why do people seek them out? In
P.J. Caplan, M. Crawford, J.S. Hyde & J.T.E.
Richardson (Eds.), Gender differences in human
cognition (pp. 52-80). New York : Oxford University
Press. |
CASPI, A., CHAJUT, E. & SAPORTA, K. (2008).
Participation in class and in online discussions : Gender
differences. Computers & Education, 50, 718-724.
[PDF] |
|
|
POMERLEAU, A., MALCUIT, G., TURGEON, L. & COSSETTE, L.
(1997). Effects of labelled gender on vocal communication
of young women with 4-month-old infants. International
Journal of Psychology, 32 (2), 65-72. |
TWENGE, J.M. (2009). Status and gender : The paradox of
progress in an age of narcissism. Sex Roles, 61,
338-340. |
|
LOTT, B. (1997). The personal and social correlates of a
gender difference ideology. Journal of Social Issues,
53 (2), 279-297. |
BLACK, K.A., MAROLA, J.A., LITTMAN, A.I., CHRISLLER, C.
& NEACE, W.P. (2009). Gender and form of cereal box
Characters : Different medium, same disparity. Sex
Roles, 60, 882-889. [PDF] |
|
FAGOT, B.I., LEINBACH, M.D., HORT, B.E. & STRAYER, J.
(1997). Qualities underlying the definitions of gender. Sex
Roles : A Journal of Research, 37 (1-2), 1-18. |
DE BOISSIEU, C. (2009). Sexes et genres à l'école
maternelle : Un essai de modélisation du concept de "genre
scolaire". Recherche et Éducations, 2, 23-43.
[PDF] |
|
CONNELL, R.W. (1997). Gender politics for men. The
International Journal of Sociology & Social Policy,
17 (1), 62-77. [PDF] |
MADERA, J.M., HEBL, M.R. & MARTIN, R.C. (2009). Gender
and letters of recommendation for academia : Agentic and
communal differences. Journal of Applied Psychology,
94 (6), 1591-1599. [PDF] |
|
CANARY, D.J., EMMERS-SOMMER, T.M. & FAULKNER, S.
(1997). Sex and gender differences in personal
relationships. New York : Guilford Press. |
MILLER, C.F., LURYE, L.E., ZOSULS, K.M. & RUBLE, D.N.
(2009). Accessibility of gender stereotype domains :
Developmental and gender differences in children. Sex
Roles, 60 (11-12), 870-881. [PDF] |
|
UNGER, R.K. (1997). A just noticeable difference : the
impact of gender, race, ethnicity, and social class on
psychology. In A.B., Ginorio, N. Romer, R.K. Unger &
K.F. Wyche (Eds.), Psychology. CUNY panel :
Rethinking the disciplines. National Center for
Curriculum Transformation Resources on Women. [PDF] |
KAUFMAN, J.C. (2006). Self-reported differences in
creativity by ethnicity and gender. Applied Cognitive
Psychology, 20, 1065-1082. |
|
FRENZEL, A.C., PEKRUN, R. & GOETZ, T. (2007). Girls
and mathematics - A "hopeless" issue ? A control-value
approch to gender difference in emotions toward
mathmatics. European Journal of Psychology of Eduction,
22, 497-514. |
|
CAPLAN, P.J., CRAWFORD, M., HYDE, J.S. & RICHARDSON,
J.T.E. (1997). Gender differences in human cognition.
New York : Oxford University Press. |
YUKSELTURK, E. & BULUT, S. (2009). Gender differences
in self-regulated online learning environment. Educational
Technology & Society, 12 (3), 12-22. [PDF] |
|
FORSYTH, J.M., BARNARD, M. & McKEGANEY, N.P. (1997).
Music preference as an indicator of adolescent drug use. Addiction,
92, 1317-1325. |
GARAIGORDOBIL, M. (2009). A comparative analysis of
empathy in childhood and adolescence : Gender differences
and associated socio-emotional variables. International
Journal of Psychology & Psychological Therapy, 9
(2), 217-235. [PDF] |
|
MacINTYRE, T. (1997). Gender differences in cognition : A
minefield of research issues. The Irish Journal of
Psychology, 18, 386-396. |
ROSE, S. (2009). Darwin, race and gender. European
Molecular Biology Organization, 10 (4), 297-298.
[PDF] |
|
BRODY, L.R. (1997). Beyond stereotypes : Gender and
emotion. Journal of Social Issues, 53, 369-394. |
SHIELDS, S.A. & BHATIA, S. (2009). Darwin and race,
gender, and culture. American Psychologist, 64 (2),
111-119. [PDF] |
|
BIERNAT, M. & KOBRYNOWICZ, D. (1997). Gender and
race-based standards of competence : Lower minimum
standards but higher ability standards for devalued
groups. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 72, 544-557. |
CECI, S. & WILLIAMNS, W.M. (2009). Darwin 200 : Should
scientists study race and IQ ? Yes : The scientific truth
must be pursued. Nature, 457 (7231), 788-789. [PDF] |
|
WILLINGHAM, W.W. & COLE, N.S. (1997). Gender and
fair assessment. Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
WOOD, W. & EAGLY, A.H. (2010). Gender. In S.T. Fiske,
D.T. Gilbert & G. Lindzey (Eds.), Handbook of
social psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 629-667). New York
: Wiley. [PDF] |
|
HYDE, J.S. & McKINLEY, N.M. (1997). Gender differences
in cognition : Results from meta-analysis. In P.A. Caplan,
M. Crawford, J.S. Hyde & J.T E. Richardson (Eds.), Gender
differences in human cognition (pp. 30-51). New
York : Oxford University Press. |
ZLOMKE, K.R. & HAHN, K.S. (2010). Cognitive emotion
regulation strategies : Gender differences and
associations to worry. Personality & Individual
Differences, 48 (4), 408-413. |
| |
PETERSEN, J.L. & HYDE J.S. (2010). A meta-analytic
review of research on gender differences in sexuality,
1993-2007. Psychological Bulletin, 136 (1),
21-38. [PDF] |
|
|
HAMMICK, M. & ACKER, S. (1998). Undergraduate research
supervision : a gender analysis. Studies in Higher
Education, 23, 335-47. |
FINE, C. (2010). Delusions of gender : How our minds,
society, and neurosexism create difference. New
York, NY : W.W. Norton. |
|
DEAUX, K. & LAFRANCE, M. (1998). Gender. In D.T.
Gilbert, S.T. Fiske & G. Lindzey (Eds.), Handbook
of social psychology (Vol. 2). Boston, MA :
McGraw-Hill. |
PETERSEN, J.L. & HYDE, J.S. (2010). A meta-analytic
review of research on gender differences in sexuality,
1993-2007. Psychological Bulletin, 136 (1),
21-38. [PDF] |
|
DONNELLY, D. & FRASER, J. (1998). Gender differences
in sado-masochistic preferences among college students. Sex
Roles, 39 (5/6), 391-407. |
NADERI, H., ABDULLAH, R., TENGKU-AIZAN, H. &
JAMALUDDIN, S.V. (2010). Intelligence and academic
achievement : an investigation of gender differences. Life
Science Journal, 7 (1), 83-87. [PDF] |
|
HAFNER, H., HAMBRECHT, M., LOFFLER, W., MUNK-JORGENSON, P.
& REICHER-ROSSLER, A. (1998). Causes and consequences
of the gender difference in age of onset of schizophrenia.
Schizophrenia Bulletin, 24, 99-113. |
HUMA, B. (2010). Gender differences in impression
formation. Journal of Comparative Research in
Anthropology & Sociology, 1 (1), 57-72. [PDF] |
|
FRENZEL, A.C., GOETZ, T., PEKRUN, R. & WATT, H.M.G.
(2010). Development of mathematics interest in adolescence
: influence of gender, family and school context. Journal
of Research on Adolescence, 20, 507-537. |
|
ARIES, E. (1998). Gender differences in interaction : A
reexamination. In D.J. Canary & K. Dindia (Eds.),
Sex differences and similarities in communication
(pp. 65-81). Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
HYDE J.S. (2010). New directions in the study of gender
similarities and differences. In W. A. Goldberg (Ed.), Current
directions in gender psychology (pp. 180–187).
Boston : Allyn & Bacon. |
|
NOWELL, A. & HEDGES, L.V. (1998). Trends in gender
differences in academic achievement from 1960-1994: An
analysis of differences in mean, variance, and extreme
scores. Sex Roles, 39, 21-43. |
WHITNEY, S.D., RENNER, L.M. & HERRENKOHL, T.I. (2010).
Gender differences in risk/protection profiles for low
academic performance. Journal of Community
Psychology, 38 (4), 435-455. |
|
POTVIN, L. et FROHLICH, K.L. (1998). L'utilité de la
notion de genre pour comprendre les inegalités de santé
entre les hommes et les femmes. Ruptures : Revues
Transdisciplinaire en Santé, 5 (2), 142-152. [PDF] |
McDERMOTT, R. & HATEMI, P. (2011). Distinguishing sex
and gender. PS : Political Science & Politics, 44
(1), 89-92. |
|
SEAGRAM, B.C., GOULD, J. & PYKE, S.W. (1998). An
investigation of gender and other variables on time to
completion of doctoral degrees. Research in Higher
Education, 39 (3), 319-335. [PDF] |
PETERSON, Z. & MUEHLENDER, C. (2011). Distinguishing
between sex and gender : History, current
conceptualizations, and implications. Sex Roles, 64,
791-803. |
|
MASTERS, M.S. (1998). The gender difference on the Mental
Rotations Test is not due to performance factors. Memory
& Cognition, 26, 444-448. |
AINA, O.E. & CAMERON, P.A. (2011). Why does gender
matter ? Counteracting stereotypes with young children. Dimensions
of Early Childhood, 39 (3), 11-19. [PDF] |
|
SMALL, C.M. (1998). Reinventing sex : The construction of
realistic definitions of sex and gender. American
Biology Teacher, 60 (8), 590-593. |
KANE, J.M. & MERTZ, J.E. (2011). Debunking myths about
gender and mathematics performance. Notices of the
American Mathematical Society. [PDF] |
|
BROWNE, B.A. (1998). Gender stereotypes in advertising on
children's television in 1990s : A cross-national
analysis. Journal of Advertising, 1, 83-96. |
STEINFELDT, J.A., WONG, Y.J., HAGAN, A.R., HOAH, J.M.
& STEINFELDT, M.C. (2011). A contextual examination of
gender role conflict among college football players. Psychology
of Men & Masculinity, 12 (4), 311-323. [PDF] |
|
BROSNAN, M. (1998). The role of psychological gender in
the computer-related attitudes and attainments of primary
school children (aged 6-11). Computers &
Education, 30 (3-4), 203-208. |
BJORNHOLT, M. (2011). How men became the local agents of
change towards gender equality. Journal of Gender
Studies, 20 (1), 3-18. |
|
KASS, S.J., AHLERS, R.H. & DUGGER, M. (1998).
Eliminating gender differences through practice in an
applied visual spatial task. Human Performance, 11,
337-349. |
WIESBERG, Y.J., DEYOUNG, C.G. & HIRSH, J.B. (2011).
Gender differences in personality across the ten aspects
of the Big Five. Frontiers in Psychology, 2,
1-11. [PDF] |
| |
MUEHLENHARD, C.L. & PETERSON, Z.D. (2011).
Distinguishing between sex and gender : History, current
conceptualizations, and implications. Sex Roles, 64,
791-803. [PDF] |
| |
PETERSEN, J.L. & HYDE J.S. (2011). Gender differences
in sexual attitudes and behaviors : A review of
meta-analytic results and large datasets. Journal of
Sex Research, 48 (2-3), 149-165. |
| |
CLOUGH, S. (2011). Gender and the hygiene hypothesis. Social
Science & Medicine, 72 (4), 486-493. |
| |
BUUNK, B.P., CARMONA, C., PEIRO, J.M., DIJKSTRA, A. &
DIJKSTRA, P. (2011). Social comparison at work : The role
of culture, type of organization and gender. Cross-Cultural
Communication, 7 (2), 22-34. [PDF] |
| |
FRIEZE, I.H. & CHRISLER, J.C. (2011). Editorial policy
on the use of the terms "Sex" and "Gender". Sex
Roles, 64, 789-790. [PDF] |
| |
ESPINAR-RUIZ, E. & GONZÀLEZ-DIAZ, C. (2012). Gender
portrayals in food commercials : A content analysis of
Spanish television advertisements. Observatorio
Journal, 6 (4), 109-126. [PDF] |
| |
BIERNAT, M. & DEAUX, K. (2012). A history of gender in
social psychology. In A. Kruglanski and W. Stroebe (Eds.),
Handbook of the history of social psychology. Psychology
Press. |
| |
CAROTHERS, B.J. & REIS, H.T. (2012). Men and women are
from earth : Examining the latent structure of gender. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 104 (2),
385-407. [PDF]
|
| |
CONNELL, R. (2012). Gender, health and theory : Concep-
tualizing the issue, in local end world perspective. Social
Science & Medicine, 74, 1675-1683. |
| |
EAGLY, A.H., EATON, A., ROSE, S.M., RIGER, S. &
McHUGH, M.C. (2012). Feminism and psychology : Analysis of
a half-century of research on women and gender.
American Psychologist, 67 (3), 211-230. [PDF]
|
| |
McDERMOTT, R. (2013). A feminist scientific approach to
the analysis of politics and gender. Politics &
Gender, 9 (1), 110-115. |
| |
ECHEBURUA, E., GONZLEZ-ORTEGA, I., DE CORRAL, P. &
POLO-LOPEZ, R. (2013). Pathological gamblers and a
non-psychiatric control group taking gender differences
into account. Spanish Journal of Psychology, 16 (2),
1-9. [PDF] |
| |
ZAMAN, W. & FIVUSH R. (2013). Gender differences in
elaborative parent-child emotion and play narratives. Sex
Roles, 68 (5), 591-604. |
|
MARTIN, C. & ADAMS, S. (1999). Thanking behavior in
service provider-customer encounters : The effect of age,
gender, and race. Journal of Social Psychology, 139
(5), 665-667. |
EAGLY, A.H. & WOOD, W. (2013). The nature-nurture
debates : 25 years of challenges in the psychology of
gender. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 8,
340-357. [PDF] |
|
MACCOBY, E.E. (1999). The two sexes : Growing up
apart, coming together. Harvard : Harvard Press. |
MORRIS, D. & TRUSHELL J. (2014). Computer programming,
ICT and gender in the classroom : a male-dominated domain
or a female preserve ? Research in Teacher Education,
4 (1), 4-9. [PDF] |
|
GOLDIE, T. (2014). The man who invented gender :
Engaging the ideas of John Money. UBC Press. |
|
BUSSEY, K. & BANDURA, A. (1999). Social cognitive
theory of gender development and differentiation.
Psychological Review, 106, 676-713. [PDF] |
REIS, H.T. & CAROTHERS, B.J. (2014). Black and white
or shades of gray : Are gender differences categorical or
dimensional ? Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 23, 19-26. [PDF] |
|
RITZ, S.A., ANTLE, D.M., CÔTÉ, J., DEROY, K., FRALEIGH,
N., MESSING, K., PARENT, L., St-PIERRE, J., VAILLANCOURT,
C. & MERGLER, D. (2014). First steps for
integrating sex and gender considerations into basic
experimental biomedical research. FASEB Journal,
28, 4–13.
|
|
RABINOWCZ, T., DEAN, D.E., PETETOT, J.M. & DE
COURTEN-MYERS, G.M. (1999). Gender differences in the
human cerebral cortex : more neurons in males; more
processes in females. Journal of Child Neurology, 14
(2), 98-107. |
HYDE J.S. (2014). Gender similarities and differences. Annual
Review of Psychology, 65, 373-398. |
|
ZUCKER, K.J. (1999). Intersexuality and gender identity
differentiation. Annual Review of Sexual Research,
10, 1-69. |
HOGE, E.A., ANDERSON, E., LAWSON, E.A., BUI, E., FISCHER,
L.E., KHADGE, S.D., FELDMAN-BARRETT, L. & SIMON, N.M.
(2014). Gender moderates the effect of oxytocin on social
judgments. Human Psychopharmacology : Clinical &
Experimental, 29, 299-304.
[PDF] |
|
ROSZAK, T. (1999). The gendered atom : Reflections on
the sexual psychology of science. Conari Press. |
HÜTTGES, A. & FAY, D. (2015). Gender influences on
career development. Journal of Personnel Psychology,
14 (3), 113-120. |
|
KLING, K.C., HYDE, J.S. SHOWERS, C. & BUSWELL, B.
(1999). Gender differences in self-esteem : A
meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 125,
470-500. |
AZNAR, N. & TENENBAUM, H.R. (2016). Parent' child
positive touch : Gender, age, and task differences.
Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 40 (4), 317-333. [PDF] |
|
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S., LARSON, J. & GRAYSON, C. (1999).
Explaining the gender difference in depressive symptoms.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 77,
1061-1072. [PDF] |
DUFOUR, M., BRUNELLE, N., TREMBLAY, J., LECLERC, D,
COUSINEAU, M.M., KHAZAAL, Y., LÉGARÉ, A.-A., ROUSSEAU, M.
& BERDICHE, J. (2016). Gender difference in internet
use and internet problems among Quebec high school
students. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry / La
Revue Canadienne de Psychiatrie, 61 (10), 663-668.
[PDF] |
|
BARRETT, E. & LALLY, V. (1999). Gender differences in
an on-line learning environment. Journal of Computer
Assisted Learning, 15, 48-60. |
HOQUET, T. (2016). Des sexes innombrables : Le genre
à l'épreuve de la biologie. Paris : Seuil. |
|
WHITLEY, B.E., NELSON, A.B. & JONES, C.J. (1999).
Gender differences in cheating attitudes and classroom
cheating behavior : A meta-analysis. Sex Roles, 41,
657-677. |
SWEETMAN, C. & MEDLAND, L. (2017). Introduction :
gender and water, sanitation and hygiene. Gender
& Development, 25 (2), 153-166. [PDF] |
|
HYDE, J.S., BIGLER, R.S., JOEL, D., TATE C. C. & VAN
ANDERS, S.M. (2019). The future of sex and gender in
psychology : Five challenges to the gender binary. American
Psychologist, 74 (2), 171–-193.
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Identité
de genre et Différences
sexuelles |
|
|
Genre(Identité) :
Concept proposé par Kohlberg,
pour décrire le sentiment d'être un homme ou une femme. Selon
Kohlberg, l'identité de
genre se développe en trois temps. La première étape - la conscience
du genre - se développe entre 18 mois et trois ans, et
consiste pour l'enfant à
identifier son sexe et à l'attribuer aux autres en se fondant sur
un certain nombre de caractéristiques physiques (ton de voix grave
= homme, cheveux longs = femme). EX: Je suis un
garçon, mais maman est une fille (parce qu'elle a une voix aiguë).
La deuxième étape - la stabilité
du genre - se développe entre 3 et 5 ans, et se caractérise
par le fait que l'enfant comprend
qu'il ne peut pas changer de sexe. En conséquence, la petite fille
sait qu'elle sera plus tard une femme, le petit garçon, un père,
etc. EX: Je suis un garçon, et un jour je serai
un homme. Finalement, la troisième étape - la constance
du genre - se développe entre 4/5 et 7 ans, et se
caractérise par le fait que l'enfant
comprend que le genre des individus - le sien et celui des autres
- est stable car il se fonde sur un critère biologique, et que ce
dernier demeure le même (constant), peu importe la situation.
Identité de genre, genre et
différences
sexuelles. =
identité sexuée, identité sexuelle, devenir un homme
ou une femme. Gender identity,
differentiation of gender.
| |
|
|
STOLLER, R. (1964). A contribution to the study of gender
identity. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
45, 220-226. |
BERGONNIER-DUPUY, G. & MOSCONI, N. (2000). La
construction de l'identité sexuée G. Le Parent
éducateur , 159-208. |
|
STOLLER, R. (1964). The hermaphroditic identity of
hermaphrodites. Journal of Nervous & Mental
Disease, 139, 453–457. |
|
|
GREENSON, R. (1964). On homosexuality and gender identity.
International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 45, 217–219. |
|
|
STOLLER, R. 1965). Passing and the continuum of gender
identity. In J. Marmor (Ed.), Sexual inversion
(pp. 190–210). New York : Basic Books. |
|
|
KOHLBERG, L.A. (1966). A cognitive-developmental analysis
of children's sex- role concepts and attitudes. In E.E.
Maccody (Ed.), The development of sex differences.
Stanford, CA : Stanford University Press. |
EGAN, S.K. & PERRY, D.G. (2001). Gender identity : a
multidimensional analysis with implications for
psychosocial adjustment. Developmental Psychology,
37, 451–463. |
|
GERSHMAN, H. (1967). The evolution of gender identity. Bulletin
of the New York Academy of Medicine, 43, 1000–1018. |
|
|
STOLLER, R. (1968). Sex and gender : The development
of masculinity and femininity. New York : Jason
Aronson. |
|
|
KOHLBERG, L.A. (1969). Stage and sequence : The
cognitive-developmental approach to socialization. In D.A.
Goslin (Ed.), Handbook of socialization theory and
research. Chicago : Rand McNally. |
COOLIDGE, F.L., THEDE, L.L. & YOUNG, S.E. (2002). The
heritability of gender identity disorder in a child and
adolescent twin sample. Behavior Genetics, 32, 251-257.
[PDF] |
|
MONEY, J. (1973). Gender role, gender identity, core
gender identity: Usage and definition of terms. Journal
of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis, 1, 397–403.
|
LIBEN, L.S. & BIGLER, R.S. (2002). The developmental
course of gender differentiation. Monographs of the
Society for Research in Child Development, 67 (2).
|
|
SHERIF, C.W. (1981). Needed concepts in the study of
gender identity. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 6,
375-398. |
CHILAND, C. (2003). Nouveaux propos sur la construction de
l'identité sexuée. Journal de la Psychanalyse de
l'Enfant, 33, 105-122. |
|
SPENCE, J.T. (1984). Gender identity and its implications
for masculinity and femininity. In T.B. Sonderegger (Ed.),
Nebraska Symposium on motivation : Psychology and Gender
(pp. 59-95). Lincoln : University of Nebraska Press. |
CARVER, P.R., YUNGER, J.L. & PERRY, D.G. (2003).
Gender identity and adjustment in middle childhood.
Sex Roles, 49 (3-4), 95-109. |
|
FAGOT, B.I., LEINBACH, M.D. (1985). Gender identity : ome
thoughts on an old concept. Journal of the American
Academy of Child Psychiatry, 24, 684-688. |
HAIG, D. (2004). The inexorable rise of gender and the
decline of sex : Social change in academic titles,
1945–2001. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 33,
87–96. |
|
MONEY, J. (1985). Gender : History, theory and usage of
the term in sexology and its relationship to
nature/nurture. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy,
11, 71–79 |
YUNGER, J.L., CARVER, P.R. & PERRY, D.G. (2004). Does
gender identity influence children's psychological
well-being? Developmental Psychology, 40,
572-582. |
|
|
MONEY, J., DEVORE, H. & NORMAN, B.F. (1986). Gender
identity and gender transposition : Longitudinal outcome
study of 32 male hermaphrodites Assigned as Girls. Journal
of Sex & Marital Therapy, 12 (3), 165-181. |
ZUCKER, K.J. (2005). Gender identity disorder in children
and adolescents. Annual Review of Clinical
Psychology, 1, 467-492. |
|
DITTMAR, H. (1989). Gender identity-related meanings of
personal possessions. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 28 (2), 159-171. |
DIAMOND, L.M. (2005). A new view of lesbian subtypes :
Stable vs. fluid identity trajectories over an 8-year
period. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 29,
119-128. |
|
PARKER, S. & PARKER, H. (1992). Male gender identity
in the Israeli kibbutz : Reflections on "protest
masculinity". Ethos, 20, 340-357. |
GARCIA-FALGUERAS, A. & SWAAB, D.F. (2008). A sex
difference in the hypothalamic uncinate nucleus :
relationship to gender identity. Brain, 131,
3132-3146. [PDF] |
|
ZUCKER, K.J. & BRADLEY S.J. (1992). Gender identity
disorder in children. Annual Review of Sex Research,
3, 73-120. |
ZUCKER, K.J., BRADLEY, S.J., OWEN-ANDERSON, A.,
KIBBLEWHITE, S.J. & CANTOR, J.M. (2008). Is gender
identity disorder in adolescents coming out of the closet
? Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 34 (5),
287-290. [PDF] |
|
ZUCKER, K.J. & BRADLEY S.J., SULLIVAN, C., KUKSIS, M,
BIRKENFELD-ADAMS A. & MITCHELL, J. (1993). A gender
identity interview for children. Journal of
Personalty Assessment, 61 (3), 443-456.[PDF] |
|
|
MONEY, J. (1994). The concept of gender identity disorder
in childhood and adolescence after 39 years. Journal
of Sex & Marital Therapy, 20 (3), 163-177. |
SWAAB, D.F. & GARCIA-FALGUERAS, A. (2009). Sexual
differentiation of the human brain in relation to gender
identity and sexual orientation. Functional
Neurology, 24 (1), 17-28. [PDF] |
|
DITTMAR, H., BEATTIE, J. & FRIESE, S. (1995). Gender
identity and material symbols : Objects and decision
considerations in impulse purchases. Journal of
Economic Pychology, 16 (3), 491-511. |
|
|
ZUCKER, K.J. & BRADLEY, S.J. (1995). Gender
identity disorder and psychosexual problems in children
and adolescents. New York : Guilford Press. |
MEYER-BAHLBURG, H.F.L. (2010). From mental disorder to
iatrogenic hypogonadism : Dilemmas in conceptualizing
gender identity variants as psychiatric conditions. Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 39 (2), 461-476. |
|
FRABLE, D.E.S. (1997). Gender, racial, ethnic, sexual, and
class identities. Annual Review of Psychology, 48,
139-162. [PDF] |
HAMLIM, M.L. & RUBLE, D. (2010). Gender identity and
stereotyping in early and middle childhood. In J.C.
Chrisler, D.R. McCreary (Eds.), Handbook of gender
research in psychology (pp. 495-524). Springer
Science+Business Media. [PDF]
|
|
KROGER, J. (1997). Gender and identity : The intersection
of structure, content, and context. Sex Roles, 36,
747–770. |
LEIBOWITZ, S.F. & TELINGATOR, C. (2012). Assessing
gender identity concerns in children and adolescents :
evaluation, treatments, and outcomes. Current
psychiatry Reports, 14 (2), 111-120. |
|
MARTIN, C.L. (1998). Gender identity. In A. Kazdin (Ed.),
Encyclopedia of psychology. Washington, DC :
American Psychological Assocation. |
BYRNE, A. (2023). The origin of "gender identity". Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 52, 2709-2711. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Trouble
de l'identité, Identité,
Orientation
sexuelle, Dysphorie
de genre, Rôle
sexuel et Genre |
| |
|
|
Genre(Intensification) : Ensemble
des pressions
sociales qui poussent un individu à se conformer
à son genre, à agir comme
une fille ou comme un garçon.
| |
|
|
ROUYER, V. (2007). La construction de l'identité
sexuée. Paris : Armand Colin. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Genre
(Schéma) : Réseau intégré de connaissances,
de croyances et d'attentes
qui déterminent
l'identité sexuelle et le genre
d'un individu.
Schéma de genre et théorie
du schéma de genre. Gender schema,
schemata gender.
| |
|
|
BEM, S.L. (1981). Gender schema theory : A cognitive
account of sex typing. Psychological Review, 88 (4), 354-364. [PDF] |
RENN, J.A. & CALVERT, S.L. (1993). The relation
between gender schemas and adults' recall of stereotyped and counter stereotyped televised information. Sex Roles, 28 (7/8), 449-459.
[PDF] |
|
MARTIN, C.L. & HALVERSON, C.F. (1981). A schematic
processing model of sex typing and stereotyping in
children. Child Development, 52, 1119-1134. |
LEINBACK, M.D. & FAGOT, B.I. (1993). Categorical
habituation to male and female faces : gender schematic
processing in infancy. Infant Behaviour &
Development, 16, 317-332. |
|
MARKUS, H., CRANE, M., BERNSTEIN, S. & SILADI, M.
(1982). Self-schemas and gender. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 42, 38-50. |
HUDAK, M.A. (1993). Gender schema theory revisited : men's
stereotypes of American women. Sex Role, 28
(5-6), 279-293. |
|
MARTIN, C.L. & HALVERSON, C.F. (1983). The effects of sex-stereotyping schemas on young children's memory. Child
Development, 54, 563-574. |
CANN, A. (1993). Evaluative expectations and the gender
schema : Is failed inconsistency better ? Sex Roles,
28, 667-678. |
|
BEM, S.L. (1983). Gender schema theory and its
implications for child development : Raising
gender-aschematic children in a gender-schematic society.
Signs : Journal of Women in Culture & Society, 8
(4), 598-616. |
DAY, S.X. (1994). Gender schema and reading. Reading
Psychology, 15, 91-107. |
|
WARFEL, K.A. (1984). Gender schemas and perceptions of
speech style. Communication Monographs, 51,
253-267 |
DOHI I. (1994). A comparison of two models of
gender-related schematic processing. Japanese Journal
of Psychology, 65, 61-66. |
|
FRABLE, D.E.S. & BEM, S.L. (1985). If you are gender
schematic, all members of the opposite sex look alike. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 49,
459-468. |
NATHANSON, A.I., WILSON, B.J., McGEE, J. & SEBASTIAN,
M. (2002). Counteracting the effects of female stereotypes
on television via active mediation. Journal of
Communication, 52, 922-937. |
|
BEM, S.L. (1985). Androgyny and gender schema theory : A conceptual and empirical integration. In T.B. Sondregger
(Ed.), Nebraska Symposium on motivation : Psychology
and gender. Lincoln : University of Nebraska
Press. |
CHANG, C. & HITCHON, J.C. B. (2004). When does gender count ? Further insights into gender schematic processing
of female candidates' political advertisements. Sex
Roles, 51, 197-208. |
|
CALVERT, S.L. & HUSTON, A.C. (1987). Television and
children's gender schemata. New Directions for Child
Development, 38, 75-88. |
LEMONS, M.A. & PARZINGER, M. (2007). Gender schemas :
A cognitive explanation of discrimination of women in
technology. Journal of Business & Psychology, 22
(1), 91-98. |
|
PAYNE, T.J., CONNOR, J.M. & COLETTI, G. (1987).
Gender-based schematic processing : an empirical
investigation and reevaluation. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 52, 937-945. |
FRAWLEY, T. (2008). Gender schema and prejudicial recall :
How children misremember, fabricate, and distort gendered
picture book information. Journal of Research in
Childhood Education, 22, 291-303. |
|
SIGNORELLA, M.L. (1987). Gender schemata : Individual
differences and context effects. New Directions for
Child Development, 38, 23-37. |
CHUNG, R. (2009). The gender schema : how contrasts and
multiple characteristics affect metaphorical gender in
adults. Pragmatics & Intercultural Communication,
2 (1), 51-61. [PDF] |
|
NIHLEN, A.S. & BAILEY, B. A. (1988). Children's
display of gender schemas through interaction with
nontraditional workers. Anthropology & Education
Quarterly, 19, 155-162. |
WEST, A. (2015). A brief review of cognitive theories in
gender development. Behavioural Sciences
Undergraduate Journal, 2 (1), 59-66. [PDF] |
|
LEVY, G.D. & CARTER, D.B. (1989). Gender schema,
gender constancy, and gender-role knowledge : The roles of
cognitive factors in preschoolers' gender-role stereotype
attributions. Developmental Psychology, 25,
444-449.
[PDF] |
STARR, C. & ZURBRIGGEN, E.L. (2017). Sandra
Bem's gender schema theory after 34 Years : A review of
its reach and impact. Sex Roles, 76 (9-10),
566-578. |
|
|
|
Voir
Théorie des schèmes de genre, Trouble
de l'identité, Identité,
Orientation
sexuelle, Dysphorie
de genre et Genre |
|
|
|
Genre
(Similitude) : Hypothèse
selon laquelle, s'il existe des différences sur le plan
psychologique entres les hommes et les femmes, elles sont faibles
et peu nombreuses. Gender similarities
hypothesis.
|
|
| |
HYDE, J.S. (2005). The gender similarities hypothesis. American
Psychologist, 60 (6), 581-592.
[PDF] |
GUIMOND, S. (2008). Psychological similarities and
differences between women and men across cultures. Social
& Personality Psychology Compass, 2 (1),
494–510.
|
|
BOZAK, J. & KULICH, C. (2023). Gender similarities
hypothesis. In Encyclopedia of sexual psychology and
behavior (pp 1–5). Springer. |
|
|
|
Genre
(Stabilité) : Selon Kohlberg,
l'identité de genre se développe en trois temps. La deuxième étape - la stabilité
sexuelle ou de genre - se développe entre 3 et 5 ans, et se
caractérise par le fait que l'enfant
comprend qu'il ne peut pas changer de sexe. En conséquence, la petite fille sait qu'elle sera plus tard une femme, le petit
garçon, un père, etc. EX: Je suis un garçon, et un jour je serai un homme. = stabilité sexuelle. Gender
stability.
| |
|
|
KOHLBERG, L.A. (1966). A cognitive-developmental
analysis of children's sex- role concepts and attitudes.
In E.E. Maccody (Ed.), The development of sex
differences. Stanford, CA : Stanford University
Press. |
|
KOHLBERG, L.A. (1969). Stage and sequence : The
cognitive-developmental approach to socialization. In
D.A. Goslin (Ed.), Handbook of socialization theory
and research. Chicago : Rand McN |
|
WILSON, G.D. (1981). Cross-generational stability of
gender differences in sexuality. Personality &
Individual Differences, 2 (3), 254-257 |
|
|
Voir aussi Kohlberg |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Genré
Qualifie toute chose qui marque le genre ou
y est associé. EX : Discours genré, point de vue
genré. C-EX : À ne pas confondre avec un
discours scientifique qui décrit la réalité des hommes et des
femmes. Par exemple, affirmer qu'au Québec, les femmes gagnent x %
du salaire des hommes, à compétences égales n'est pas un discours
genré, mais une réalité décrite par de nombreuses études
sérieuses.
|
Gentaz Edouard ( ) : Neuropsychologue
français et spécialiste du toucher
et de la perception haptique.
IL s'intéresse notamment à l'influence du toucher des lettres
sur l'apprentissage de la leture.
Étudiant de Hatwell.
 |
GENTAZ, E. & HATWELL, Y. (1996). Role of gravitational
cues in the haptic perception of orientation.
Perception & Psychophysics, 58, 1278-1292. |
|
GENTAZ, E. & HATWELL, Y. (1998). The haptic oblique
effect in the perception of rod orientation by blind
adults. Perception & Psychophysics, 60,
157-167. |
|
GENTAZ, E. & HATWELL, Y. (1999). Role of memorisation
conditions in the haptic processing of orientations and
the "oblique effect". British Journal of Psychology,
90, 377-388. |
|
GENTAZ, E., COLÉ, P. et BARA, F. (2003). Evaluation
d’entraînements multisensoriels de préparation à la
lecture pour les enfants de grande section maternelle :
étude sur la contribution du système haptique manuel. L’Année
Psychologique, 104, 561-584. [PDF] |
|
GENTAZ, E., FAINETEAU, H., GILET, E., BLUTEAU, J.,
PALLUEL-GERMAIN, R. et DIARD, J. (2010). L'estimation
kinesthésique des distances : études comportementales et
analyse probabiliste. L’Année Psychologique, 110,
453-492. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Gentile Douglas A. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la représentation de la violence
dans les médias, surtout
les jeux vidéo.
Collaborateur d'Anderson, Bushman,
Dill, Dill
et Huesmann.
|
GENTILE, D.A. & WALSH, D.A. (2002). A normative study
of family media habits. Journal of Applied
Developmental Psychology, 23, 157-178.
[PDF] |
|
GENTILE, D.A. & STONE, W. (2005). Violent video game
effects on children and adolescents : A review of the
literature. Minerva Pediatrica, 57, 337-358. [PDF] |
|
GENTILE, D.A., SALEEM, M. & ANDERSON, C.A. (2007).
Public policy and the effects of media violence on
children. Social Issues & Policy Review, 1,
15-61. [PDF] |
|
GENTILE, D.A. & GENTILE, J.R. (2008). Violent video
games as exemplary teachers : A conceptual analysis.
Journal of Youth & Adolescence, 37, 127-141. [PDF] |
|
GENTILE, D.A. (2011). The multiple dimensions of video
game effects. Child Development Perspectives, 5
(2), 75-81. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Gentillesse :
Comportement prosocial qui consiste à faire plaisir
à autrui. = amabilité.
( ): remercier, céder sa place, partager, sourire. Kindness,
cuteness.
| |
|
|
KOYAMA, R., TAKAHASHI, Y. & MORI, K. (2006). Assessing
the cuteness of children : Significant factors and gender
differences. Social Behavior & Personality, 34
(9), 1087-1100. [PDF] |
|
LAYOUS, K., NELSON, S.K., OBERLE, E., SCHONERT-REICHL, K.
& LYUBOMIRSKY, S. (2012). Kindness counts : Prompting
prosocial behavior in preadolescents boosts peer
acceptance and well-being. PLOS One, 7, e51380.
[PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi
Comportement prosocial et Politesse
|
|
|
Gentner Dedre ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivisme américaine,
spécialisée dans l'étude du
raisonnement par analogie. Collaboratrice de Goldstone,
Holyoak, Markman
et Medin.
 |
GENTNER, D. (1983). Structure mapping : A theoretical
framework for analogy. Cognitive Science, 7,
155-170. [PDF] |
|
GENTNER, D., IMAI, M. & BORODITSKY, L. (2002). As time
goes by: Evidence for two systems in processing space and
time metaphors. Language & Cognitive Processes,
17, 537-565. [PDF] |
|
GENTNER, D., LOEWENSTEIN, J. & THOMPSON, L. (2003).
Learning and transfer : A general role for analogical
encoding. Journal of Educational Psychology, 95
(2), 393-408. [PDF] |
|
GENTNER, D. (2007). Spatial cognition in apes and humans.
Trends in Cognitive Science, 11, 192-194. [PDF]
|
|
GENTNER, D. & FORBUS, K. (2011). Computational models
of analogy. WIREs Cognitive Science, 2, 266-276.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Gentry G. David ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'étude du conditionnement
opérant, notamment des programmes
de renforcement à intervalle fixe. Collaborateur de Laties,
Marr et Weiss.
|
GENTRY, G.D. & MARR, M.J. (1980). Choice and
reinforcement delay. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 33 (1), 27-37. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
GENTRY, G.D. & MARR, M.J. (1982). Intractable
properties of responding under a fixed-interval schedule. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 37 (2),
233-241. [PDF] |
|
GENTRY, G.D., WEISS, B. & LATIES, V.G. (1983). The
microanalysis of fixed-interval responding. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 39 (2),
327–343. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
|
|
Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire Étienne (Etampes 1772-1844 Paris) :
Naturaliste français. On lui doit le terme éthologiste.
 |
GEOFFROY SAINT-HILAIRE, E. (1821). Des faits anatomiques
et physiologiques de l'anencéphalie, observés sur un
anencéphale humain né à Paris en mars 1821. Philosophie
Anatomique, 3, 125-153. |
|
GEOFFROY SAINT-HILAIRE E. (1825). Sur des monstruosités
humaines caractérisées par le défaut de
moellecérébro-spinale, etnommées anencéphales. Archives
Générales de Médecine, 9, 41-45. |
|
GEOFFROY SAINT-HILAIRE E. (1826). Sur un foetus né à
terme, blessé dans le troisième mois de son âge et devenu
monstrueux à la suite d'une tentative d'avortement. Mémoires
de la Société d'Émulation, 9, 65-84. |
|
GEOFFROY SAINT-HILAIRE E. (1826). Note sur un monstre
humain (anencéphale) trouvé dans les ruines de Thèbes en
Egypte par M . Passalacqua. Bulletin des Sciences
Médicales, 7, 105-108. |
|
GEOFFROY SAINT-HILAIRE, E. (1829). Sur un nouveau produit
de l'espèce humaine, frappé de monstruosité à quatre mois
de vie intra-utérine. Archives Générales de Médecine,
20, 460-462. |
|
|
CHARON, P. (2004). Etienne Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire
(1772-1844) et anencephalie : Apport d'un naturaliste à la connaissance médicale Histoire des Sciences
médicales, 38 (3), 365-383. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Géographie : Géographe : Science
qui étudie l'espace réel, son exploitation (rivière, forêt,
montagne, bassin versant, sous-sol, mine), son aménagement (pays,
ville, territoire, frontière, etc.) et son
utilisation/transformation (habitation, tourisme, transport,
guerre, etc). ( ): Diamond,
Dufour, Leclair,
Lyell, Smith, Ullman,
Wallace. Geography.
| |
|
|
JOHNSTON, R.L. (1979). Geography and geographers.
Anglo-american human geography since 1945.
Londres : E. Arnold. |
CLARK, G. (1998). Stylized facts and close dialogue :
Methodology in economic geography. Annals of the
Association of American Geographers, 88, 73-87. |
|
ROSE, G. (1993). Feminism and geography : The limits
of geographical knowledge. Cambridge : Polity
Press. |
FOSKETT, N. (1999). Forum : fieldwork in the geography
curriculum' international perspectives and research
issues. International Research in Geographical &
Environmental Education, 8 (2), 159-163. |
|
KING, L.J. (1993). Spatial analysis and the
institutionnalization of geography as a social science.
Urban Geography, 14 (6), 538-551. |
HEALY, M. & JENKINS, A. (2000). Kolb's experiential
learning theory and its application in geography in higher
education. Journal of Geography, 99, 185-195. |
|
DEMERITT, D. (1996). Social theory and the reconstruction
of science and geography. Transactions of the
Institute of British Geographers, 21 (3), 484-503. |
COUPER, P. & STOTT, T. (2006). Field safety training
for staff in geography, earth and environmental sciences
in HE : establishing a framework. Planet, 16,
4-8. |
|
NAIRN, K. (1996). Parties on geography fieldtrips :
embodied fieldwork ? New Zealand Women's Studies
Journal, 12 (2), 86-97. |
FULLER, I., EDMONSTON, S., FRANCE, D., HIGGITT, D. &
RATINEN, I. (2006). International perspectives on the
effectiveness of geography fieldwork for learning.
Journal of Geography in Higher Education, 30 (1),
89-101. |
|
BAXTER, J. & EYLES, J. (1997). Evaluating qualitative
research in social geography : Establishing "rigour" in
interview analysis. Transactions of the Institute of
British Geographers, 22 (4), 505-525. [PDF] |
HOPE, M. (2010). The Importance of direct experience : A
philosophical defence of fieldwork in human geography.
Journal of Geography in Higher Education, 33 (2),
169-182. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi
Enseignement de la géographie |
|
|
|
|
Géométrie : Géomètre : Branche des mathématiques
qui étudie la formalisation
de l'espace. Géométrie, espace
et abstraction.
Geometry.
| |
|
|
WHITMMAN, N. (1975). Chess in the geometry classroom. Mathematics
Teacher, 68, 71-72. |
|
WYNN, K. & BLOOM, P. (1992). The origins of
psychological axioms of arithmetic and geometry. Mind
& Language, 7, 409-416. |
|
HERSHKOWITZ, R. (1987). The acquisition of concepts and
misconceptions in basic geometry - or when "A little
learning is dangerous thing". In J.D. Novak (Ed.), Misconceptions
and educational strategies in science and mathematics (Vol.
III, pp. 238-251). Cornell University. USA. |
|
HERSHKOWITZ, R., ARCADI, A. & EISENBERG, T. (1987).
Geometrical adventures in function land. Mathematics
Teacher, 80 (5), 346-352. |
| |
|
Voir aussi
Enseignement des mathématiques |
|
|
|
|
Gerber Alan S. ( ) :
Politologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude du
vote. Collaborateur de Green.
|
GERBER, A.S. & GREEN, D.P. (2000). The effects of
canvassing, telephone calls, and direct mail on voter
turnout : A field experiment. The American Political
Science, 94 (3), 653-663. [PDF] |
|
GERBER, A., GREEN, D. & SHACHAR, R. (2003). Voting may
be habit-forming : Evidence from a randomized eld
experiment. American Journal of Political Science, 47
(3), 540-550. |
|
GERBER, A., KARLAN, D. & BERGAN, D. (2009). Does the
media matter ? A field experiment measuring the effect of
newspapers on voting behavior and political opinions.
American Economic Journal : Applieds Economics, 1
(2), 35-52. [PDF] |
|
GERBER, A., HUBER, G.A., DOHERTY, D. & DOWLING, C.M.
(2012). Is there a secret ballot ? Ballot secrecy
perceptions and their implications for voting behaviour. British
Journal of Political Science, 46, 77-102. [PDF] |
|
GERBER, A., HUBER, G.A., DOHERTY, D. & DOWLING, C.M.
(2016). Why people vote : Estimating the social returns to
voting. British Journal of Political Science, 46
(2), 241-264. |
|
|
|
|
|
Gerbner George (Budapest 1919-2005 Philadelphie) :
Spécialiste américain, d'origine hongroise, de la communication.
Il s'intéresse à l'influence des médias,
plus particulièrement à la violence à la
télévision. Collaborateur de
Signorelli.
 |
GERBNER, G. (1958). On content analysis and critical
research in mass communication. AV Communication
Review, 6 (2), 85-108. |
|
GERBNER, G. (1969). Toward "cultural indicators" : The
analysis of mass mediated message systems. AV
Communication Review, 17 (2), 137-148. |
|
GERBNER, G. (1972). Communication and social environment.
Scientific American, 227 (3), 152-160. |
|
GERBNER, G. GROSS, L., MORGAN, M. & SIGNORIELLI, N.
(1982). Charting the mainstream : Television's
contributions to political orientations. Joumal of
Communication, 32 (2), 100-127. |
|
GERBNER, G. GROSS, L., MORGAN, M. & SIGNORIELLI, N.
(1984). Political correlates of television viewing. Public
Opinion Quarterly, 48 (1), 283-300. |
|
|
CULTURAL INDICATORS RESEARCH TEAM (1977). The Gerbner
violence profile : an analysis of the CBS report Journal
of Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 21 (3),
280-286. |
|
|
|
Gergely György (Budapest 1953-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
européen d'origine hongroise et spécialiste du
langage. Collaborateur de Bateman,
Fonagy,
Miklosi et Topàl.
|
GERGELY, G. & BEVER, T.G. (1986). Relatedness
intuitions and the mental representation of causative
verbs in adults and children. Cognition, 23,
211-277. |
|
GERGELY, G. (2003). What should a robot learn from an
infant ? Mechanisms of action interpretation and
observational learning in infancy. Connection Science,
13 (4), 191-209. [PDF] |
|
GERGELY, G. & CSIBRA, G. (2003). Teleological
reasoning about actions : The one-year-old's naïve theory
of rational action. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7
(7), 287-292. [PDF] |
|
GERGELY, G. (2004). The role of contingency detection in
early affect-regulative interactions and in the
development of different types of infant attachment. Social
Development, 13 (3), 469-478. |
|
GERGELY, G., KIRALY, I. & EGYED, K. (2007). On
pedagody. Developmental Science, 10 (1),
139-146. |
|
|
|
|
|
Gergen Kenneth J. (Rochester 1935-) : Psychosociologue
socioconstructiviste
et postmoderniste
américain, spécialiste de l'étude du soi.
Étudiant de Jones. Collaborateur
de Davis et Gergen.
 |
GERGEN, K.J. & GERGEN, M.M. (1988). Narrative and the
self as relationship. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances
in experimental social psychology (Vol. 21, pp.
17-56). New York : Academic Press. |
|
GERGEN, K.J. (1991). Emerging challenges for theory and
psychology. Theory & Psychology, 1, 13-35. |
|
GERGEN, K.J. (1996). Psychological science in cultural
context. American Psychologist, 51, 496-503. [PDF] |
|
GERGEN, K.J. (1999). An invitation to social
construction. London : Sage. |
|
GERGEN, K.J. (2006). The relational self in context
history. International Journal for Dialogical, 1 (1),
119-124.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Gergen
Mary M. (Tyler 1938-2020) :
Psychosociologue et féministe
socioconstructiviste américaine, spécialiste de l'étude des
genres. Collaboratrice de Gergen
et Kipnis.
 |
GERGEN, M.M. (1988). Toward a feminist metatheory and
methodology in the social sciences. In M.M. Gergen (Ed.),
Feminist thought and the structure of knowledge.
New York : New York University Press. |
|
GERGEN, M.M. (1992). From mod masculinity to post-mod
macho : a feminist re-play. In S. Kvale (Ed.), Psychology
and postmodernism. London : Sage. |
|
GERGEN, M.M. & DAVIS, S. (Eds.) (1996). Toward a
new psychology of gender : A reader. New York :
Routledge. |
|
GERGEN, M.M. (2000). Feminist psychology. In A.E. Kazdin
(Ed.), Encyclopedia of psychology. Washington,
DC : American Psychological Association. |
|
GERGEN, M.M. (2000). Feminist reconstructions in
psychology : Narrative, gender and performance.
Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
|
|
Gernsbacher
Morton Ann ( ) : Psychologue
américaine et spécialiste du
langage et de
l'autisme. Collaboratrice de
Akhtar, Benbow,
Geary, Gur, Halpern,
Mottron et Sigman.
 |
GERNSBACHER, M.A. (1984). Cross-disciplinary approaches to
language processing. Proceedings of the Cognitive
Science Society, 6, 82-88. |
|
GERNSBACHER, M.A., VARNER, K.R. & FAUST, M. (1990).
Investigating differences in general comprehension skill.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory,
& Cognition, 16, 430-445. |
|
GERNBASCHER, M.A. (2003). Is one style of autism early
intervention "scientifically proven" ? Journal of
Developmental & Learning Disorders, 7, 19-25.
[PDF]
|
|
GERNSBACHER, M.A., DAWSON, M. & GOLDSMITH, H.H.
(2005). Three reasons not to believe in an autism
epidemic. Current Directions in Psyhological Science,
14, 55-58. [PDF]
|
|
GERNSBACHER, M.A., MORSON, E.M. & GRACE, E.J. (2015).
Language development in autism. In G. Hichkok & S.
Small (Eds.), Neurobiology of language (pp.
879-886). Elsevier. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Gérontologie : Gériatrie :
Science au carrefour de la psychologie,
de la sociologie, de la
médecine et de la biologie,
qui s'intéresse au vieillissement
et à ses effets sur les différentes sphères de l'activité humaine.
NDLR : Avec le temps, le gérontologue devient son propre
objet d'étude. ( ): Bayen,
Birren,
Hasher,
Schaie et Zack.
Gerontology.
| |
|
| BIRREN, J.E. (1974). Translations in gerontology-from lab to life : Psychophysiology and the speed of the response. American Psychologist, 29, 808-815. |
|
SCHAIE, K.W. (1996). Research methods in gerontology. In G.L. Maddox (Ed.), Encyclopedia of aging. New
York : Springer. |
|
ZACKS, R.T. & HASHER, L. (1997). Cognitive
gerontology and attentional inhibition : A reply to
Burke and McDowd. Journal of Gerontology :
Psychological Sciences, 52B, 274-283. [PDF] |
|
SCHAIE, K.W. (2002). Past and future of geropsychology
at the millennium. Contemporary Gerontology, 8,
104-107. [PDF] |
|
BIGGS, S., LOWENSTEIN, A. & HENRICKS, J. (2003). The
need for theory in gerontology. In S. Biggs, A.
Lowenstein & J. Hendricks (Eds.), The need for
theory : Critical approaches to social gerontology
(pp. 1-12). Amityville, NY : Baywood. |
|
FERRARO, K.F. & SCHAFER, M.H. (2008). Gerontology's
greatest hits. The Journals of Gerontology. Series
B, Psychological Sciences & Social Sciences, 63,
3-6. |
|
BUCHANAN, J., HUSFELDT, J., BERG, T. & HOULI HAN, D.
(2008). Publication trends in be havioral gerontology in
the past 25 years : Are the elderly still an
understudied population in behavioral research ?
Behavioral Interventions, 23, 65-74. |
|
|
Voir aussi Vieillissement |
|
|
Gerontologist
: Revue scientifique
de gérontologie. Éditeur : Oxford
Journals.
SCHULZ, R., O’BRIEN, A.T., BOOKWALA, J. & FLEISSNER,
K. (1995). Psychiatric and physical morbidity effects of
dementia caregiving : prevalence, correlates, and
causes. Gerontologist, 35, 771-791.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gershoff Elizabeth Thompson ( ) : Psychologue
américaine spécialisée dans l'étude du développmement
des enfants, notamment de
la maltraitance et de
la punition physique.
|
GERSCHOFF, E.T. (2002). Corporal punishment by parents and
associated child behaviors and experiences : a
meta-analytic and theoretical review. Psychological
Bulletin, 128 (4), 539-579. [PDF] |
|
GERSCHOFF, E.T., ABER, J.L., RAVER, C.C. & LENNON,
M.C. (2002). Income is not enough : Incorporating material
hardship into models of income associations with parenting
and child development. Child development, 78 (1),
70-95. |
|
GERSCHOFF, E.T. (2010). More harm than good : A summary of
scientific research on the intended and unintended effects
of corporal punishment on children. Law &
Contemporary Problems, 73 (2), 31-56. |
|
GERSCHOFF, E.T., GROGAN-KAYLOR, A., LANSFORD, J.E., CHANG,
L., ZELLI, A, DEATER-DECKARD, K. & DODGE, K.A. (2010).
Parent discipline practices in an international sample :
Associations with child behaviors and moderation by
perceived normativeness. Child development, 81
(2), 487-502. [PDF] |
|
GERSCHOFF, E.T., GROGAN-KAYLOR, A. (2016). Spanking and
child outcomes : Old controversies and new meta-analyses.
Journal of Family Psychology, 30 (4), 453-469. |
|
|
|
Gersten Russell Monroe (1947-) : Psychopédagogue
américain et spécialiste de l'enseignement
direct. Collaborateur de Baker,
Becker, Carnine,
Engelman et Okolo.
 |
GERSTEN, R., CARNINE, D.W. & WHITE, W.A. (1984). The
pursuit of clarity : Direct instruction and applied
behavior analysis. In W. Heward, T.E. Heron, D.S. Hill
& J. Trap-Porter (Eds.), Focus on behavior
analysis in education. Columbus, OH : Charles
Merrill. |
|
GERSTEN, R. & CARNINE, D. (1986). Direct instruction
in reading comprehension. Educational Leadership, 43 (7), 70-78. [PDF] |
|
GERSTEN, R., FUCHS, L., WILLIAMS, J. & BAKER, S.
(2001). Teaching reading comprehension strategies to
students with learning disabilities : A review of
research. Review of Educational Research, 71,
279-320. |
|
GERSTEN, R.M., JORDAN, N.C. & FLOJO, J.R. (2005).
Early identification and interventions for students with
mathematics difficulties. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 38 (4), 293-304. [PDF] |
|
GERSTEN, R., BAKER, S., SMITH-JOHNSON, J. & DIMINO, J.
(2006). Eyes on the Prize : Teaching complex historical
content to middle school students with learning
disabilities. Exceptional Children, 72, 264-280.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Gervais Will Martin ( ) : Psychologue
canadien et spécialiste de l'étude de la religion
et de l'athéisme.
Collaborateur de Norenzayan.
|
GERVAIS, W.M. (2011). Finding the faithless : Perceived
atheist prevalence reduces anti-atheist prejudice. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 37, 543-556. |
|
GERVAIS, W.M., SHARIFF, A.F. & NORENZAYAN, A. (2011).
Do you believe in atheists ? Distrust is central to
anti-atheist prejudice. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 101 (6), 1189-206. |
|
GERVAIS, W.M. (2012). Reminders of secular authority
reduce believers' distrust of atheists. Psychological
Science, 23 (5), 483-491. [PDF] |
|
GERVAIS, W.M. & NORENZAYAN, A. (2012). Analytic
thinking promotes religious disbelief. Science, 336, 493-496. |
|
GERVAIS, W.M. (2013). In godlessness we distrust : Using
social psychology to solve the puzzle of anti-atheist
prejudice. Social Psychology & Personality
Compass, 7, 366-377. |
|
|
|
Geschwind Norman (New York 1926-1984) : Médecin
et neurobiologiste
américian, spécialisé dans l'étude du cerveau,
de la latéralisation et
de l'asymétrie cérébrales.
Collaborateur de Galaburda.
|
GESCHWIND, N. (1965). Disconnexion syndromes in animals
and man. Brain 88, 237-294, 585-644. |
|
GESCHWIND, N. & LEVITSKY, W. (1968). Human brain :
left-right asymmetries in temporal speech region. Science
161, 186-187. |
|
GESCHWIND, N. (1972). Language and the brain. Scientific
American, 226 (4), 76-83. |
|
GESCHWIND, N. (1979). Specialization of the human brain. Scientific
American, 241 (3), 180-199. |
|
GESCHWIND, N. & GALABURDA, A.M. (1985). Cerebral
lateralization : Biological mechanisms, associations, and
pathology : I-II-III. A hypothesis and a program for
research. Archives of Neurology, 42, 428-459/
521-542/634-654. |
|
|
GALABURDA, A.M. (1985). Norman Geschwind : 1926-1984. Neuropsychologia,
2 (3), 297-304. [PDF] |
DEVINSKY, O. (2009). Norman Geschwind : influence on his
career and comments on his course on the neurology of
behavior. Epilepsy & Behavior, 15, 413–416.
|
|
|
|
Gesell Arnold Lucius (Alma Wisconsin 1880-1961 New Haven
Connecticut) : Enseignant et psychopédagogue
américain. Il s'est surtout intéressé au développement
des enfants (motricité,
langage, habiletés
sociales). Il a également élaboré de nombreux outils (tests
de comparaison, développement de méthodes de rééducation, etc.).
Étudiant de Jastow.
Collaborateur de Halverson.
 |
GESELL, A. (1915/45). Embryology of behavior /
L'embryologie du comportement. New York : Harper
and Row/Paris : Presses Universitaire de France. |
|
GESELL, A. (1926). The mental growth of the
pre-school child : A psychological outline of normal
development from birth to the sixth year, including a
system of developmental diagnosis. New York :
Macmillan. |
|
GESELL, A. (1927). Reducing the risks of child adoption. Child
Welfare League of America Bulletin, 6, 1-2. |
|
GESELL, A. (1928). Infancy and human growth. New
York : Macmillan. |
|
GESELL, A. & THOMPSON, H. (1934). Infant behavior
: Its genesis and growth. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
KANNER, L. (1960). Arnold Gesell's place in the history of
developmental psychology and psychiatry. Psychiatric
Research Reports, 13, 1–9.
|
BALL, R.S. (1977). The Gesell developmental schedules :
Arnold Gesell (1880–1961). Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 5 (3), 233–239.
|
|
BEAR, G.G. & MODLIN, P. (1987). Gesell's developmental
testing : What purpose does it serve ? Psychology in
the Schools, 24, 40-44. |
|
THELEN, E. & ADOLPH, K.E. (1992). Arnold L. Gesell :
The paradox of nature and nurture. Developmental
Psychology, 28 (3), 368-380. [PDF] |
|
THELEN, E. & ADOLPH, K.E. (1994). Arnold L. Gesell :
The paradox of nature and nurture. In R.D. Parke, P.A.
Ornstein, J.J. Rieser and C. Zahn-Waxler (Eds.), A
century of developmental psychology (pp. 357-387).
Washington, DC : American Psychological Association. |
|
HERMAN, E. (2001). Families made by science : Arnold
Gesell and the technologies of modern child adoption. Isis,
92 (4), 684–715. |
|
BORNSTEIN, M.H. (2001). Arnold Lucius Gesell. Pediatrics
& Related Topics/Pädiatrie und Grenzgebiete, 40,
395-409. |
HARRIS, B. (2011). Arnold Gesell’s progressive vision :
Child hygiene, socialism and eugenics. History of
Psychology, 14, 311-334.
|
|
|
|
Gestalt : De l'allemand gestalten, qui
signifie «structurer, donner une forme». On définit souvent ce
concept par la formule suivante : "Le tout est plus que la somme
des parties". Le terme aurait été proposé par Ehrenfels.
Gestalt, perception
de la forme et gestaltisme.
= structure, configuration,
organisation. Gesalt.
| |
|
|
KANTOR, J.R. (1925). The significance of the gestalt
conception in psychology. Journal of Philosophy, 22,
234-241. |
|
KOFFKA, K. (1935/63). Principles of gestalt psychology
New York : Harcourt, Brace and World /
Psychologie de la forme. Paris : Gallimard. |
|
KOHLER, W. (1959). Gestalt psychology today. American
Psychology, 14, 727-734. |
|
SAARILUOMA, P. (1992). Do visual images have gestalt
properties ? Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 45A, 399-420. |
|
WADE, N.J. (2012). Artistic precursors of gestalt
principles. Gestalt Theory, 34, 329-348. |
|
|
Voir aussi Perception
de la forme, Gestalt
thérapie et Gestaltisme |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gestalt thérapie : Psychothérapie
développée par Perls, qui se
centre sur l'analyse de l'expérience
présente ou immédiate du client/ patient. (principe
de l'ici et maintenant) et de la responsabilité
individuelle. = thérapie de l'ici et
maintenant. ( ): Nevis,
Metzger, Perls,
Yontef.
Gestalt therapy, here and now
therapy.
| |
|
|
METZGER, W. (1928). Certain implications in the concept of
gestalt. American Journal of Psychology, 40,
162-166.
[LIRE] |
O'LEARY, E. (1992). Gestalt therapy : Theory,
practice and research. London : Chapman and Hall. |
| |
JACOBS, L. (1992). Insights from psychoanalytic
self-psychology and intersubjectivity theory for gestalt
therapists. The Gestalt Journal, 15 (2), 25-60. |
|
PERLS, F.S., HEFFERLINE, R.F. & GOODMAN, P. (1951).
Gestalt therapy : Excitement and growth in the human
personality. New York : Julian Press. |
YONTEF, G. (1993). Awareness, dialogue, and process.
The Gestalt Journal Press. |
|
SIMKIN, J.S. (1965). Introduction to gestalt therapy.
Los Angeles : Gestalt Therapy Institute. |
WALTER, H.J. (1994). What do gestalt therapy and gestalt
theory have to do with each other ? Gestalt Journal,
22 (1), 45-68. |
|
EMERSON, P. & SMITH, E.W.L. (1974). Contributions of
gestalt psychology to gestalt therapy. The Counseling
Psychologist, 4, 8-12. |
BRETZ H.J., HEEJERENS, H.P. & SCHMITZ, B. (1994). A
meta-analysis of the effectiveness of gestalt therapy. Zeitschrift
für klinische/ Psychology, Psychopathology &
Psychotherapy, 42 (3), 241-260. |
|
STEWART, D.R. (1974). The philosophical background of
gestalt therapy. The Counseling Psychologis, 4,
13-14. |
STOEHR, T. (1994). Here, now, next : The origins of
gestalt therapy. San Francisco. Jossey Bass. |
|
LEVIN, L.S. & SHEPARD, I.L. (1974). The role of the
therapist In gestalt therapy. The Counseling
Psychologist, 4, 27-30. |
CAHALAN, W. (1995). The earth is our real body :
Cultivating ecological groundedness in gestalt therapy. Gestalt
Journal, 18, 99-100. |
|
PERLS, F., HEFFERLINE, R.E. & GOODMAN, P. (1979).
Gestalt thérapie. Vers une théorie du self : nouveauté,
excitation et croissance. Montréal : Stanké. |
NEVIS, E.C. (1997). Gestalt therapy : Perspectives
and applications. Routledge. |
| |
STAEMMLER, F.-M. (1997). Cultivated uncertainty: An
attitude for gestalt therapists. British Gestalt
Journal, 6 (1), 40-48. |
|
YONTEF, G. (1979). Gestalt Therapy : Clinical
Phenomenology. The Gestalt Journal, 2 (1),
27-45. |
YONTEF, G. (1997). Relationship and sense of self in
gestalt therapy training. The Gestalt Journal, 20
(1), 17-48. |
|
YONTEF, G. (1982). Gestalt therapy : Its Inheritance from
Gestalt Psychology. Gestalt Theory, 4 (1/2),
23-39. |
YONTEF, G. (1997). Supervision from a gestalt therapy
perspective. In C.E. Watkins (Ed.), Handbook of
psychotherapy supervision (pp. 147-163). New York
: John Wiley. |
|
AMBROSI, J. (1984/97). La gestalt thérapie revisitée.
Privat : Toulouse. |
WALTER, H.J. (1997). Cognitive behavior therapy and
gestalt theoretical psychotherapy : A comparison from the
perspective of self-determination. Gestalt ! 1
(1).
[LIRE] |
|
KNAPP, T.J. (1986). Ralph Franklin Hefferline : The
Gestalt therapist among the Skinnerians or the Skinnerian
among the Gestalt therapists ? Journal of the History
of the Behavioral Sciences, 22, 49-60. |
NEVIS, E.C. (1997). Organizational consulting : A
gestalt approach. Gestalt Press. |
| |
YONTEF, G. (1998). Dialogic gestalt therapy. In L.
Greenberg, G. Lietaer and J. Watson (Eds.), Handbook
of experiential psychotherapy (pp. 82-102). New
York : Guilford. |
| |
YONTEF, G. (2002). The relational attitude in gestalt
therapy theory and practice. International Gestalt
Journal, 25 (1), 15-34. [PDF] |
| |
UHLHASS, P.J. & SILVERSTEIN, S.M. (2003). The
continuing relevance of gestalt psychology for an
understanding of schizophrenia. Gestalt Theory, 25
(4), 256-270. |
| |
YONTEF, G. (2005). Gestalt therapy of change. In A. Woldt
and S. Toman (Eds.), Gestalt therapy, history, theory
and ractice (pp. 81-100). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage
Publications, Inc. |
|
O'LEARY, E. (1988). Gestalt therapy. Institute of
Guidance Counsellors Journal, 15, 13-18. |
EAGLE, M.N. & WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2007). Gestalt
psychology and the mirror neuron discovery. Gestalt
Theory, 29 (1), 59-64. |
|
JACOBS, L. (1989). Dialogue in gestalt theory and therapy.
The Gestalt Journal, 12 (1), 25-67. |
YONTEF, G. & JACOBS, L. (2010). Gestalt therapy. In R.
Corsini and D. Wedding (Eds.), Current
psychotherapies (pp. 342-382). Belmont, CA :
Brooks/ColeThompson Learning. |
| |
ANDERSCH, N. (2011). Is there a second chance for gestalt
psychology in psychopathology ? Gestalt Theory, 33
(1), 27-40. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Psychothérapie
et Perls |
|
|
|
|
Gestaltisme : L'une des nombreuses perspectives
de la psychologie
moderne. La perception
est l'objet d'étude du
gestaltisme ou psychologie de la forme. Le cognitivisme,
actuellement la perspective la plus populaire de la psychologie, a
emprunté au gestaltisme certaines de ses idées (lois de la perception,
insight, etc.). =
psychologie de la forme, théorie de la gestalt.
( ): Ehrenfels,
Goldstein, Guillaume,
Koffka, Külpe,
Köhler, Lewin,
Luchins, Mach,
Meinong, Von
Restorff, Rock,
Wertheimer, Wertheimer,
Zeigarnick. Gestalt
psychology, gestalt theory.
| |
|
|
KOFFKA, K. (1922). Perception : An introduction to the
"Gestalt-Theorie". Psychological Bulletin, 19,
531-585. |
ASH, M.G. (1991). Gestalt psychology in Weimar culture. History
of the Human Sciences, 4, 395-415. |
|
HUMPHREY, G. (1924). The psychology of the Gestalt.
Journal of Educational Psychology 15, 401-412. |
|
|
KOFFKA, K. (1935/63). Principles of gestalt psychology
/ Psychologie de la forme. New York : Harcourt,
Brace and World/Paris : Gallimard. |
SOKAL, M.M. (1994). Gestalt psychology in America in the
1920s and 1930s. In S. Poggi (Eds.), Gestalt
psychology : Its origins, foundations and influence : An
International Workshop (pp. 87-119). Casa Editrice
Leo S.Olschki |
|
GUILLAUME, P. (1937/1979). La psychologie de la
forme. Paris : Flammarion. |
SWANSON, J. (1995). The call for gestalt's contribution to
ecopsychology : Figuring in the environmental field. Gestalt
Journal, 18, 47-85. |
|
KOHLER, W. (1947). Gestalt psychology : An
Introduction to new concepts in Modern Psychology.
New York : Liveright. |
KUBOVY, M. (1999). Gestalt psychology. In R.A. Wilson and
F.C. Keil (Eds.), The MIT encyclopedia of the
cognitive sciences (pp. 346-349). Cambridge : MIT
Press. |
|
BASH, K.W. (1949). Consciousness and the unconscious in
depth and gestalt psychology. Acta Psychologica, 6,
213-288. |
LUCHINS, A.S. & LUCHINS, E.H. (1999). Isomorphism in
Gestalt theory : Comparison of Wertheimer's and Köhler's
concepts. Gestalt Theory, 21 (3), 208-234. [PDF] |
|
RESCHER, N. (1953). Mr. Madden on gestalt theory. Philosophy
o f Science 20, 327-328. |
|
|
PIAGET, J. (1954). Ce qui subsiste de la théorie de la
Gestalt dans la psychologie contemporaine de
l'intelligence et de la perception. Revue Suisse de
Psychologie Pure et Appliquée, 13 (1), 72-83. |
KUBOVY, M. & GEPSHTEIN, S. (2000). Gestalt : From
phenomena to laws. In K. Boyer & S. Sarkar (Eds.), Perceptual
organization for for artificial vision systems (pp.
41-72). Dordrecht, the Netherlands : Kluwer Academic
Publishers. |
|
RESCHER, N. & OPPENHEIM, P. (1955). Logical analysis
of gestalt concepts. British Journal for the
Philosophy of Science, 6 (22), 89-106. |
|
|
KOHLER, W. (1959). Gestalt psychology today. American
Psychology, 14, 727-734. |
MURRAY, D.J., KILGOUR, A.R. & WASYKIW, L. (2000).
Conflicts and missed signals in psychoanalysis,
behaviorism and gestalt psychology. American
Psychologist, 55 (4), 422-426. |
|
WERTHEIMER, M. (1959). Productive thinking. New
York : Harper and Row. |
VAN VALKENBURG, D. & KUBOVY, M. (2004). From Gibson’s
fire to Gestalts : A bridge-building theory of perceptual
objecthood. In J. Neuhoff (Ed.), Ecological
psychoacoustics (pp. 113-147). San Diego, CA :
Elsevier Science. |
|
ELLIS, W.D. (1967). A sourcebook of gestalt
psychology. New York : Humanities press. |
OHLSSONS. (1984). Restructuring revisited : I. Summary and
critique of the gestalt theory of problem solving, Scandinavian
Journal of Psychology, 25, 65-78. |
|
KOHLER, W. (1969). The task of gestalt psychology. Princeton, N.J. : Princeton University Press. |
WAGEMANS, J., ELDER, J.H., KUBOVY, M., PALMER, S E.,
PETERSON, M A., SINGH, M. & VON DER HEYDT, R. (2012).
A century of gestalt psychology in visual perception : I.
Perceptual grouping and figure-ground organization.
Psychological Bulletin, doi: 10.1037/a0029333 [PDF] |
| |
FISCHER, S.L. (2012). The gestalt research tradition :
Figure and ground. Gestalt Review, 16 (1), 3-6,
[PDF] |
|
LUCHINS, A.S. (1975). The place of gestalt theory in
American psychology : A case study. Gestalttheorie in
der Modernen Psychologie, 21-44. |
WADE, N.J. (2012). Artistic precursors of gestalt
principles. Gestalt Theory, 34, 329-348. |
| |
FITZEK, H. (2013). Artcoaching : Gestalt theory in arts
and culture. Gestalt Theory, 35 (1), 33-46. |
| |
BIEHL-MISSAL, B. & FITZEK, H. (2014). Hidden heritage
: A gestalt theoretical approach to the aesthetics of
management and organisation. Gestalt Theory, 36 (3),
251-266.
[PDF] |
|
|
LEAHEY, H.T. (1987). A history of psychology. New
Jersey : Prentice-Hall. |
Voir aussi Perception
de la forme, Gestaltisme
et Insight |
|
|
Gestation
:
|
Geste : Gestuelle : Gesticuler : Utilisation chez les primates
humains et non-humains des doigts, des mains et des bras pour
signaler certaines émotions ou certaines intentions. Geste et
gestuelle.
Hand gesture, gestural signal, gesture, gesturing.
| |
|
|
EFRON, D. (1941). Gesture, race and culture. The
Hague : Mouton. |
HOSTETTER, A.B., CANTERO, M. & HOPKINS. W.D. (2001).
Differential use of vocal and gestural communication by
chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) in response to the
attentional status of a human (Homo sapiens). Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 115 (4), 337-343. [PDF] |
| |
CALBRIS, G. (2001). Principes méthodologiques pour une
analyse du geste accompagnant la parole. Mots, 67,
129-148. |
|
MORRIS, D., COLLETT, P., MARSH, P. & O'SHAUGNESSY, M.
(1979). Gestures : Their origins and distributions.
New York : Stein and Day. |
POVINELLI, D.J., THEALL, L.A., REAUX, J.E. &
DUNPHY-LELII, S. (2003). Chimpanzees spontaneously modify
the direction of their gestural signals to match the
attentional orientation of others. Animal Behaviour,
65, 71-79. [PDF] |
|
FEYEREISEN, P. & LANNOY J.D. de (1987). Psychologie
du geste. Bruxelles : Pierre Mardaga. |
CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M. (2007). The gestural
communication of apes and monkeys. New York : LEA. |
|
BAVELAS, J.B., CHOVIL, N., LAWRIE, D.A. & WADE, A.
(1992). Interactive gestures. Discourse Processes,
15, 469-489. |
BAVELAS, J.B. & GERWING, J. (2007). Conversational
hand gestures and facial displays in face-to-face
dialogue. In K. Fiedler (Ed.), Social communication
(pp. 283-308). New York : Psychology Press. |
|
BAVELAS, J.B. (1994). Gestures as part of speech :
Methodological implications. Research on Language
& Social Interaction, 27, 201-221. |
POLLICK, A.S. & DE WAAL, B.M. (2007). Ape gestures and
language evolution. Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences, 104, 8184-8189. [PDF] |
|
BAVELAS, J.B., CHOVIL, N., COATES, L. & ROE, L.
(1995). Gestures specialized for dialogue. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 21, 394-405 |
MÉGUESDITCHIAM, A., COCHET, H. & VAUCLAIR, J. (2011).
From gesture to language : ontogenetic and phylogenetic
perspectives on gestural communication and its cerebral
lateralization. In A. Vilain, J.L. Schwartz, C. Abry &
J. Vauclair (Eds.), Primate communication and human
language : Vocalisation, gestures, imitation and deixis
in humans and non-humans (pp. 91-119). Amsterdam :
John Benjamins.
[PDF] |
|
TOMASELLO, M., CALL, J., WARREN, J., FROST, G.T.,
CARPENTER, M. & NAGELL, K. (1997). The ontogeny of
chimpanzee gestural signals : A comparison across groups
and generations. Evolution of Communication, 1,
223-259. [PDF] |
TROFATTER, C., KONTRA, C., BEILOCK, S.L. &
GOLDIN-MEAOW, S. (2015). Gesturing has a larger impact on
problem-solving than action, even when action is
accompanied by words. Language, Cognition &
Neuroscience, 30 (3), 251-260. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Communication
non-verbale et Expression
des émotions |
|
|
|
Gestion : Gérer : Effort systématique visant à contrrôler
un aspect de la réalité externe (conflit, personnel d'une
organisation, etc.) ou de sa propre réalité (stress, contingences,
etc).
|
Gestion
: Gestionnaire (du personnel) : Organisation
du travail et des
relations humaines au sein des organisations,
notamment des entreprises, qui contribue à la
prise de décision, à la résolution de conflits,
à l'augmentation de la motivation
des employés et à la satisfaction
des employés, de manière à augmenter l'efficacité
de l'entreprise,
sa compétitivité,
ses profits. Le
gestionnaire (ou adminstrateur) est le
titre que l'on accorde à l'individu qui gère
une entreprise ou un organisme
public, tandis que le pdg
est le titre que l'on
accorde à l'individu qu occupe le rang
de cette hiérarchie.
= gestion du
personnel, administrateur, management (anglicisme ?), gestion des
ressources.
Management, manager.
| |
|
|
SCOTT, W.D. (1910). Increasing human efficiency in
business. New York : Macmillian.
[PDF] |
DONNELL, S.M. & HALL, J. (1980). Men and women as
managers : A significant case of no significant
difference. Organizational Dynamics, 8 (4),
60-77. |
|
TAYLOR, F.W. (1911/12). Principles of scientific
management. New York-London : Harper & Brother
Publisgers. / Principes d'organisation scientifique
des usines. Paris : H. Dunod et E. Pinat. |
LIPPA, R.A. (1981). Theory and research on impression
management. Contemporary Psychology, 26,
849-850. |
|
FAYOL, H. (1916). General and industrial management.
|
REID, D.H. & WHITMAN, T.L. (1983). Behavioral staff
management in institutions : A critical review of
effectiveness and acceptability. Analysis &
Intervention in Developmental Disabilities, 3
(2-3), 131-149. |
|
ROETHLISBERGER, F.J. & DICKSON, W.J. (1939). The
nanagement and the worker. Harvard University
Press. |
WHETTEN, D.A. & CAMERON, K.S. (1984). Developing
managerial skills. Glenview, Ill. : Scott Foresman. |
|
BURNS, T. (1957). Management in action. Operational
Research Quarterly, 8, 45-60. |
|
|
McGREGOR, D. (1960). The human side of enterprise.
NY : McGraw-Hill. |
KIPNIS, D., SCHMIDT, S.M., SWAFFIN-SMITH. C. &
WILKINSON, I. (1984). Patterns of managerial influence :
Shotgun managers, tacticians, and bystanders. Organizational
Dynamics, 12 (3), 58-67. |
|
|
BURNS, T. & STALKER, G.M. (1961). The management
of innovation. London : Tavistock Publications. |
|
|
BURNS, T. & STALKER, G.M. (1961). The management
innovation. Administrative Science Quarterly, 8
(2) |
WOOD, R.E. & BANDURA, A. (1989). Social cognitive
theory of organizational management. Academy of
Management Review, 14, 361-384. [PDF] |
|
LIKERT, R. (1961). New patterns of management.
New York : McGraw-Hill. |
POWELL, G.N. (1990). One more time : Do male and female
managers differ ? Academy of Management Executive, 12,
731-743. |
|
BURNS, T. & STALKER, G.M. (1961/94). The
management of innovation. London : Tavistock
Publications. [PDF] |
STROH, L.K., BRETT, J.M. & REILLY, A.H. (1992). All
the right stuff : A comparison of female and male
managers'career progression. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 77, 251-260. |
|
BLAKE, R.R. & MOUTON J.S. (1964). The managerial
grid. Houston : Gulf. |
YUKL, G., FALBE, C.M. & YOUN, J.Y. (1993). Patterns of
influence behavior for manager. Group Organization
Management, 18, 5-28. |
|
BURNS, T. & STALKER, G.M. (1961).What managers do. New
Society, 4 (16), 8-9. |
MINTZBERG, H. (1999). Le management : Voyage au
centre des organisations. Éditions d'Organisation. |
|
GHISELLI, E.E. (1968). Interaction of traits and
motivational factors in the determination of the success
of managers. Journal of Applied Psychology, 52
(6), 480-483. |
POWELL, G.N., BUTTERFIELD, D.A.D. & PARENT, J.D.
(2002). Gender and managerial stereotypes : Have the times
changed ? Journal of Management, 28, 177-193. |
|
PORTER, L.W. & LAWLER, E. (1968). Managerial
attitudes and performance. Homewood, IL : Dorsey
Press. |
HEINE, S.J., HARIHARA, M. & NIIYA, Y. (2002). Terror
management in Japan. Asian Journal of Social
Psychology, 5, 187-196. [PDF] |
|
BLAKE, R.R. & MOUTON. J.S. (1969). Les deux
dimensions du management. Paris : Éditions
d'organisation. |
HOGAN, R. & WARRENFLELZ, R. (2003). Educating the
modern manager. Academy of Management Learning &
Education, 2, 74-84. |
|
VROOM, V.H. & DECI, E.L. (Eds.) (1970). Management
and motivation. Harmondsworth : Penguin. |
ZIEGLER, M., SCHMIDT-ATZERT, L., BÜHNER, M. & KRUMM,
S. (2007). Fakability of different measurement methods for
achievement motivation : questionnaire, semi-projective,
and objective. Psychology Science, 49 (4),
291-307. [PDF] |
|
MINTZBERG, H. (1973). The nature of managerial work.
New York : Harper & Row. |
STEWART, W.H. & ROTH, P.L. (2007). A meta-analysis of
achievement motivation differences between entrepreneurs
and managers. Journal of Small Business Management,
45 (4), 401-421. |
|
QUILITCH, H.R. (1975). A comparison of three
staff-management procedure. Journal of Applied
Behavor Analysis, 8 (1), 59-66. [PDF] |
ADLER, N.J. (2010). Going beyond the dehydrated language
of management : Leadership insight. Journal of
Business Strategy, 31 (4), 90-99. |
|
|
Voir aussi PDG,
Leadership et Organisation |
|
|
|
|
Gestion (Styles) : Ensemble des principes
et des pratiques qui guident l'exploitation d'une entreprise
privée ou publique et, plus particulièrement, ses ressources
humaines. = stratégie de gestion.
| |
|
|
BLAKE, R.R. & MOUTON J.S. (1964). The managerial
grid. Houston : Gulf. |
|
MINTZBERG, H. (1973). The nature of managerial work.
New York : Harper & Row. |
|
EMANS, B.J.M., MUNDUATE, L., KLAVER, E. & VAN DE
VLIERT, E. (2003). Constructive consequences of leaders'
forcing influence styles. Applied Psychology, 52
(1), 36-54. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Gestion
de soi : Processus de régulation
et d'ajustement de ses émotions, de ses comportements et de ses
pensées, en fonction des circonstances, du contexte. Self-monitoring,
self-menagement, self-regulation, personal adjustment.
| |
|
|
SNYDER, M. (1974). Self-monitoring of expressive
behaviour. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 46, 598-609. |
VAN RILLAER, J. (1992). La gestion de soi. Liège
: Mardaga. |
|
WEGNER, D.M. & PENNEBAKER, J.W. (Eds.) (1993). Handbook
of mental control. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.:
Prentice-Hall. |
|
BRIGGS S.R., CHEEK, J.M. & BUSS, A.H. (1980). An
analysis of the self-monitoring scale. Journal of
Personalily & Social Psychology, 38, 679-686. |
NEWMAN, B., BUFFINGTON, D.M., HEMMES, N.S. & ROSEN, D.
(1996). Answering objections to self-management and
related concepts. Behavior & Social Issues, 6
(2), 85-95. [PDF] |
|
SHELTON, J.L. & ROSEN, G.M. (1980). Self-monitoring by
patients. In G.M. Rosen, J.P. Geyman & R.H. Layton
(Eds.), Behavioral science in family practice.
New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
WATSON, D.L. & THARP, R.G. (1997). Self-directed
behavior : Self-modification for personal adjustment.
Pacific Grove, CA : Brooks/Cole. |
|
BRIGHAM, T., HOPPER, C., HILL, B., DE ARMAS, A. &
NEWSOM, P. (1985). A self-management program for
disruptive adolescents in the schools : A clinical
replication analysis. The Behavior Therapy, 16,
99-115. |
CARVER, C.S. & SCHEIER, M.F. (1998). On the
self-regulation of behavior. Cambridge, UK :
Cambridge University Press. |
|
SIMPSON, J.A. (1988). Self-monitoring and commitment to
dating relationships : A classroom demonstration. Teaching
of Psychology, 15, 31-33. |
GANGESTAD, S.W. & SNYDER, M. (2000). Self-monitoring :
Appraisal and reappraisal. Psychological Bulletin,
126, 530-555. |
|
ZACCARO, J., FOTI, R.J. & KENNY, D.A. (1991).
Self-monitoring and trait-based variance in leadership :
An investigation of leader flexibility across multiple
group situations. Journal of Applied Psychology, 76,
308-315. |
ROSE, P. & KIM, J. (2011). Self-Monitoring, opinion
leadership and opinion seeking : A sociomotivational
approach. Current Psychology, 30, 203-214. |
|
|
Voir aussi Contrôle
de soi et Impulsivité |
|
|
|
Gettier Edmund L. (Baltimore 1927-2021) : Philosophe
et épistémologue
américain.
 |
GETTIER, E.L. (1963). Is justified true belief knowledge ?
Analysis, 23, 121-123. [PDF] |
| |
| |
| |
|
|
|
ZAGZEBSKI, L. (1994). The inescapability of Gettier
problems. The Philosophical Quarterly, 44 (174),
65–73. |
|
LEVIN, M.L. (2006). Gettier cases without false lemmas?". Erkenntnis,
64 (3), 381–392. |
BROWN, J. (2017). The Gettier case and intuition. In C. de
A. Rodrigo Borges & P.D.
Klein (Eds.), Explaining knowledge. Oxford |
PRITCHARD, D. (2019). The Gettier problem and epistemic
luck. In S. Hetherington
(Ed.), The Gettier problem. Cambridge. |
|
|
|
Geva Nehemia ( ) : Politologue
israélien. Collaborateur de Isen
et Mintz.
|
GEVA, N. & SMILANSKY, J. (1985). Perceived saliency of
classroom misconducts. British Educational Research
Journal, 11 (3), 283-290. |
|
GEVA, N., DEROUEN, K.R. & MINTZ, A. (1993). The
political incentive explanation of "democratic peace" :
Evidence from experimental research. International
Interactions, 18 (3), 215-229. |
|
GEVA, N. & HANSON, C.D. (1999). Cultural similarity,
goreign policy actions, and regime perception : An
experimental study of international cues and democratic
peace. Political Psychology, 20 (4), 803-827. |
|
GEVA, N. & SKORICK, J.M. (1999). Information
inconsistency and the cognitive algebra of foreign policy
decision making. International Interactions. Empirical
& Theoretical Research in International Relations,
25 (4), 333-362. |
|
GEVA, N., MAYHAR, J. & SKORICK, J.M. (2000). The
cognitive calculus of foreign policy decision making : An
experimental assessment. Journal of Conflict
Resolution, 44 (4), 447-471. |
|
|
|
Gevensleben Holger ( ) :
Psychiatre allemand et spécialiste de l'étude de la rétroaction
neurobiologique. et trouble
du déficit de l'attention avec hyperactivité.
|
GEVENSLEBEN, H., HOLL, B., ALBRECHT, B., SCHLAMP, D.,
KRATZ, O., STUDER, P., WANGLER, S., ROTHENBERGER, A.,
MOLL, G.H. & HEINRICH, H. (2009). Distinct EEG effects
related to neurofeedback training in children with ADHD :
a randomized controlled trial. International Journal
of Psychophysiology, 74, 149-157. [PDF] |
|
GEVENSLEBEN, H., HOLL, B., ALBRECHT, B., SCHLAMP, D.,
KRATZ, O., STUDER, P., ROTHENBERGER, A., MOLL, G.H. &
HEINRICH, H. (2009). Is neurofeedback an efficacious
treatment for ADHD ? A randomised controlled clinical
trial. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry,
50 (7), 780-789. |
|
GEVENSLEBEN, H., HOLL, B., ALBRECHT, B., SCHLAMP, D.,
KRATZ, O., STUDER, P., ROTHENBERGER, A., MOLL, G.H. &
HEINRICH, H. (2010). Neurofeedback training in children
with ADHD : 6-month follow-up of a randomised controlled
trial. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
19, 715-724. [PDF] |
|
GEVENSLEBEN, H., ROTHENBERGER, A., MOLL, G.H. &
HEINRICH, H. (2014). Neurofeedback in
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder - different
models, different ways of application. Frontiers in
Human Neuroscience, 8 (35), 846. |
|
GEVENSLEBEN, H., ROTHENBERGER, A., SCHMIEDEKE, D. &
HEINRICH, H. & ROTHENBERGER, A. (2020). Yes, I can -
maybe... Effects of placebo-related instructions on
neuroregulation in children with ADHD. Journal of
Neural Transmission, 127, 1093–1096. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Gewirtz Jacob L. (1924-2021 Miami) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du développement,
et plus particulièrement de l'attachement,
du renforcement
social; et des comportements
agressif. Professeur de Baer.Collaborateur
de Cairns EtzeL,
Pelaez et Sears.
 |
GEWIRTZ, J.L. (1948). Studies in wor fluency 1 : Its
relation to vocabulary and mental age in young children. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 72, 165-176. |
|
GEWIRTZ, J.L. & BAER, D.M. (1958). Deprivation and
satiation of social reinforcers as drive conditions. Journal
of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 57, 165-172. |
|
GEWIRTZ, J.L. & STINGLE, K.G. (1968). Learning of
generalized imitation as the basis for identification. Psychological
Review, 75 (5), 374-397. |
|
GEWIRTZ, J.L. (1976). The attachment acquisition process
as evidenced in the maternal conditioning of cued infant
responding (particularly crying). Human Development,
19 (3), 143-155. |
|
GEWIRTZ, J.L. & PELAEZ-NOGUERAS, M. (1992). Infant
social referencing as a learned process. In S. Feinman
(Ed.), Social referencing and the social construction
of reality in infancy (pp. 151-173). New York :
Plenum. |
|
|
|
|
GE - GHEZZI - GHISELLI -
GIBBON - GIBSON -
GILBERT - GILLES DE LA TOURETTE -
GILLIGAN - GILOVICH
- GINGRAS - GIRALDEAU
- GIROUX - GL |
|
|
Ghaemi Nassir (1966-) : Psychiatre
américain, d'origine iranienne, et spécialiste de l'étude du trouble
bipolaire. Il s'intéresse aussi aux effets des antidépresseurs.
Collaborateur de Angst,
Koukopoulos et Vieta.
|
GHAEMI, S.N., KO, J.Y., GOODWIN, F.K. (2002). "Cade’s
disease" and beyond : Misdiagnosis, antidepressant use,
and a proposed definition for bipolar spectrum disorder. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 47, 125-134. |
|
GHAEMI, S.N. (2008). Why antidepressants are not
antidepressants : STEP-BD, STAR*D, and the return of
neurotic depression. Bipolar Disorders, 10,
957-968. |
|
GHAEMI, S.N. (2008). Treatment of rapid-cycling bipolar
disorder : are antidepressants mood destabilizers ?
American Journal of Psychiatry, 165 (3),
300-302. |
|
GHAEMI, S.N. & DAILEY, S. (2014). The bipolar spectrum
: conceptions and misconceptions. Australian & New
Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 48 (4), 314-324. |
|
GHAEMI, S.N., ANGST, J., VOHRINGER, P.A., YOUNGSTROM,
E.A., PHELPS, J., MITCHELL, P.B., McINTYRE, R.S., BAUER,
M., VIETA, E. & GERSHON, S. (2022). Clinical
research diagnostic criteria for bipolar illness (CRDC-BP)
: rationale and validity. International Journal of
Bipolar Disorders, 10 (1), 23. |
|
|
|
Ghasemi Omid ( ) : Psychologue
australien, d'origine iranienne. Il étudie le développement
de la pensée et du raisonnement.
Étudiant de Handley.
Collaborateur de Thompson.
|
GHASEMI, O., HANDLEY, S., HOWARTH, S., NEWMAN, I.R.,
THOMPSON, V.A. (2022). Logical intuition is not
really about logic. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 151 (9), 2009–2028. [PDF]
|
|
GHASEMI, O., HANDLEY, S. & HOWARTH, S. (2022). The
bright homunculus in our head : Individual differences in
intuitive sensitivity to logical validity. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 75 (3),
508-535.
|
|
GHASEMI, O., HANDLEY, S. & HOWARTH, S. (2023).
Illusory intuitive inferences : Matching heuristics
explain logical intuitions. Cognition, 235,
|
| GHASEMI, O. (2024). Reframing rational judgement. Nature Reviews Psychology, 3 (8), 508. |
| |
|
GHASEMI, O., HARRIS, A.J.L. & NEWELL, B.R. (2025).
From preference shifts to information leaks : Examining Individuals' sensitivity to
information leakage in the framing effect. Cognition, 258,
[PDF]
|
|
|
|
GHB
: Psychotrope
de la famille des antidépresseurs
vendu illégalement sous la forme d'un liquide incolore et inodore.
= gamma-hydroxybutyrate.
|
Ghetto : Lieu - souvent un quartier - où vit une minorité
qui s'isole
volontairement de la majorité
(par préférence) ou/et
est victime de ségrégation
(par exclusion).
Ghetto.
| |
|
|
WIRTH, L. (1928). The gettho. Chicago :
University of Chicago Press. |
|
CLARK, K.B. (1965). Dark ghetto : Dilemmas of social
power. New York : Harper & Row. |
|
WELLER, L. (1965). Social class and the desegregation
movement : A study of parents' decisions in a Negro
ghetto. Social Problems, 13, 83-88. |
|
RIST, R.C. (1970). Student social class and teacher
expectations : The self-fullling prophecy in ghetto
education. Harvard Educational Review, 40,
411-451. |
|
ALLEN, V.L. (Ed.) (1970). Ghetto riots. Journal of
Social Issues, 26 (1), 1-220. |
|
RIST, R. C. (1971). Student social class and teacher
expectations : The self ful lling prophecy in ghetto
education. Harvard educational review. Challenging the
myths : The school the Blacks and the poor. In H. Grossman
(Ed.), Special education in a diverse society.
Boston, MA : Allyn & Bacon. |
|
|
|
Ghezzi
Patrick M. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'autisme
et du jeu de hasard.
Professeur de Patel.
Collaborateur de Carr, Dixon,
Lyons,
Rapp, Tarbox,
Williams et Witts.
|
GHEZZI, P.M., WILSON, G., TARBOX, R.S.F. & MacALEESE,
K.R. (2003). Token economy. In W. O’Donohue, J.E. Fisher
& S.C. Hayes (Eds.), Cognitive behavior therapy :
Applying empirically supported techniques in your
practice (pp. 436-441). Hoboken, NJ : John Wiley
& Sons, Inc. |
|
WILLIAMS, W.L., GHEZZI, P.M. & BURKHOLDER, E. (2003).
Developmental disabilities and mental retardation. In W.
O'Donohue, D.R. Laws and C.R. Hollin (Eds.), Handbook
of forensic psychology (pp. 489-509). Burlington,
MA : Academic Press. |
|
TARBOX, R.S.F., GHEZZI, P.M. & WILSON, G. (2006). The
effects of token reinforcement on attending in a young
child with autism. Behavioral Interventions, 21,
155-164.
[PDF] |
|
GHEZZI, P.M., LYONS, C.A., DIXON, M.A. & WILSON, G.R.
(2006). Gambling : Behavior theory, research, and
application. Reno, NV : Context Press. |
|
RAPP, J.T., PATEL, M.R., GHEZZI, P.M., O'FLAHERTY, C.
& TITTERINGTON, C.J. (2009). Establishing stimulus
control of vocal stereotypy displayed by young children
with autism. Behavioral Interventions, 24 (2),
85-105. |
|
|
|
Ghiselli
Edwin E. (1907-1980) : Psychologie
industrielle et organisationnelle et méthodologiste
américain.
|
GHISELLI, E.E. & BROWN, C. (1947). Learning in
accident reduction. Journal of Applied Psychology, 31
(6), 580-582. |
|
GHISELLI, E.E. & BROWN, C. (1948). The effectiveness
of intelligence tests in the selection of workers.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 32 (6), 575-580. |
|
GHISELLI, E.E. (1963). Managerial talent. American
Psychologist, 18 (10), 631-642. |
|
GHISELLI, E.E. (1974). Some perspectives for industrial
psychology. American Psychologist, 29 (2),
80-87. |
|
GHISELLI, E.E., CAMPBELL, J.P. & ZEDECK, S. (1981). Measurement
theory for the behavioral sciences. San Francisco
: W.H. Freeman and Company. |
|
|
BEACH, F.A. (1981). Obituary : Edwin E. Ghiselli
(1907-1980). American Psychologist, 36 (7),
794-795. |
|
|
|
|
|
Gibbon (Hylobates leucogenys, Hylobates gabriellae, Hylobates lar, Ogilby) : Famille de singe
qui vit dans les forêts d'Inde, d'Indochine et de Malaisie.
= singe chanteur, singe araignée.
Gibbon.
| |
|
|
BONTAN, L. (1913). Le pseudo-langage.
Observationseffectutes sur un anthropoïde : Le gibbon
(Hylobates leucogenys - Ogilby). Actes de la Société
Linndenne de Bordeaux, 67, 5-80. |
|
GEISSMANN, T. (1995). Gibbon systematics and species
identification. International Zoo News, 42,
467-501. |
|
HYATT, C.W. (1998). Responses of gibbons (Hylobates lar)
to their mirror images. American Journal of
Primatology, 45, 307-311. |
|
UJHELYI, M., BUK, P., MERKER, B. & GEISSMANN, T.
(2000). Observations on the behavior of gibbons (Hylobates
leucogenys, H. gabriellae, and H. lar) in the presence of
mirrors. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 114
(3), 253-262. [PDF] |
|
BARELLI, C. (2015). Sexual behavior and reproductive
strategies in gibbons. In P. Whelehan & A. Bollin
(Eds.), The international encyclopedia of human
sexuality. Wiley-Blackwell Editors. |
|
|
DAWKINS, R. (2004/07). The ancestor's tale : A
pilgrimage to the dawn of evolution. New York :
Houghton Mifflin. / Il était une fois l'évolution. Paris
: Hachette. |
Voir aussi Animal et
singe |
|
|
|
|
Gibbon John (1934-2001) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhaviorisme
et spécialiste de l'étude de l'apprentissage,
et plus particulièrement du rôle du temps,
notamment chez le scalaire.
Collaborateur de Allan,
Balsam, Church,
Gallistel, Kacelnik,
Locurto, Rachlin
et Terrace.
 |
GIBBON, J. (1967). Discriminated punishment : avoidable
and unavoidable shock. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 10 (5), 451-460. [PDF] |
|
GIBBON, J. (1977). Scalar expectancy theory and Weber’s
law in animal timing. Psychological Review, 84, 279–325. |
|
GIBBON, J. & CHURCH, R.M. (1990). Representation of
time. Cognition, 37, 23-54. |
|
GIBBON, J. (1991). Origins of scalar timing. Learning
& Motivation, 22, 3-38. |
|
GIBBON, J., MALAPANI, C., DALE, C. & GALLISTEL, C.R.
(1997). Toward a neurobiology of temporal cognition :
advances and challenges. Current Opinion in
Neurobiology, 7, 170-184. |
|
|
ALLAN, L., BALSAM, P., CHURCH, R. & TERRACE, R.H.
(2002). John Gibbon (1934–2001). American
Psychologist, 57, 436-437. |
|
CHURCH, R.M. (2002). A tribute to John Gibbon. Behavioural
Processes, 57, 261-274.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Gibbons Frederick X. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la comparaison
sociale et du comportement de fumer.
Collaborateur de Benbow, Buunk,
Stephan et Weinstein.
|
GIBBONS, F.X. & WICKLUND, R.A. (1982). Self-focused
attention and helping behavior. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 43, 462-474. |
|
GIBBONS, F.X. & GAEDDERT, W.P. (1984). Focus of
attention and placebo utility. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 20, 159-176. |
|
GIBBONS, F.X. BENBOW, C.P. & GERRARD, M. (1994). From
top dog to bottom half : Social comparison strategies in
response to poor performance. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 67, 638-652. |
|
GIBBONS, F.X. (1996). Measuring the gap between theories
and practice : Modelling a bridge. Educational &
Child Psychology, 13 (3), 41-49. |
|
GIBBONS, F.X. & BUUNK, B.P. (1999). Individual
differences in social comparison : development of a scale
of social comparison orientation. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 76 (1),
129-142.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Gibbs Simon J. ( ) : Psychologue
anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude la dyslexie
et de la conscience
phonémique. Collaborateur de Elliott.
|
GIBBS, S.J. (1996). Measuring the gap between theories and
practice : Modelling a bridge. Educational &
Child Psychology, 13 (3), 41-49. |
|
GIBBS, S.J. (2003). Do Pictures make a difference? A test
of the hypothesis that performance in tests of
phonological awareness is eased by the presence of
pictures. Educational Psychology in Practice, 19 (3),
219-228. |
|
GIBBS, S.J. (2004). The skills in reading shown by young
children with permanent and moderate hearing-impairment.
Educational Research, 46 (1), 17-24 |
|
GIBBS, S.J. (2004). Phonological awareness : An
investigation into the developmental role of vocabulary
and short-term memory. Educational Psychology, 24
(1), 13-25. |
|
GIBBS, S.J. & ELLIOTT, J.G. (2010). Dyslexia : a
categorical falsehood without validity or utility. In T.E.
Scruggs & M.A. Mastropieri et al. (Eds.), Advances
in learning and behavioral disabilities (Vol. 2).
Emerald Literacy and Learning. |
|
|
|
|
|
Gibson Eleanor Jack (Peoria États-Unis 1910-2002 Columbia États-Unis) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américaine et chef de file de l'étude de la perception,
notamment chez les jeunes enfants. En collaboration avec Walk,
elle a développé un dispositif expérimental - la
falaise visuelle - pour étudier la profondeur perceptive.
Professeure de Adolph et Spelke.
Collaboratrice de Walk.
No
74 |
GIBSON, E.J. & WALK, R.D. (1960). The "visual cliff".
Scientific American, 202, 67-71. |
|
GIBSON, E.J. (1969). Principles of perceptual
learning and development. NY : Meredith Co. |
|
GIBSON, E.J. & SCHMUCKLER, M.A. (1989). Going
somewhere : An ecological and experimental approach to
development of mobility. Ecological Psychology, 1,
3-25. |
|
GIBSON, E.J. (1990). An odyssey in learning and
perception. Cambridge : MIT Press. |
|
GIBSON, E.J. (1994). Has psychology a future ?
Psychological Science, 5, 69-76. |
|
|
FODOR, J. & PYLYSHIN, Z. (1981). How direct is visual
perception? Some reflections on Gibson's ecological
approach. Cognition, 9, 139-196. |
|
CAUDLE, F.M. (2003). Eleanor Jack Gibson (1910-2002) :
Obituary. American Psychologist, 58 (12),
1090-1091. |
|
|
|
Gibson
James Jerome (McConnelsville Ohio 1904-1979 Ithaca
New York) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américaine et chef de file de l'étude de la perception.
Collaborateur de Rosenblatt.
No
88 |
GIBSON, J.J. (1950). The perception of the visual
world. Westport : Greenwood Press. |
|
GIBSON, J.J. & GIBSON, E.J. (1955). Perceptual
learning : Differentiation or enrichment ?
Psychological Review, 62, 32-41. |
|
GIBSON, J.J. (1960). The concept of stimulus in
psychology. American Psychologist, 15, 694-703. |
|
GIBSON, J.J. (1972). A theory of direct visual perception.
In J.R. Royce & W.W. Rozeboom (Eds.), The
psychology of knowing (pp. 215-232). New York :
Gordon and Breach. |
|
GIBSON, J.J. (1979). The ecological approach to visual
perception. Boston, MA : Houghton Mifflin. |
|
|
NEISSER, U. (1981). Obituary : James J. Gibson
(1904-1979). American Psychologist, 36 (2),
214-215. |
|
FODOR, J. & PYLYSHIN, Z. (1981). How direct is visual
perception ? Some reflections on Gibson's ecological
approach. Cognition, 9, 139-196. |
|
COSTALL, A.P. (1984). Are theories of perception necessary
? A review of Gibson's "The Ecological Approach to Visual
Perception". Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 41 (1), 109-115. [PDF] |
|
TURVEY, M.T. & CARELLO, C. (1985). The equation of
information and meaning from the perspectives of situation
semantics and Gibson's ecological realism. Linguistics
& Philosophy, 8, 81-90. |
|
NATSOULAS, T. (1987/88). The six basic concepts of
consciousness and William James’s stream of thought.
Imagination, Cognition & Personality, 6 (4),
289-319. |
NATSOULAS, T. (1987/88). Gibson, James, and the temporal
continuity of experience. Imagination, Cognition &
Personality, 7 (4), 351-376.
|
|
GREENO, J.G. (1994). Gibson's affordances.
Psychological Review, 101 (2), 336-342. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Gifted & Talented International : Revue
scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages à
l'étude des enfants doués
ou talentueux. Éditeur :
World Council for Gifted And Talented Children.
TORDJMAN, S., GUIGNARD, J.-H., SELIGMANN, C., VANROYE, E., NEVOUX, G., FAGARD, J., GOREA, A., MAMASSIAN, P., CAVANAGH, P. & LEBRETON, S. (2008). Diagnosis of hyperactivity disorder in gifted children depends on observational sources. Gifted & Talented International, 22, 62-67. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
Gifted Child Quarterly : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages à l'étude des enfants doués ou talentueux. Éditeur : Sage.
RENZULLI, J.S. (2000). Gifted dropouts : The who and the
why. Gifted Child Quarterly, 44 (4), 261-271.
[PDF]
|
| |
|
|
Gifted Education International : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages à l'étude des enfants doués ou talentueux. Éditeur : Sage.
ROTT, D., KOHNEN, M. & FISCHER, C. (2024). The importance of promoting critical thinking in schools : Examples from Germany. Gifted Education International, 40 (2), 214-232.
[PDF]
|
| |
|
|
Gigerenzer Gerd (Wallersdorf 1947-) : Psychologue
cognitivisme
américain, d'origine allemande, spécialisé dans l'étude de
la rationalité
limitée et des heuristiques.
Collaborateur de Goldstein.
|
GIGERENZER, G. (1991). From tools to theories : a
heuristic of discovery in cognitive psychology. Psychological
Review, 98, 254-267.
[PDF] |
|
GIGERENZER, G. & GOLDSTEIN, D.G. (1996). Mind as
computer : Birth of a metaphor. Creativity Research
Journal, 9 (2-3), 131-144. [PDF] |
|
GIGERENZER, G. & GOLDSTEIN, D.G. (1996). Reasoning the
fast and frugal way : models of bounded rationality. Psychological
Review, 103 (4), 650-669. [PDF] |
|
GIGERENZER, G. & BRIGHTON, H. (2009). Homo heuristicus
: why biased minds make better inferences. Topics in
Cognitive Science, 1, 107-143. [PDF] |
|
GIGERENZER, G. & GAISSMAIER, W. (2011). Heuristic
decision making. The Annual Review of Psychology, 62,
451-482. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Gilbert Daniel Todd (1957-) : Psychosociologue
américain. Étudiant de Jones. Collaborateur
de Darley, Fiske,
Krull, Lindzey,
Schacter, Wegner
et Wilson.
|
GILBERT, D.T. & JONES, E.E. (1986). Perceiver-induced
constraint : Interpretations of self-generated reality. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 50, 269-280. |
|
GILBERT, D.T., PELHAM, B.W. & KRULL, D.S. (1988). On
cognitive busyness when person perceivers meet persons
perceived. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 54 (5), 733-740. [PDF]
|
|
GILBERT, D.T. & MALONE, P.S. (1995). The
correspondence bias. Psychological Bulletin, 117,
21-38. [PDF] |
|
GILBERT, D.T., PELHAM, B.W. & KRULL, D.S. (2003). The
psychology of good ideas. Psychological Inquiry, 14
(3-4), 258-260.
[PDF] |
|
GILBERT, D.T. & WILSON, T.D. (2009). Why the brain
talks to itself : Sources of error in emotional
prediction. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society B., 364, 1335-1341. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Gilboa Asaf ( ) : Neuropsychologue
d'origine israélienne spécialisé dans l'étude des déterminants
neurobiologiques de la mémoire.
Collaborateur de Moscovitch,
Nadel, Rosenbaum,
Stuss et Winocur.
|
GILBOA, A. (2004). Autobiographical and episodic memory -
one and the same ? : Evidence from prefrontal activation
in neuroimaging studies. Neuropsychologia, 42
(10), 1336-1349. |
|
GILBOA, A., WINOCUR, G., GRADY, C.L., HEVENOR, S.J. &
MOSCOVITCH, M. (2004). Remembering our past : Functional
neuroanatomy of recollection of recent and very remote
personal events. Cerebral Cortex 14, 1214-1225. |
|
GILBOA, A., WINOCUR, G., ROSENBAUM, R.S., POREH, A., GAO,
F., BLACK, S.E., WESTMACOTT, R. & MOSCOVITCH, M.
(2006). Hippocampal contributions to recollection in
retrograde and anterograde amnesia. Hippocampus, 16
(11), 966-980. |
|
GILBOA, A., ALAIN, C., HE, Y., STUSS, D.T. &
MOSCOVITCH, M. (2009). Ventromedial prefrontal cortex
lesions produce early functional alterations during remote
memory retrieval. Journal of Neuroscience, 29
(15), 4871-4881. |
|
GILBOA, A. (2010). Strategic retrieval, confabulations,
and delusions : Theory and data. Cognitive
Neuropsychiatry, 15 (1-3), 145-180. |
|
|
|
|
|
Gillan Douglas J. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain. Il s'intéresse au
raisonnement et au conditionnement
alimentaire aversif chez les animaux.
Il étudie aussi l'interaction humain-machine.
Collaborateur de Domjan, Premack
et Rescorla.
|
GILLAN, D.J., PREMACK, D. & WOODRUFF, G. (1981).
Reasoning in the chimpanzee : 1. Analogical reasoning. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes,
7 (1), 1-17. |
|
GILLAN, D.J. (1981). Reasoning in the chimpanzee : II.
Transitive inference. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 7 (2),
150-164. |
|
GILLAN, D.J. (1990). Computational human factors. Contemporary Psychology, 35, 1126-1128. |
|
GILLAN, D.J., SCHMIDT, W. & HANOWSKI, R. (1999).
The effect of the Mueller-Lyer illusion on map reading. Perception
& Psychophysics, 61, 1154-1167.
|
|
GILLAN, D.J., McDERMOTT, P. & RILEY, J. (2010).
The cognitive psychology of human-robot interaction.
In M. Barnes and F. Jentsch (Eds.), Human-robot
interactions in future military operations (pp.
53-66). London : Ashgate. |
|
|
|
Gillberg Lars Christopher (1950-) : Psychiatre
suédois et spécialiste de
l'autisme. Collaborateur de Frith,
Happé, Klintwall,
Le Couteur, Leekam
et Wing.
|
GILLBERG, C. & SCHAUMANN, H. (1982). Social class and
infantile autism. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 12, 223-228. |
|
GILLBERG, C. (1984). Infantile autism and other childhood
psychoses in a Swedish urban region : Epidemiological
aspects. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 25, 35-43. |
|
GILLBERG, C., PERSSON, E., GRUFMAN, M. & THEMNER, U.
(1986). Psychiatric disorders in mildly and severely
mentally retarded urban children and adolescents :
Epidemiological aspects. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 149, 68-74. |
|
GILLBERG, C., STEFFENBURG, S. & SCHAUMANN, H. (1991).
Is autism more common now than ten years ago ? British
Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 403-409. |
|
GILLBERG, C., BILLSTEDT, E., SUNDH, V. & GILLBERG, C.
(2010). Mortality in autism : a prospective longitudinal
community-based study. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 40 (3), 352-357. |
|
|
|
|
|
Gilles de la Tourette George Albert Edouard Brutus
(Saint-Gervais-les-Trois-Clochers 1857-1904 Lausanne) :
Médecin et neurologue
français. Il fut le premier à décrire le trouble mental qui
porte aujourd'hui son nom
(1885). Gilles de la Tourette et syndrome
de Gilles de la Tourette. Étudiant de
Charcot.
|
GILLES DE LA TOURETTE, G. (1885). Étude sur une
affection nerveuse. |
|
GILLES DE LA TOURETTE, G. (1889). L'hypnotisme et les
états analogues. Paris : Plon. |
|
GILLES DE LA TOURETTE, G. (1890). La nutrition dans
l'hystérie. |
|
GILLES DE LA TOURETTE, G. (1899). La maladie des tics
convulsifs. La Semaine Médicale, 19, 153-156. |
|
GILLES DE LA TOURETTE, G. (1901). Le traitement
pratique de l'épilepsie. |
|
|
KRÄMER, H., DANIELS, C.J. (2004). Pioneers of movement
disorders : Georges Gilles de la Tourette. Journal of
Neural Transmission, 111 (6), 91-701.
|
|
BOGOUSSLAVSKY, J., WALUNSINKI, O. & VEYRUNES, D.
(2009). Crime, hysteria and Belle Époque hypnotism : The
path traced by Jean-Martin Charcot and Georges Gilles de
la Tourette. European Neurology, 62, 193-199. |
WALUNSINKI, O. & DUNCAN, G. (2009). Living his
writings : the example of neurologist G. Gilles de la
Tourette. Movement Disorders, 25 (14), 2290-2995.
|
|
|
|
Gilligan Carol (New York 1936-) : Psychologue
féministe américaine.
Elle poursuit les travaux de Kohlberg
en étudiant le développement
moral chez les femmes.
Spécialiste de l'étude des genres.
 |
GILLIGAN, C. (1977). In a different voice : Women's
conceptions of self and morality. Harvard Education
Review, 47, 481-517. [PDF] |
|
GILLIGAN, C. (1982). In a different voice :
Psychological theory and women's development.
Cambridge, MA : Harvard University Press. |
|
GILLIGAN, C. (1987). Moral orientation and moral
development. In E.F. Kittay & D.T. Meyers (Eds.), Women
and moral theory. Totowa, NJ : Rowman and
Littlefield. |
|
GILLIGAN, C. (1989). Mapping the moral domain : A
contribution of women's thinking to psychological theory
and education. Harvard : Harvard University Press. |
|
GILLIGAN, C. (1997). Between voice and silence :
Women and girls, race and relationships. Harvard :
Harvard University Press. |
|
|
BLUM, L.A. (1988). Gilligan and Kohlberg : Implications
for moral theory. Ethics, 98 (3), 472-491. [PDF] |
|
SAVARD, N. (1996). Développement moral et jugement moral :
réexamen de la controverse Kohlberg-Gilligan. Horizons
Philosophiques, 7 (1), 113-124. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Gillon Gail T. ( ) : Spécialiste
nouveau-zélandaise des consciences
phonémique et phonologique.
|
GILLON G. & DODD, B. (1994). A prospective study of
the relationship between phonological, semantic and
syntactic skills and specific reading disability. Reading
& Writing, 6, 321–345. |
|
GILLON G. & DODD, B. (1995). The effects of training
phonological, semantic and syntactic processing skills in
spoken language on reading ability. Language, Speech,
& Hearing Services in Schools, 26, 58–68. |
|
GILLON G. & DODD, B. (1997). Enhancing the
phonological processing skills of children with specific
reading disability. European Journal of Disorders of
Communication, 32, 67-90. |
|
GILLON, G.T. (2000). The efficacy of phonological
awareness intervention for children with spoken language
impairment. Language, Speech, & Hearing Services
in Schools, 31, 126-141. [PDF] |
|
GILLON, G.T. (2005). Facilitating phoneme awareness
development in 3- and 4-year-old children with speech
impairment. Language, Speech, & Hearing Services
in Schools, 36, 308-324. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Gilovich Thomas D. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du raisonnement et du jugement.
Collaborateur de Kahneman,
Kruger, Lepper,
Nisbett, Ross et
Tversky.
|
|
GILOVICH, T. (1981). Seeing the past in the present : The
effect of associations to familiar events on judgments and
decisions. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 40, 797-808. [PDF] |
|
GILOVICH, T., VALLONE, R. & TVERSKY, A. (1985). The
hot hand in basketball : On the misperception of random
sequences. Cognitive Psychology, 17, 295-314. [PDF] |
|
GILOVICH, T. (1987). Second hand information and social
judgment. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
23, 59-74. [PDF] |
|
GILOVICH, T., MEDVEC, V.H. & KAHNEMAN, D. (1998).
Varieties of regret : A debate and partial resolution. Psychological
Review, 105, 602-605. [PDF] |
|
GILOVICH, T., KRUGER, J. & MEDVEC, V.H. (2002). The
spotlight effect revisited : Overestimating the manifest
variability in our actions and appearance. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 38, 93-99. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Gingras Yves ( ) : Historien
des sciences et vulgarisateur
scientifique québécois. Il enseigne à l'Université
du Québec à Montréal. Collaborateur de Larivière
et Villedieu.
 |
GINGRAS, Y. (1994). Pour l'avancement des sciences.
Histoire de l'ACFAS 1923-1993. Montréal : Boréal. |
|
GINGRAS, Y. (1995) . Following scientists through society
? Yes, but at arms length. in J.Z. Buchwald (Ed.), Scientific
practice (pp. 123-148). Chicago : Chicago
University Press. |
|
GINGRAS, Y. & LARIVIÈRE, V. (2005). Les pratiques de
publication des chercheurs québécois en sciences sociales.
Le Cahier de l'Association Canadienne des Sociologues et
Anthropologues de Langue Française (ACSALF), 2 (2),
10-11. [PDF] |
|
GINGRAS, Y. & LARIVIÈRE, V., MACALUSO, B. &
ROBITAILLE, J.P. (2008). The effects of aging on
researchers' publication and citation patterns. PLOS
One, 3 (12), 1-8. [PDF] |
|
GINGRAS, Y. (2016). L'impossible dialogue.
Montréal : Boréal. |
|
|
|
Girafe (Giraffa camelopardalis giraffa) : Mammifère.
= caméléopard. Giraffe.
| |
|
|
INNIS, A.C. (1958). The behaviour of the giraffe (Giraffa
camelopardalis) in eastern Transvaal. Proceedings of
the Zoological Society of London, 131, 245-278. |
PELLEW, R.A. (1984). Food consumption and energy budgets
of the giraffe. Journal of Applied Ecology, 21, 141-159. |
|
DAGG, A.J. & FOSTER, J.B. (1976). The giraffe :
Its biology, behavior and ecology. New York : Van
Nostrand Reinhold Co. |
PELLEW, R.A. (1984). The feeding ecology of a selective
browser, the giraffe (Giraffa camelopardalis
tippelskirchl). Journal of Zoology, 202, 57-81. |
|
LANGMAN, V.A. (1977). Cow'calf relationships in giraffe
(Giraffa camelopardalis giraffa). Zeitschrift für
Tierpsychologie, 43, 264-286. |
NGOG-NJE, J. (1984). Regime alimentaire de la girafe au
Pare National de Waza Cameroun. Mammalia, 48,
173-183. |
|
LEUTHOLD, B.M. (1979). Social organsation and behaviour of
giraffe in Tsavo East National Park. African Journal
of Ecology, 17, 19-34. |
PRATT, D.M. & ANDERSON, V.H. (1985). Giraffe social
behaviour. Journal of Natural History, 19,
771-781. |
|
PELLEW, R.A. (1984). The giraffe and its food resources in
the Serengeti. Response of the giraffe population to
changes in the food supply. African Journal of
Ecology, 21, 269-283. |
YOUNG, T.P. & ISBELL, L.A. (1991). Sex differences in
giraffes feeding ecology : energetic and social
constraints. Ethology, 87, 79-89. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Animal |
|
|
Giraldeau Luc-Alain ( ) : Éthologiste
québécois, spécialisé en écologie
animale, notamment dans l'étude des
stratégies alimentaires. Étudiant de Krebs.
Collaborateur de Caraco,
Galef, Kramer
et Lefebvre.
 |
GIRALDEAU, L.-A. & GILLIS, D. (1988). Do lions hunt in
group sizes that maximize hunters' daily food returns ? Animal
Behaviour, 36, 611-613. |
|
GIRALDEAU, L.-A. & CARCACO, T. (1993). Genetic
relatedness and group size in an aggregation economy. Evolutionary
Ecology, 7 (4), 429-438. |
|
GIRALDEAU, L.-A. & LIVORELLI, B. (1998). Game theory
and social foraging, In L.A. Dugatkin, et H.K. Reeve
(Eds.), Game theory and animal behavior. New
York : Oxford University Press. |
|
GIRALDEAU, L.-A. & CARACO, T. (2000). Social
foraging theory. Princeton University Press. |
|
GIRALDEAU, L.-A. (2004). Introduction : Ecology and the
central nervous system. Brain, Behavior &
Evolution, 63, 193-196. |
|
|
|
Giroux
Normand ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
québécois, spécialisé dans l'étude des méthodes d'apprentissage et
de l'autisme. Il enseigne
à l'Université du Québec à
Montréal. Collaborateur de Forget
et Rivard.
 |
GIROUX, N. (1981). Le modèle béhavioral : ses fondements,
ses modalités, sa valeur. Neuropsychiatrie de
l'Enfance et de l'Adolescence, 29 (1-2), 65-80. |
|
FORGET, J., GIROUX, N., MOREAU, A. et TARDIF, A. (1996).
Intervention intensive auprès d'un adolescent non-voyant
multihandicapé et impact sur son milieu. Journal de
Thérapie Comportementale et Cognitive, 6, 9-20. |
|
GIROUX, N. et FORGET, J. (1996). L’enseignement de
précision : l’essor initial et les problèmes de maintien
de la pratique. Science et Comportement, 24,
201-225. |
|
FORGET, J., DONAIS, S. et GIROUX, N. (2001). La théorie de
l'appariement et ses applications en psychologie clinique
et en éducation. Revue de Psycho-éducation et
d'Orientation, 30, 2. |
|
SENÉCHAL, C., FORGET, J. et GIROUX, N. (2003). Les
programmes de type Lovaas et la réadaptation en autisme
infantile. Revue de Psychoéducation, 32 (1),
123-148. |
|
|
|
| Gitan : Voir Roms. = Tsigane. Gypsy
ethnicity |
|
GH - GLANDE - GLANZER -
GLASERSFELD - GLASS
- GLENBERG - GLENN
- GLICK - GLOBUS PALLIDUS
- GNOSÉOLOGIE - GO
|
|
|
|
|
Glande endocrine : Ensemble des organes
qui sécrètent des hormones directement
dans le sang. ( ): épiphyse,
hypophyse, thyroïde.
| |
|
|
ABERCROMBIE, M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980).
Dictionary of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
|
|
Glande pinéale : Voir Épiphyse.
Pineal gland.
|
Glande pituitaire : Voir Hypophyse.
Pituitary gland.
|
Glande salivaire : Salivary gland.
| |
|
|
HOLSINGER, F.C. & BUI, D.T. (2007). Anatomy, function,
and evaluation of the salivary glands. In E.N. Myers
(Ed.), Salivary gland disorders (pp. 1-16). [PDF] |
| ABERCROMBIE,
M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary
of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
|
|
Glande surrénale :
|
|
| |
ABERCROMBIE,
M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary
of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
|
|
Glanzer
Murray ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain, spécialiste de la mémoire
à court terme et de la reconnaissance
de soi.
|
GLANZER, M. & RAZEL, M. (1974). The size of the unit
in short-term storage. Journal of Verbal Learning
& Verbal Behavior, 13, 114-131. |
|
GLANZER, M., DORFMAN, D. & KAPLAN, B. (1981).
Short-term storage in the processing of text. Journal
of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 20,
656-670. |
|
GLANZER, M., FISHER, B. & DORFMAN, D. (1984).
Short-term storage in reading. Journal of Verbal
Learning & Verbal Behavior, 23, 467-486. |
|
GLANZER, M. & ADAMS, J.K. (1990). The mirror effect in
recognition memory : Data and theory. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition 16, 5-16. |
|
GLANZER, M., KIM, K. & ADAMS, J.K. (1998). Response
distribution as an explanation of the mirror effect. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning Memory, &
Cognition, 24, 633-644. |
|
|
|
Glascoe Frances Page ( ) : Spécialiste de
l'étude des comportements
problématiques et du rôle des parents
dans le développement et le traitement de ces comportements. Elle
a inventé un test de dépistage
parental des délais de développement des enfants (PEDS).
 |
GLASCOE, F.P., ALTEMEIER, W.K. & MacLEAN, W.E. (1989).
The importance of parents’ concerns about their child’s
development. American Journal of Disease of Children,
143, 855-858. |
|
GLASCOE, F.P. (1999). Toward a model for an
evidenced-based approach to developmental/behavioral
surveillance, promotion and patient education.
Ambulatory Child Health, 5, 197-208. [PDF] |
|
GLASCOE, F.P. (2005). Screening for developmental and
behavioral problems. Mental Retardation &
Developmental Disabilities Research Reviews, 11 (S3),
173-179. |
|
GLASCOE, F.P. & LEEW, S. (2010). Parenting behaviors,
perceptions and psychosocial risk : Impact on child
development. Pediatrics, 125, 313-319. [PDF] |
|
GLASCOE, F.P. & MARKS, K.P. (2011). Detecting children
with developmental-behavioral problems : The value of
collaborating with parents. Psychological Test &
Assessment Modeling, 53 (2), 258-279.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Glaser Barney G. (San Francisco 1930-2022 Mill Valley) :
Sociologue américain. En
collaboration avec Strauss, il a développé un mode de construction
des théories régulé en temps
réel par les données empiriques (théorie
ancrée ou auto-régulée empiriquement). Étudiant de Lazarsfeld.
Collaborateur de Strauss.
|
GLASER, B.G. & STRAUSS, A. (1967). The discovery
of grounded theory : Strategies for qualitative
research. Chicago : Aldine. |
|
GLASER, B.G. (1978). Theoretical sensitivity.
Mill Valley, CA : Sociology Press. |
|
GLASER, B.G. (1992). Basics of grounded theory
analysis. Mill Valley, CA : Sociology Press. |
|
GLASER, B.G. (1998). Doing grounded theory : Issues and
discussions. Mill Valley, CA : Sociology Press. |
|
GLASER, B.G. (2005). The grounded theory perspective
III : Theoretical coding. Mill Valley, CA :
Sociology Press. |
|
|
|
Glaser Robert (1921-2012) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain et spécialiste de l'éducation.
Collaborateur de Pellegrino.
 |
GLASER, R. (1950). Multiple operation measurement.
Psychological Review, 57 (4), 241-253. |
|
GLASER, R. (1963). Instructional technology and the
measurement of learning outcomes : Some questions. American
Psychologist, 18, 519-521. |
|
GLASER, R. & PELLEGRINO, J.W. (1978). Uniting
cognitive process theory and differential psychology :
Back home from the wars. Intelligence, 2 (3),
305-319. |
|
GLASER, R. (1990). The reemergence of learning theory
within instructional research. Glaser, Robert American
Psychologist, 45 (1), 29-39. |
|
GLASER, R. (2000). Cognition and instruction : Mind,
development and community. Journal of Applied
Developmental Psychology, 21 (1), 123-127. |
|
|
RANGEL, E.S. (2012). Robert Glaser (1921-2011) : Obituary.
American Psychologist, 67 (9), 798-799. |
|
|
|
Glasersfeld Ernst von (Munich 1917-2010) : Psychologue
constructiviste et philosophe allemand. Collaborateur de Steffe.
|
GLASERSFELD, E. von (1974). Piaget and the radical
constructivist epistemology. In C.D. Smock & E. von
Glasersfeld (Eds.), Epistemology and education.
Athens, GA : Follow Through Publications, 1-24. |
|
GLASERSFELD, E. von (1995). Radical constructivism :
A way of knowing and learning. London : Falmer
Press. |
|
GLASERSFELD, E. von (1999). The cybernetic insights of
Jean Piaget. Cybernetics & Systems, 30 (2),
105-112. |
|
GLASERSFELD, E. von (2001). Constructivisme radical et
enseignement. Revue Canadienne de l'Enseignement des
Sciences, des Mathématiques et des Technologies, 1
(2), 211-222. |
|
GLASERSFELD, E. von (2005). Thirty years constructivism. Constructivist
Foundations, 1 (1), 9-12. |
|
|
STEFFE, L.P. & THOMPSON, P.W. (Eds.) (2000). Radical
constructivism in action : Building on the pioneering
work of Ernst von Glasersfeld. London : Falmer
Press. |
|
STEFFE, L.P. (2011). The honor of working with Ernst von
Glasersfeld. Partial recollections. Constructivist
Foundations 6 (2), 172–176. |
|
|
|
|
|
Glass Arnold L. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain d'origine canadienne, spécialisé dans l'étude de
la mémoire sémantique et du langage.
Collaborateur de Holyoak.
|
GLASS, A.L. & HOLYOAK, K.J. (1974). The effect of some
and all on reaction time for semantic decisions. Memory
& Cognition, 2, 436-440. |
|
GLASS, A.L. & HOLYOAK, K.J. (1975). Alternative
conceptions of semantic memory. Cognition, 3, 313-339. |
|
GLASS, A.L., HOLYOAK, K.J. & KOSSAN, N.E. (1977).
Children's ability to detect semantic contradictions.
Child Development, 48, 279-283. |
|
GLASS, A.L. & LAU, J. (2003). Grammatical intuitions
about irregular verb inflections. American Journal of
Psychology, 116 (1), 51-70. |
|
GLASS, A.L., LIAN, A. & HELSTRUP, T. (2003). Retrieval
independence between parts and wholes in successive
recognition tasks. Quarterly Journal of Psychology,
56 (4), 657-684.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Glass David C. (1931-2016) :
Psychosociologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude du stress.
Collaborateur de Singer.
 |
GLASS, D.C. (1964). Changes in liking as a means of
reducing cognitive discrepancies between self-esteem and
aggression. Journal of Personality, 62, 531-549. |
|
GLASS, D.C. & SINGER, J.E. (1972). Urban stress.
Experiments on noise and social stressors. New York
: Academic Press. |
|
GLASS, D.C., NEULINGER, J. & BRIM, O.G. (1974). Birth
order, verbal intelligence, and educational aspiration. Child
Development, 45 (3), 807-811. |
|
GLASS, D.C., SNYDER, M.L. & HOLTIS, J.F. (1974). Time
urgency and the Type A coronary-prone behavior pattern. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 4 (2), 125-140. |
|
GLASS, D.C. (1977). Behavior patterns, stress, and
coronary disesase. Hillsdale, N.J. : Lawrence
Erlbaum. |
|
|
|
Glass Gene V. (Lincoln 1940-) : Psychologue
et statisticien
américain, spécialisé en éducation
et dans l'évaluation
des thérapies. Il est aussi dans ces deux domaines l'un des
pionniers de la méta-analyse.
Collaborateur de Smith
et Stanley.
 |
GLASS, G.V. (1968). Analysis of data on the Connecticut
speeding crackdown as a time-series quasi-experiment. Law
& Society Review, 3 (1), 55-76. |
|
GLASS, G.V., PECKAM, P.D. & SANDERS, J.R. (1972).
Consequences of Failure to Meet Assumptions underlying the
fixed effects analyses of variance and covariance. Review
of Educational Research, 42 (3), 237-288. |
|
GLASS, G. & SMITH, M. L. (1980). Meta-analysis of
research on class size and achievement. Educational
Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 7, 2-16. |
|
GLASS, G.V., McGAW, B. & SMITH, M.L. (1981). Meta-analysis
in social research. Beverly. Hills, CA : Sage. |
|
GLASS, G.V. (2008). Fertilizers, pills & magnetic
strips : The fate of public education in America.
Information Age Publishing. |
|
|
|
|
|
Glenberg Arthur M. ( ) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la mémoire.
Il s'intéresse notamment aux effets
d'espacement et au rappel
libre.
 |
GLENBERG, A.M. (1977). Influences of retrieval processes
on the spacing effect in free recall. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Learning & Memory,
3, 282-294. [PDF] |
|
GLENBERG, A.M. & SMITH, S.M. (1981). Spacing
repetitions and solving problems are not the same. Journal
of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 20,
110-119. |
|
GLENBERG, A.M., MEYER, M. & LINDEM, K. (1987). Mental
models contribute to foregrounding during text
comprehension. Journal of Memory & Language, 26,
69-83. |
|
GLENBERG, A.M. (1997). What memory is for. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 20 (1), 1-55. |
|
GLENBERG, A.M. (2011). Positions in the mirror are close
than they appear. Perspectives on Psychological
Science, 6, 408-410. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Glenn Mary E. ( ) : Primatologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du cercopithèque.
|
GLENN, M.E. (1997). Group size and group composition of
the mona monkey (Cercopithecus mona) on the island of
Grenada, West Indies. American Journal of Primatology,
43 (2), 167-173. |
|
GLENN, M.E. (1998). Population density of Cercopithecus
mona on the Caribbean island of Grenada. Folia
Primatology, 69, 167–171. |
GLENN, M.E. & BENSEN, K.J. (2008). Capture
techniques and morphologic meaasurements of the Mona
Monkey (Cercopithecus mona) on the island of Grenada, West
lndies. American Journal of Physical Anthpology, 105,
481-491.
|
GLENN, M.E. & BENSEN, K.J. (2008). Forest
structure and tree species composition of the Grand Etang
Forest on Grenada, West Indies, pre-Hurricane Ivan. Caribbean
Journal of Science, 44, 395-401.
|
|
GLENN, M.E. & BENSEN, K.J. (2013). The mona
monkeys of Grenada, São Tomé and Príncipe : Long-term
persistence of a guenon in permanent fragments and
implications for the survival of forest primates in
protected areas. In L.K. Marsh and C.A. Chapman (Eds.), Primates
in fragments : complexity and resilience (pp.
413–422). New York : Springer. |
|
|
|
Glenn Sigrid S. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude des métacontingences.
Collaboratrice de Baer,
Favell, Greenspoon,
Hineline, Houmanfar,
Hull, Madden,
Malagodi, Malott, Malott,
Michael, Morris
et Tourinho.
 |
GLENN, S.S. (1987). Rules as environmental events. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 5, 29-32. [PDF] |
|
GLENN, S.S. (1988). Contingencies and metacontingencies :
Toward a synthesis of behavior analysis and cultural
materialism. The Behavior Analyst, 11, 161-179.
[PDF] |
|
GLENN, S.S., ELLIS, J. & GREENSPOON, J. (1992). On the
revolutionary nature of the operant as a unit of
behavioral selection. American Psychologist, 47,
1329-1336. [PDF] |
|
GLENN, S.S. & MALOTT, M.E. (2004). Complexity and
selection : implications for organizational change. Behavior
& Social Issues, 13, 89-106. [PDF] |
GLENN, S.S., MALOTT, M.E., ABIB, A.M.A.P.,
BENVENUTI, M., HOUMANFAR, R.A., SANDAKER, I.,
TODOROV, J.C., TOURINHO, E.Z. & VASCONCELOS,
L.A. (2016). Toward consistent terminology in a
behaviorist approach to cultural analysis. Behavior
& Social Issues, 25, 11-27.
|
|
|
|
Glick
Peter ( ) :
Psychosociologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude du sexime
et des préjugés.
Collaborateur de Dijkterhuis,
Fiske et Rudman.
|
GLICK, P., WILK, K. & PERREAULT, M. (1995). Images of
occupations : Components of gender and status in
occupational stereotypes. Sex Roles, 32,
565-582. |
|
GLICK, P. & FISKE, S.T. (1996). The ambivalent sexism
inventory : Differentiating hostile and benevolent sexism.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 70
(3), 491-512. [PDF] |
|
GLICK, P., DIEBOLD, J., BAILEY-WERNER, B. & ZHU, L.
(1997). The two faces of Adam : Ambivalent sexism and
polarized attitudes toward women. Personality &
Psychology Bulletin, 23, 1323-1334. |
|
GLICK, P., FISKE, S.T., MLADINIC, A., SAIZ, J.L., ABRAMS,
D., MASSER, B., ADETOUN, B., OSAGIE, J.E., AKANDE, A.,
ALAO, A., BRUNNER, A., WILLEMSEN, T.M., CHIPETA, K.,
DARDENNE, B., DIJKSTERHUIS, A., WIGBOLDUS, D., ECKES, T.,
SIX-MATERNA, I., EXPÓSITO, F., MOYA, M., FODDY, M., KIM,
H-J., LAMEIRAS, M., SOTELO, M.J., MUCCHI-FAINA, A.,
ROMANI, M., SAKALLI, N., UDEGBE, B., YAMAMOTO, M., UI,
FERREIRA, M.C. & LÓPEZ-LÓPEZ, W. (2000). Beyond
prejudice as simple antipathy : Hostile and benevolent
sexism across cultures. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 79, 763-775.
[PDF] |
|
GLICK, P. & FISKE, S.T. (2001). An ambivalent alliance
: Hostile and benevolent sexism as complementary
justifications of gender inequality. American
Psychologist, 56 (2), 109-118. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Globus pallidus ( ) : Sous-structure des
noyaux gris centraux,
située entre le putamen et
le thalamus. Elle joue un
rôle dans les mouvements volontaires et la posture.
= pallidum, globe pâle.
Globus pallidus.
| |
|
|
IANSEK, R. & PORTER, R. (1980). The monkey globus
pallidus : neuronal discharge properties in relation to
movement. Journal of Physiology, 301, 439-455. |
|
HORAK, F.B. & ANDERSON, M.E. (1984). Influence of
globus pallidus on arm movements in monkeys. I. Effects of
kainic acid-induced lesions. Journal of
Neurophysiology, 52, 290-304. |
|
DELONG, M.R., CRUTCHER, M.D. & GEORGOPOULOS, A.P.
Primate globus pallidus and subthalamic nucleus :
functional organization. Journal of Neurophysiology,
53, 530-543. |
|
KARADI, Z., FALUDI, B., LENARD, L., CZURKO, A., NIEDETZKY,
C., VIDA, I. & NISHINO, H. (1995). Glucose-sensitive
neurons of the globus pallidus : II. Complex functional
attributes. Brain Research Bulletin, 37, 157-162. |
|
SMITH, K.S. & BERRIDGE, K.C. (2005). The ventral
pallidum and hedonic reward : neurochemical maps of
sucrose “liking” and food intake. Journal of
Neuroscience, 25, 8637–8649. |
|
HONG, S. & HIKOSAKA, O. (2008). The globus pallidus
sends reward-related signals to the lateral habenula.
Neuron, 60, 720-729. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, K.S., TINDELL, A.J., ALDRIDGE, J.W. & BERRIDGE,
K.C. (2009). Ventral pallidum roles in reward and
motivation. Behavioural Brain Research, 196,
155-167. |
|
| CARPENTER,
M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human neuroanatomy.
Londres : Williams & Wilkins. |
|
|
|
|
Glossématique
: Du grec glôssa signifiant "langue". Doctrine
linguistique élaboré par Hjelmslev
et Togeby.
| |
|
|
DUBOIS, J., GIACOMO, M., GUESPIN, L., MARCELLESI, C.,
MARCELLESI, J.-P. et MÉVEL, J.-P. (1999). Dictionnaire
linguistique et des sciences du langage. Paris :
Larousse. |
|
|
|
|
Gluck Marci E. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-behavioriste
d'origine suisse, spécialisée dans l'étude des troubles
alimentaires, notamment de l'hyperphagie
et de la boulimie
nocturne. Collaboratrice de
Stunkard.
|
GLUCK, M.E., GELIEBTER, A. & SATOV, T. (2001). Night
eating syndrome is associated with depression, low
self-esteem, reduced daytime hunger, and less weight loss
in obese outpatients. Obesity Research, 9,
264-267. |
|
GLUCK, M.E., GELIEBTER, A. & LORENCE, M. (2004).
Cortisol stress response is positively correlated with
central obesity in obese women with binge eating disorder
(BED) before and after cognitive-behavioral treatment. Annals
of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1032, 202-207. |
|
GLUCK, M.E., GELIEBTER, A., HUNG, J. & YAHAV, E.
(2004). Cortisol, hunger, and desire to binge eat
following a cold stress test in obese women with binge
eating disorder (BED). Psychosomatic Medicine, 66,
876-881. |
|
GLUCK, M.E. (2006). Stress response and binge eating
disorder. Appetite, 46, 26-30. [PDF] |
|
GLUCK, M.E., VENTI, C.A., SALBE, A.D. & KRAKOFF, J.
(2008). Nighttime eating : commonly observed and related
to weight gain in an inpatient food intake study. The
American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 88 (4),
900-905. [PDF] |
|
|
|
a name="glucksberg" id="glucksberg"> Glucksberg Sam (Montréal 1933-2022 New York) :Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain , d'origine canadienne, spécialisé dans l'étude du langage figuré. notamment des
métaphores. Étudiant de Kendler.
Professeur de McCloskey.
 |
GLUCKSBERG, S. & COHEN, J.A. (1965). Acquisition
of form-class membership by syntactic position :
Paradigmatic associations to nonsense syllables. Psychonomic
Science, 2, 313-314. |
|
GLUCKSBERG, S. & DANKS, J.H. (1968). Effects of
discriminative labels and of nonsense labels upon
availability of novel function. Journal of Verbal
Learning & Verbal Behavior, 7 (1), 72-76. |
|
GLUCKSBERG, S. & McCLOSKEY, M. (1981).
Decisions about ignorance : Knowing that you don't know. Journal
of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning & Memory,
7, 311-325. |
|
GLUCKSBERG, S. & EYSAR, B. (1990). Understanding
metaphorical comparisons : Beyond similarity Psychological
Review, 97, 3-18. |
|
GLUCKSBERG, S. (2003). The psycholinguistics of metaphor. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 7, 92-96. |
|
|
|
|
|
Glucostéroïde
:
Neurotransmetteur. Glucocorticoid.
| |
|
|
YOUNG, E.A. (1995). Glucocorticoid cascade hypothesis
revisited. Role of gonadal steroids. Depression, 3,
20-27. |
|
PIAZZA, P.V. & LE MOAL, M. (1996). Pathophysiological
basis of vulnerability to drug abuse : role of an
interaction between stress, glucocorticoids, and
dopaminergic neurons. Annual Review of Pharmacology
& Toxicology 36, 359-378. |
|
PIAZZA, P.V. & LE MOAL, M. (1997). Glucocorticoids as
a biological substrate of reward : physiological and
pathophysiological implications. Brain Research
Reviews, 25, 359-372. |
|
SAPOLSKY, R.M., ROMERO, L. & MUNCK, A. (2000) How do
glucocorticoids influence the stress-response ?
Integrating permissive, suppressive, stimulatory, and
preparative actions. Endocrine Reviews, 21,
55-78. |
|
WAGNER, K., WANG, X., LIEBL, C., SCHARF, S., MULLER, M.,
SCHMIDT, M. (2010). Pituitary glucocorticoid receptor
deletion reduces vulnerability to chronic stress. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 36, 579-587. |
|
|
Voir aussi Neurotransmetteur |
|
|
Glutamate
: Type de
Neurotransmetteur. Glutamate.
| |
|
|
OLNEY J.W. & FARBER N.B. (1995). Glutamate receptor
dysfunction and schizophrenia. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 52, 998-1007. |
|
McDONALD, A. (1996). Glutamate and aspartate
immunoreactive neurons of the rat basolateral amygdala :
colo-calization of excitatory amino acids and projections
to the limbic circuit. Journal of Comparative
Neurology, 365, 367–379. |
|
LARUELLE, M., KEGELES, L.S. & ABI-DARGHEM, A. (2003).
Glutamate, dopamine, and schizophrenia : From
pathophysiology to treatment. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 1003, 138-158. |
|
PUGH, K.R., FROST, S.J., ROTHMAN, D.L., HOEFT, F., DEL
TUFO, S.N., MASON G.F., MOLFESE, P.J., MENCL, W.E.,
GRIGORENKO, E.L., LANDI, N., PRESTON J.L., JACOBSEN, L.,
SEIDENBERG, M.S. & FULBRIGHT, R.K. (2014). Glutamate
and choline levels predict individual differences in
reading ability in emergent readers. The Journal of
Neuroscience, 34 (11), 4082-4089. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Neurotransmetteur |
|
|
|
|
Gnoséologie
: Du grec gnosie qu veut dire «connaître,
savoir». Recherche sur les origines, la nature, la valeur et les
limites de la faculté de connaître, de savoir. =
théorie de la connaissance, épistémologie.
| |
|
|
LAURENDEAU, P. (1990). La gnoséologie et son influence sur
la théorie linguistique chez Gustave Guillaume. Histoire,
Épistémologie, Langage, 12 (1), 153-168. |
|
|
Voir aussi Épistémologie |
| DUBOIS,
J., GIACOMO, M., GUESPIN, L., MARCELLESI, C., MARCELLESI,
J.-P. et MÉVEL, J.-P. (1999). Dictionnaire
linguistique et des sciences du langage. Paris :
Larousse. |
|
|
Gnosie
: Préfixe et suffixe.
Du grec gnosie qui veut dire «connaître, savoir».
|
|
GL - GOFFMAN - GOLDFRIED -
GOLDSTEIN - GOLOMBOK -
GOODALL - GOODENOUGH - GORILLE
- GOSSET - GOULD -
GOTTFREDSON - GR |
Gobet
Fernand ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivisme
américain, d'origine anglaise, spécialisé dans l'étude de la
computation, du raisonnement
et des échecs. Collaborateur
de Simon.
|
GOBET, F. & SIMON, H.A. (1996). Recall of random and
distorted positions : Implications for the theory of
expertise. Memory & Cognition, 24, 493-503.
|
|
GOBET, F. & SIMON, H.A. (1996). Recall of rapidly
presented random chess positions is a function of skill.
Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 3, 159-163. |
|
GOBET, F. & SIMON, H.A. (1996). Ther roles of
recognition processes and look-ahead search in
time-constrained expert problem solving : Evidence from
grandmaster level chess. Psychological Science, 7,
52-55. |
|
GOBET, F. (1997). Roles of pattern recognition and search
in expert problem solving. Thinking & Reasoning,
3, 291-313. |
|
GOBET, F., DE VOOGT, A. & RETSCHITZKI, J. (2004). Moves
in mind : The psychology of board games. Hove, U.K.
: Psychology Press. |
|
|
|
Goddard Henry Herbert (1866-1957) : Psychométricien
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'intelligence.
Il a été le premier à utiliser le mot moron
pour désigner des individus de
faible intelligence. Étudiant de Hall.
 |
GODDARD, H.H. (1911). Wanted : A child to adopt. Survey,
27, 1003-1006. |
|
GODDARD, H.H. (1912). The Kallikak family : A study
in the heredity of feeble-mindedness. New York :
Macmillan. |
| GODDARD, H.H. (1914). Feeble-mindedness : Its causes and consequences. New York : Macmillan. |
|
GODDARD, H.H. (1917). Mental tests and the immigrant. Journal
of Delinquency, 2, 243-277. |
|
GODDARD, H.H. (1920). Human efficiency and levels of
intelligence. Princeton, NJ : Princeton University
Press. |
|
|
SAMELSON, F. (1982). H.H. Goddard and the immigrants.
American Psychologist, 37 (11), 1291-1292. |
|
ZENDERLAND, L. (1998). Measuring minds : Henry
Herbert Goddard and the origins of American intelligence
testing. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
Godelier
Maurice (Cambrai France 1934-) : Anthropologue
marxiste français et chef de file de l'anthropologie économique.
Étudiant de Levi-Strauss.
 |
GODELIER, M. (1974). Un domaine contesté,
l'anthropologie économique. Paris : Mouton. |
|
GODELIER, M. (1984). L'idéel et le matériel : pensée,
économie, sociétés. Paris : Fayard. |
|
GODELIER, M. (1996). L'énigme du don. Paris :
Fayard. |
|
GODELIER, M. (2004). Métamorphoses de la parenté.
Paris : Fayard. |
|
GODELIER, M. (2006). Mythes et légitimations idéologiques
de la domination masculine. Dans C. Vidal (Dir.), Féminin,
masculin : Mythes et idéologies (p. 25-33). Paris :
Belin. |
|
|
|
Godfrey-Smith
Peter ( ) :
Philosophe et épistémologue
australien, spécialisé dans l'étude de la biologie et des modèles
scientifiques. Collaborateur de Lewontin.
|
GODFREY-SMITH, P. & LEWONTIN, R.C. (1993). The
dimensions of selection. Philosophy of Science, 60,
373-395. [PDF] |
|
GODFREY-SMITH, P. (2000). On the theoretical role of
"genetic coding". Philosophy of Science, 67, 26-44.
[PDF] |
|
GODFREY-SMITH, P. (2006). Theories and models in
metaphysics. Harvard Review of Philosophy, 14,
4-19. [PDF] |
|
GODFREY-SMITH, P. (2009). Models and fictions in science.
Philosophical Studies, 143, 101-116. [PDF] |
|
GODFREY-SMITH, P. (2014). Signs and symbolic behavior.
Biological Theory, 9, 78-88. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Goetz Elizabeth M. ( ) :
Psychologue béhavioriste
américaine et spécialiste de la créativité
et des jeux chez
les enfants. Étudiante de Baer.
|
GOETZ, E.M. & SALMONSON, M.N. (1972). The effect of
general and descriptive reinforcement on "creativity"
ineasel painting. In G.B. Semb (Ed.), Behavior
analysis in education (pp. 53-61). Lawrence, KS :
University of Kansas Press. |
|
GOETZ, E.M. & BAER, D.M. (1973). Social control of
form diversity and the emergence of new forms in
children's blockbuilding. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 6 (2), 209-217.
[PDF] |
|
GOETZ, E.M. (1981). The effects of minimal praise on the
creative blockbuild of three year olds. Child Study
Journal, 1, 55-67. |
|
GOETZ, E.M. (1982). A review of functional analyses of
preschool children's creative behaviors. Education
& Treatment of Children, 5 (2), 157-177. |
|
GOETZ, E.M., TURNBULL, A.P. & O'BRIEN, M. (1984).
Helping parents work. Day Care & Early Education,
11 (4), 31-36. |
|
|
|
Goffman Erving (Mannville Alberta Canada 1922-1982
Philadelphie) : Sociologue
américain d'origine canadienne, théoricien de l'École
de Chicago et chef de file de l'interactionisme
symbolique. Étudiant de Blumer
et Hughes.
 |
GOFFMAN, E. (1959). The presentation of self in
everyday life. Garden City, W.Y. : Doubleday. [PDF] |
|
GOFFMAN, E. (1961/88). Asylums : Essays on the social
situation of mental patients and other inmates . Garden
City, New York : Anchor Books. / Asiles. Études sur
la condition sociale des malades mentaux et autres
reclus. Paris : Minuit. |
|
GOFFMAN, E. (1963). Strategic interaction.
University of Pennsylvania Press. |
|
GOFFMAN, E. (1974). Frame analysis : Essays on the
organization of experience. New York : Harper. |
|
GOFFMAN, E. (1977). The arrangement between the sexes. Theory
& Society, 4 (3), 301-331. |
|
|
BURNS, T. (1992). Erving Goffman. Routledge. |
|
|
|
Goguikian Betty ( ) : Psychologue
suisse spécialisée dans l'étude de l'immigration
et de l'identité
sexuelle. = Goguikian-Ratcliff.
|
GOGUIKIAN-RATCLIFF, B. (2002). Jeux et jouets : le genre
neutre existe-t-il ? Petite Enfance, 84, 20-26. |
|
GOGUIKIAN-RATCLIFF, B. (2006). Masculin, féminin chez
l'enfant : de la psychanalyse à la psychologie du
développement. Dans A.-C. Dafflon (Ed.),
Filles-garçons, socialisation différenciée ? (pp.
223-239). Grenoble : Presses Universitaires de Grenoble. |
|
GOGUIKIAN-RATCLIFF, B. (2007). Traumatismes et résilience
chez l'enfant migrant : rôle de l'ancrage culturel et
familial. L'autre, Cliniques, Cultures et Sociétés, 8
(2), 249-256. |
|
GOGUIKIAN-RATCLIFF, B., BOLZMAN, C. et GAKUBA, T. (2014).
Déqualification des femmes migrantes en Suisse :
mécanismes sous-jacents et effets psychologiques. Alterstices,
4 (2), 63-76. |
|
GOGUIKIAN-RATCLIFF, B. et KAMERI, L. (2020). Évaluation
multidimensionnelle et reconnaissance des besoins
spécifiques des enfants migrants. L'autre, Cliniques,
Cultures et Sociétés, 21 (3), 274-284 |
|
|
|
|
|
Goldberg Lewis R. (Chicago 1932-) : Psychologue
américain,
spécialisé dans l'étude de la personnalité.
Collaborateur de Ashton, Caspi,
Digman,
Fiske, John, Loehlin
et Roberts.
|
GOLDBERG, L.R. & RORER, L.G. (1964). Test-retest item
statistics. Psychological Reports, 15, 413-414. |
|
GOLDBERG, L.R. (1986). The validity of rating procedures
to index the hierarchical level of categories. Journal
of Memory & Language, 25, 323-347. [PDF] |
|
GOLDBERG, L.R. (1990). An alternative "description of
personality" : The big-five factor structure. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 59, 1216-1229.
[PDF] |
|
GOLDBERG, L.R. (1992). The development of markers for the
big-five factor structure. Psychology Assessment, 4,
26-42. [PDF] |
|
GOLDBERG, L.R. (1993). The structure of phenotypic
personality traits. American Psychologist, 48, 26-34.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Goldberg Steven R. (1941-2014) : .
Psychologue béhavioriste, d'origine américaine, spécialisé dans l'étude
des interactions entre les drogues (cocaïne
et morphine) et le conditionnement.
Collaborateur de Morse, Schuster
et Kelleher.
|
GOLDBERG, S.R. & SCHUSTER, C.R. (1967). Conditioned
suppression by a stimulus associated with nalorphine in
morphine-dependent monkeys. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 10 (3), 235-242.
[PDF] |
|
GOLDBERG, S.R., HOFFMEISTER, F., SCHLICHTING, U.U. &
WUTTKE, W.A. (1971). comparison of pentobarbital and
cocaine self-administration in rhesus monkeys : Effects of
dose and fixed-ratio parameter. Journal of
Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 179,
277-283. |
|
GOLDBERG, S.R. (1973). Comparable behavior maintained
under fixed-ratio and second-order schedules of food
presentation, cocaine injection or d-amphetamine injection
in the squirrel monkey. Journal of Pharmacology &
Experimental Therapeutics, 186, 18-30. |
|
GOLDBERG, S.R. & KELLEHER, R.T. & MORSE, W.H.
(1975). Second-order schedules of drug injection. Federation
Proceedings, 34, 1771-1776. |
|
GOLDBERG, S.R. & KELLEHER, R.T. (1976). Behavior
controlled by scheduled injections of cocaine in squirrel
and rhesus monkeys. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 25 (1), 93-104. [PDF] |
|
|
BERGMAN, J. (2016). Commemoration of Steve R. Goldberg;
1941-2014; age 73. Psychopharmacology, 233,
1763-1764. [PDF] |
|
HENNINGFIELD, J.E., SMITH, T.T., KLEYKAMP, B.A., FANT,
R.V. & DONNY, E.C. (2016). Nicotine
self-administration research : the legacy of Steven R.
Goldberg and implications for regulation, health policy,
and research. Psychopharmacology, 233 (23-24),
3829-3848. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Golden Timothy D. ( ) :
Psychologue organisationnel
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du travail,
notamment à
domicile.
|
GOLDEN, T.D. & VEIGA, J.F. (2005). The impact of
extent of telecommuting on job satisfaction : resolving
inconsistent findings. Journal of Management, 31,
301-318. [PDF] |
|
GOLDEN, T.D., VEIGA, J.F. & SIMSEK, Z. (2006).
Telecommuting's differential impact on work-family
conflict : Is there no place like home ? Journal of
Applied Psychology, 91, 1340-1350. |
|
GOLDEN, T.D. (2006). Avoiding depletion in virtual work :
Telework and the intervening impact of work exhaustion on
commitment and turnover intentions. Journal of
Vocational Behavior, 69, 176-187. |
|
GOLDEN, T.D. & RAGHURAM, S. (2010). Fostering
teleworker knowledge sharing : The role of altered
relational and technological interactions. Journal of
Organizational Behavior, 31, 1061-1085. |
|
GOLDEN, T.D. (2011). Altering the effects of work and
family conflict on exhaustion : Telework during
traditional and nontraditional work hours. Journal of
Business & Psychology, 27 (3), 255-269. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Goldenberg Georg (Vienne 1949-) :
Neuropsychologue autrichien et spécialiste de l'étude de l'apraxie.
|
GOLDENBERG, G. (1995). Imitating gestures and manipulating
a mannikin : the representation of the human body in
ideomotor apraxia. Neuropsychologia 33, 63-72. |
|
GOLDENBERG, G. & HAGMANN, S. (1998). Tool use and
mechanical problem solving in apraxia. Neuropsychologia,
36 (7), 581-589. [PDF] |
|
GOLDENBERG, G. (2006) Imitation : is cognitive
neuroscience neglecting apraxia ? Trends in Cognitive
Science, 10 (3), 94-95. |
|
GOLDENBERG, G. (2009). Apraxia and the parietal lobes. Neuropsychologia,
47 (6), 1449-1459. |
|
GOLDENBERG, G. (2014). Apraxia - the cognitive side of
motor control. Cortex, 57, 270-274. |
|
|
|
Goldfried
Marvin R. (New York 1936-) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain, spécialiste de l'étude des thérapies
comportementales. Collaborateur de Castonguay,
DeRubeis, D'zurilla,
Hayes, Linehan,
Muran et Shapiro.
 |
GOLDFRIED, M.R. & HAYES, A.M. (1989). Can
contributions from other orientations complement behavior
therapy ? The Behavior Therapist, 12, 57-60. |
|
GOLDFRIED, M.R. (Ed.) (1994). Cognitive-affective
behavior therapy. New York : Springer. |
|
GOLDFRIED, M.R. & WOLFE, B.E. (1998). Toward a more
clinically valid approach to therapy research. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 66 (1),
143-150. [PDF] |
|
GOLDFRIED, M.R. (2001). Integrating gay, lesbian, and
bisexual issues into mainstream psychology. American
Psychologist, 56, 975-988. |
|
GOLDFRIED, M.R. (2010). The future of psychotherapy
integration : Closing the gap between research and
practice. Journal of Psychotherapy Integration, 20,
386-396. |
|
|
|
Goldiamond Israel (Ukraine 1919-1995) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, d'origine ukrainienne, spécialisé dans l'analyse
fonctionnelle du comportement et l'étude du
bégaiement et de
l'auto-renforcement. Professeur de Layng
et Wolf. Collaborateur
d'Andronis, Azrin Holz
et Pliskoff.
|
GOLDIAMOND, I. (1964). A research and demonstration
procedure in stimulus control, abstraction, and
environmental programing. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 7 (3), 216. [PDF] |
|
GOLDIAMOND, I. (1974). Toward a constructional approach to
social problems : ethical and constitutional issues raised
by applied behavior analysis. Behaviorism, 2,
1-84.
[PDF] |
|
GOLDIAMOND, I. (1976). Self-reinforcement. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 9 (4), 509-514.
[PDF] |
|
GOLDIAMOND, I. (1976). Fables, armadyllics, and
self-reinforcement. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 9 (4), 521-525. [PDF] |
|
ANDRONIS, P.T., LAYNG, T.V.J. & GOLDIAMOND, I. (1997).
Contingency adduction of "symbolic aggression" by pigeons.
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 14, 5-17. [PDF] |
|
|
GLENN, S.S. (2002). Retrospective on Goldiamond’s "Toward
a constructional approach to social problems". Behavior
& Social Issues, 11, 202-203.
[PDF] |
|
LAYNG, T.V.J. (2009). The search for an effective clinical
behavior analysis : The nonlinear thinking of Israel
Goldiamond. The Behavior Analyst, 32 (1),
163-184. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Goldman Alvin I. (New York 1938-) : Philosophe
cognitiviste et épistémologue
américain. Collaborateur de Gallese.
 |
GOLDMAN, A. (1970). A theory of human action.
Prentice-Hall : Princeton University Press. |
|
GOLDMAN, A. (1979). What is justified belief ? In G.
Pappas (Ed.), Justification and knowledge (pp.
1-23). D. Reidel. [PDF] |
|
GOLDMAN, A. (1985). The relation between epistemology and
psychology. Synthese 64, 29-68. |
|
GOLDMAN, A. (1985). Group knowledge vs. group rationality
: Two approaches to social epistemology. Episteme : A
Journal of Social Epistemology, 1, 11-22. |
|
GOLDMAN, A. (2009). Internalism, externalism, and the
architecture of justification. Journal of Philosophy,
106 (6), 309-338. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Goldman Morton (1922-2013 Beverly Hills) :
Psychosociologue américain, spécialié dans l'étude du toucher.
|
GOLDMAN, M. (1965). A comparison of individual and group
performance for varying combinations of initial ability.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 1 (3),
210-216. |
|
GOLDMAN, M. KECK, J.W. & O'LEARY, C.J. (1969).
Hostility reduction and performance. Psychological
Reports, 25 (2), 503-512. |
|
GOLDMAN, M. & WALLIS, D. (1983). Restoring freedom
when pressured not to select alternatives. Psychological
Reports, 44 (2), 563-566. |
|
GOLDMAN, M. & FORDYCE, J. (1983). Prosocial behavior
as affected by eye contact, touch, and voice expression. The
Journal of Social Psychology, 121 (1), 125-129. |
|
GOLDMAN, M., KIYOHARA, O. & PFANNENSTEIL, D. (1985).
Interpersonal touch, social labeling and the
foot-in-the-door effect. The Journal of Social
Psychology, 152 (2), 143-147. |
|
|
|
Goldman-Rakic Patricia Shoer (Salem 1937-2003) :
Neurobiologiste américaine et spécialiste des déterminants
neurogénétiques de la
mémoire de travail. Elle s'intéresse notamment au rôle du
cortex pré-frontal.
|
GOLDMAN-RAKIC, P.S. & BROWN, R.M. (1982). Postnatal
development of monoamine content and synthesis in the
cerebral cortex of rhesus monkeys. Brain Research,
256, 339-349. |
|
GOLDMAN-RAKIC, P.S. LIDOW, M.S. & GALLAGER, D.W.
(1990). Overlap of dopaminergic, adrenergic, and
serotoninergic receptors and complementarity of their
subtypes in primate prefrontal cortex. Journal of
Neuroscience, 10, 2125-2138. |
|
GOLDMAN-RAKIC, P.S. (1995). Architecture of the prefrontal
cortex and the central executive. Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciences, 769, 71-83. |
|
GOLDMAN-RAKIC, P.S. (1996). Regional and cellular
fractionation of working memory. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, 93, 13473-13480. [PDF] |
|
GOLDMAN-RAKIC, P.S. (1996). Cellular basis of working
memory. Neuron, 14, 477-485. [PDF] |
|
|
FUSTER J.M. (2004). Patricia Shoer Goldman-Rakic
(1937-2003): Obituary. American Psychologist, 59
(6), 559-560. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goldstein
Daniel G. (1969-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la rationalité
limitée et des heuristiques.
Collaborateur de Arkes
et Gigerenzer.
|
GOLDSTEIN, D.G. & GIGERENZER, G. (2002). Models of
ecological rationality : The recognition heuristic. Psychological
Review, 109 (1), 75-90. [PDF]
|
|
GOLDSTEIN, D.G. & GOLDSTEIN, D. (2006). Profiting from
the long tail. Harvard Business Review, 84 (6),
24-28 |
|
GOLDSTEIN, D.G. (2007). Getting attention for unrecognized
brands. Harvard Business Review, 85 (3), 24-28. |
|
GOLDSTEIN, D.G., JOHNSON, E.J. & SHARPE, W.F. (2008).
Choosing outcomes versus choosing products :
Consumer-focused retirement investment advice. Journal
of Consumer Research, 35, 440-456. |
|
GOLDSTEIN, D.G. & GIGERENZER, G. (2011). The beauty of
simple models : Themes in recognition heuristic research.
Judgment & Decision Making, 6 (5), 392-395. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Goldstein
Kurt (1878-1965) : Neuropsychologue
allemand et psychologue gestaltiste.
 |
GOLDSTEIN, K. (1939). The organism : A holistic
approach to biology derived from pathological data in
man. New York : American Book Company. |
|
GOLDSTEIN, K. (1940). Human nature in the light of
psychopathology. Cambridge : Harvard University
Press. |
|
GOLDSTEIN, K. & SCHEERER, M. (1941). Abstract and
concrete behavior : An experimental study with special
tests. Psychological monograph, 53 (2), 1-151. |
|
GOLDSTEIN, K. (1942). After effects of brain injuries
in war. New York : Grune & Stratton. |
|
GOLDSTEIN, K. (1948). Language and language
disturbances : Aphasic symptom complexes and their
significance for medicine and theory of language. New
York : Grune & Stratton. |
|
|
GESCHWIND, N. (1964). The paradoxical position of Kurt
Goldstein in the history of aphasia. Cortex, 1, 214-224. |
|
|
|
Goldstone Robert ( ) :
Psychologue
cognitiviste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la perception
et de la similarité. Collaborateur
de Gentner, Medin
et Schyns.
 |
GOLDSTONE, R.L., MEDIN, D.L. & GENTNER, D. (1991).
Relational similarity and the nonindependence of features
in similarity judgments. Cognitive Psychology, 23, 222-264.
[PDF] |
|
GOLDSTONE, R.L. & MEDIN, D.L. (1994). The time course
of comparison. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 20, 29-50. [PDF] |
|
GOLDSTONE, R.L. (1995). Effects of categorization on color
perception. Psychological Science, 6, 298-304. [PDF] |
|
GOLDSTONE, R.L., MEDIN, D.L. & HALBERSTADT, J. (1997).
Similarity in context. Memory & Cognition, 25,
237-255.
[PDF] |
|
GOLDSTONE, R.L. & HENDRICKSON, A.T. (2009).
Categorical perception. WIREs Cognitive Science, 1,
65-78.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Goldthorpe John H. (Great Houghton 1935-) :
Sociologue britannique et spécialiste de l'étude des
classes, de la mobilité
sociale et de la stratification
sociale. Collaborateur de
Breen et Bukodi.
|
GOLDTHORPE, J.H. (1987). Social mobility and class
structure in modern Britain. Oxford : Clarendon
Press. |
|
GOLDTHORPE, J.H., LOCKWOOD, D., BECHHOFER, F. & PLATT,
J. (1969). The afluent worker in the class structure.
London : Cambridge University Press. |
|
GOLDTHORPE, J.H. & MARSHALL, G. (1992). The promising
future of class analysis : A response to recent critiques.
Sociology, 26, 381-400. |
|
GOLDTHORPE, J. (2004). The economic basis of social
class. London : Centre for Analysis of Social
Exclusion, London School of Economics. |
|
GOLDTHORPE, J.H. (2016). Social class mobility in modern
Britain : changing structure, constant process. Journal
of the British Academy, 4, 89-111. [PDF]
|
|
|
LEACH, G. (1980). Goldthorpe, Halsey and social class. London
Review of Books, 2 (5), 4-6. |
|
|
|
Golf
: Sport. Golf.
| |
|
|
McDANIEL, K., CUMMINGS, J. & SHAIN, S. (1989). The
"yips" : A focal dystonia of golfers. Neurology, 39,
192-195. |
BEILOCK, S.L. & CARR, T.H., MacMAHON, C. &
STARKES, J.L. (2002). When paying attention becomes
counterproductive : Impact of divided versus skill-focused
attention on novice and experienced performance of
sensorimotor skills. Journal of Experimental
Psychology Applied, 8, 6-16. [PDF] |
|
WRIGHT, E.F., JACKSON, W., CHRISITE, S.D., McGUIRE, G.R.
& WRIGHT, R.D. (1991). The home-course disadvantage in
golf championships : further evidence for the undermining
effect of supportive audiences on performance under
pressure. Journal of Sport Behavior, 14 (1),
51-60. |
SMITH, A., ADLER, C., CREWS, D., WHARREN, R., LASKOWSKI,
E., BARNES, K., VALONE, B.C., PELZ, D, BRENNAN, R.D.,
SMITH, J., SORENSON, M.C. & KAUFMAN, K.R. (2003). The
"yips" in golf : A continuum between a focal dystonia and
choking. Sports Medicine, 33, 13-31. |
|
SACHDEV, P. (1992). Golfer's cramp : Clinical
characteristics and evidence against it being an anxiety
disorder. Movement Disorders, 7, 326-332. |
UPHILL, M.A. & JONES, M.V. (2005). Coping with, and
reducing the number of careless shots : A case study with
a county golfer. Sport & Exercise Psychology
Review, 1 (2), 14-22. [PDF]
|
|
COOK, S. (1993). Quantification of the "yips" phenomenon
during golf putting (Doctoral dissertation, United States
International University, 1993). Dissertation
Abstracts International, 54 (3-B), 1660. |
STINEAR, C., COXSON, J., FLEMING, M., LIM, V., PRAPAVESIS,
H. & BYBLOW, W. (2006). The yips in golf : Multimodal
evidence for two subtypes. Medicine & Science in
Sports & Exercise, 11, 1980-1989. |
|
SMITH, A., MALO, S., LASKOWSKI, E., SABICK, M., COONEY,
W., FINNIE, S, CREWS DJ, EISCHEN, J.J., HAY, I.D.,
DETLING, N.J. & KAUFMAN, K. (2000). A
multidisciplinary study of the "yips" phenomenon in golf :
An exploratory analysis. Sports Medicine, 6,
423-437. |
BELL, R.J., SKINNER, C.H. & FISHER, L.A. (2009).
Decreasing putting yips in accomplished golfers via
solution-focused guided imagery : A single-subject
research design. Journal of Applied Sport Psychology,
21, 1-14. [PDF] |
|
BEILOCK, S.L. AFREMOW, J.A., RABE, A.L. & CARR, T.H.
(2001). "Don't miss !" The debilitating effects of
suppressive imagery on golf putting performance. Journal
of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 23, 200-221. [PDF]
|
BOIS, J.E., SARRAZIN, P., SOUTON, J. & BOICHE, J.C.S.
(2009). Psychological characteristics and their relation
to performance in professional golfers. Sport
Psychologist, 23, 252-270. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Sport |
|
|
Golfe
du Tonkin (Incidents) : Pseudo-affrontements
qui se seraient survenus au large du
Vietnam, dans le gofe du Tonkin, le 2 et le 4 août 1964,
entre la marine américaine et la République démocratique du Viêt
Nam. La théorie
officielle de ces affrontements, à l'origine de l'entrée en
guerre des États-Unis
(casus belli), laissait entendre qu'un destroyer américain - le
USS Maddox - aurait essuyé les tirs de trois torpilleurs
nord-vietnamiens, le 2 août, puis de nouveau le 4 août. Or, en
réalié, on sait maintenant - grâce aux papiers du Pentagone et au
travail de Hanyok et Moïse - que cela est faux. Les belligérants
se sont bel et bien toisés dans le golfe, à deux reprises même,
mais il n'y a jamais eu d'échange de tirs, tout au plus quelques
coups perdus de la part des Américains le 4 août. Ces incidents
servent souvent d'exemple pour illustrer l'existence de véritables
complots, qui demeurent
cachés pendant des années, ainsi que le rôle des opérations sous fausse bannière dans le déclenchement des conflits.
Gulf of Tonkin mystery.
| |
|
|
ZINN, H. (1967). Vietnam : The logic of withdrawal.
New York : Beacon Press. |
|
ZINN, H. & CHOMSKY, N. (Ed.) (1972). The Pentagon
papers : Critical essays. New York : Beacon Press. |
|
ZINN, H. (1980/2003). A people's history of the
United States. New York : Harper & Row./Une
Histoire populaire des États-Unis de 1492 a nos jours.
Memoires Sociales |
|
CORRELL, J.T. (1997).The Pentagon Papers : A secret study
of the Vietnam War set off an incredible sequence of
events. Airforce-magazine.com, 90 (2). |
|
HANYOK, R.J. (200/2001). Skunks, bogies, silent hounds,
and the flying fish : The gulf of Tonkin Mystery, 2-4
August 1964. Cryptologic Quarterly, 19 (1),
1-55. |
|
MOÏSE, E.E. (2004). Tonkin Gulf and the escalation of
the Vietnam war. The University of North Carolina
Press. |
|
|
Voir aussi Théorie
officielle et Guerre
du Vietnam |
|
|
Golgi
Camillo (Corteno 1843-1926 Pavie) : Biologiste
italien et pionnier de l'étude du système
nerveux. Lauréat du prix
Nobel de physiologie et de médecine en 1906 pour ses travaux
sur la structure du système nerveux
(avec Ramon y Cajal). Il a mit au point une
technique de colaration (dite coloration de Golgi) qui permet,
grâce au nitrate et au chromate d'argent, d'isoler
par la couleur et le contraste certaines neurones
des tissus humains cérébraux.
 |
|
| |
|
| |
| |
|
|
WADE, N.J. & PICCOLINO, M. (2006). Nobel stains. Perception,
35, 1-8. [PDF]
|
|
SWANSON, L.W., GRANT G., GRIILNER, S., HÖKFELT, T., JONES,
E.G. & MORRISSON, J. (2007). A century of neuroscience
discovery : reflecting on the Nobel Prize to Golgi and
Cajal in 1906. Brain Research Reviews, 55 (S),
191-498. |
| PARENT,
A. (2009). Histoire du cerveau. Québec :
Presses de l'Univserité Laval. |
| |
|
|
Gollub
Lewis R. ( ) : Psycholobiologiste
béhavioriste
américain. Collaborateur de
Brady, Kelleher et
Shull.
|
GOLLUB, L.R. & URBAN, J.T. (1958). The accentuation of
a rate difference during extinction. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 1 (4), 365-369.
[PDF] |
|
GOLLUB, L.R. (1964). The relations among measures of
performance on a fixed-interval schedule. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 7 (5),
337-343.
[PDF] |
|
GOLLUB, L.R. & BRADY, J.V. (1968). Behavioral
pharmacology. Annual Review of Pharmacology, 5,
235-262. |
|
GOLLUB, L.R. (2002). Between the waves : Harvard pigeon
lab 1955-1960. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 77 (3), 319-326. [PDF] |
|
GOLLUB, L.R. & LEE, R.M. (2014). Response force under
fixed-interval reinforcement. Psychonomic Science 4 (1),
9-10. |
|
|
|
Gollwitzer
Peter M. (Nabburg 1950-) : Psychologue
américain, d'origine allemande, et spécialiste de l'étude
des plans et des
intentions. Il s'intéresse également aux concepts de but
et d'illusion de
contrôle. Collaborateur de
Aarts, Bargh, Hirt,
McCrae,
Oettingen, Sheeran
et Webb.
|
GOLLWITZER, P.M., WICKLUND, R.A. & HILTON, J.L.
(1982). Admission of failure and symbolic self-completion
: Extending Lewinian theory. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 43 (2), 358-371. [PDF] |
|
GOLLWITZER, P.M. & BRANDSÄTTER, V. (1997).
Implementation intentions and effective goal pursuit.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 73
(1), 186-199. [PDF] |
|
GOLLWITZER, P.M. & SCHALL, B. (1998). Metacognition in
action : The importance of implementation intentions. Personality
& Social Psychology Review, 2 (2), 124-136. [PDF] |
|
GOLLWITZER, P.M. (1999). Implementation intentions :
Strong effects of simple plans. American
Psychologist, 54 (7), 493-503. [PDF] |
|
GOLLWITZER, P.M. (2006). Open questions in implementation
intention research. Social Psychological Review, 8
(1), 14-18. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Golombok Susan (1954-) : Psychologue
britannique, spécialiste du développement
et de l'influence du type de famille
et de l'absence du père
sur l'identité
sexuelle. Collaboratrice de
Rutter.
 |
GOLOMBOK, S., SPENCER, A. & RUTTER, M. (1983).
Children in lesbian and single parent households :
Psychosexual and psychiatric appraisal. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 24 (4), 551-572. |
|
GOLOMBOK, S. (1991). Prescription prolongée
d'anxiolytiques : Problème et leur traitement. Psychiatrie,
8, 95-98. |
|
GOLOMBOK, S. & FIVUSH, R. (1994). Gender
development. New York & Cambridge : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
GOLOMBOK, S. & FIVUSK, R. (1995). Gender is determined
biologically and socially. In D. Bender & B. Leone
(Eds.), Human sexuality : Opposing viewpoints.
San Diego CA, Greenhaven Press. |
|
TASKER, F. & GOLOMBOK, S. (1997). Growing up in a
lesbian family. New York : Guilford Press. |
|
|
|
Gomme
à mâcher : Chewing-gum.
| |
|
|
BRITT, D.M., COLLINS F.L. & COHEN, L.M. (1999).
Cigarette smoking and chewing-gum use among college
students. Journal of Applied Biobehavioural Research,
4, 85-90. |
|
WILKINSON, L., SCHOLEY, A. & WESNES, K. (2002).
Chewing gum selectively improves aspects of memory in
healthy volunteers. Appetite, 38, 235-236. |
|
BICKEL, W.K. & KISCHENBAUM, A.P. (2004). Substitutes
for tobacco smoking : A behavioral economic analysis of
nicotine gum, denicotinized cigarettes, and
nicotine-containing cigarettes. Drug & Alcohol
Dependence, 74, 253-264. |
|
BAKER, J.R., BEZANCE, J.B., ZELLABY, E. & AGGLETON,
J.P. (2004). Brief communication chewing gum can produce
context-dependent effects upon memory. Appetite, 43,
207-210. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, A.P. (2009). Effects of caffeine in chewing gum on
mood and attention. Human Psychopharmacology :
Clinical & Experimental, 24, 239-247. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, A.P. (2009). Effects of chewing gum on mood,
learning, memory and performance of an intelligence task.
Nutritional Neuroscience, 12, 81-88. [PDF] |
|
ALLEN, A.P. & SMITH, A.P. (2011). A review of the
evidence that chewing gum affects stress, alertness and
cognition. Journal of Behavioral & Neuroscience
Research, 9 (1), 7-23. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Fumer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Good
Thomas L. ( ) :
Psychologue américain, spécialisé en éducation,
plus particulièrement dans la relation enseignant-élève
(attente,
motivation scolaire, etc.) et l'enseignement
des mathématiques. Collaborateur de
Brophy, Cooper et Weinstein.
|
GOOD, T.L. (1972). The role of rewards and reinforcements
in early education programs : The use of concrete rewards.
Journal of School Psychology, 10 (3), 253-261. |
|
GOOD, T.L. & BROPHY, J.E. (1973). Looking in
classrooms. New York : Harper & Row. |
|
GOOD, T.L, SLAVINGS, R., HAREL, K. & EMERSON, H.
(1987). Student passivity : A study of student
question-asking in K-12 classrooms. Sociology of
Education, 60 (3), 181-199. |
|
GOOD, T.L, SLAVINGS, R. & MASON, D. (1988). Learning
to ask questions : Grade and school effects. Teaching
& Teacher Education, 4 (4), 363-378. |
|
GOOD, T.L. (2010). Forty years of research on teaching
1968-2008. What do we know now that we didn’t know then ?
In R. Marzano (Ed.), On excellence in teaching
(pp. 3-64). Bloomington : Solution Tree Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
Goodall Glyn ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
français, d'origine britannique, spécialisé dans l'étude du conditionnement
répondant et de la punition.
Collaborateur de
Mackintosh.
|
GOODALL, G. (1984). Morphological complexity and
cerebral lateralization. Neuropsychologia, 22 (3),
375-380. |
|
GOODALL, G. (1984). Learning due to the response-shock
contingency in signalled punishment. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, Section B, 36
(3b), 259-279. |
|
GOODALL, G.
& MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1987). Analysis of the Pavlovian
properties of signals for punishment. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 39B, 1-21. |
|
GOODALL, G. (1987). Abnormal patterns of maze patrolling
in the mutant mouse staggerer. Behavioral & Neural
Biology, 47 (3), 307-320. |
|
GOODALL, G. (1984). Cerebellar involvement in avoidance
and escape learning. Brain Research, 6 (2-3),
219-220. |
|
|
|
Goodall Jane van Lawick (Londres 1934-) : Primatologue
anglaise et spécialiste de l'étude des chimpanzés.
Étudiante de Leakey.
Professeure de Packer et Wrangham.
Collaboratrice de Boesch,
Fossey, Galdikas, Hill,
McGrew, Nishida,
Tutin, Whiten
et Wrangham.
 |
GOODALL, J. (1964). Tool using and aimed throwing in a
community of free-living chimpanzees. Nature, 201, 1264-1266. |
|
GOODALL, J. (1971). In the shadow of man. Boston
: Houghton Mifflin Publishing. |
|
GOODALL, J. (1986). The chimpanzees of Gombe :
Patterns of behavior. Cambridge, MA : The Belknap
Press of Harvard University Press. |
|
GOODALL, J. (1990). Through a window. Houghton
Mifflin Company. |
|
GOODALL, J., FOSSEY, D., GALDIKAS, B.M.F. &
MONTGOMERY, S. (1991). Walking with the great apes.
Boston : Houghton Mifflin. |
|
|
|
Goodenough
Florence (Honesdale États-Unis 1886-1959 Floride) :
Psychométricienne
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'intelligence, notamment chez les enfants.
Étudiante de Terman et Hollingworth.
Professeure de Carroll.
 |
GOODENOUGH, F. (1926). A new approach to the measurement
of intelligence of young children. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 33, 185-211. |
|
GOODENOUGH, F. & TERMAN, L.M. (1926). Measurement of
intelligence by drawings. The American Journal of
Sociology, 32 (3), 497-498. |
|
GOODENOUGH, F. (1949/69). Mental testing : Its
history, principles, and applications. New York :
Rinehart/Johnson Reprint Corp. |
|
GOODENOUGH, F. (1956). Exceptional children. New
York : Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
|
GOODENOUGH, F. & TYLER, L.E. (1959). Developmental
psychology. New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
|
|
|
Goodfellow Peter N. (1951-) : Biologiste
et généticien anglais,
spécialisé dans l'étude de la détermination
du sexe, notamment chez les mammifères.
On lui doit la découverte du gène
SRY sur le chromosome
Y. Collaborateur de Lovell-Badge
et Sinclair.
 |
GOODFELLOW, P.N. (1983). Genetics : Sex is simple.
Nature, 304, 212. [PDF] |
|
GOODFELLOW, P.N., PYM, B., MOHANDAS, T. & SHAPIRO,
L.J. (1984). The cell surface antigen locus, MIC2X,
escapes X-inactivation. American Journal of Human
Genetic, 36 (4), 777-782. [PDF] |
|
PALMER, M.S., BERTA, P., SINCLAIR, A.H., PYM, B. &
GOODFELLOW, P.N. (1990). Comparison of human ZFY and ZFX
transcripts. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, USA, 87, 1681-1685. [PDF] |
|
GOODFELLOW, P.N. & DARLING, S. (1988). Genetics of sex
determination in man and mouse. Development, 102, 251–258. |
|
GOODFELLOW, P.N. & LOVELL-BADGE, R. (1993). SRY and
sex determination in mammals. Annual Review of
Genetics, 27, 71-92. |
|
|
|
Goodglass Harold (New York 1920-2002) :
Neuropsychologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude des aphasies,
notamment de l'agrammatisme.
|
GOODGLASS, H., QUADFASEL, F.A. & TIMBERBLAKE, W.H.
(1964). Phrase length and the type and severity of
aphasia. Cortex, 7, 133-155. |
|
GOODGLASS, H., GLEASON, J.B. & HYDE, M.R. (1970). Some
dimensions of auditory language comprehension in aphasia.
Journal of Speech, Language, & Hearing Research,
13, 595-606. |
|
GOODGLASS, H., GLEASON, J.B., BERNHOLZ, N.A. & HYDE,
M.R. (1972). Some linguistic structures in the speech of a
Broca's aphasic. Cortex, 8, 191-212. |
|
GOODGLASS, H., BLUMSTEIN, S.E., GLEASON, J.B., HYDE, M.R.,
GREEN, E.B. & STALENDER, S. (1979) The effect of
syntactic encoding on sentence comprehension in aphasia. Brain
& Lnguage, 7, 201-269. |
|
GOODGLASS, H. (1997). Agrammatism in aphasiology. Clinical
Neuroscience, 4 (2), 51-56. |
|
|
|
|
|
Goodman Leo A. (New York 1928-2020 Berkley) :
Sociologue et statisticien
américain. Il a développé un test qui porte son nom (Tau de
Goodman-Kruskal). Il a aussi proposé une solution au problème de l'erreur
écologique. Étudiant de Wilks
et Tukey. Professeur de Haberman.
Collaborateur de Kruskal.
|
GOODMAN, L. (1953). Ecological regression and the behavior
of individuals. American Sociological Review, 18,
663-664. |
|
GOODMAN, L.A. (1954). Kolmogorov-Smirnov tests for
psychological research. Psychological Bulletin, 51,
160. |
|
GOODMAN, L. (1959). Some alternatives to ecological
correlation. American Journal of Sociology, 64,
610-625. |
|
GOODMAN, L.A. (1977). How not to analyze nonrecursive
systems pertaining to qualitative variables. Political
Methodology, 4, 23. |
|
GOODMAN, L.A. (1987). New methods for analyzing the
intrinsic character of qualitative variables using
cross-classified data. American Journal of Sociology,
93, 529. |
|
|
|
Goodman Gail S. (Los Angeles) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude du
développement et de la mémoire
chez l'enfant, notamment
lors de témoignage en
cour.
|
GOODMAN, G. & REED, R.S. (1986). Age differences in
eyewitness testimony. Law & Human Behavior, 10
(4), 317-332. |
|
GOODMAN, G.S., GOLDING, J.M., HELGESON, V.S., HAITH, M.M.
& MICHELLI, J. (1987). When a child takes the stand :
Jurors' perceptions of children's eyewitness testimony. Law
& Human Behavior, 11 (1), 27-40. |
|
GOODMAN, G.S., BOTTOMS, B.M., SCHWARTZ-KENNEY & RUDY,
L. (1987). Children's testimony about a stressful event :
Improving children's reports. Journal of Narrative
& Life History, 1 (1), 69-99. |
|
GOODMAN, G.S., HIRSCHMAN, J.E., HEPPS, D. & RUDY, L.
(1982). Children's memory for stressful events. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly, 37 (1), 109-157. |
|
GOODMAN, G., SHARMA, A., THOMAS, S.E. & CONSIDINE,
M.G. (1995). Mother knows best : Effects of relationship
status and interviewer bias on children's memory. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 60 (1), 195-228. |
|
|
|
Goodman Kenneth (1927-2020) : Linguiste
américain, spécialisé dans l'apprentissage de la lecture.
Il est l'inventeur de la méthode
globale de lecture (whole language). =
Ken.
|
GOODMAN, K. (1967). Reading : A psycholinguistic guess
game. Journal of the Reading Specialist, 6 (4),
126-135. / In H. Singer R.B. & Ruddell, R.B. (Eds.),
Theoretical Models and Processes of Reading (pp.
497-508). International Reading Association. [PDF]
+
[PDF] |
|
GOODMAN, K. (1974). Effective teachers of reading know
language and children. Elementary English, 51,
823-828. |
|
GOODMAN, K. (1976). Manifesto for a reading revolution. In
F.V. Gollasch (Ed. 1986), Language and literacy : The
selected writings of Kenneth S. Goodman (pp.
231-241). London : Routledge & Kegan Paul. |
|
GOODMAN, K. (1989). Whole language research : Foundations
and development. The Elementary School Journal, 90,
208-221. |
|
GOODMAN, K. (1992). Why whole language is today's agenda
in education. Language Arts, 69, 354-363. |
|
|
ARCHER, N. & BRYANT, P.E. (2001). Investigating the
role of context in learning to read : A direct test of
Goodman's model. British Journal of Psychology, 92,
579-591. |
|
|
|
Goodman Nelson (Somerville 1906-1998 Needham) :
Philosophe nominaliste
et logicien américain.
Étudiant de Carnap et
Lewis. Collaborateur de Quine.
Professeur de Scheffler.
|
GOODMAN, N.A. (1946). Query on confirmation. The
Journal of Philosophy, 43 (14), 383-385. |
|
GOODMAN, N. & QUINE, W.V. (1947). Steps toward a
constructive nominalism. Journal of Symbolic Logic,
12 (4), 105-122. [PDF] |
|
GOODMAN, N. (1951/66). The structure of appearance.
Harvard UP. |
|
GOODMAN, N. (1951). Fact, fiction, and forecast. Cambridge,
MA : Harvard UP. |
|
GOODMAN, N. & LEONARD, H.S. (1989). The calculus of
individuals and its use. Journal of Symbolic Logic,
5 (1940): 45-55. |
|
|
HACKING, I. (1993). Le plus pur nominalisme. L'énigme
de Goodman : "vleu" et usages de "vleu". Éditions
L'Éclat. |
|
GARDNER, H. (2000). Project zero : Nelson Goodman's legacy
in arts education. The Journal of Aesthetics &
Art Criticism. 58 (3), 245-249. |
|
COHNITZ, D. & ROSSBERG, M. (2003). Nelson
Goodman. Chesham : Acumen & Montreal :
McGill-Queen's University Press. |
|
SHOTTENKIRK, D. (2009). Nominalism and its aftermath
: The philosophy of Nelson Goodman. Synthese
Library/Springer. |
|
|
|
Goodwin Matthew S. ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste l'étude de
l'autisme. Collaborateur de Velicer
et Zeigenbaum.
|
GOODWIN, M.S., CONSIDINE, S., GRODEN, J., BARON, M.G.,
GRODEN, G., VELICER, W.F., LIPSITT, L.P. & HOFMANN,
S.H. (2004). Exploring heart rate responses to
stereotypical behavior in an individual with autism. Autism
& Related Developmental Disabilities Newsletter, 20,
1-4. |
|
GOODWIN, M.S., GRODEN, J., VELICER, W.F., LIPSITT, L.P.,
BARON, M.G., HOFMANN, S.G. & GRODEN, G. (2006).
Cardiovascular arousal in individuals with autism. Focus
on Autism & Other Developmental Disabilities, 21,
100-123. [PDF] |
|
GOODWIN, M.S. (2008). Enhancing and accelerating the pace
of autism research and treatment : The promise of
developing innovative technology. Focus on Autism
& Other Developmental Disabilities, 23, 125-128.
[PDF] |
|
GOODWIN, M.S., VELICER W.F. & INTILLE, S.S. (2008).
Telemetric monitoring in the behavior sciences. Behavioral
Research Methods, 40, 328-341. |
|
GOODWIN, M.S., INTILLE, S.S., ALBINALI, F. & VELICER,
W.F. (2011). Automated detection of stereotypical motor
movements. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 41, 770-782. |
|
|
|
Gooren Louis J.M. (1943-2023) : Endocrinologue
néerlandais et spécialiste du traitement (thérapie
hormonale) et de l'étude des transgenres
et des transexuelles. Étudiant
de Money. Collaborateur de
Cohen-Kettanis et Swaab.
|
GOOREN, L.J.M. (1986). The neuroendocrine response of
luteinizing hormone to estrogen administration in the
human is not sex specific but dependent on the hormonal
environment. Journal of Clinical Endocrinology &
Metabolism, 63 (3), 589-593. |
|
GOOREN, L.J.M. (1990). The endocrinology of transsexualism
: A review and commentary. Psychoneuroendocrinology,
15 (1), 3-14. |
|
GOOREN, L.J.M. & BUNCK, M.C.M. (2004). Transsexuals
and competitive sports. European Journal of
Endocrinology, 151, 425-429.
[PDF] |
|
GOOREN, L.J.M. (2005). Hormone treatment of the adult
transsexual patient. Hormone Research, 64 (2),
31-36. |
|
GOOREN, L.J.M. & LIPS, P. (2014). Conjectures
concerning cross-sex hormone treatment of aging
transsexual persons. Journal of Sexual Medicine, 11
(8), 2012-2019. |
|
|
|
Gopnik Alison (Philadelphie 1955-) : Psychologue
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude du
développement. Collaboratrice de Kuhl
et Meltzoff.
|
GOPNIK, A. & MELTZOFF, A.N. (1986). Relations between
semantic and cognitive development in the one-word stage :
The specificity hypothesis. Child Development, 57,
1040-1053. |
|
GOPNIK, A. (1988). Three types of early word : Social
words, cognitive-relational words and names and their
relation to cognitive development. First Language, 8,
49-70. |
|
GOPNIK, A. (1996). The scientist as child. Philosophy
of Science, 63 (4), 485-514. [PDF] |
| GOPNIK, A.C., GLYMOUR, C., SOBEL, D., SCHULTZ, L.,
KSHNIR, T. & DANKS, D. (2004). A theory of causal
learning in children : Causal maps and Bayes nets.
Psychological Review, 111 (1), 1-31. |
|
GOPNIK, A. (2010). How babies think. Scientific
American, 303, 76-81. |
|
|
THOMPSON, N.S. (1993). Why Alison Gopnik should be a
behaviorist. Commentary. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 16, 1. |
|
BECK, S. (2016). "Counterfactuals matter" : a reply to
Weisberg & Gopnik. Cognitive Science, 40 (1),
260-261. |
|
|
|
|
|
Gordon Michael ( ) : Psychologue
anglais spécialisé dans l'étude et la mesure de
l'attention, de
l'impulsivité et de l'hyperactivité.
|
GORDON, M. (1979). The assessment of impulsivity and
mediating behaviors in hyperactive and non-hyperactive
children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 7,
317-326. |
|
GORDON, M. (1983). The Gordon Diagnostic System. DeWitt,
NY : Gordon Systems. [LIRE] |
|
GORDON, M. & METTLEMEN, B.B. (1988). The assessment of
attention : I. standardization and reliability of a
behavior based measure. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 44, 682-690. |
|
GORDON, M. (1997). ADHD in cyberspace. ADHD Report, 5
(4), 4-6. |
|
GORDON, M. (1999). Attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder : diagnosis and management in the USA. Journal
of the Royal Society of Medicine, 92 (9), 453-455.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Gordon Robert A. (New York 1932-) : Sociologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la délinquance et de l'intelligence. Il est un des signataires
du Groupe des 52.
|
|
GORDON, R.A. (1967). Issues in the ecological study of delinquency
927-944./td>
|
|
GORDON, R.A. (1974). Everyday life as an intelligence test : Effects of intelligence and intelligence context.Intelligence, 24 (1), 203-320.
|
|
GORDON, R.A. (1980). Implications of valid (and stubborn) IQ differences : An unstatesmanlike view. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 3 343-344. |
|
GORDON, R.A. & BURCH, N. (1977). SES versus IQ in the race-IQ-delinquency model. International Journal of Sociology & Social Policy, 7, 30-96. |
|
GORDON, R.A. (1995).The great disturbance about intelligence
Planning for Higher Education, 23 (3) 19-28. |
|
|
|
Gorelick
Root ( ) : Biologiste,
économiste et
mathématicien canadien, spécialisé dans l'étude de
l'évolution.
 |
GORELICK, R. (2007). When information theory is no longer
theory. Biological Theory, 2 (2), 180-182. |
|
GORELICK, R. & LAUBICLER, M.D. (2008). Genetic =
Heritable (Genetic not equal DNA). Biology Theory, 3,
79-84. |
|
GORELICK, R. & CARPIONE, J. (2009). Origin and
maintenance of sex : The evolutionary joys of self sex. Biological
Journal of the Linnean Society, 98, 707-728. |
|
GORELICK, R. & HENG, H.H.Q. (2011). Sex reduces
genetic variation : a multidisciplinary review. Evolution,
65, 1088-1098. [PDF] |
|
GORELICK, R. (2011). What is theory. Ideas in Ecology
& Evolution, 4, 1-10.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Gorham
Joan ( ) : Spécialiste américaine de
l'éducation et de la communication.
Elle s'intéresse notamment à la
convivialité des
enseignants. Collaboratrice de McCroskey
et Richmond.
|
GORHAM, J. (1988). The relationship between verbal teacher
immediacy and student learning. Communication
Education, 37 (1), 40-53. |
|
GORHAM, J., KELLEY, D.H. & McCROSKEY, J.C. (1989). The
affinity-seeking of classroom teachers : A second
perspective. Communication Quarterly, 37 (1),
16-26. [PDF] |
|
GORHAM, J. & CHRISTOPHEL, D. (1990). The relationship
of teachers' use of humor in the classroom to immediacy
and student learning. Communication Education, 39,
46-62. [PDF] |
|
GORHAM, J. & ZAKAHI, W. (1990). A comparison of
teacher and student perceptions of immediacy and learning
: Monitoring process and product. Communication
Education, 39, 354-368. |
|
GORHAM, J. & MILLETTE, D.M. (1997). A comparative
analysis of teacher and student perceptions of sources of
motivation and demotivation in college classes. Communication
Education, 46 (4), 245-261. |
|
|
|
Gorille (Gorilla gorilla) : En primatologie,
espèce utilisée comme modèle
pour étudier la communication
et l'organisation
sociale.
= Dos argenté. .
( ) : koko.
Gorilla.
| |
|
|
IMANISHI, K. (1958). Gorillas : a preliminary survey in
1958. Primates, 1 (2), 73-78. |
WATTS, D.P. (1990). Ant eating behavior of mountain. Primates,
30 (1), 121-125. |
|
DONISTHORPE, J. (1958). A pilot study of the mountain
gorilla. South African Journal of Science 54, 195-217. |
WATTS, D.P. (1990). Ecology of gorillas and its relation
to female transfer in mountain gorillas. International
Journal of Primatology, 11, 21-45. |
|
EMLEN, J.T. & SCHALLER, G.B. (1960). Distribution and
status of the mountain gorilla, 1959. Zoologica New
York, 45, 41-52. |
WATTS, D.P. (1991). Mountain gorilla reproduction and
sexual behavior. American Journal of Primatology, 24,
211-225. |
|
KAWAI, M. & MIZUHARA, H. (1962). An ecological study
on the wild mountain gorilla. Primates, 2, 1-42. |
NISHIHARA, T. & KURODA, S. (1991). Soil-scratching
behaviour by western lowland gorillas. Folia
Primatologica, 57,48-50. |
|
FOSSEY, D. (1972). Vocalizations of the mountain gorilla
(Gorilla gorilla beringei). Animal Behaviour, 20, 36-53. |
WATTS, D.P. (1991). Harassment of immigrant female
mountain gorillas by resident females. Ethology, 89,
135-153. |
|
FOSSEY, D. (1972/83). Gorillas in the mist. Boston
: Houghton Mifflin. |
YAMAGIWA, J. (1992). Functional analysis of social staring
behavior in an all-male group of mountain gorillas. Primates,
33, 523-544. |
|
BAUMGARTEL, W. (1976). Up among the mountain
gorillas. New York : Hawthorn Books. |
TUTIN, C.E.G. & FERNANDEZ, M. (1992). Insect-eating by
sympatric lowland gorillas (Gorilla gorilla gorilla) and
chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes troglodytes) in the Lopé
Reserve, Gabon. American Journal of Primatology, 28,
29-40. |
|
FOSSEY, D. (1974). Observations on the home range of one
group of mountain gorillas. Animal Behaviour 22, 568-581. |
BYRNE, R.W. & BERNE, J.M.E. (1993). Complex
leaf-gathering skills of mountain gorillas : variability
and standardization. American Journal of Primatology,
31, 241-261. |
|
CARO, T.M. (1976). Observations on the ranging behaviour
and daily activity of lone silverback mountain gorillas. Animal
Behavior, 24, 889-897. |
VAUCLAIR, J. & FAGOT, J. (1993). Manual specialization
in gorillas and baboons. In J.P. Ward & W.D. Hopkins
(Eds.), Primate laterality : Current behavioral
evidence of primate Asymmetries (pp. 193-205). New
York : Springer Verlag. |
|
HARCOURT, A.H., STEWART, K.J. & FOSSEY, D. (1976).
Male emigration and female transfer in wild mountain
gorilla. Nature, 263, 226-227. |
HARCOURT, A.H., STEWART, K.J. & HAUSER, M. (1993).
Functions of wild gorilla "close" calls. I. Repertoire,
context, and interspecific comparison. Behaviour, 124
(1/2), 89-122. |
|
PATTERSON, F.G. (1978). The gestures of a gorilla :
language acquisition in another pongid. Brain &
Language, 5, 72-97. |
WATTS, D.P. (1994). The influence of male mating tactics
on habitat use in mountain gorillas. Primates, 35,
35-47. |
|
HARCOURT, A.H. (1978). Activity periods and patterns of
social interaction : a neglected problem. Behaviour,
66, 121-135. |
SICOTTE, P. (1994). Effect of male competition on
male-female relationships in bi-male groups of mountain
gorillas. Ethology, 97, 47-64. |
|
HARCOURT, A.H. (1978). Strategies of emigration and
transfer by primates with particular reference to
gorillas. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie, 48,
401-420. |
WATTS D.P. (1994). Agonistic relationships between female
mountain gorillas. Behavioural Ecology &
Sociobiology, 334, 347-358. |
|
COUSINS, D. (1979). Mortality factors in captive gorillas.
International Zoo News, 30, 5-17. |
McGREW, W.C. & MARCHANT, L.F. (1994). Are gorillas
right-handed or not ? Human Evolution, 8, 17-23. |
|
HARCOURT, A.H. (1979). Social relationships among adult
female mountain gorillas. Animal Behaviour, 27,
251-264. |
FAY, J.M., CARROLL, R., KERBIS, J.C & HARRIS, D.
(1995). Leopard attack on, and consumption of gorillas in
the Central African Republic. Journal of Human
Evolution, 29 (1), 93-99.
[LIRE] |
|
HARCOURT, A.H., FOSSEY, D., STEWART, K.J. & WATTS,
D.P. (1980). Reproduction in wild gorillas and some
comparisons with chimpanzees. Journal of Reproduction
& Fertility Supplement, 28, 59-70. |
BYRNE, R.W. & BYRNE, J.M.E. (1993). The complex
leaf-gathering skills of mountain gorillas (Gorilla g.
beringei) : variability and standardization. American
Journal of Primatology, 31, 241-261. [PDF] |
|
PATTERSON, F.G. (1980). Innovative uses of language by a
gorilla : a case study. In K.E. Nelson (Ed.), Children's
language (vol. 2). New York : Gardner Press. |
ROBBINS, M.M. (1995). A demographic analysis of male life
history and social structure of mountain gorillas. Behaviour,
132, 21-47. |
|
TUTIN, C.E.G. (1996). Ranging and social structure of
lowland gorillas in the Lopé Reserve, Gabon. In W.C.
McGrew, L.F. Marchant & T. Nishida (Eds.), Great
ape societies (pp. 58–70). Cambridge University
Press. |
|
PATTERSON, F.G. & LINDEN, E. (1981). The education
of Koko. New York : Holt, Rinehart and Winston. |
HARCOURT, A.H. (1996). Is the gorilla a threatened
species? How should we judge ? Biological
Conservation, 7, 165-176. |
|
SUAREZ, S. & GALLUP, G.G. (1981). Self-recognition in
chimpanzees and orangutans, but not gorillas. Journal
of Human Evolution, 10, 157-188. |
WATTS, D.P. (1997). Agonistic interventions in wild
mountain gorilla groups. Behaviour, 134, 23-57. |
|
FOSSEY, D. (1982). Reproduction among free-living mountain
gorillas. American Journal of Primatology, 1 (S),
97-104. |
WATTS, D.P. (1998). Long-term habitat use by mountain
gorillas. 1. consistency, variation and home range size
and stability. International Journal of Primatology,
19, 651-680. |
|
|
LEDBETTER, D.H. & BASEN, J.A. (1982). Failure to
demonstrate self-recognition in gorillas. American
Journal of Primatology, 2, 307–310. |
WATTS, D.P. (1998). Long-term habitat use by mountain
gorillas. 2. reuse of foraging areas in relation to
resource abundance, quality, and depletion. International
Journal of Primatology, 19, 681-702. |
|
TUTIN, C.E.G. & FERNANDEZ, M. (1983). Gorillas feeding
on termites in Gabon, West Africa. Journal of
Mammalogy, 64, 511-513. |
SEMENDEFERI, K. (1999). The frontal lobes of the great
apes with a focus on the gorilla and the orangutan. In
R.M.H.M.S. Parker (Ed.), The mentalities of gorillas
and orangutans (pp. 70-95). Cambridge : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
WATTS, D.P. (1984). Composition and variability of
mountain gorilla diets in the central Virungas.
American Journal of Primatology, 7, 323-356. |
SHILLITO, D.J., GALLUP, G.G. & BECK, B.B. (1999).
Factors affecting mirror behavior in western lowland
gorillas, Gorilla gorilla. Animal Behavior, 57,
999-1004. |
|
TUTIN, C.E.G. & FERNANDEZ, M. (1985). Foods consumed
by sympatric populations of Gorilla gorilla gorilla and
Pan troglodytes troglodytes in Gabon : some preliminary
data. International Journal of Primatology, 6,
27-43. |
ROBBINS, M.M. (1999). Male mating patterns in wild
multimale mountain gorilla groups. Animal Behaviour,
57, 1013-1020. |
|
WATTS, D.P. (1985). Observations on the ontogeny of
feeding behavior in mountain gorillas. American
Journal of Primatology, 8, 1-10. |
GIBEAULT, S. & MacDONALD, S.E. (2000). Spatial memory
and foraging behavior in captive western lowland gorillas
(Gorilla gorilla gorilla). Primates, 41,
147-160. |
|
HARCOURT, A.H. & STEWART, K.J. (1987). The influence
of help in contests on dominance rank in primates : hints
from gorillas. Animal Behaviour, 35, 182-190. |
ROBBINS, M.M., SICOTTE, P. & STEWART, K.J. (2001). Mountain
gorillas : Three decades of research at Karisoke.
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
DORAN-SHEEHY, D.M., McNEILAGE, A., GREER, D., BOCIAN, C.,
MEHLMAN, P. & SHAH, N. (2002). Western lowland gorilla
diet and resource availability: New evidence, cross-site
comparisons, and reflections on indirect sampling methods.
American Journal of Primatology, 58, 91-116. |
|
TERRACE, H.S. (1987). Language in child, chimp, and
gorilla - Reply. American Psychologist, 42 (3),
273-273. |
VONK, J. (2002). Can orangutans (Pongo abelii) and
gorillas (Gorilla gorilla gorilla) acquire concepts for
social relationships ? International Journal of
Comparative Cognition, 15, 257-277. [PDF] |
|
YAMAGIWA, J. (1987). Intra- and inter-group interactions
of an all-male group of mountain gorillas. Primates,
28, 1-30. |
VONK, J. & MacDONALD, S.E. (2002). Natural concepts in
a juvenile gorilla (Gorilla gorilla gorilla) at three
levels of abstraction. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 78 (3), 315-332. [PDF] |
|
WATTS, D.P. (1988). Environmental influences on mountain
gorilla time budgets. American Journal of Primatology
15, 195-211. |
TUTIN, C.E.G. (2003). An introductory perspective :
behavioural ecology of gorillas. In A.B. Taylor & M.L.
Goldsmith (Eds ), Gorilla biology : a
multidisciplinary perspective (pp. 295-301).
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
|
SCHWARTZ, B.L., MEISSNER, C.M., HOFFMAN, M.L., EVANS, S.
& FRAZIER, L.D. (2004). Event memory and information
effects in a gorilla (Gorilla gorilla
gorilla). Animal Cognition, 7, 93-100. |
| |
ROBBINS, A.M. & ROBBINS, M.M. (2005). Fitness
consequences of dispersal decisions for male mountain
gorillas. Behavioral Ecology & Sociobiology, 58,
295-309. [PDF] |
| |
SUDA, C. & CALL, J. (2006). What does an intermediate
success rate mean ? An analysis of a Piagetian liquid
conservation task in the great apes. Cognition, 99,
53-71. [PDF] |
| |
DORAN-SHEEHY, D.M., DERBY, A.M, GREER, D., MONGO, P.
(2007). Habituation of western gorillas : the process and
fac- tors that influence it. American Journal of
Primatology, 69, 1354–1369. |
| |
HANUS, D. & CALL, J. (2007). Discrete quantity
judgments in the great apes (Pan paniscus, Pan
troglodytes, gorilla gorilla, Pongo pygmaeus) : The Effect
of Presenting whole sets versus item-by-item. Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 121 (3), 241–249. [PDF] |
| |
ROBBINS, M.M. (2008). Feeding competition and agonistic
relationships among Bwindi Gorilla beringei. International
Journal of Primatology, 29, 999–1018. [PDF] |
| |
BREUER, T., BREUER, M., OLEJNICZAK, C., PARNELL, R.J.
& STOKES, E.J. (2009). Physical maturation,
life-history classes and age estimates of free-ranging
western gorillas : Insights from Mbeli Bai, Republic of
Congo. American Journal of Primatology, 71,
106-119. |
| |
MASI, S., CIPOLETTA, C. & ROBBINS, M.M. (2009).
Western lowland gorillas (Gorilla gorilla gorilla) change
their activity patterns in response to frugivory. American
Journal of Primatology, 71, 91-100. |
| |
WEISS, A., INOUE-MURAYAMA, M., KING, J.E., ADAMS, M.J.
& MATSUZAWA, T. (2012). All too human ? chimpanzee and
orang-utan personalities are not anthropomorphic
projections. Animal Behaviour, 83, 1355-1365. |
| |
HERRMANN, E., KEUPP, S., HARE, B., VAISH, A. &
TOMASELLO, M. (2013). Direct and indirect reputation
formation in nonhuman great apes (Pan paniscus, Pan
troglodytes, Gorilla gorilla, Pongo pygmaeus) and human
children (Homo sapiens). Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 127 (1), 63-75. [PDF] |
|
WATTS, D.P. (1989). Infanticide in mountain gorillas : New
cases and a reconsideration of the evidence. Ethology,
81, 1-18. |
SALMI, R, HAMMERSCHMIDT, K. & DORAN-SHEEHY D.M.
(2013). Western gorilla vocal repertoire and contextual
use of vocalizations. Ethology, 119, 1-17. |
|
HARCOURT, A.H. & STEWART, K.J. (1989). Functions of
alliances in contests within wild gorilla groups. Behaviour,
109, 176-190. |
VONK, J., TORGESON-WHITE, L., McGUIRE, M., THUEME, M.,
THOMAS, J. & BERAN, M.J. (2014). Quantity estimation
and comparison in Western Lowland Gorillas (Gorilla
gorilla gorilla). Animal Cognition, 17, 755-765. |
| |
WEISS, A., GARTNER, M.C., GOLD, K.C. & STOINSKI, T.S.
(2013). Extraversion predicts longer survival in gorillas
: an 18-year longitudinal study. Proceedings of the
Royal Society B : Biological Sciences, 280, 1-5. [PDF] |
| |
LUEF, E.M., BREUER, T. & PIKA, S. (2016). Food-
Associated Calling in Gorillas (Gorilla g. gorilla) in the
Wild. PLOS One, 11 (2), 1-16. [PDF] |
|
|
| DAWKINS,
R. (2004/07). The ancestor's tale : A pilgrimage to
the dawn of evolution. New York : Houghton Mifflin
/ Il était une fois l'évolution. Paris :
Hachette. |
Voir aussi Animal et
singe |
|
|
Gorman
Jack M. (1951-) : Psychiatre
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'évaluation
des thérapies et la mesure de leur
efficacité. Collaborateur de Brébion,
Barlow, Hofmann
et Nathan.
|
NATHAN, P.E., GORMAN, J.M. & SALKIND, N.J. (1999). Treating
mental disorders : A guide to what works. New York
& London : Oxford University Press. |
|
BARLOW, D.H, GORMAN, J.M, SHEAR, M.K. & WOODS, S.W.
(2000). Cognitive-behavioral therapy, imipramine, or their
combination for panic disorder. Journal of Americam
Medical Association, 283, 2529-2536. [PDF] |
|
GORMAN, J.M., BARLOW, D.H., RAY, S., SHEAR, M.K. &
WOOD, S.W. (2001). Merging the cognitive behavioral and
psychopharmacological paradigms in comparative studies :
Controversies, issues, and some solutions. Psychopharmacology
Bulletin, 35, 111-124. |
|
GORMAN, J.M. (2003). Treating generalized anxiety
disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 64
(S2), 24-29. [PDF] |
|
GORMAN, J.M., MARTINEZ, J.M., GOETZ, R., HUPPERT, J.D.,
RAY, S., BARLOW, D.H., SHEAR, M.K. & WOODS, S.W.
(2003). The effect of pharmacotherapist characteristics
ontreatment outcome in panic disorder. Depression
& Anxiety, 17, 88-93. |
|
|
|
Gormezano
Isidore (1930-) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'étude du conditonnement
répondant. Professeur de Kehoe.
Collaborateur de Coleman
et Thompson.
|
GORMEZANO I. & ABRAHAM, F.D. (1961). Intermittent
reinforcement, nonreversal shifts, and neutralizing in
concept formation. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
61, 1-6. |
|
GORMEZANO I, MOORE, J.W. (1962). Effects of instructional
set and UCS intensity on the latency, percentage, and form
of the eyelid response. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 63 (5), 487-494. |
|
GORMEZANO, I. & COLEMAN, S.R. (1973). The law of
effect and CR contingent modification of the UCS. Conditional
Reflex, 8, 41-56. |
|
GORMEZANO, I. & COLEMAN, S.R. (1975). SR. Effects of
partial reinforcement on conditioning, conditional
probabilities, asymptotic performance, and extinction of
the rabbit's nictitating membrane response. The
Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science, 10, 13-22.
|
|
GORMEZANO, I. (1994). MDA effects on classical appetitive
conditioning of the rabbit jaw movement response. Brain
Research Bulletin, 35, 183-187. |
|
|
|
|
|
Gosling
Samuel D. ( ) : Psychologue
et méthodologiste américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la
personnalité.
Collaborateur de John, Robins,
Soto, Trzesniewski
et Vazire.
|
GOSLING, S.D., JOHN, O.P., CRAIK, K.H. & ROBINS, R.W.
(1998). Do people know how they behave ? Self-reported act
frequencies compared with on-line codings by observers ?
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 74
(5), 1337-1349. [PDF] |
|
GOSLING, S.D., KO, S.J., MANNARELLI, T. & MORRIS, M.E.
(2002). A room with a cue : Personality judgments based on
offices and bedrooms. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 82 (3), 379-398. [PDF] |
|
GOSLING, S.D., RENTFROW, P.J. & SWANN, W.B. (2003). A
very brief measure of the Big Five personality domains. Journal
of Research in Personality, 37, 504-528. [PDF] |
|
GOSLING, S.D., VAZIRE, S., SRIVASTAVA, S. & JOHN, O.P.
(2004). Should we trust Web-based studies? A comparative
analysis of six preconceptions about Internet
questionnaires. American Psychologist, 59, 93-104.
[PDF] |
|
GOSLING, S.D. & MASON, W. (2015). Internet research in
psychology. Annual Review of Psychology, 66,
877-902. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Gosselin
Frédréric (1972-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain, d'origine québécoise, spécialisé dans la reconnaissance
du visage. Il enseigne à l'Université
de Montréal. Collaborateur de
Adolphs, Buchanan,
Damasio, Lassonde,
Lepore, Schyns
et Tranel.
|
GOSSELIN, F. & SCHYNS, P.G. (2001). Bubbles : A
technique to reveal the use of information in recognition.
Vision Research, 41, 2261-2271. [PDF] |
|
GOSSELIN, F. & SCHYNS, P.G. (2002). RAP : A new
framework for visual categorization. Trends in
Cognitive Science, 6, 70-77. [PDF] |
|
GOSSELIN, F. & SCHYNS, P.G. (2004). An image is worth
thousands of trials : Rendering the use of visual
information from spiking neurons to recognition. Cognitive
Science, 28, 141-146. [PDF] |
|
GOSSELIN, F. & SCHYNS, P.G. (2004). No troubles with
bubbles : A reply to Murray and Gold. Vision
Research, 44, 471-477. [PDF] |
|
GOSSELIN, F., SPEZIO, M.L., TRANEL, D. & ADOLPHS, R.
(2011). Asymmetrical use of eye information from faces
following unilateral amygdala damage. Social
Cognitive & Affective Neuroscience, 6, 330-337.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Gosselin
Patrick ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste québécois,
spécialisé dans l'étude de l'anxiété,
de l'inquiétude et du trouble
de l'anxiété. Il enseigne à l'Université
de Sherbrooke. Collaborateur de
Dugas, Freeston et
Ladouceur.
|
GOSSELIN, P., DUGAS, M.J., LADOUCEUR, R. et FREESTON, M.H.
(2001). Évaluation des inquiétudes : validation d'une
traduction française du Penn State Worry Questionnaire. L'Encéphale,
27, 475-484. |
|
GOSSELIN, P., DUGAS, M.J. et LADOUCEUR, R. (2002).
Inquiétude et résolution de problèmes sociaux : le rôle de
l'attitude négative face au problème. Journal de
Thérapie Comportementale et Cognitive, 12, 49-58. |
|
GOSSELIN, P., LADOUCEUR, R. et PELLETIER, O. (2005).
Évaluation de l'attitude d'un individu face aux différents
problèmes de vie : le Questionnaire d'Attitude face aux
Problèmes. Journal de Thérapie Comportementale et
Cognitive, 15, 141-153. |
|
GOSSELIN, P. (2006). Apport de la thérapie
cognitivo-comportementale dans le sevrage des
benzodiazépines : analyse des études d'efficacité /
Contribution of cognitive-behavioral therapy to
benzodiazepines discontinuation : A critical review and
recommandations. Journal de Thérapie Comportementale
et Cognitive, 16, 131-145. |
|
GOSSELIN, P., LANGLOIS, F., FREESTON, M.H., LADOUCEUR, R.,
LABERGE, M. & LEMAY, D. (2007). Cognitive variables
related to worry among adolescents : Avoidance strategies
and faulty beliefs about worry. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 45, 225-233. |
|
|
|
Gosset William Sealy (1876-1937) : Chimiste
et statisticien
anglais. Il a élaboré le test-t
de Student, qui ne porte pas son nom car il a été publié
sous le pseudonyme de Student en raison des pressions exercées par
l'entreprise pour laquelle il travaillait (Le brasseur anglais
Guinness), et qui souhait que cette découverte demeure secrète. =
Student. Étudiant de Pearson.
 |
STUDENT (1907). On the error of counting with a
hæemocytometer. Biometrika, 5,351-360. |
|
STUDENT (1908). The probable error of a mean.
Biometrika, 6, 1-25. |
|
STUDENT (1917). Tables for estimating the probability that
the mean of a unique sample of observations lies between
-[infinity] and any given distance of the mean of the
population from which the sample is drawn. Biometrika,
11, 414-417. |
|
STUDENT (1936). Co-operation in large-scale experiments. Journal
of the Royal Statistical Society, 3, 115-122. |
|
STUDENT (1937). Comparison between balanced and random
arrangements of field plots. Biometrika, 29,
363-379. |
|
|
|
Goswami
Usha ( ) : Neurocognitiviste
anglaise et spécialiste de l'éducation,
plus particulièrement de la lecture,
de la dyslexie et
du raisonnemenent. Collaboratrice
de Bryant et
Ziegler.
 |
GOSWAMI, U. (1990). Phonological priming and orthographic
analogies in reading. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 49 (2), 323-340. |
|
GOSWAMI, U. (1996). Analogical reasoning and cognitive
development. Advances in Child Development &
Behavior, 26, 91-138. |
|
GOSWAMI, U. (2006). Neuroscience and education : from
research to practice ? Nature Review Neurosciences, 7
(5), 406-411. [PDF] |
|
GOSWAMI, U. (2008). Reading, dyslexia and the brain. Educational
Research, 50 (2), 135-148. [PDF] |
|
GOSWANI, U. (2011). A temporal sampling framework for
developmental dyslexia. Trends in Cognitive Sciences,
15 (1), 3-10. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Gotlib
Ian H. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain, d'origine allemande, spécialisé dans l'étude de
la dépression.
Collaborateur de Jonides,
Joormann et Lewinsohn.
|
GOTLIB, I.H., KASCH, K.L., TRAILL, S., JOORMANN, J.,
ARNOW, B. & JOHNSON, S.L. (2004). Coherence and
specificity of information-processing biases in depression
and social phobia. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
113 (3), 386-398. [PDF] |
|
GOTLIB, I.H., KRASNOPEROVA, E., YUE, D.L. & JOORMANN,
J. (2004). Attentional biases for negative interpersonal
stimuli in clinical depression. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 113 (1), 127-135. [PDF] |
|
GOTLIB, I.H. & HAMILTON, J.P. (2008). Neuroimaging and
depression : current status and unresolved issues.
Current Directions in Psychological Science, 17
(2), 159-163. [PDF] |
|
GOTLIB, I.H. & JOORMANN, J. (2010). Cognition and
depression : Current status and future. directions.
Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 6, 285-312. [PDF] |
|
GOTLIB, I.H., JONIDES, J., BUSCHKUEHL, M. & JOORMANN,
J. (2011). Memory for affectively valenced stimuli in
depression : Evidence from a novel matching task. Cognition
& Emotion, 25 (7), 1246-1254. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Gottesman
Irving I. (1930-2016) : Psychiatre
et généticien américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des déterminants
biogénétiques de la schizophrénie.
Collaborateur de Andreasen,
Bailey, Barenbaum,
Bolton,
Bouchard, McGuffin,
Oltmanns et
Torrey.
|
GOTTESMAN, I.I. (1959). More construct validation of the
ego strength scale. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
23, 342-346. |
|
GOTTESMAN, I.I. & SHIELDS, J. (1971). Schizophrenia :
Geneticism and environmentalism. Human Heredity, 21,
517-522. |
|
GOTTESMAN, I.I. (1987). Clinical genetics as clues to the
real genetics of schizophrenia. Schizophrenia
Bulletin, 13, 23-47. |
|
GOTTESMAN, I.I. (1994). Complications to the complex
inheritance of schizophrenia. Clinical Genetics, 46, 116-123.
|
|
GOTTESMAN, I.I. & GROOME, C.S. (1997). HIV/AIDS risks
as a consequence of schizophrenia. Schizophrenia
Bulletin, 23, 675-683. |
|
|
|
|
|
Gottfredson
Denise C. ( ) : Sociologue
et criminologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'éducation.
Collaboratrice de Cook et
Gottfredson.
|
GOTTFREDSON, D.C. (1986). An empirical test of
school-based environmental and individual interventions to
reduce the risk of delinquent behavior. Criminology
24, 705-731. |
|
GOTTFREDSON, D.C., McNEIL, R.J. & GOTTFREDSON, G.D.
(1991). Social area influences on delinquency : A
multilevel analysis. Journal of Research in Crime
& Delinquency, 28, 197-226. |
|
GOTTFREDSON, D.C., GOTTFREDSON, G.D. & HYBL, L G.
(1993). Managing adolescent behavior : A multi-year,
multi-school study. American Educational Research
Journal, 30, 179-215. |
|
GOTTFREDSON, D.C., MARCINIAK, E., BIRDSEYE, A.T. &
GOTTFREDSON, G.D. (1995). Increasing teacher expectations
for student achievement. Journal of Educational
Research, 88, 155-163. |
|
GOTTFREDSON, D.C., GOTTFREDSON, G.D. & WEISMAN, S.A.
(2001). The timing of delinquent behavior and its
implications for after-school programs. Criminology
& Public Policy, 1, 201-226. |
|
|
|
Gottfredson
Gary Don (1947-) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain, et spécialiste de l'étude des choix
de carrière. Collaborateur de
Gottfredson.
|
GOTTFREDSON, G.D. (1979). Fostering the scientific
practice of vocational psychology. Journal of
Vocational Behavior, 59, 192-202. |
|
GOTTFREDSON, G.D. (1994). Some biographical correlates of
career recognition among school principals. Journal
of Career Assessment, 2, 179-189. |
|
GOTTFREDSON, G.D. & GOTTFREDSON, D.C. (2001). What
schools do to prevent problem behavior and promote safe
environments. Journal of Educational &
Psychological Consultation, 12, 313-344. |
|
GOTTFREDSON, G.D., JONES, E.M. & GORE, T.W. (2002).
Implementation and evaluation of a cognitive-behavioral
intervention to prevent problem behavior in a disorganized
school. Prevention Science, 3, 43-56. |
|
GOTTFREDSON, G.D. & DUFFY, R.D. (2008). Using a theory
of vocational personalities and work environments to
explore subjective well being. Journal of Career
Assessment, 16, 44-59. |
|
|
|
Gottfredson
Linda S. (San Francisco 1947-) : Sociologue
américaine spécialisée en éducation
et dans l'étude des choix
de carrière et de l'intelligence.
Elle a rédigé un manifeste (Mainstream
Science on Intelligence) qui soutient l'essentiel des
conclusions du livre The
Bell curve de Herrnstein
et Murray. Étudiante de Holland.
Collaboratrice de Batty,
Deary et Saklofske.
 |
GOTTFREDSON, L.S. (1985). The role of self-concept in
vocational theory. Journal of Counseling Psychology,
32 (1), 159-162. |
|
GOTTFREDSON, L.S. (1994). The science and politics of
race-norming. American Psychologist, 49 (11),
955-963. |
|
GOTTFREDSON, L.S. (1997). Mainstream science on
intelligence. Intelligence, 24 (1), 13-23.
[PDF] |
|
GOTTFREDSON, L.S. (2004). Intelligence : Is It the
epidemiologists’ elusive "fundamental cause" of social
class inequalities in health ? Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 86 (1), 174-199.
[PDF] |
|
GOTTFREDSON, L.S. (2005). What if the hereditarian
hypothesis is true ? Psychology, Public Policy, &
Law, 11, 311-319. |
|
|
HOUZ. J. & LEUNG, S.A. (2005). Gottfredson’s theory of
career aspiration Development : Brief introduction and
research review. Advances in Psychological Science,
13, 201-210. |
|
|
|
|
|
Gottlieb
Gilbert H. (New York 1929-2006 Raleigh) :
Psychologue américain,
spécialisé dans l'étude de la relation entre génétique
et environnement. On
lui doit le concept d'épigénèse probalistique. Collaborateur de Kuo
et Lickliter.
|
GOTTLIEB, G. & KUO, Z.Y. (1965). Development of
behavior in the duck embryo. Journal of Comparative
& Physiological Psychology, 59 (2), 183-188. |
|
GOTTLIEB, G. (1991). Experiential canalization of
behavioral development : Theory. Developmental
Psychology, 27, 4-13. |
|
GOTTLIEB, G. (1997). Synthesizing nature-nurture :
Prenatal roots of instinctive behavior. Mahwah :
Lawrence Erlbaum associates. |
|
GOTTLIEB, G. (1999). Probabilistic epigenesis and
evolution. Worcester, MA : Clark University Press.
|
|
GOTTLIEB, G. (2007). Probabilistic epigenesis.
Developmental Science, 10 (21), 1-11. |
|
|
MILLER, D.B. (2007). Gilbert Gottlieb (1929-2006) :
Obituary. American Psychologist, 62 (1), 52. |
|
HALPERN, C.T., HOOD, K.E. & LERNER, R.M. (2007).
Integrating nature and nurture through developmental
systems : The contributions of Gilbert Gottlieb. European
Journal of Developmental Science, 1 (2). |
|
VALSINER, J. (2007). Gilbert Gottlieb's theory of
probabilistic epigenesis : probabilities and realities in
development. Developmental Psychobiology, 49
(8), 32-40. |
|
HOOD, K.E., HALPERN, C.T., GREENBERG, G. LERNER, R.M.
(2011). Developmental systems, nature-nurture, and
the role of genes in behavior and development : On the
legacy of Gilbert Gottlieb. In K.E. Hood, C.T. Halpern, G.
Greenberg and R.M. Lerner (Eds.), Handbook of
developmental science, behavior, and Genetics (pp.1
- 12). Blackwell Publishing. |
|
|
|
Gottman
John Mordecai (1942-) : Psychologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du divorce
et du mariage.
|
GOTTMAN, J.M., GONSO, J. & RASMUSSEN, B. (1975).
Social interaction, social competence, and friendship in
children. Child Development, 46, 709-718. |
|
GOTTMAN, J.M., GONSO, J. & SCHULER, P. (1975).
Teaching social skils to isolated children. Journal of
Abnormal Child Psychology, 4, 179-197. |
|
GOTTMAN, J.M. (1977). Toward a definition of social
isolation in children. Child Development, 48,
513-517. |
|
GOTTMAN, J.M. (1993). A theory of marital dissolution and
stability. Journal of Family Psychology, 7,
57-75. |
|
GOTTMAN, J.M., COAN, J., CARRÈRE, S. & SWANSON, C.
(1998). Predicting marital happiness and stability from
newlywed interactions. Journal of Marriage & the
Family, 60, 5-22. |
|
|
Gotzsche
Peter C. (Naestved 1949-) : Médecin
biologiste et méthodologiste
danois. Il s'intéresse notamment à la surmédicamentation,
en santé mentale.
Collaborateur d e Higgins
et Hrobjartsson.
|
GOTZSCHE, P.C. (1994). Is there logic in the placebo ? Lancet,
344, 925-926. |
|
GOTZSCHE, P.C. (2000). Why we need a broad perspective on
meta-analysis. British Medical Journal, 321
(7261), 585-586. |
|
GOTZSCHE, P.C. & OLSEN, O. (2000). Is screening for
breast cancer with mammography justifiable ? Lancet,
355 (9198), 129-134. |
|
GOTZSCHE, P.C. MAEHLEN, J. & ZAHL, P.-H. (2006). What
is a publication ? The Lancet, 368 (9550),
1854-1856. |
|
GOTZSCHE, P.C. (2013/15). Deadly medicines and
organised crime : How big pharma has corrupted
healthcare. Radcliffe Publuishing. / Remèdes
mortels et crime organisé : Comment l'industrie
pharmaceutique a corrompu les services de santé.
Québec : Université Laval. |
|
|
|
Gough
Harrison G. (1921-2012) :
Psychométricien américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la créativité.
|
GOUGH, H.G. (1964). A cross-cultural study of achievement
motivation. Journal of Applied Psychology, 48 (3),
191–196. |
|
GOUGH, H.G. (1965). Conceptual analysis of psychological
test scores and other diagnostic variables. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 70 (4), 294–302. |
|
GOUGH, H.G. (1976). Studying creativity by means of word
association tests. Journal of Applied Psychology, 61
(3), 348–353. |
|
GOUGH, H.G. (1979). A creative personality scale for the
Adjective Check List. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 37 (8), 1398–1405. |
|
GOUGH, H.G. (1985). A work orientation scale for the
California Psychological Inventory. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 70 (3), 505–513. |
|
|
MASLACH, C. & ZEDECK, S. (2014). Harrison Gough
(1921-2014). American Psychologist, 69 (9), 930 |
|
|
|
Gouin-Décarie
Thérèse (Montréal 1923-2024 Montréal) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
européenne d'origine québécoise et spécialiste de l'étude du
développement
cognitivo-affectif. Étudiante de
Pinard. Collaboratrice de Tremblay.
 |
GOUIN-DÉCARIE, T. (1949). Une méthode d'exploration de la
personnalité infantile/A method for studying children's
personality. Revue de Psychologie, 1, 354-363. |
|
GOUIN-DÉCARIE, T. (1962). Intelligence et affectivité
chez le jeune enfant : Étude expérimentale de la notion
d'objet chez Jean Piaget et de la relation objectale.
Genève : Delachaux et Niestlé. |
|
GOUIN-DÉCARIE, T. & O'NEILL, M. (1974). Some aspects
of cognitive development among children suffering from
malformations due to thalidomide. Bulletin de
Psychologie, 27, 286-303. |
|
GOUIN-DÉCARIE, T. (1987). Les théories de l'attachement et
du "bonding" : La différence des similitudes/The theories
of attachment and bonding : The differences in the
similarities. Child Psychology, 40, 667-674. |
|
GOUIN-DÉCARIE, T., QUINTAL, G., RICARD, M., DENEAULT, J.
et MORIN, P. (2005). La compréhension précoce de l'émotion
cause de l'action. Enfance, 4, 383-402. |
|
|
CÔTÉ, M.M. (1996). Entretiens avec Thérèse
Gouin-Décarie. Montréal : Liber |
|
MICHAUD, P. (2006). Rencontre avec... Thérèse
Gouin-Décarie (1923-...). Revue Québécoise de
Psychologie, 27 (2), 1-9. [PDF] |
|
HODGSON, M. & GRAVATT, S. (2010). Thérèse
Gouin-Décarie : Pioneering developmental psychologist of
Quebec. Section on Women and Psychology (SWAP/SFEP). Newsletter,
36 (3), 9-11. |
|
GUL, P., KOROSTELIOV, A., CAPLAN, L., BALL, L.C., BAZAR,
J.L., RODKEY, E.N., SHEESE, K., YOUNG, J. &
RUTHERFORD, A. (2013). Reconstructing the experiences of
first generation women in Canadian psychology. Canadian
Psychology, 54 (2), 94-104. |
|
|
|
|
|
Gould
Elisabeth ( ) : Neuropsychologue
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de la neurogénèse
et de sa relation possible avec l'apprentissage
et le stress. Étudiante de
McEwen. Collaboratrice de Shors.
 |
GOULD, E., McEWEN, B.S., TANAPAT, P., GALEA, L.A.M. &
FUCHS, E. (1997). Neurogenesis in the dentate gyrus of the
adult tree shrew is regulated by psychosocial stress and
NMDA receptor activation. The Journal of
Neuroscience, 17, 2492-2498. |
|
GOULD, E., TANAPAT, P., McEWEN, B.S., FLUGGE, G., GROSS,
C.G. & FUCHS, E. (1998). Proliferation of granule cell
precursors in the dentate gyrus of adult monkeys is
diminished by stress. Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences, 95, 31689-31710. |
|
GOULD, E., BEYLIN, A, TANAPAT, P., REEVES, A. & SHORS,
T.J. (1999). Learning enhances adult neurogenesis in the
hippocampal formation. Nature Neurosciences, 2,
260-265.
[PDF] |
|
GOULD, E., VAIL, N., WAGERS, M. & GROSS, C.G. (2001).
Adult-generated hippocampal and neocortical neurons in
macaques have a transient existence. Proceedings of
the National Academy of Sciences, 98, 10910-10917. |
|
GOULD, E. & GROSS, C.G. (2002). Neurogenesis in adult
mammals : some progress and problems. The Journal of
Neuroscience, 22, 619-623.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Gould
Stephen Jay (New York 1941-2002) : Paléontologue
et vulgarisateur
scientifique américain. Pour expliquer l'évolution
des espèce, il a élaboré
avec Eldredge une théorie évolutionniste - la théorie saltatoire
des équilibres
ponctués - selon laquelle les espèces
n'évoluent pas graduellement (comme l'affirmait Darwin),
mais restent stables pendant de longues périodes ponctuées par de
courtes phases de modifications rapides et importantes. Il est
membre du Comittee
for the Scientific Investigation of Claims of the Paranormal.
Collaborateur d'Eldredge et
Lewontin.
 |
ELDREDGE, N. & GOULD, S.J. (1972). Punctuated
equilibria : An alternative to phyletic gradualism. In
T.J.M. Schopf (Ed.), Models in paleobiology (pp.
82-115). San Francisco : Freeman, Cooper and Company. |
|
GOULD, S.J. & ELDREDGE, N. (1977). Punctuated
equilibria : The tempo and mode of evolution reconsidered.Paleobiology,
3 (2), 115-151. [PDF] |
|
GOULD, S.J. & LEWONTIN, R.C. (1979), The spandrels of
San Marco and the Panglossion paradigm : a critique of the
adaptationist programme. Proceeding of Royal Society
London B 205 (1161), 581-598. [PDF] |
|
GOULD, S.J. (1987). Freud’s phylogenetic fantasy : Only
great thinkers are allowed to fail greatly. Natural
History, 96 (12), 10-19. |
|
GOULD, S.J. (1996/7). The mismeasure of Man. W.W.
Norton. / La mal-mesure de l'homme. Paris :
Odile Jacob. |
|
|
CARROLL, J.B. (1995). Reflections on Stephen Jay Gould's
The Mismeasure of Man (1981) : A retrospective review.
Intelligence, 21, 121-134. [LIRE] |
|
|
|
Goulet Claude : Concepteur et rédacteur de ce lexique
et du site Pl@nète Psy. Étudiant de Beaugrand. Collaborateur de Cotnoir, Gagnon, Richard-Bessette
et Wiedmann.
| |
|
| |
|
|
 COMMENT CITER
CE SITE EN RÉFÉRENCES DE VOS
TRAVAUX |
|
|
GOULET, C. (2003). Pl@nète Psy.
https://planetepsy.ca/psy.htm
Mise à jour : 25 janvier 2026
GOULET, C. (2003). Pl@nète Psy :
Lexique de psychologie.
https://planetepsy.ca/psy.htm
Mise à jour : 25 janvier
2026
|
|
|
| |
Évaluation de ce site :
LEROUX, Y. (2008). Planète Psy. Carnet Psy, 124,
38.
[LIRE]
|
| |
|
| Ce lexique contient : |
|
|
- + de 15000 mots
clés/concepts/auteurs de la psychologie et des
sciences sociales : de À distance à
Zygote.
- Des définitions d'ouvrages classiques et leurs références
- Un index de + de 5000
scientifiques :
de Aarts à Zwick.
- 3 niveaux de scientifiques/auteurs
: local (Québec), national (Canada) et international
(Tous les pays).
- Les figures marquantes de la psychologie et des
sciences connexes (épistémologie, logique,
méthodologie scientifique, statistique, éthologie,
primatologie, économie, biologie, médecine,
psychiatrie, cybernétique, sociologie, sciences
politiques, histoire des sciences, etc.).
- 40,000 articles scientifiques en
format [PDF].
- Un index de 1000
revues scientifiques en psychologie et dans
les domaines connexes.
- + de 1000 photos et figures (la
plupart des photos de ce site proviennent d'internet;
cliquez sur la photo pour obtenir la source/référence
ou sur un bouton-flèche. Si vous désirez qu'une photo
ne soit pas publiée sur ce site, faites-moi parvenir
un courriel
et elle sera retirée dans les plus brefs délais,
merci).
- Des
liens internet pour obtenir de plus amples
informations (biographie, publications, données
empiriques, etc).
- Quatre opérateurs de classement et de comparaison =
*/ ( ):
- Des mots amis ou cooccurences et
- Des exemples et des contre-exemples EX: et
C-EX:
- Des renvois automatiques entre les concepts (Taux de
connexion des concepts entre eux : 60 %).
-
Des suggestions de lecture et, si disponibles, des
renvois aux auteur-e-s de ces articles en cliquant sur
le carré-flèche.
-
Des liens pour lire les auteurs dans le texte
(articles, entrevue, etc.)
- Des liens internet pour entendre
et voir
les auteurs.
- La traduction en anglais
de plusieurs mots.
- Ont collaboré à ce lexique, par ordre
alphabétique :
- Jacques
Beaugrand : Chercheur en éthologie animale
et professeur de l'UQAM
- Jean
Bégin : Psychologue et consultant en
statistiques
- Fabienne Bossuet : Étudiante
- Philippe
Boudreau : Professeur de science politique
au Collège Ahuntsic
- Jean-Marie Capovilla :
- Jérémy Driessen : Étudiant de psychologie
- Alain Gagnon :
Professeur de psychologie au Collège Maisonneuve
et à l'UQÀM
- Sylvain Delouvé : Webmestre du site
Psychologie-sociale.org.
- Jean-Christophe Dubacq : Photographe
- Yann Leroux : Psychologue
- Éric Masson : Étudiant en sciences humaines
- Sami Massoud
: Professeur de sciences politiques au
Collège Ahuntsic et aux universités de Montréal et
Mcgill.
- Thierry Mulin : Étudiant au doctorat en
éducation
- Normand
Péladeau : Psychologue, informaticien et
statisticien (Provalis).
- François
Picotte : Psychologue clinicien et
consultant
- Chantal
Proulx : Professeure de biologie au Collège
Bois-de-Boulogne
- Sylvie
Richard-Bessette : Professeure de psychologie
au Collège André-Laurendeau et à l'UQAM
- Yves Saint-Pierre : Agent-conseil en éducation à
Statcan
- Jaques Spagnoli :
- Patrice
Wiedmann : Professeur de psychologie au
Collège Ahuntsic
- Un gros merci à tous :0)
- Pour obtenir la liste des principales sources de
référence de ce lexique, cliquez
ici.
- Retour vers Pl@nète
Psy
- Pour écrire
à l'auteur de ce lexique.
|
|
|
|
|
GOULET, J-G-A. (1982). Religious dualism among
Athapaskan catholics. Canadian Journal of
Anthropology, 3 (1), 1-18.
|
|
GOULET, J-G.A. (2004). Peuples et "religions" autochtones
: Une re-lecture. Mission, 11 (2), 283-312. |
|
GOULET, J-G-A. (2000). Cérémonies, prières et médias :
perspectives autochtones. Recherches Amérindiennes au
Québec, 30 (1), 59-70. |
|
GOULET, J-G.A. (2011). La dimension religieuse des
revendications autochtones au Canada. Recherches
Amérindiennes au Québec, 382 (3), 83-93. [PDF] |
|
GOULET, J-G.A. (2011). Trois manières d'être sur le
terrain : Une brève histoire des conceptions de
l'intersubjectivité. Anthropologie et Socétés, 35 (3),
107-125. [PDF] |
|
|
LAUGRAND, F.B. (2020). Bibliographie de Jean-Guy Goulet. Recherches
Amérindiennes au Québec, 50 (1), 183–-185. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goût : L'un des cinq sens.
Les organes du goût
sont le nez et la langue.
Goût, saveur et
aversion
alimentaire.
Taste.
| |
|
|
WARREN, H.C. (1919).Taste sensations from uterine
stimuli. Psychological Bulletin, 16
(7), 242-243. |
|
|
BLAKESLEE, A.F. & SALMON, T.H. (1935). Genetics of
sensory thresholds : Individual taste reactions for
different substances. Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences of the U.S.A., 21, 84-90. |
YEOMANS, M.R. (1980). Taste, palatability and the control
of appetite. Proceedings of the Nutrition Society,
57, 609-615. |
|
PFAFFMANN, C. (1969). Olfaction and taste. New
York : Rockefeller University Press. |
|
|
BARTOSHUK, L.M. (1968). Water taste in man. Perception
& Psychophysics, 3 (1), 69-72. |
BARTOSHUK, L.M., DUFFY, V.B. & MILLER, I.J. (1994).
PTC/PROP taste : Anatomy, psychophysics, and sex effects.
Physiology & Behavior, 56 (6), 1165-1171. |
|
BARTOSHUK, L.M., LEE, C.H. & SCARPEL-LINO, R. (1972).
Sweet taste of water induced by artichoke (Cynara
scolymus). Science, 179, 988-990. |
BARTOSHUK, L.M., DUFFY, V.B., REED, D. & WILLIAMS, A.
(1996). Supertasting, earaches and head Injury : Genetics
and pathology alter our taste worlds. Neuroscience
& Biobehavioral Reviews, 20 (1), 79-87. [PDF] |
|
BARTOSHUK, L.M. (1978). The psychophysics of taste.
American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 31 (6),
1068-1077. [PDF] |
ERICKSON, R.P. (2008). A study of the science of taste :
On the origins and influence of the core ideas. Behavioural
& Brain Sciences, 31, 59-105. |
|
|
Voir aussi Aversion
alimentaire et Sens |
|
|
Gouvernance
: Terme en vogue pour désigner les manières plus
récentes ou modernes de diriger un
état, une entreprise,
un syndicat.
= gestion de l'état. Governance.
| |
|
|
LACHAPELLE, G. et PAQUIN, S. (Dir.) (2005). Mondialisation,
gouvernance et nouvelle stratégies subétatiques.
Québec : Presses de l'Université Laval. |
|
LACHAPELLE, G. (2005). Globalization and governance :
Aspiring to a fairer globalization. Development, 48,
1. |
|
CONTANDRIOPOULOS, A.P. (2008). La gouvernance dans le
domaine de la santé : une régulation orientée par la
performance. Santé Publique, 20 (2), 191-199. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi État,
Pouvoir et
Leadership |
|
|
Gouvernement
: Gouverner : Forme d'organisation
de la société qui exerce
le pouvoir public dans
un pays ou une partie de ce pays (province, canton, etc.). S'il
est démocratique, le
gouvernement est constitué de représentants élus du peuple (=
députés) lors d'une élection,
appartenant au parti
politique majoritaire (parfois minoritaire) ou à une
coalition de partis qui exerce le
pouvoir. S'il est non-démocratique, le gouvernement se
constitue par la force ou la menace d'y recourir, la plupart du
temps avec l'appui de l'armée
ou de groupe armées. Dans certains cas, la transmission du pouvoir
est héréditaire (roi
et lignée royale). Pour certains auteurs marxistes,
gouverner c'est : «L'art de donner aux gros sans fâcher les
petits». Gouvernement, pouvoir
exécutif et
parti politique.
= régime
politique.
Government.
| |
|
|
HUNTER, F. & DAHL, R.A. (1962). Who Governs :
Democracy and Power in an American City.
Administrative Science Quarterly, 6 (4), 517-519. |
MONTMARQUETTE, C. (1995). Government should be cut in
half. Policy Options Politiques, 16 (5), 54-56. |
|
DAHL, R.A. (1965). Who governs ? Democracy and power
in an American city. New Haven, CT : Yale
University Press. |
LINDERT, P.H. (1996). What limits social spending ? Explorations
in Economic History, 33, 1-34. [PDF] |
|
TULLOCK, G. (1970). Private wants, public means : An
economic analysis of the desirable scope of government.
New York : Basic Books. |
FINER, S.E. (1997). The history of government from
the earliest times. Oxford : Oxford University
Press. |
|
MONTMARQUETTE, C. (1978). Is government size a problem ?
Proceedings of a Conference on Issues on Canadian Public
Policy, Queen's University, 16-35. |
CHANLEY, V.A. (2002). Trust in government in the aftermath
of 9/11 : Determinants and consequences. Political
Psychology, 23, 469-483. |
|
ROUBINI, N., SACHS, J., HONKAPOHJA, S. & COHEN, D.
(1989). Government spending and budget deficits in the
industrial countries. Economic Policy, 4 (8),
100-132. |
|
|
LOS HORCONES, C. (1989). Personalized government : A
governmental system based on behavior analysis. Behavior
Analysis & Social Action, 7, 42-47. |
MACLEOD, C. & DURRHEIM, K. (2002). Foucauldian
feminism : The implications of governmentality. Journal
for the Theory of Social Behaviour, 32 (1), 41-60. |
|
STROM, K. (1990). Minority government and majority
rule. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
KEMP, S. (2002). Public goods and private wants : A
psychological approach to government spending.
Edward Elgar Publishing. |
|
MELTZER, A.H. & RICHARD, S.F. (1991). A rational
theory of the size of government. Journal of
Political Economy, 89 (5), 914-927. |
DUFOUR, J. (2005). Le Nunavik, vers un gouvernement
autonome. Dans L'annuaire du Québec (p. 625-632).
Montréal : Les Éditions Fides. |
|
MONTMARQUETTE, C. (1994). L'importance relative des
gouvernements : causes, conséquences et organisations
alternatives. Dans R. Lacroix, C.E. Forget, G. Fortin
(Eds.), l'efficacité des organisations et la compétitivité
de l'économie : Congrès de l'ASDEQ 94 (p.
133-150). Montréal. |
KAY, A.C., GAUCHER, D., NAPIER, J.L., CALLAN, M.J. &
LAURIN, K. (2008). God and the government : Testing a
compensatory control mechanism for the support of external
systems. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 95, 18-35. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Organisation
et Pouvoir
public |
|
|
Gouvernement
minoritaire : Minority government.
|
|
|
Gouzoules Sarah ( ) :
Anthropologue et primatologue
américaine spécialisée dans l'étude du
macaque. Collaboratrice de Gouzoules.
|
GOUZOULES, S. (1983). Publication preview primate mating
systems, kin associations, and cooperative behavior :
Evidence for kin recognition ? American Journal of
Physical Anthropology, 27 (S5), 99-134. |
|
GOUZOULES, S., GOUZOULES, H. & MARLER, P. (1984).
Rhesus monkey (Macaca mulatta) screams : Representational
signaling in the recruitment of agonistic aid. Animal
Behaviour, 32 (1), 182-184. |
|
GOUZOULES, H. & GOUZOULES, S. (2000). Publication
Preview Source Agonistic screams differ among four species
of macaques : The significance of motivation-structural
rules. Animal Behaviour, 59 (3), 501-512. |
|
GOUZOULES, H. & GOUZOULES, S. (2000). Why macaque
screams differ. The Journal of the Acoustical Society
of America, 107 (5), 2834-2835. |
|
GOUZOULES, H. & GOUZOULES, S. (2010). Bodys size
effects on the acoustic structure of pigtail Macaque
(Macaca nemestrina) screams. Ethology, 85 (4),
324-340. |
|
|
|
Gouzoules
Harold ( ) : Psychologue
e t primatologue
américain spécialisé dans l'étude du
macaque. Collaborateur de Gouzoules.
|
GOUZOULES, H., GOUZOULES, S. & FEDIGAN, L. (1989).
Japanese monkey group translocation : Effects on seasonal
breeding. International Journal of Primatology, 2
(4), 323-334. [PDF] |
|
GOUZOULES, H. & GOUZOULES, S. (1989). Design features
and developmental modification of pigtail macaque (Macaca
nemestrina) agonistic screams. Animal Behaviour, 37,
383-401. |
|
GOUZOULES, H., GOUZOULES, S. & TOMASZYCKI, M. (1998).
Agonistic screams and the classification of dominance
relationships : are monkeys fuzzy logicians ? Animal
Behaviour, 55 (1), 51-60. |
|
GOUZOULES, H. & GOUZOULES, S. (2006). The conundrum of
communication. In C. Campbell, A. Fuentes, K. MacKinnon,
M. Panger & S. Bearde (Eds.), Primates in
perspective (pp. 621-635). Oxford University Pres. |
|
GOUZOULES, H. & GOUZOULES, S. (2010). Body size
effects on the acoustic structure of pigtail macaque
(Macaca nemestrina) screams. Ethology, 85 (4),
324-340. |
|
|
|
| GO
- GRAFENBERG
- GRANDS PROBLÈMES -
GRANDIN - GRAPHIQUE -
GRATIFICATION - GREEN -
GOULD - GREENWALD - GREGORY
- GRI |
Grabb Edward ( ) : Sociologue
canadien, spécialisé dans l'étude des inégalités
sociales. Collaborateur de
Curtis.
|
CURTIS, J., GRABB, E. & BAER, D. (1992). Voluntary
association membership in fifteen countries : A
comparative analysis. American Sociological Review,
57 (2), 139-152. |
|
CURTIS, J., GRABB, E., GUPPY, N. & GILBERT, S. (Eds.)
(1988/2004). Social inequality in Canada : Patterns,
problems, and policies. Prentice-Hall. |
|
GRABB, E. & CURTIS, J. (1998). English
Canadian-American differences in orientation toward social
control and individual rights. Sociological Focus, 21
(2), 127-140. |
|
GRABB, E., BAER, D. & CURTIS, J. (1999). The origins
of American individualism : Reconsidering the historical
evidence. Canadian Journal of Sociology, 24 (4),
511-533. |
|
GRABB, E. (2002). Theories of social inequality :
Classical and contemporary perspectives. Toronto :
Nelson Thomson. |
|
|
|
Grabner
Roland H. ( ) : Neuropsychologue
autrichien, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'efficience
neurale. Collaborateur de
Neubauer et Schneider.
|
GRABNER, R.H., STERN, E. & NEUBAUER, A.C. (2003). When
intelligence loses its impact : neural efficiency during
reasoning in a familiar area. International Journal
of Psychophysiology, 49, 89-98. [PDF] |
|
GRABNER, R.H., FINK, A. STIPACEK, A., NEUPER, C. &
NEUBAUER, A.C. (2004). Intelligence and working memory
systems : evidence of neural efficiency in alpha band ERD.
Cognitive Brain Research, 20, 212-225. |
|
GRABNER, R.H., STERN, E. & NEUBAUER, A.C. Individual
differences in chess expertise : A psychometric
investigation. Acta Psychologica, 24 (3),
398-420. [PDF] |
|
GRABNER, R.H., NEUBAUER, A.C. & STERN, E. (2007).
Superior performance and neural efficiency : The impact of
intelligence and expertise. Brain Research Bulletin,
69, 422-439. [PDF] |
|
GRABNER, R.H. & DE SMEDT, B. (2011).
Neurophysiological evidence for the validity of verbal
strategy reports in mental arithmetic. Biological
Psychology, 87 (1), 128-136. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Grace
Randolph C. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
néo-zélandais et spécialiste de l'apprentissage
animal. Étudiant de Nevin.
Collaborateur de Baum.et
Pitts.
|
GRACE, R.C. & NEVIN, J.A. (2000). Response strength
and temporal control in fixed-interval schedules. Animal
Learning & Behavior, 28, 313-331. |
|
GRACE, R.C. (2001). On the failure of operationism. Theory
& Psychology, 11, 5-33. |
|
GRACE, R.C., McLEAN, A.P. & BRAGASON, O. (2002). Can
altruism be understood in terms of socially-discounted
extrinsic reinforcement ? Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 25, 259-260. |
|
GRACE, R.C. & NEVIN, J.A. (2004). Behavioral momentum
and Pavlovian conditioning. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 27, 695-697. |
|
ARANTES, J. & GRACE, R.C. (2008). Contrast and value :
Beyond the work-ethic effect. A reply to Zentall (2008). Learning
& Behavior, 36, 26-28. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Gradient
(de but) : Dans la théorie de Hull,
désigne la ligne décrivant la force d'une tendance selon la
distance à un objet ou à un but, en fonction de quatre
caractéristiques : 1) la variation d'intensité
proportionnelle (la distance à l'objet ou au but + la motivation
au renforcement); 2) la pente plus forte du
gradient d'évitement par rapport au gradient d'approche; 3)
la réponse émise est fonction de la somme des
gradients; 4) l'existence d'un point O
d'indécision ou de vacillation dans les conflits
approche-évitement et évitement-évitement. Goal
gradient.
| |
|
|
HULL, C.L. (1932). The goal gradient hypothesis and maze
learning. Psychology Review, 39, 25-43. |
|
|
|
Graf
Peter (Mannheim 1938-2013 Mannheim) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américain d'origine allemande et spécialiste de la
mémoire. En collaboration avec Slamecka, il a découvert
l'effet de génération. Collaborateur de Mandler,
Schacter, Slamecka
et Uttl.
 |
SLAMECKA, N.J. & GRAF, P. (1978). The generation
effect : Delineation of a phenomenon. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Learning & Memory, 4
(6), 592-604. |
|
GRAF, P. (1980). Two consequences of generating :
Increased inter- and intraword organization of sentences.
Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 19,
316-327. |
|
GRAF, P. (1982). The memorial consequences of generation
and transformation. Journal of Verbal Learning &
Verbal Behavior, 21, 539-548. |
|
GRAF, P. & UTTL, B. (2001). Prospective memory : A new
focus for research. Consciousness & Cognition, 10,
437-450. [PDF] |
|
GRAF, P. & GRODIN, S. (2006). Time perception and
time-based prospective memory. In J. Glicksohn & M.S.
Myslobodsky (Eds.), Timing the future : The case for
a time-based prospective memory (pp. 1-24), World
Scientific Publishing. |
|
|
|
|
|
Graffiti
: Graffiti.
| |
|
|
MUELLER, M.M., MOORE, J.W., DOGGETT, A. & TINGSTROM,
D.H. (2000). The effectiveness of contingency-specific and
contingency-nonspecific prompts in controlling bathroom
graffiti. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 33 (1),
89-92. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Graham
George (1945-) : Philosophe
américain d'origine canadienne. Collaborateur de Bechtel.
 |
GRAHAM, G. (1994). Philosophical psychopathology. Philosophical
Psychology, 10, 553-555. |
|
BECHTEL, W. & GRAHAM, G. (Eds.) (1998). A
companion to cognitive science. Blackwell. |
|
GRAHAM, G. (1999). Mind, brain, world. Philosophy,
Psychiatry & Psychology, 6 (3), 223-225. |
|
GRAHAM, G. (2002). Recent work in philosophical
psychopathology. American Philosophical Quarterly, 39
(2), 109-134. |
|
GRAHAM, G. & VALENTINE, E. (Eds.) (2004). Identifying
the mind : Selected papers of U.T. Place. Oxford
University Press. |
|
|
|
Graham John W. ( ) : Psychologue
et méthodologiste, spécialisé
dans l'analyse des données
manquantes.
|
GRAHAM, J.W., JOHNSON, C.A., HANSEN, W.B., FLAY, B.R.
& GEE, M. (1990). Drug use prevention programs,
gender, and ethnicity : Evaluation of three seventh-grade
Project SMART cohorts. Preventive Medicine, 19,
305-313. |
|
GRAHAM, J.W. & COLLINS, N.L. (1991). Controlling
correlational bias via confirmatory factor analysis of
MTMM data. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 26, 607-629. |
|
GRAHAM, J.W., HOFER, S.M. & MacKINNON, D.P. (1996).
Maximizing the usefulness of data obtained with planned
missing value patterns : An application of maximum
likelihood procedures. Multivariate Behavioral
Research, 31, 197-218. |
|
GRAHAM, J.W., CUMSILLE, P.E. & ELEK-FISK, E. (2003).
Methods for handling missing data. In J.A. Schinka &
W.F. Velicer (Eds.), Research methods in psychology :
Handbook of psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 87-114). New
York : Wiley. |
|
GRAHAM, J.W., TAYLOR, B.J., OLCHOWSKI, A.E. &
CUMSILLE, P.E. (2006). Planned missing data designs in
psychological research. Psychological Methods, 11,
323-343. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Graham
Kim S. ( ) : Neurocognitivste
anglaise et spécialiste de l'étude de la démence,
notamment de la démence
sémantique. Collaboratrice de
Hodges et Patterson.
|
GRAHAM, K.S., HODGES, J.R. & PATTERSON, K. (1994). The
relationship between comprehension and oral reading in
progressive fluent aphasia. Neuropsychologia, 32,
299-316. |
|
GRAHAM, K.S., PATTERSON, K. & HODGES, J.R. (1995).
Progressive pure anomia : Insufficient activation of
phonology by meaning. Neurocase, 1 (1), 25-38. |
|
GRAHAM, K.S., BECKER, J.T. & HODGES, J.R. (1997). On
the relationship between knowledge and memory for pictures
: Evidence from the study of patients with semantic
dementia and Alzheimer's disease. Journal of the
International Neuropsychological Society, 30 (6),
534-544. [PDF] |
|
GRAHAM, K.S. & HODGES, J.R. (1997). Differentiating
the roles of the hippocampal system and the neocortex in
long-term memory storage : Evidence from the study of
semantic dementia and Alzheimer's disease. Neuropsychology,
11, 77-89. |
|
GRAHAM, K.S., PATTERSON, K. & HODGES, J.R. (1999).
Episodic memory : new insights from the study of semantic
dementia. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 9,
245-250.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Grainger
Jonathan Ian (Inverness 1956-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste français
d'origine écossaise et spécialiste de la reconnaissance
des mots. Collaborateur de Holcomb
et Ziegler.
|
GRAINGER, J. (1987). L'accès au lexique bilingue : Vers
une nouvelle orientation de recherche. L'Année
Psychologique, 87, 553-566. [PDF] |
|
GRAINGER, J. (1990). Word frequency and neighborhood
frequency effects in lexical decision and naming. Journal
of Memory & Language, 29, 228-244. [PDF] |
|
GRAINGER, J., TYDGAT, I. & ISSELÉ, J. (2010). Crowding
affects letters and symbols differently. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 36 (3), 673-688.
[PDF] |
|
GRAINGER, J. & HANNAGAN, T. (2014). What is special
about orthographic processing ? Written Language &
Literacy, 17, 225-252. [PDF] |
|
GRAINGER, J., MATHÔT, S. & VITU, F. (2014). Tests of a
model of multi-word reading : Effects of parafoveal
flanking letters on foveal word recognition. Acta
Psychologica, 146, 35-40. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Grammaire : Grammairien : Ensemble fini des règles orales et
écrites d'une langue qui
régissent la construction de phrases.
Le terme désigne également la branche de la linguistique
qui étudie ces règles. Grammaire,
code linguistique et écriture.
Grammar, grammatical structure.
| |
|
|
HJELMSLEV, L. (1928/29). Principes de grammaire
générale. Copenhague : Bianco Lunos Bogtrykkeri. |
SLOBIN, D.I. (1997). The origins of grammaticizable
notions : Beyond the individual mind. In D.I. Slobin
(Ed.), The crosslinguistic study of language
acquisition : Expanding the contexts (Vol. 5., pp.
265-323). Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
HJELMSLEV, L. (1935-1937/72). La catégorie des cas.
Étude de grammaire générale. München : W. Fink. |
BATES, E. THAL, D., TRAUNER, D., FENSON, J., ARAM, D.,
EISELE, J. & NASS, R. (1997). From first words to
grammar in children with focal brain injury.
Developmental Neuropsychology, 13 (3), 447-476. |
|
BROWN, R. & BERKO, J. (1960). Word association and the
acquisition of grammar. Child Development, 31,
1-14. |
BORG, S. (1998). Talking about grammar in language
classroom. Language Awareness, 7, 159-175. |
|
FRASER, C., BELLUGI, U. & BROWN, R. (1963). Control of
grammar in imitation, comprehension, and production. Journal
of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior 2,
121-135. |
BORG, S. (1998). Teachers' pedagogical systems and grammar
teaching : A qualitative study. TESOL Quarterly, 32,
9-38. |
|
SALZINGER, K. & ECKERMAN, C. (1967). Grammar and the
recall of chains of verbal responses. Journal of
Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 6, 232-239. |
JOANISSE, M.F. & SEIDENBERG, M.S. (1998). Specific
language impairment : a deficit in grammar or processing ?
Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 2, 240-247. |
|
SLOBIN, D.I. (1968). Imitation and grammatical development
in children. In N.S. Endler, L.B. Boultier and H. Osser
(Eds.), Contemporary issues In developmental
psychololy. New York : Holt, Rinehart and
Winston. |
SEIDENBERGER, M.S. & ELMAN, J.L. (1999). Do infants
learn grammar with algebra or statistics ? Science,
284, 433. |
|
GUTHRIE, J.T. & BALDWIN, T.L. (1970). Effects of
discrimination, grammatical rules, and application of
rules on the acquisition of grammatical concepts. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 61, 358-364. |
BLOOM, P. (1999). Language capacities : Is grammar special
? Current Biology, 9, 127-128. [PDF] |
|
BLOOM, L. (1971). Why not pivot grammar ? Journal of
Speech & Hearing Disorders, 36, 40-50. [PDF] |
MARCUS, G.F. (1999). Do infants learn grammar with algebra
or statistics ? Response to Seidenberg & Elman, Eimas,
and Negishi. Science, 284, 436-437. |
|
|
BRAINE, M.D.S. (1971). On two types of models of the
internalization of grammars. In D. I. Slobin (Ed.), The
ontogenesisof grammar : a theoretical symposium (pp.
153-186). New York : Academic Press. |
PIATTELLI-PALMARINI, M. (2002). Grammar : The barest
essentials. Nature, 416, 129. |
|
WHITEHURST, G. (1972). Production of novel and grammatical
utterances by young children. Journal of Experimental
Child Psychology, 13, 502-515. |
BORG, S. (1999). Studying teacher cognition in second
language grammar teaching. System, 27, 19-31. |
|
DUBOIS, J. (1972). Grammaire scientifique et grammaire
pédagogique. Langue Française, 14, 6-31. |
|
|
SLOBIN, D.I. (1973). Cognitive prerequisites for the
development of grammar. In C. Ferguson & D.I. Slobin
(Eds.), Studies of child language development.
New York : Holt, Rinehart, and Winston. |
BORG, S. (1999). Teachers' theories in grammar teaching.
English Language Teaching Journal, 53, 157-167. |
|
GIVÖN, T. (1979). On understanding grammar. New
York : Academic Press. |
RICE, M.L. & WEXLER, K. (2001). Rice/Wexler Test
of Early Grammatical Impairment. San Antonio, TX :
The Psychological Corporation. |
|
STABLER, E. (1983). How are grammers represented ? Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 6, 391-420. |
BORG, S. (1999). The use of grammatical terminology in
second language classrooms : A qualitative study of
teacher practices and cognitions. Applied Linguistics,
20, 95-126. |
|
KATZ, L., BOYCE, S., GOLDSTEIN, L. & LUKATELA, G.
(1987). Grammatical information effects in auditory word
recognition. Cognition, 25, 235-263.
[PDF] |
NEWMEYR, F. (2003). Grammar is grammar and usage is usage.
Language, 79, 682-707. |
|
DIMINO, J., GESTEN, R., CARNINE, D. & BLAKE, G.
(1990). Story grammar : An approach for promoting at-risk
secondary students' comprehension of literature.
Elementary School Journal, 91 (1), 19-32. |
MUTER, V., HULME, C., SNOWLING, M. & STEVENSON, J.
(2004). Phonemes, rimes, vocabulary, and grammatical
skills as foundations of early reading development :
Evidence from a longitudinal study. Developmental
Psychology, 40 (5), 665-681. |
|
ELMAN, J.L. (1992). Grammatical structure and distributed
representations. In S. Davis (Ed.), Connectionism :
Theory and practice. Oxford : Oxford University
Press. |
PHIPPS, S. & BORG, S. (2009). Exploring tensions
between teachers' grammar teaching beliefs and practices.
System, 37, 380-390. |
| |
TUZZI, A. (2009). Grammar and lexicon in individuals with
autism : Quantitative analysis of a large Italian corpus.
Intellectual & Developmental Disabilities, 47, 373-385. |
|
DALE, P.S., RICE, M.L., RIMFILED, K. & HAYIOU-THOMAS,
E. (2018). Grammar clinical marker yields substantial
heritability for language impairments in 16-year-old twins
[Journal Articles]. Journal of Speech, Language,
Hearing Research, 61, 66–78. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Orthographe,
Écrire et Langage
|
|
|
Grammaire générative : Ensemble fini de règles qui permettent
au locuteur de construire
un nombre infini de nouvelles phrases dans une langue donnée.
Grammaire générative et Chomsky.
= grammaire tranformationnelle, grammaire universelle.
Transformational grammar, universal grammar.
| |
|
|
STANLEY, P. & RITCHIE, R. (1973). On the generative
power of transformational grammars. Information
Sciences, 6, 49-83. |
|
PRINCE, A. & SMOLENSKY, P. (1997). Optimality : From
neural networks to universal grammar. Science, 275, 1604-1610. |
|
|
Voir aussi Chomsky |
|
|
Grammer Karl (1950-) : Zoologiste
et anthropologue évolutionniste
d'origine autrichienne. Il s'intéresse notamment à la beauté
et à l'attraction physique.
Étudiant de Eibl-Ebesfeldt. Collaborateur
de Fink, Hess
et Thornhill.
|
GRAMMER, K., SCHIEFENHÖVEL, W., SCHLEIDT, M. LORENZ, B.
& EIBL-EIBESFELDT, I. (1988). Patterns on the face :
The eyebrow flash in crosscultural compararison.
Ethology, 77, 279-299. [PDF] |
|
GRAMMER, K. & THORNHILL, R. (1994). Human (Homo
sapiens) facial attractiveness and sexual selection : The
role of symmetry and averageness. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 108 (3), 233-242. [PDF] |
|
GRAMMER, K., FINK, B., MOLLER, A.P. & THORNHILL, R.
(2003). Darwinian aesthetics : sexual selection and the
biology of beauty. Biological Reviews, 78 (3),
385-407. [PDF] |
|
GRAMMER, K., RENNINGER, L.A. & FISCHER, B. (2004).
Disco clothing, female sexual motivation, and relationship
status : Is she dressed to impress ? Journal of Sex
Research, 41, 66-74. [PDF] |
|
GRAMMER, K., FINK, B. & NEAVE, N. (2005). Human
pheromones and sexual attraction. European Journal of
Obstetrics & Gynecology & Reproductive Biology,
118 (2), 135-142. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Grammond Sébastien (1970-) : Avocat québécois
et spécialiste du droit des autochtone
|
GRAMMOND, S. (1995). Les traités entre l'état
canadien et les peuples autochtones. Cowansville :
Les Éditions Yvon Blais. |
|
GRAMMOND, S. (1995). La protection constitutionnelle
des droits ancestraux des peuples autochtones et l'arrêt
Sparrow. Revue de Droit de McGill, 1382-1415. [PDF] |
|
GRAMMOND, S., LANTAGNE, I. et GAGNÉ, N. (2012). Aux marges de la classification officielle : les groupes autochtones sans statut devant les tribunaux canadiens. Droits et Société, 81(2), 321-342. |
|
GRAMMOND, S. et GUAY, C. (2016). Comprendre la normativité innue en matière d'«adoption> et de garde coutumière. McGill Law Journal/Revue de droit de McGill, 70 (2), 885-906. [PDF] |
|
GRAMMOND, S. (2020). La pensée contractuelle dans l'interprétation de la constitution canadienne. Dans A.G. Gagnon et J. poirier (Dirs.), L'avenir du fédéralisme canadien : Acteurs et institutions (p. 189-215). Québec : Presses de l'Université Laval. |
|
|
|
|
|
Grand moment de lucicicidité : Concept développé par Jean
Leloup/Leclerc; mériterait d'être étudié scientifiquement... =
expérience de type aaaaaaah! ou eureka !
|
|
|
|
|
Grandin
Temple (Boston 1947-) : Éthologiste
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude des animaux
de ferme, et notamment de leur
bien-être. Elle a inventé et construit une "machine à
câlins", un dispositif qui, en coinçant délicatement les humains
(autistes) et les animaux, les calme.
 |
GRANDIN, T. (1980). Observations of cattle behavior
applied to the design of cattle handling facilities.
Applied Animal Ethology, 6, 19. |
|
GRANDIN, T. (1989). Voluntary acceptance of restraint by
sheep. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 23,
257. |
|
GRANDIN, T. (1992). Calming effects of deep touchpressure
in patients with autistic disorder, college students, and
animals. Journal of Child & Adolescent
Psychopharmacology, 2 (1), 63-72. |
|
GRANDIN, T. (1993). Teaching principles of behavior and
equipment design for handling livestock. Journal of
Animal Science, 71, 1065-1070.
[PDF] |
|
GRANDIN, T. (2006). Progress and challenges in animal
handling and slaughter in the U.S. Applied Animal
Behaviour Science, 100, 129-139.
[PDF] |
| |
 |
|
|
|
EDELSON, S.M., EDELSON, M.G., KERR, D.C.R. & GRANDIN,
T. (1999). Behavioral and physiological effects of deep
pressure on children with autism : A pilot study
evaluating the efficacy of Grandin’s hug machine.
American Journal of Occupational Therapy, 53, 145-152.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Granger
Luc (1944-) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
québécois, spécialisé dans la classification et le traitement des
agresseurs sexuels.
Collaborateur de Bouchard,
Ladouceur et
Malcuit.
 |
GRANGER, L. (1980). La communication dans le couple.
Montréal : Centre interdisciplinaire de Montréal. |
|
GRANGER, L. (1994). Les limites de la méthode
expérimentale en psychologie sociale et clinique. Psychologie
Canadienne, 35 (1), 1-10. |
|
GOTHIEL, M., STEINBERG, R. & GRANGER, L. (1999). An
exploration of clinicians' diagnostic approaches to
premenstrual symptomatology. Canadian Journal of
Behavioral Science, 31, 254-262. |
|
GRANGER, L. et CHEVREL, A. (1999). L'évaluation de la
dangerosité. Dans L. Brunet (Dir.), L'expertise
psycholégale : Balise méthodologiques et déontologiques.
Montréal : Presse de l'Université du Québec. |
|
RENAUD, P., ROULEAU, J., GRANGER, L., BARSETTI, I. &
BOUCHARD, S. (2002). Measuring sexual preferences in
virtual reality : A pilot study. Cyberpsychology
& Behavior, 5 (1), 1-9. |
|
|
|
|
|
Grant
Adam M. ( ) : Psychologue
australien et spécialiste de l'étude des
comportements prosociaux.
|
GRANT, A.M. (2007). Relational job design and the
motivation to make a prosocial difference. Academy of
Management Review, 32, 393–417. |
|
GRANT, A.M. (2008). The signi cance of task significance :
Job performance e ects, relational mechanisms, and
boundary conditions. Journal of Applied Psychology,
93, 108-124. |
|
GRANT, A.M. (2008). Does intrinsic motivation fuel the
prosocial fire ? Motivational synergy in predicting
persistence, performance, and productivity. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 93, 48-58. |
|
GRANT, A.M. & GINO, F. (2010). A little thanks goes a
long way : Explaining why gratitude expressions motivate
prosocial behavior. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 98 (6), 946-955. [PDF]
|
|
GRANT, A.M. & BERRY, J. (2011). The necessity of
others is the mother of invention : Intrinsic and
prosocial motivations, perspective-taking, and creativity.
Management Journal, 54 (1), 73–96. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Grant
Jon E. ( ) : Psychiatre
américain et spécialiste de l'étude des comportements
compulsifs, notamment du
jeu compulsif et de la
kleptomanie. Collaborateur de Potenza.
|
GRANT, J.E. & KIM, S.W. (2001). Demographic and
clinical features of 131 adult pathological gamblers.
Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 62, 957-962. |
|
GRANT, J.E. & KIM, S.W. (2002). Clinical
characteristics and associated psychopathology of 22
patients with kleptomania. Comprehensive Psychiatry,
43, 378-384. |
|
GRANT, J.E., BREWER, J.A. & POTENZA, M.N. (2006). The
neurobiology of substance and behavioral addictions. CNS
Spectrum, 11 (12), 924-930. [PDF] |
|
GRANT, J.E. (2006). Understanding and treating kleptomania
: New models and new treatments. Israel Journal of
Psychiatry & Related Sciences, 43 (2), 81-87.
[PDF] |
|
GRANT, J.E. & ODLAUG, B.L. (2008). Kleptomania :
clinical characteristics and treatment. Revista
Brasileira de Psiquiatria, 30 (SI), 11-15.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Graphème
: Transcription écrite en signe d'un son (phonème).
EX: Le son O peut s'écrire eau, o, au, aux. En
français, il existe des graphèmes simples qui correspondent à une
seule lettre et des graphèmes complexes formés de plusieurs
lettres. EX: Ch. syllabe
et écriture. Grapheme,
graphemic representation.
| |
|
|
BRYANT, P.E. & GOSWANI, U. (1987) Beyond
grapheme-phoneme correspondence. Cahiers de
Psychologie Cognitive, 7, 439-443. |
KIRAN, S. (2005). Training phoneme to grapheme conversion
to improve written and oral deficits : A model based
approach. Aphasiology, 19 (1), 53-76. [PDF] |
|
CARAMAZZA, A. & MICELLI, G., 1990). The structure of
graphemic representations. Cognition, 37,
243-297. |
|
|
GOSWAMI, U. (1993). Toward an interactive analogy model of
reading development - decoding vowel graphemes in
beginning reading. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 56 (3), 443-475. |
McCLOSKEY, M., MACUROSO, P. & RAPP, B. (2006).
Grapheme-to-lexeme feedback in the spelling system :
Evidence from a dysgraphic patient. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 23 (2), 278-307. [PDF] |
|
RAPP, B. & CARAMAZZA, A. (1997). From graphemes to
abstract letter shapes : Levels of representation in
written spelling. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Human Perception & Performance, 23, 1130-1152. |
|
|
EHRI, L.C. (1998). Grapheme-phoneme knowledge is essential
for learning to read words in English. In J. Metsala &
L. Ehri (Eds.), Word recognition in beginning
literacy (pp. 3-40). Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum
Associates, Inc. |
BEAL-ALVAREZ, J., LEDERBERG, A.R. & EASTERBROOKS, S.R.
(2011). Grapheme–phoneme acquisition of deaf preschoolers.
Journal of Deaf Studies & Deaf Education, 17
(1), 39-60. [PDF] |
|
KIRAN, S. & THOMPSON, C.K. & HASHIMOTO, N. (2001).
Effect of training grapheme to phoneme conversion in
patients with severe oral reading and naming deficits : A
model based approach. Aphasiology, 15 (9),
855-876. |
PERRY, C., ZIEGLER, J.C. & ZORZI, M. (2013). A
computational and empirical investigation of graphemes in
reading. Cognitive Science, 37 (5), 800-828. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Phonème |
|
|
Graphique : Forme de figure
qui représente les données
d'un recherche scientifique
au moyen de lignes ou de formes géométriques simples
(rectangle, cercle, droite, colonne, etc.) sur un plan
cartésien à deux ou trois dimensions. Graphique et donnée. (
): . Graphique, diagramme
et figure.
Graphic, graph, plot.
| |
|
 |
| |
|
HERRICK, R.M. (1965). Plotting and analyzing cumulative
response curves in operant conditioning studies.
Journal f the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 8
(1), 59-65.
[PDF] |
DYE, G.A. (2000). Graphic organizers to the rescue!
Helping students link - and remember - information. Teaching
Exceptional Children, 32 (3), 72-76. [PDF] |
|
ANSCOMBE, F.J. (1973). Graphs in statistical analysis.
The American Statistician, 27 (1), 17-21. |
|
|
ROSENBAUM, P.R. (1981). The two-scale plot : An
exploratory display of data with heterogeneous variances.
American Statistician, 35, 265-266. |
|
|
KRUSKAL, W. (1982). Criteria for judging statistical
graphics. Utilitas Mathematica, 21B, 283-310. |
|
|
CLEVELAND, W.S. (1984). Graphs in scientific publications.
American Statistician, 38, 261-269. |
BEST, L.A., SMITH, L.D. & STUBBS, D.A. (2001). Graph
use in psychology and other sciences. Behavioural
Processes, 54, 155-165. |
|
ATKINSON, A.C. (1985). Plots, transformations and
regression. New York : Oxford University Press. |
SMITH, L.D., BEST, L.A., STUBBS, D.A. ARCHIBALD, A.B.
& OBERSON-NAY, R. (2002). Constructing knowledge : The
role of graphs and tables in hard and soft psychology. American
Psychologist, 57, 749-761. |
|
WINN, B. (1987). Charts, graphs and diagrams in
educational materials. In D.M. Willows and H.A. Houghton
(Eds.), The psychology of illustration : I. Basic
research. (PP. 152-198). New York : Springer. |
WAINER, H. (2005). Graphic discovery : A trout in the
milk and other visual adventures. Princeton, NJ :
Princeton University Press. |
|
WINN, B. (1989). The design and use of instructional
graphics. In H. Mandl & J.R. Levin (Eds.),
Knowledge acquisition front text and pictures (pp.
125-144). New York : Elsevier Science Publishers B.V. |
APPERSON, J.M., LAWS, E.L. & SCEPANSKY, J.A. (2006).
The impact of presentation graphics on students experience
in the classroom. Computers & Education, 47
(1), 116–126. |
|
ROSENBAUM, P.R. (1989). An exploratory plot for
paired data. American Statistician, 43, 108-110 |
|
|
CLEVELAND, W.S. (1993). A model for studying display
methods of statistical graphics. Journal of
Computational & Graphical Statistics, 2, 323-343. |
LANE, D.M. & SANDOR, A. (2008). Designing better
graphs by including distributional information and
integrating words, numbers, and images. Psychological
Methods, 14 (3), 239-257. [PDF] |
|
MATTAINI, M. (1993). More than a thousand words :
Graphics for clinical practice. Washington, DC :
NASW Press. |
|
|
CLEVELAND, W.S. (1994). The elements of graphing data.
Summit, NJ : Hobart Press. |
|
|
ROBINSON, D.H., KATAYAMA, A.D., DUBOIS, N.F. &
DEVANEY, T. (1998). Interactive effects of graphic
organizers and delayed review in concept acquisition.
The Journal of Experimental Education, 67, 17-31. |
RUMPH, R. NINNESS, C., LACY, J., RUMPH M., HALLE, S.,
CLARY, L., LAW, S., MCKEE, K., WILLS, T. & NINNESS,
S.K. (2013). The automatic graphing/rotation scan
procedure for laptops and cellphones : an ecological
assessment system for developing local norms. Behavior
& social issues, 22, 40-48. [PDF] |
|
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Données |
|
|
Graphique
en entonnoir : Graphique
proposé par Light et Pillemer pour représenter les résultats d'un
ensemble de recherches qui a fait l'objet d'une méta-analyse.
Selon eux, la forme en entonnoir dénote une absence de biais
de publication. Funnel plot.
| |
|
|
LIGHT, R.J. & PILLEMER, D.B. (1984). Summing up.
The science of reviewing research. Cambridge, MA :
Harvard University Press. |
STERNE, J.A. & EGGER, M. (2001). Funnel plots for
detecting bias in meta-analysis : guidelines on choice of
axis. Journal of Clinical Epidemiology, 54,
1046-1055. |
|
EGGER, M. DAVEY-SMITH, G., SCHEIDER, M. & MINDER, C.
(1997). Bias in meta-analysis detected by a simple,
graphical test. British Medical Journal, 315, 629-634. |
STERNE, J.A. & HARBORD, R.M. (2004). Funnel plots in
meta-analysis. The Stata Journal, 4 (2),
127-141. [PDF] |
|
TANG, J.L. & LIU, J.L. (2000). Misleading funnel plot
for detection of bias in meta-analysis. Journal of
Clinical Epidemiology, 53, 477-484. |
TERRIN, N., SCHMID, C.H. & LAU, J. (2005). In an
empirical evaluation of the funnel plot, researchers could
not visually identify publication bias. Journal of
Clinical Epidemiology, 58, 894-901. |
|
DUVAL, S. & TWEEDIE, R.L. (2000). Trim and fill : A
simple funnel-plot-based method of testing and adjusting
for pub- lication bias in meta-analysis. Biometrics,
56 (2), 455-463. |
LAU, J., IOANNIDIS, J.P., TERRIN, N., SCHMID, C.H. &
OLKIN, I. (2006). The case of the misleading funnel plot.
British Medical Journal, 333, 597-600. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Biais
de publication |
|
|
Graphique
en trois dimensions : =
graphique 3D.
|
Graphologie
: Pseudotechnologie
qui se fonde sur la croyance
que l'on peut analyser et comprendre la personnalité
et le caractère d'un
individu à partir de son écriture
manuscrite. NDLR : À ne pas confondre
avec l'expertise graphologique (ou graphologie criminelle) qui
consiste à analyser et à authentifier la signature d'objet
(tableau, chèque, billet, acte notarié, etc.) afin de confondre
les faussaires et la contre-façon. =graphologie-conseil.
Graphology, graphological assessment, handwriting analyst.
| |
|
|
PASCAL, G. & SUTTELL, B. (1947). Testing the claims of
a grapholgist. Journal of Personality 16 (2),
192-197. |
PEEPLES, E.E. (1990). Training, certification, and
experience of handwriting analysts. Perceptual &
Motor Skills, 70, 1219-1226. |
| |
OOSTHUIZEN, S. (1990). Graphology as predictor of academic
achievement. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 71,
715-721. |
|
SNYDER, C.R., LARSEN, D. & BLOOM, L.J. (1976).
Acceptance of general personality interpretations prior to
and after receipt of diagnostic feedback supposedly based
on psychological, graphological and astrological
assessment procedures. Journal of Clinical Psychology,
32, 258-265. |
DEAN, G. (1992). The bottom line : effect size. In B.L.
Beyerstein & D.F. Beyerstein (Eds.), The write
stuff : evaluations of graphology - The study of
handwriting analysis. Amherst, NY : Prometheus
Books. |
|
LESTER, D., McLAUGLIN, S. & NOSAL, G. (1977).
Graphological signs for extraversion. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 44, 137-138. |
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (1992). The write stuff :
Evaluations of graphology, the study of handwriting
analysis. Buffalo, N.Y : Prometheus Books. |
|
RAFAELI, A. & KLIMOSKI, R.J. (1983). Predicting sales
success through handwriting analysis : an evaluation of
the ffects of training and handwriting sample content.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 68, 212-217. |
KEINAN, G. & ELIAT-GREENBERG, S. (1993). Can stress be
measured by handwriting analysis ? The effectiveness of
the analytic method. Applied Psychology : An
International Review, 42, 153-170. |
|
KEINAN, G., BARAK, A. & RAMATI, T. (1984). Reliability
and validity of graphological assessment in the selection
process of military officers. Perceptual & Motor
Skills, 58, 811-821. |
SATOW, R. & RECTOR, J. (1995). Using gestalt
graphology to identify entrepreneurial leadership. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 81, 263-270. |
|
SHARMA, J.M. & VARDHAN, B. (1985). Graphology : what
handwriting can tell you about an applicant.
Personnel, 52, 57-63. |
SPOHN, J.A. (1997). The legal implications of graphology.
Washington University Law Review, 75 (3),
1307-1333.
[PDF] |
|
GOLDBERG, L.R. (1986). Some informal explorations and
ruminations about graphology. In B. Nevo (Ed.), Scientific
aspects of graphology : A handbook (pp. 281-293).
Springfield, IL : Charles C Thomas. |
KING, N.K. & KOEHLER, D.J. (2000). Illusory
correlations in graphological inference. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Applied, 6, 336-348. |
|
BEN SHAKHAR, G., BAR-HILLEL, M., BILU, Y., BEN-ABBA, E.
& FLUG, A. (1986). Can graphology predict occupational
success ? Two empirical studies and some methodological
ruminations. Journal of Applied Psychology, 71 (4),
645-653. |
LOWIS, M.J. & MOONEY, S. (2001). Examination
performance and graphological analysis of students'
handwriting. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 93,
367-381. |
|
BAR-HILLEL, M. & BEN SHAKHAR, G. (1986). The a priori
case against graphology. In C.C. Thomas (Ed.),
Scientific aspects of graphology. Chicago. |
SIMMER, M.L. & GOFFIN, R.D. (2003). A position
statement by the International Graphonomics Society on the
use of graphology in personnel selection testing.
International Journal of Testing, 3, 353-364. |
|
BEYERSTEIN, D.F. & BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (1988). The use of
graphology as a tool for employee hiring and evaluation. The
Democratic Commitment, 22 (2), 1-6. |
HUTEAU, M. (2004). Écriture et personnalité. Approche
critique de la graphologie. Paris : Dunod. |
|
NEVO, B. (1988). Yes, graphology can predict occupational
success : rejoinder to Ben-Shakhar, et al. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 66, 92-94. |
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (2007). Graphology - a total write-off.
In S.D. Sala (Ed.), Tall tales about the mind and
brain : separating fact from fiction. Oxford :
Oxford University Press. |
|
NETER, E. & BEN SHAKHAR, G. (1989). The predictive
validity of graphological inferences : A meta-analytic
approach. Personality & Individual Differences,
10 (7), 737-745. |
DAZZI, C. & PEDRABISSI, L. (2009). Graphology and
personality : an empirical study on validity of
handwriting analysis. Psychological Reports, 105
(3), 1255-1268. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Pseudotechnologie |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grasha
Anthony F. (1942-) : Spécialiste de
l'éducation, spécialisé
dans l'étude des styles
d'apprentissage.
|
HRUSKA-RIECHMANN, S. & GRASHA, A.F. (1982). The
Grasha-Riechmann Student Learning Style Scales : Research
Findings and Applications. In J. Keefe (Ed.), Student
learning syles and brain behavior. Reston, VA :
NASSP. |
|
GRASHA, A.F. (1990). Using traditional versus naturalistic
approaches to assessing learning styles in college
teaching. Journal on Excellence in College Teaching,
1, 23-38. |
|
GRASHA, A.F. (1994). A matter of style : The teacher as
expert, formal authority, personal model, facilitator, and
delegator. College Teaching, 42, 142-149. |
|
GRASHA, A.F. (1996). Teaching with style : A practical
guide to enhancing learning by understanding teaching
and learning styles. Pittsburgh, PA : Alliance
Publishers. |
|
|
|
Grassé
Pierre-Paul (Dordogne 1895-1985 Paris) :
Biologiste français et zoologiste
néo-lamarkien.
|
GRASSÉ, P.P. (1944). La biologie, texte inédit de Lamarck.
Revue scientifique, 5, 267-276. |
|
GRASSÉ, P.P. (1960). Lamarck, Wallace et Darwin. Histoire
des Sciences 13, 73-79. |
|
GRASSÉ, P.P. (1978). Biologie moléculaire, mutagenèse,
évolution. Paris : Masson. |
|
GRASSÉ, P.P. (1979). Abrégé de zoologie. 1.
Invertébrés, 2. Vertébrés. Paris : Masson. |
|
GRASSÉ, P.P. (1980). L'homme en accusation. De la
biologie à la politique. Paris : Albin Michel. |
|
|
|
|
|
Gratification
(Délai) : Le mot a trois
signitfications voisines : a) Selon Freud,
le moi a notamment pour fonction de freiner ou de suspendre la pulsion,
ce qui crée chez l'individu un délai de gratification plus ou
moins long, délai qui entraîne alors de la frustration.
En ce sens, le désir - soit
la représentation de l'objet gratifiant - serait le produit de l'attente.
= gratification différée.
b) Les cognitivo-béhavioristses utilsent également
cette expression pour désigner le temps qui s'écoule entre le comportement
et la récompense. c)
Cette expression est parfois, à tort, considérée comme un synonyme
de délai de renforcement.
= gratification différée, attente de
la récompense. *délai
de renforcement.
Delay of gratification.
| |
|
| a |
|
SINGER, J.L. (1955). Delay of gratification and
ego-development : Implications for clinical and
experimental reserch. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 19, 259-266. |
SHODA, Y., MISCHEL, W. & PEAKE, P.K. (1990).
Predicting adolescent cognitive and self-regulatory
competencies from preschool delay of gratification :
Identifying diagnostic conditions. Developmental
Psychology, 26 (6), 978-986. |
|
MAHRER, A.R. (1956). The role of expectancy in delayed
reinforcement. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
52, 101-106. |
|
|
STRAUSS, M.A. (1962). Deferred gratification, social dass,
and the achievement syndrome. American Sociological
Review, 27, 326-335. |
METCALFE, J. & MISCHEL, W. (1999). A hot/cool-system
analysis of delay of gratification : dynamics of
willpower. Psychological Review, 106, 3-19. |
|
MISCHEL, W. & EBBENSEN, E.B. (1970). Attention in
delay of gratification. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 16, 329-337. |
|
|
MISCHEL, H.N., EBBESEN, E.B. & ZEISS, A.R. (1972).
Cognitive and attentional mechanisms in delay of
gratification. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 16, 204-218. |
BERAN, M.J., SAVAGE-RUMBAUGH, E.S., PATE, J.L. &
RUMBAUGH, D.M. (1999). Delay of gratification in
chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes). Developmental
Psychobiology, 34, 119-127. |
|
MISCHEL, W. (1974). Processes in delay of gratification.
In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental
social psychology (Vol. 7). New York : Acadamic
Press. |
|
|
WELLER, L. & BERKOVITZ, E. (1975). Parental discipline
and delayed gratification. Social Behavior &
Personality, 3, 1229-232. |
|
|
MISCHEL, H.N. & BAKER, N. (1975). Cognitive appraisals
and transformations in delay behavior. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 31, 254-261. |
|
|
WELLER, L. (1975). A research note on delayed
gratification and ethnicity and social class in Israe. Jewish
Journal of Sociology, 13, 29-35. |
|
|
MILLER, D.T. & KARNIOL, R. (1976). The role of rewards
in externally and self-imposed delay of gratification. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 33,
594-600. |
FOWLER, J. & KAM, C.D. (2006). Patience as a political
virtue : Delayed gratification and turnout. Political
Behavior, 28 (2), 113-128. |
|
KORIAT, A. & NISAN, M. (1977). The nature of the
conflict in delay of gratification. Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 131, 195-205. |
MAGEN, E. & GROSS, J.J. (2007). Harnessing the need
for immediate gratification : Cognitive reconstrual
modulates the reward value of temptations. Emotion, 7,
415-428. [PDF] |
|
WEISZ, J.R. (1977). Choosing problem solving rewards and
Halloween prizes : Delay of gratification and preference
for symbolic reward as a function of development,
motivation, and personal investment. Developmental
Psychology, 14, 66-78. [PDF] |
|
|
|
NISAN, M. & KORIAT, A. (1977). Children's actual
choices and their conception of the wise choice in a delay
of gratification situation. Child Development, 48,
488-494. |
|
|
MILLER, D.T. (1978). The effect of locus of control
orientation on ability to delay gratification : When it is
better to be an external. Journal of Research in
Personality, 12, 49-56. |
CASEY, B.J., SOMERVILLE, L.H., GOTLIB, I.H., AYDUK, O.,
FRANKLIN, N.T., ASKREN, M.K., JONIDES, J., BERMAN, M.G.
WILSON, N.L., TESLOVICH, T., GLOVER, G., ZAYAS, V.,
MISCHEL, W. & SHODA, Y. (2011). From the cover :
Behavioral and neural correlates of delay of gratification
40 years later. Proceedings of the National Academy
of Sciences, 108 (36), 14998-15003. [PDF] |
|
YATES, J.F. & REVELLE, G.L. (1979).Processes operative
during delay of gratification. Motivation &
Emotion, 3, 103-115. |
EVANS, T., BERAN, M.J. PAGLIERI, F. & ADDESSI, E.
(2012). Delaying gratification for food and tokens in
capuchin monkeys (Cebus apella) and chimpanzees (Pan
troglodytes) : When quantity is salient, symbolic stimuli
do not improve performance. Animal Cognition, 15,
539-548. |
|
MILLER, D.T., WEINSTEIN, S.M. & KARNIOL, R. (1978).
The effects of age and self-verbalization on children's
ability to delay gratification. Developmental
Psychology, 14, 569-570. |
|
|
NISAN, M. & KORIAT, A. (1984). The effect of cognitive
restructuring on delay of gratification. Child
Development, 55, 492-503. |
ADDESSI, E., PAGLIERI, F., BERAN, M., EVANS, T.
MACCHITELLA, L., DE PETRILLO, F. & FOCAROLI, V.
(2013). Delay choice vs. delay maintenance : Different
measures of delayed gratification in capuchin monkeys
(Cebus apella). Journal of Comparative Psychology,
27, 392-398. [PDF] |
|
MISCHEL, W., SHODA, Y. & PEAKE, P.K. (1988). The
nature of adolescent competencies predicted by preschool
delay of gratification. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 54, 687-699. |
SCHLAM, T.R., WILSON, N.L., SHODA, Y., MISCHEL, W. &
AYDUK, O. (2013). Preschoolers’ delay of gratification
predicts their body mass 30 years later. The Journal
of Pediatrics, 162, 90-93. [PDF] |
|
MISCHEL, W., SHODA, Y. & ROGRIGUEZ, M.I. (1989). Delay
of gratification in children. Science, 244
(4907), 933-938. [PDF] |
PARRISH, A.E., PERDUE, B.M., STROMBERG, E.E., BANIA, A.E.,
EVANS, T.A. & BERAN, M.J. (2014). Delay of
gratification by orangutans (Pongo pygmaeus) in the
accumulation task. Journal of Comparative Psychology,
128, 209-214. |
|
RODRIGUEZ, M.L., MISCHEL, W. & SHODA, Y. (1989).
Cognitive person variables in the delay of gratification
of older children at risk. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 57, 358-367. |
DE PETRILLO, F., MICUCCI, A., GORI, E., TRUPPA, V.,
ARIELY, D. & ADDESSI, E. (2015). Self-control
depletion in capuchin monkeys : does delay of
gratification rely on a limited resource ? Frontiers
in Psychology, 6, 1193. |
|
| |
| |
Voir aussi Contrôle
de soi et Impulsivité |
| b |
|
|
Voir Délai de
récompense |
| c |
|
|
Voir Délai de
renforcement |
|
|
|
|
|
Gratification
immédiate : Gratification
rapide, mais qui n'est pas nécessairement conditionnelle ou
contingente à l'émission d'un comportement. *renforcement.
|
Gratitude
: Sentiment
de reconnaissance que l'on éprouve à l'endroit d'un personne qui
nous a aidé ou
donné quelque chose, sentiment qui se manifeste par des comportements
prosociaux. Gratitude,
remerciement et comportement
d'aide. Gratitude.
| |
|
|
TESSER, A., GATEWOOD, R. & DRIVER, M. (1968). Some
determinants of gratitude. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 9, 233–236. |
|
|
McCULLOUGH, M.E., KILPATRICK, S.D., EMMONS, R.A. &
LARSON, D.B. (2001). Is gratitude a moral affect ? Psychological
Bulletin, 127 (2), 249-266. [PDF] |
NOWAK, M.A. & ROCH, S. (2007). Upstream reciprocity
and the evolution of gratitude. Proceedings of the
Royal Society B : Biological Sciences, 274,
605–609. |
|
EMMONS, R.A. & HILL, J. (2001). Words of
gratitude for mind, body, and soul. Radnor, PA :
Templeton Foundation Press. |
ALGOE, S.B., HAIDT, J. & GABLE, S.L. (2008). Beyond
reciprocity : Gratitude and relationships in everyday
life. Emotion, 8 (3), 425-429. |
|
EMMONS, R.A. & CRUMPLER, C.A. (2000). Gratitude as a
human strength : Appraising the evidence. Journal of
Social & Clinical Psychology, 19, 56-69. |
McCULLOUGH, M.E., KIMELDORF M.B. & COHEN, A.D. (2008).
An adaptation for altruism ? The social causes, social
effects, and social evolution of gratitude. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 17, 281-284.
[PDF] |
|
EMMONS, R.A. & McCULLOUGH, M.E. (2003). Counting
blessings versus burdens : An experimental investigation
of gratitude and subjective well-being in daily life.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 84,
377–389. [PDF] |
KASHDAN, T.B., MISHRA, A., BREEN, W.E. & FROH, J.J.
(2009). Gender differences in gratitude : Examining
appraisals, narratives, the willingness to express
emotions, and changes in psychological needs. Journal
of Personality, 77, 691-730. [PDF] |
|
McCULLOUGH, M.E., TSANG, J.-A. & EMMONS, R.A. (2004).
Gratitude in intermediate affective terrain : Links of
grateful moods to individual differences and daily
emotional experience. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 86, 295–309. |
WEINSTEIN, N., DEHAAN, C.R. & RYAN, R.M. (2010).
Attributing autonomous versus introjected motivation to
helpers and the recipient experience : Effects on
gratitude, attitudes, and well-being. Motivation
& Emotion, 34 (4), 418-431. [PDF] |
|
CAMPOS, J.J. (2006). Prelude to a theme on emotion and
gratitude. Journal of Personality, 74 (1), 3-7.
|
GRANT, A.M. & GINO, F. (2010). A little thanks goes a
long way : Explaining why gratitude expressions motivate
prosocial behavior. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 98 (6), 946-955. [PDF]
|
|
BARTLETT, M.Y. & DESTENO, D. (2006). Gratitude and
prosocial behavior : Helping when it costs you. Psychological
Science, 17 (4), 319-325. [PDF] |
EMMONS, R.A. (2016). The little book of gratitude :
Create a life of happiness and well-being by giving
thanks. London : Gaia. |
|
TSANG, J.-A. (2006). Gratitude and prosocial behaviour :
An experimental test of gratitude. Cognition &
Emotion, 20, 138–148. |
ALGOE, S. B. & ZHAOYANG, R. (2016). Positive
psychology in context : Effects of expressing gratitude in
ongoing relationships depend on perceptions of enactor
responsiveness. The Journal of Positive Psychology,
11, 399-415. |
|
POLAK, E. & McCULLOUGH, M.E. (2006). Is gratitude an
alternative to materialism ? Journal of Happiness
Studies, 7, 343-360. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
SMITH, A., PEDERSEN, E. J., FORSTER, D.E., McCULLOUGH,
M.E. & LIEBERMAN, D. (2017). Cooperation : The roles
of interpersonal value and gratitude. Evolution &
Human Behavior, 38, 18-26.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Comportements
prosociaux, Réciprocité
et Remerciement |
|
|
|
Gratter
(Se) : Comportement
qui consiste à frotter sa peau
avec ses ongles ou un objet pointu (parfois de façon excessive,
jusqu'au sang : Voir excorier). Se gratter, excorier
et automutilation.
Scratching, excessive scratching, squeezing of
the skin.
| |
|
|
ALLEN, K.E. & HARRIS, F.R. (1966). Elimination of a
child's excessive scratching by training the mother in
reinforcement procedures. Behavior Research &
Therapy, 4 (2), 79-84. |
|
|
Voir aussi Excorier
et Automutilation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gray Jeffrey Alan (Londres 1934-2004) :
Neuropsychologue
anglais et spécialiste de l'anxiété
et de la personnalité.
Étudiant de Eysenk.
Collaborateur de Joel et Pickering.
|
GRAY, J.A. (1964). Pavlov's typology. Elsevier. |
|
GRAY, J.A. (1970). The psychophysiological basis of
introversion-extraversion. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 8 (3), 249-266. |
|
GRAY, J.A. (1981). A critique of Eysenck's theory of
personality. In H.J. Eysenck (Ed.), A model for
personality. Berlin : Springer. |
|
GRAY, J.A. (1990). Brain systems that mediate both emotion
and cognition. Cognition & Emotion, 4 (3),
269-288. |
|
GRAY, J.A. (2002). Implications of synaesthesia for
functionalism : theory and experiments Journal of
Consciousness Studies, 9 (12), 5-31. |
|
|
|
CORR, P.J. (2002). J.A. Gray’s reinforcement sensitivity
theory : tests of the joint subsystems hypothesis of
anxiety and impulsivity. Personality & Individual
Differences, 33, 511-532. [PDF] |
CORR, P.J. (2002). J.A. Gray’s reinforcement sensitivity
theory and frustrative nonreward : a theoretical note on
expectancies in reactions to rewarding stimuli. Personality
& individual differences, 32, 1247-1253. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Grèce
: Pays.
| |
|
|
RUSSELL, J.A., SUZUKI, N. & ISHIDA, N. (1993).
Canadian, Greek and Japanese freely produced emotion
labels for facial expressions. Motivation &
Emotion, 17, 337-352. |
|
|
Voir aussi Pays |
|
|
Gréco
Pierre (1927-1988) : Philosophe
et logicien français.
Collaborateur de Piaget.
|
|
GRÉCO, P. (1963). La formation du raisonnements
récurentiels. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
GRÉCO, P. (1967). Épistémologie de la psychologie. In J.
Piaget (Dir.), Logique et connaissance scientifique.
Paris : Gallimard/La Pléiade. |
|
GRÉCO, P. (1969). Apprentissage et structures
intellectuelles. In P. Fraisse et J. Piaget (Dirs.), Traité
de psychologie expérimentale (Vol. 7, p. 167-217).
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
GRÉCO, P. (1895). Réduction
et construction. Archives de psychologie, 53,
21-53.
|
|
GRÉCO, P. (1995). Structures et
significations. École des études en sciences
sociales. |
|
|
BASSANO, D., CHAMPAUD, C. & LAHALLE, H. (1989).
Logique, sens et méthode. Hommage à Pierre Gréco
(1927-1988), Bulletin de Psychologie, 42 (388),
230-237.
|
BIDEAUD, J. (1990). Vous avez dit « structure » ? Hommage
à Pierre Gréco. Archives de Psychologie, 58 (225),
165-184.
|
|
GILIS, D. (2006). La mécanique du fonctionnement cognitif
du sujet. Un modèle structural proposé par Pierre Gréco
(souvenirs de séminaire, 1974-1985). Bulletin de
Psychologie, 483, 287-296. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Green
Christopher D. ( ) : Psychologue
et historien des
sciences canadien, concepteur
d'un site internet sur les classiques de la psychologie Classics
in the history of psychology et
Advances in the History of Psychology.
 |
GREEN, C.D. (1992). Of immortal mythological beasts :
Operationism in psychology. Theory & Psychology,
2, 287-316. |
|
GREEN, C.D. (1996). Where did the word "cognitive" come
from anyway ? Canadian Psychology, 37 (1),
31-39. |
|
GREEN, C.D. (2003). Psychology strikes out : Coleman
Griffith and the Chicago Cubs. History of Psychology,
6 (3), 267-283. [PDF] |
|
GREEN, C.D. (2001). Scientific models, connectionist
networks, and cognitive science. Theory &
Psychology, 11, 97-117.
|
|
GREEN, C.D. (2009). The curious rise and fall of
experimental psychology in mind. History of the Human
Sciences, 22, 33-53. |
|
|
|
|
|
Green
David W. ( ) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du bilinguisme.
Collaborateur de Bialystok.
|
GREEN, D.W. (1986). Control, activation and resource : a
framework and a model for the control of speech in
bilinguals. Brain & Language, 27, 210-223. |
|
GREEN, D.W. & PRICE, C.J. (2001). Functional imaging
in the study of recovery patterns in bilingual aphasics. Bilingualism
: Language & Cognition, 4, 191-201. |
|
GREEN, D.W. (2008). Bilingual aphasia : Adapted language
networks and their control. Annual Review of Applied
Linguistics, 28, 25-48. [PDF] |
|
GREEN, D.W. (2017). Trajectories to third-language
proficiency. International Journal of Bilingualism, 21
(6), 718-733. |
|
GREEN, D.W. (2017). Language control and code-switching. Languages,
3 (8), 2-16. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Green
Donald P. ( ) :
Politologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude du
vote. Collaborateur de Gerber
et Kahneman.
|
GREEN, D.P. & COWDEN, J.A. (1992). Who protests :
Self-interest and White opposition to bbusing. Journal
of Politics, 55 (2), 471-496. |
|
GREEN, D.P. & CITRIN, J. (1994). Measurement error and
the structure of attitudes : Are positive and negative
judgments opposites ? American Journal of Political
Science, 38 (1), 256-281. |
|
GREEN, D.P. & GERBER, A.S. (2002). The downstream
benefits of experimentation. Poltical Analysis, 10
(4), 394-402. [PDF] |
|
GREEN, D.P. & GERBER, A.S. (2010). Introduction to
social pressure and voting : New experimental evidence. Political
Behavior, 32 (3), 331-336. |
|
GREEN, D.P., McGRATH, M.C. & ARONOW, P.M. (2013).
Field experiments and the study of voter turnout. Journal
of Elections, Public Opinion & Parties, 23 (1),
27-48. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Green
Francis ( ) : Économiste
anglais de l'étude du travail,
notamment des effets psychologiques engendrés par la
perte de son emploi.
|
GREEN, F. (2009). Subjective employment insecurity around
the world. Cambridge Journal of Regions, Economy &
Society, 2 (3), 343-363. |
|
GREEN, F. (2011). Unpacking the misery multiplier : How
employability modi es the impacts of unemployment and job
insecurity on life satisfaction and mental health. Journal
of Health Economics 30 (2), 265-276. |
|
GREEN, F., MACHIN, S., MURPHY, R. & ZHU, Y. (2012).
The changing economic advantage from private school.
Economica, 79 (316), 658-679. |
|
GREEN, F.A. (2015). Health effects of job insecurity. IZA
World of Labor, [ 212], 1-10.
[PDF] |
|
GREEN, F.A., FELSTEAD, D., ALLIE, D. & INANC, H.
(2016). Job-related well-being through the great
recession. Journal of Happiness Studies, 17 (1),
389-411. |
|
|
|
Green
Gina ( ) :
Psychologue béhavioriste
américaine et spécialiste de l'autisme.
Collaboratrice de Dubé, Foxx
et Maurice
|
GREEN, G., SIGURDARDOTTIR, Z.G. & SAUNDERS, R.R.
(1991). The role of instructions in the transfer of
ordinal functions through equivalence classes. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 55, 287-304.
[PDF] |
|
GREEN, G. & SHANE, H.C. (1993). Facilitated
communication : The claims vs. the evidence. Harvard
Mental Health Letter, 10, 4-5. |
|
GREEN, G. & SHANE, H.C. (1994). Science, reason, and
facilitated communication. Journal of association
with Severe Handicaps, 19 (3), 151-172. [PDF] |
|
GREEN, G. (2001). Behavior analytic instruction for
learners with autism : Advances in stimulus control
technology. Focus on Autism & Other Developmental
Disabilities, 16, 72-85. |
|
GREEN, G., BRENNAN, L.C. & FEIN, D. (2002). Intensive
behavioral treatment for a toddler at high risk for
autism. Behavior Modification, 26, 69-102. |
|
|
|
Green
Leonard ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain. Il étudie les comportements
de décision et de contrôle de soi chez l'humain, le rat
et le pigeon. Il
s'intéresse également au délai
de renforcement et de récompense.
Collaborateur de Battalio,
Kagel, Myerson,
Rachlin et Woolverton.
 |
GREEN, L. & RACHLIN, H. (1975). Economic and
biological influences on a pigeon's key peck. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 23 (1),
55-62. [PDF] |
|
GREEN, L. & SNYDERMAN, M. (1980). Choice between
rewards differing in amount and delay : Toward a choice
model of self control. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 34 (2), 135-147. [PDF] |
|
GREEN, L. & FREED, D.E. (1993). The substitutability
of reinforcers. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 60 (1), 141-158. [PDF] |
|
GREEN, L. FRISTOE, N. & MYERSON, J. (1994). Temporal
discounting and preference reversals in choice between
delayed outcomes. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review,
1, 383-389. [PDF]
|
|
GREEN, L., MYERSON, J. & MACAUX, E.W. (2005). Temporal
discounting when the choice is between two delayed
rewards. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 31, 1121-1133.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Green
Richard (1936-2019) :
Psychiatre et sexologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'homosexualité,
du
transsexualisme et du changement
du sexe. Étudiant de Money
et collaborateur de Blanchard,
Bradley et Stoller.
 |
GREEN, R. & MONEY, J. (1969). Transsexualism and
sex reassignment. The Johns Hopkins Press. |
|
GREEN, R. (1974). Sexual identity conflict in
children and adults. Basic Books |
|
GREEN, R. (1987). The "Sissy boy syndrome" and the
development of homosexuality. Yale University
Press. |
|
GREEN, R. (2002). Is pedophilia a mental disorder ?
Archives of Sexual Behavior, 31, 467-471. |
|
GREEN, R. (2010). Sexual preference for 14-year-olds as a
mental disorder : you can't be serious ! Archives of
sexual behavior, 39 (3), 585-586. |
|
|
|
Green
Shawn C. ( ) :
Neurocognitiviste américain et spécialiste de l'étude des jeux
vidéo. Collaborateur de Bavelier,
Mayer et Seidenberg.
|
GREEN, C.S. & BAVELIER, D. (2003). Action video games
modify visual selective attention. Nature, 423,
534-537. [PDF] |
|
GREEN, C.S. & BAVELIER, D. (2006). Enumeration versus
multiple object tracking : the case of action video game
players. Cognition, 101, 217-245. [PDF] |
|
GREEN, C.S. & BAVELIER, D. (2007). Action-video-game
experience alters the spatial resolution of vision. Psychological
Science, 18, 88-94. [PDF] |
|
GREEN, C.S., POUGET, A. & BAVELIER, D. (2010).
Improved probabilistic inference as a general learning
mechanism with action video games. Current Biology,
20, 1573–1579. [PDF]
|
|
GREEN, C.S. & BAVELIER, D. (2012). Learning,
attentional control, and action review video games. Current
Biology, 22, 197-206. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Greenberg
Gary ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de la psychologie
comparative. Collaborateur de Partridge
et Tobach.
 |
GREENBERG, G. & TOBACH, E. (Eds.) (1988). Evolution
of social behavior and integrative levels.
Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
GREENBERG, G., PARTRIDGE, T., WEISS, E. & HARAWAY,
M.M. (1999). Integrative levels, the brain, and the
emergence of complex behavior. Review of General
Psychology, 3, 168-187. |
|
GREENBERG, G., PARTRIDGE, T., WEISS, E. & PISULA, W.
(2004). Comparative psychology : A new perspective for the
21st century : Up the spiral staircase. Developmental
Psychobiology, 44, 1-15. |
|
GREENBERG, G., PARTRIDGE, T., MOSACK, V. & LAMBDIN, C.
(2011). Psychology is a developmental science.
International Journal of Comparative Psychology, 19
(2), 185-205. [PDF] |
|
GREENBERG, G. (2011). The failure of biogenetic analysis
in psychology : Why psychology is not a biological
science. Research in Human Development, 8
(3-4), 173-191. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Greenberg
Jan S. ( ) : Spécialiste américain
de l'autisme.
Collaboratrice de Mailick.
|
GREENBERG, J.S. & BECKER, M. (1988). Aging parents as
family resources. The Gerontologist, 28, 786-791. |
|
GREENBERG, J.S., SELTZER, M.M. & GREENLEY, J.R.
(1993). Aging parents of adults with disabilities : The
gratifications and frustrations of later-life caregiving.
The Gerontologist, 33, 542-550. |
|
GREENBERG, J.S., SELTZER, M.M., KRAUSS, M.W., CHOU, R.J.A.
& HONG, J. (2004). The effect of quality of the
relationship between mothers and adult children with
schizophrenia, autism, or Down Syndrome on maternal
well-being : The mediating role of optimism. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 74 (1), 14-25. |
|
GREENBERG, J.S., KNUDSEN, K. & ASCHBRENNER, K.A.
(2006). Prosocial family processes and the quality of life
of persons with schizophrenia. Psychiatric Services,
57, 1771-1777. |
|
GREENBERG, J.S., MAILICK, M.R., BAKER, J.K., SMITH, L.,
WARREN, S.F., BRADY, N. & HONG J. (2012). Family
environment and behavior problems in children,
adolescents, and adults with fragile x syndrome.
American Journal of Intellectual & Developmental
Disabilities, 117, 331-346. |
|
|
|
Greenberg
Roger P. (1941-2023) : Psychiatre
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude comparative des
thérapies,
ainsi que de leur
l'évaluation. Collaborateur de Danton,
Fisher et Antonuccio.
|
FISHER, S. & GREENBERG, R.P. (1977). The
scientific credibility of Freud’s theories and therapy.
New York : Basic Books. |
|
GREENBERG, R.P. & FISHER, S. (1989). Examining
antidepressant effectiveness : Findings, ambiguities, and
some vexing puzzles. In S. Fisher and R.P. Greenberg
(Eds.), The limits of biological treatments for
psychological distress : Comparisons with psychotherapy
and placebo. Hillsdale : Erlbaum. |
|
GREENBERG, R.P., BORNSTEIN, R.F., GREENBERG, M.D. &
FISHER, S. (1992). A meta-analysis of antidepressant
outcome under blinder conditions. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 60, 664-669. |
|
FISHER, S. & GREENBERG, R.P. (1996). Freud
scientifically reappraised : Testing the theories and
therapy. New York : Wiley. |
|
GREENBERG, R.P. (2004). Essential ingredients for
successful psychotherapy : The impact of common factors.
In M.J. Dewan, B.N. Steenbarger & R.P. Greenberg
(Eds.), The art and science of brief psychotherapies
: A practitioner's guide. American Psychiatric
Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
Greene
David ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la motivation.
Avec Lepper, il a découvert
l'effet de surjustification. Collaborateur de Lepper.
|
GREENE, D. & LEPPER, M.R. (1974). Effects of extrinsic
rewards on children's subsequent intrinsic interest. Child
Development, 45, 1141-1145. |
|
LEPPER, M.R. & GREENE, D. (1975). Turning play into
work : Effects of adult surveillance and extrinsic rewards
on children's intrinsic motivation. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 31, 479-486. |
|
LEPPER, M.R. & GREENE, D. (1975). When two rewards are
worse than one : Effects of extrinsic rewards on intrinsic
motivation. Phi Delta Kappan, 565-566. |
|
GREENE, D., STERNBERG, B. & LEPPER, M.R. (1976).
Overjustification in a token economy. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 34, 1219-1234. |
|
LEPPER, M.R. & GREENE, D. (Eds.) (1978). The
hidden costs of reward. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
|
|
Greene
Jennifer ( ) : Psychologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'éducation
et des méthodes mixtes.
 |
GREENE, J.C., CARACELLI, V.J. & GRAHAM, W.F. (1989).
Toward a conceptual framework for mixed-method evaluation
designs. Educational Evaluation & Policy Analysis,
11 (3), 255-274. |
|
GREENE, J.C. (2005). Synthesis : A reprise on mixing
methods. In T.S. Weisner (Ed.), Discovering
successful pathways in children’s development : Mixed
methods in the study of childhood and family life
(pp. 405-419). Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
|
GREENE, J.C. (2006). Toward a methodology of mixed methods
social inquiry. Research in the Schools, 13 (1),
93-99. |
|
GREENE, J.C. (2007). Mixed methods in social inquiry.
San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
|
GREENE, J.C., SOMMERFELD, P. & HAIGNT, W.L. (2010).
Mixing methods in social work research. In Shaw, I.,
Briar-Lawson, K., Orme, J. & Ruckdeschel, R. (Eds.),
The SAGE handbook of social work research. London :
Sage. |
|
|
|
Greene
Nathaniel R. ( ) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la mémoire,
de l'attention
partagée et des effets du vieillissement
sur ces phénomènes. Étudiant de
Naveh-Benjamin. Collaborateur de Cowan.
|
GREENE, N.R., NAVEH-BENJAMIN, M. & COWAN, N. (2020).
Adult age differences in working memory capacity : Spared
central storage but deficits in ability to maximize
peripheral storage. Psychology & Aging, 35,
866-880. |
|
GREENE, N.R. & NAVEH-BENJAMIN, M. (2020). A
specificity principle of memory : Evidence from aging and
associative memory. Psychological Science, 31,
316-331. |
|
GREENE, N.R. MARTIN, B.A. & NAVEH-BENJAMIN, M. (2021).
The effects of divided attention at encoding and at
retrieval on multidimensional source memory. Journal
of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 47, 1870-1887. |
|
GREENE, N.R. & NAVEH-BENJAMIN, M. (2022). The effects
of divided attention at encoding on specific and
gist-based associative episodic memory. Memory &
Cognition, 50, 59-76. |
|
GREENE, N.R. & NAVEH-BENJAMIN, M. (2022). Online
experimentation and sampling in cognitive aging research.
Psychology & Aging, 37 (1), 72-83. |
|
|
|
Greene
Robert L. ( ) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la mémoire.
Il s'intéresse notamment aux effets
d'espacement, de
récence et de génération.
Il est l'un des signataires du Manifeste
des 52. Collaborateur de Kahana
et Westerman.
|
GREENE, R.L. (1984). Incidental learning of event
frequency. Memory & Cognition, 12, 90-95. |
|
GREENE, R.L. (1989). Spacing effects in memory : Evidence
for a two-process account. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 15
(3), 371-377. |
|
GREENE, R.L. (1990). Spacing effects on implicit memory
tests. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning,
Memory & Cognition, 16, 1004-1016. |
|
GREENE, R.L., THAPAR, A. & WESTERMAN, D.L. (1998). The
effects of generation on memory for order. Journal of
Memory & Language, 38, 255-264. |
|
GREENE, R.L. & KLEIN, A.A. (2004). Does recognition of
single words predict recognition of two ? American
Journal of Psychology, 117, 215-227. |
|
|
|
Greengard
Paul (New York 1925-2019 New York) : Neurobiologiste
américain et lauréat du prix Nobel
de physiologie et de médecine en 2000 pour ses travaux sur
le rôle de la dopamine comme
médiateur chimique du cerveau.
 |
KEBABIAN, J.W. & GREENGARD, P. (1971).
Dopamine-sensitive adenyl cyclase : possible role in
synaptic transmission. Science, 174, 1346-1349. |
|
GREENGARD, P. (1974). Biochemical characterization of the
dopamine receptor in the mammalian caudate nucleus.
Journal of Psychiatric Research, 11, 87-90. |
|
GREENGARD, P. (1976). The action of antipsychotic drugs on
dopamine-stimulated adenylate cyclase activity.
Wenner-Gren Center International Symposium Series, 25, 271-283. |
|
KRIEGER, N.R., BUNNEY, B.S. & GREENGARD, P. (1979).
Localization of dopamine-sensitive adenylate cyclase
activity within laminae of the rat prefrontal cortex. Brain
Research, 179, 171-175. |
|
WALAAS, S.I., SEDVALL, G. & GREENGARD, P. (1989).
Dopamine-regulated phosphorylation of synaptic
vesicle-associated proteins in rat neostriatum and
substantia nigra. Neuroscience, 29, 9-19. |
|
|
|
Greeno
James G. (1935-2020) :Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain et spécialiste de l'éducation.
Étudiant de Feigl et Sellars.
Collaborateur de Bjork et Kintsch.
 |
GREENO, J.G. (1994). Gibson's affordances.
Psychological Review, 101, 336-342. [PDF]
|
GREENO, J.G. (1997). On claims that answer the wrong
questions. Educational Researcher, 26, 5-17.
|
|
GREENO, J.G. (1998). and the Middle-school Mathematics
through Applications Project Group (1998). The situativity
of knowing, learning, and research. American
Psychologist, 53, 5-26. |
GREENO, J.G., COLLINS, A. & RESNICK, L.B. (1996).
Cognition and learning. In D. Berliner & R. Calfee
(Eds.), Handbook of educational psychology (pp.
15-46). New York : Macmillan.
|
|
GREENO, J.G. & BJORK, R.A. (2003). Mathematical
learning theory and the new "mental forestry". Annual
Review of Psychology, 24 (1), 81-116. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Greenspoon
Joel (1921-2004) :
Psychologue béhavioriste
américain. Il s'est notamment intéressé à l'apprentissage
du comportement
verbal. Collaborateur de Brownstein
et Lamal.
 |
GREENSPOON, J. (1950). The effect of a verbal stimulus as
a reinforcement. Proceedings of the Indian National
Science Academy, 59, 287. |
|
GREENSPOON J. (1955). The reinforcing effect of two spoken
sounds on the frequency of two responses. American
Journal of Psychology, 68 (3), 409-416. |
|
GREENSPOON J. & BROWNSTEIN, A. J. (1967).
Psychotherapy from the standpoint of a behaviorist. Psychological
Record, 17, 401-416. |
|
GREENSPOON, J. & LAMAL, P.A. (1992). Congressional
metacontingencies. Behavior & Social Issues, 2 (1),
71-81. |
|
GREENSPOON, J. (1995). Private events for behavior
analysts : A review of an introduction to
neuroendocrinology by R.E. Brown. Behavior &
Social Issues, 5 (1). |
|
|
LAMAL, P.A. (2004). In Memoriam : Joel Greenspoon
(1920-2004). The Behavior Analyst, 27 (2),
287-289. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Greenwald
Anthony G. (New York 1939-) : Psychosociologue
et méthodologiste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la cognition
sociale, surtout de la cognition
implicite, du soi,
des attitudes et de l'évaluation
des enseignants. Il a inventé le test
d'association implicite. Professeur de Cacioppo.
Collaborateur de Banaji,
Bellezza, Dovidio,
Meltzoff,
Nosek, Pratkanis
et Rudman.
 |
GREENWALD, A.G. (1975). Consequences of prejudice
against the null hypothesis. Psychological
Bulletin, 82, 1-20. [PDF] |
|
GREENWALD, A.G. (1980). The totalitarian ego :
Fabrication and revision of personal history. American
Psychologist, 35, 603-618. [PDF]
|
|
GREENWALD, A.G. & BANAJI, M.R. (1995). Implicit
social cognition : Attitudes, self-esteem, and
stereotypes. Psychological Review, 102, 4-27.
[PDF] |
|
GREENWALD, A.G., McGHEE, D.E. & SCHWARTZ, J.L.K.
(1998). Measuring individual differences in implicit
cognition : The Implicit Association Test. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 74 (6),
1464-1480. [PDF] |
|
GREENWALD, A.G. (2012). There is nothing so theoretical
as a good method. Perspectives on Psychological
Science, 7, 99-108. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Greenwood
Charles R. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé en éducation,
plus particulièrement dans l'étude du tutorat.
Collaborateur de Delquadri,
Hall et Kamps.
|
|
GREENWOOD, C.R., DINWIDDIE, G., BAILEY, V., CARTA, J.J.,
DORSEY, D., KOHLER, F.W., NELSON, C., ROTHOLZ, D. &
SCHULTE, D. (1987). Field replication of classwide peer
tutoring. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 20 (2),
151-160.
[PDF] |
|
GREENWOOD, C.R., DELQUARDI, J.C. & HALL, R.V. (1989).
Longitudinal effects of classwide peer tutoring. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 81 (3), 371-383. |
|
GREENWOOD, C.R. (1991). Classwide peer tutoring :
Longitudinal effects on the reading, language, and
mathematics achievement of at-risk students. Reading,
Writing & Learning Disabilities, 7 (2),
105-123. |
|
GREENWOOD, C.R. (1997). Classwide peer tutoring.
Behavior & Social Issues, 7 (1), 53-57.
[PDF] |
|
GREENWOOD, C.R., ARREAGA-MAYER, C., UTLEY C.A., GAVIN,
K.M. & TERRY, B.J. (2001). Classwide peer tutoring
learning management system applications with
elementary-level english language learners. Remedial
& Special Education, 22 (1), 34-47. |
|
|
|
Greenwood
John D. (1952-) : Philosophe
et historien
des sciences américain, spécialisé dans l'histoire de la
psychologie sociale.
|
GREENWOOD, J.D. (1983). Role playing as an experimental
strategy in social psychology. European Journal of
Social Psychology, 13, 235-254. |
|
GREENWOOD, J.D. (1991). Introduction : Folk psychology and
scientific psychology. In J.D. Greenwood (Ed.), The
future of folk psychology. Cambridge : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
GREENWOOD, J.D. (1992). Realism, empiricism, and social
constructionism : Psychological theory and the social
dimensions of mind and action. Theory &
Psychology, 2, 131-151. |
|
GREENWOOD, J.D. (2003). Social facts, social groups, and
social explanation. Nous, 37, 93-112. |
|
GREENWOOD, J.D. (2009). Materialism, strong continuity and
early American psychology. Theory & Psychology,
19, 544-564. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Greer
R. Douglas ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste,
spécialisé dans l'étude des comportements
verbaux, notamment du comportement de nommer.
Il s'intéresse aussi à l'apprentissage de la musique.
|
GREER, R.D., DOROW, L.G. & HANSER, S. (1973). Music
discrimination training and the music selection behavior
of nursery and primary level children. Bulletin of
the Council for Research in Music Education, 35, 30-43. |
|
GREER, R.D. & POLIRSTOK, R. (1982). Collateral gains
and short term maintenance in reading and on-task
responses by inner city adolescents as a function of their
use of social reinforcement while tutoring. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 15 (1), 123-139. [PDF] |
|
GREER, D. & HOGIN, S. (1999). Is the learn unit a
fundamental measure of pedagogy ? The Behavior
Analyst, 22 (1), 5-16. [PDF] |
|
GREER, R.D. & SPECKMAN, J. (2009). The integration of
speaker and listener responses : A theory of verbal
development. Psychological Record, 59, 449-488. |
|
GREER, R.D. & LONGANO, J. (2010). A rose by naming :
How we may learn how to do it. The Analysis of Verbal
Behavior, 26, 73-106. [PDF] |
|
|
|
BROPHY, J.E. (1983). If only it were true : A response to
Greer. Educational Researcher, 12, 10-13. |
|
|
|
Gregory
Richard Langton (Londres 1923-2010) :
Neuropsychologue
britannique, spécialisé dans l'étude de la vision,
de la perception et
des illusions. Gregory et
l'illusion du mur
du café. Collaborateur de Harris,
Ramachadran et Zangwill.
 |
GREGORY, R.L. (1980). Perceptions as hypotheses. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society, B, 290, 181-197. |
|
GREGORY, R.L. & HEARD, P.F. (1983). Visual
dissociations of movement, position, and stereo depth :
Some phenomenal phenomena. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 35A, 217-237 [PDF] |
|
GREGORY, R.L. & HARRIS, J.P. (1984). Real and apparent
movement nulled. Nature, 307, 729-730. |
|
GREGORY, R.L. (1995). Brain created visual motion : an
illusion ? Proceedings of the Royal Society of
London, B, 260, 167-168. |
|
GREGORY, R.L. (1997). Visual illusions classified. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 1 (5), 190-194. |
|
|
KATZ, S. (1983). R.L. Gregory and others : the wrong
picture of the picture theory of perception. Perception,
12 (3), 269-279. |
|
WADE, N.J. (2010). Richard Langton Gregory (1923-2010). American Psychologist, 65, 924. |
|
|
|
Grenouille
: Animal de la
famille des amphibiens.
Grenouille et
crapaud. Frog.
| |
|
|
PERA, M. (1996). The ambiguous frog : The
Galvani-Volta controversy on animal electricity.
Princeton : Princeton University Press. |
|
|
BARLOW, H.B. (1950). The receptive fields of ganglion
cells in the frog retina. International Physiology
Congress, 18, 88-89. |
WELLS, K.D. & TAIGEN, T.L. (1986). The effect of
social interactions on calling energetics in the gray
treefrog (Hyla versicolor). Behavioral Ecology &
Sociobiology, 19, 9-18. |
|
BARLOW, H.B. (1953). Action potentials from the frog's
retina. Journal of Physiology, 119, 58-68. |
BRENOWITZ, E.A. (1989). Neighbor call amplitude influences
aggressive behavior and intermale spacing in choruses of
the Pacific treefrog (Hyla regilla). Ethology, 83, 69-79. |
|
BARLOW, H.B. (1953). Summation and inhibition in the
frog's retina. Journal of Physiology, 119, 69-88. |
BEE, M.A. (2001). Habituation and sensitization in
bullfrogs (Rana catesbeiana) : testing the dual-process
theory of habituation. Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 115, 307-316. |
|
ARDEN, G.B. (1954). Light-sensitive pigment in the visual
cells of the frog. Journal of Physiology, 123 (2),
377-385. [PDF] |
CHANNING, A., Du PREEZ, L. & PASSMORE, N. (1994).
Status, vocalization and breeding biology of two species
of African bullfrogs (Ranidae : Pyxicephalus). Journal
of Zoology, 234, 141-148. |
|
LETTVIN, J., MATURANA, H.R., McCULLOCH, W.S. & PITTS,
W. (1959). What the frog's eye tells the frog's brain. Proceedings
of the Institute of Radio Engineers, 47 (1),
1940-1951.
[PDF] |
|
|
RUSHTON, W.A.H. (1959). Excitation pools in the frog's
retina. Journal of Physiology, 149 (2), 327-345.
[PDF] |
|
|
MATURANA, H., LETTVIN, J., McCULLOCH, W.S. & PITTS, W.
(1960). Anatomy and physiology of vision in the frog (Rana
pipiens). The Journal of General Physiology, 43
(6), 129-175.
[PDF] |
CALDWELL, M.S., JOHNSTON, G.R., MDANIELl, J.G. &
WARKENTIN, K.M. (2010). Vibrational signaling in the
agonistic interactions of red-eyed treefrogs. Current
Biology, 20, 1012-1017. |
|
GESTELAND, R., LETTVIN, J. & PITTS, W. (1965).
Chemical transmission in the nose of the frog. Journal
of Physiology, 181, 525-529. |
|
|
| BURNIE,
D. (Ed.) (2001). Animal . Londres : Dorling
Kindersley / Le règne animal. Saint-Laurent :
Erpi. |
Voir aussi Animal |
|
|
Grève : Arrêt volontaire d'une activité de groupe
dans le but de protester (contre les conditions de travail ou le salaire) ou de revendiquer, arrêt généralement
décidé à la suite d'une décision collective (par vote
majoritaire), mais parfois spontanément, dans le feu de l'action.
|
| GR - GRICE -
GRIFFITHS - GRILLE -
GRODDECK - GROSS -
GROSSESSE - GROSSMAN -
GROUPE - GRUBER -
GRUNBERGER - GU |
Grice
Herbert Paul (Birmingham 1913-1988 Berkeley) :
Philosophe du
langage et linguiste
britannique, spécialiste de la sémantique.
 |
GRICE, H.P. (1957). Meaning. The Philosophical Review
64, 377-388. |
|
GRICE, H.P. (1968). Utterer's meaning, sentence-meaning
and word-meaning. Foundations of Language, 4,
225-242. |
|
GRICE, H.P. (1969). Utterer's meaning and intention.
The Philosophical Review, 78, 147-177. |
|
GRICE, H.P. (1975). Logic and conversation. In P. Cole
& J. Morgan (Eds.), Syntax and semantics
(Vol. 3, pp. 41-58). New York : Academic Press. |
|
GRICE, H.P. (1989). Studies in the way of words.
Cambridge Massachusetts : Harvard University Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
Griffin
Donald Redfield (Southampton 1915-2003) :
Éthologiste américain et
spécialiste de l'étude de la conscience
animale. Il a découvert l'écholalation chez la chauve-souris.
 |
GRIFFIN, D.R. (1959). Echoes of bats and men. New
York : Anchor Books. |
|
GRIFFIN, D.R. (1976). The question of animal awareness
: Evolutionary continuity of mental experience. New
York : Rockefeller University Press. |
|
GRIFFIN, D.R. (1984). Animal thinking. Cambridge
: Harvard University Press. |
|
GRIFFIN, D.R. (1992). Animal minds. Chicago :
University of Chicago Press. |
|
GRIFFIN, D.R. (1995). Windows on animal minds. Conscience
& Cognition, 4, 194-204. |
|
|
DEWSBURY, D.A. (2004). Donald Redfield Griffin (1915-2003) : Obituary. American Psychologist, 59 (4), 266. |
|
|
|
|
|
Griffith
Coleman R. (Iowa 1893-1966 Urbana) :
Psychologue et
spécialiste de l'étude du sport
notamment de
l'entraînement et de
l'exercice physique. Il s'intéresse plus particulièrement au
baseball. Selon certains
historiens des
sciences, il serait le fondateur de la psychologie
sportive.
|
GRIFFITH, C.R. (1920). The organic and mental effects of
repeated bodily rotation. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 3, 15-46, 89-125. |
|
GRIFFITH, C.R. (1925). Psychology and its relation to
athletic competition. American Physical Education
Review, 30, 193-199. |
|
GRIFFITH, C.R. (1926). The psychology of coaching : A
study of coaching methods from the point of psychology.
New York : Scribner’s. |
GRIFFITH, C.R. (1928). Psychology and athletics : A
general survey for athletes and coaches. New York :
Scribner’s.
|
|
GRIFFITH, C.R. (1930). A laboratory for research in
athletics. Research Quarterly, 1, 34–40. |
|
|
KROLL, W. & LEWIS G. (1978). America’s first sport
psychologist. In W.F. Straub (Ed.), Sport psychology :
An analysis of athlete behavior (pp. 16–19). Ithaca,
NY : Mouvement. |
|
GOULD, D. & PICK, S. (1995). Sport psychology : The
Griffith era, 1920–1940. The Sport Psychologist, 9,
391–405. |
|
SWOAP, R.A. (1998). Coleman Griffith’s kick-off of
applied sport psychology in America. Paper presented
at the 106th Annual Convention of the American
Psychological Association, San Francisco. |
|
GREEN, C.D. (2003). Psychology strikes out : Coleman
Griffith and the Chicago Cubs. History of Psychology,
6 (3), 267-283. [PDF] |
|
GREEN, C.D. (2006). Coleman Griffith : "Adopted" father of
sport psychology. In L.T. Benjamin, D. Dewsbury & M.
Wertheimer (Eds.), Portraits of pioneers in
psychology (Vol. 16, pp. 151-168). Washington D.C.
: American Psychological Association & Mahwah, NJ :
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
GREEN, C.D. (2009). Coleman Roberts Griffith : Father of
North American sport psychology. In C.D. Green & L.T.
Benjamin Jr. (Eds.), Psychology gets into the game :
Sport, mind, and behavior, 1880-1960 (pp.
202-229). Lincoln, NB : University of Nebraska Press. |
|
|
|
Griffiths
Mark Damian ( ) : Psychologue
britannique, spécialisé dans l'étude du jeu
compulsif et de la dépendance
aux jeux vidéo et à internet.
Collaborateur de Anderson,
Billieux, Delfabbro,
Derevensky, Dickins,
Funk, Gupta,
King, Kuss,
Pontes et Volberg.
 |
GRIFFITHS, M.D. & DANCASTER, I. (1995). The effect of
type A personality on physiological arousal while playing
computer games. Addictive Behaviors, 20, 543-548. |
|
GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2000). Does internet and computer
"addiction" exist ? Some case study evidence. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 3, 211-218.
[PDF] |
|
GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2004). Sex addiction on the Internet.
Janus Head, 7 (1), 188-217.
[PDF] |
|
GRIFFITHS, M.D. & PARKE, J. (2010). Adolescent
gambling on the Internet : a review. International
Journal of Adolescent Medicine & Health, 22,
59-75. [PDF] |
|
GRIFFITHS, M.D. & PONTES, H.M. (2014). Internet
addiction disorder and internet gaming disorder are not
the same. Journal of Addiction Research & Therapy
5 (4), 1-3. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Griffiths
Paul E. ( ) : Philosophe
australien spécialisé dans l'étude de la relation entre la biologie
et la psychologie,
notamment sur le plan des émotions.
Collaborateur de Oyama.
|
GRIFFITHS, P.E. (1990). Modularity, and the
psychoevolutionary theory of emotion. Biology &
Philosophy, 5, 175-196. [PDF] |
|
GRIFFITHS, P.E. (1996). The historical turn in the study
of adaptation. The British Journal for the Philosophy
of Science, 47 (4), 511-532. [PDF] |
|
GRIFFITHS, P.E. & STOTZ, K. (2000). How the mind grows
: A developmental perspective on the biology of cognition.
Synthese, 122, 29-51. [PDF] |
|
GRIFFITHS, P.E. & TABERY, J. (2008). Behavioral
genetics and development : Historical and conceptual
causes of controversy. New Ideas in Psychology, 26
(3), 332-352. [PDF] |
|
GRIFFITHS, P.E. (2009). In what sense does "nothing in
biology make sense except in the light of evolution" ? Acta
Biotheoretica, 57, 11-32. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Griffiths Roland Redmond (Glen Cove 1946-2023 Baltimore) :
Psychopharmacologueaméricain spécialisé dans l'étude des drogues.
Il s'intéresse notamment à l'effet de la cafféine
et de la psilocybin.
Collaborateur de Johnson et Johnson.
|
GRIFFITHS, R.R., BIGELOW, G.E. & LIEBSON, I.A. (1986).
Human coffee drinking : Reinforcing and physical
dependence producing effects of caffeine. The Journal
of Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 239,
416-425. |
|
GRIFFITHS, R.R., RICHARDS, W.A., McCANN, U. & JESSE,
R. (2006). Psilocybin can occasion mystical-type
experiences having substantial and sustained personal
meaning and spiritual significance. Psychopharmacology
187, 268-283. |
|
GRIFFITHS, R.R., HENDRICKS, P.S., JOHNSON, M.W. &
JESSE, R. (2015). Psilocybin, psychological distress, and
suicidality. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 29, 1041–1043.
|
|
GRIFFITHS, R.R., JOHNSON, M.W., CARDUCCI, M.A., UMBRICHT,
A., RICHARDS, W.A., RICHARDS, B.D., COSIMANO, M.P.,
KLINEDINST, M.A. (2016). Psilocybin produces substantial
and sustained decreases in depression and anxiety in
patients with life-threatening cancer : a randomized
double-blind trial. Journal of
Psychopharmacology, 30, 1181-1197. [PDF]
|
GRIFFITHS, R.R., JOHNSON, M.W., RICHARDS, W.A., RICHARDS,
B.D., JESSE, R. McCLEAN, K.A., BARRWETT, F.S., COSIMANO,
M.P. &
KLINEDINST, M.A. (2018). Psilocybin-occasioned
mystical-type experience in combination with meditation
and other spiritual practices produces enduring positive
changes in psychological functioning and in trait measures
of prosocial attitudes and behaviors.
Journal of Psychopharmacology 32 (1),
49-69.
|
|
|
|
Griggs
Richard Allen (1942=2022) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du
raisonnement.
|
GRIGGS, R.A. & COX, J.R. (1982). The elusive
thematic-materials effect in Wason's selection task. British
Journal of Psychology, 73, 407-420. |
|
GRIGGS, R.A. & COX, J.R. (1983). The effects of
problem content and negation on Wason's selection task. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 35A, 514-533. |
|
GRIGGS, R.A. (2014). Coverage of the Stanford prison
experiment in introductory psychology textbooks.
Teaching of Psychology, 41, 195-203. |
|
GRIGGS, R.A. & WHITEHEAD, G.I. (2015). Coverage of
Milgram's obedience experiments in social psychology
textbooks : Where have all the criticisms gone ? Teaching
of Psychology, 42, 315-322. |
|
GRIGGS, R.A. (2016). Milgram's obedience study : A
contentious classic reinterpreted. Teaching of
Psychology, 44 (1), 1-6. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Grigorenko
Elena L. (1949-) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
européenne d'origine russe et spécialiste de l'étude de l'intelligence
pratique. Collaboratrice de Preston,
Pugh, Shankweiler
et Sternberg.
|
GRIGORENKO, E.L. & STERNBERG, R.J. (1997). Styles of
thinking, abilities, and academic performance.
Exceptional Children, 63, 295-312. |
|
GRIGORENKO, E.L. & STERNBERG, R.J. (1998). Dynamic
testing. Psychological Bulletin, 124 (1), 75-111.
[PDF] |
|
GRIGORENKO, E.L., GEISSLER, P.W., PRINCE, R., OKATCHA, F.,
NOKES, C., KENNY, D.A., BUNDY, D.A. & STERNBERG, R.J.
(2001). The organization of Luo conceptions of
intelligence : A study of implicit theories in a Kenyan
village. International Journal of Behavioural
Development, 25, 367-378. |
|
GRIGORENKO, E.L. & STERNBERG, R.J. (2001). Analytical,
creative, and practical intelligence as predictors of
self-reported adaptive functioning : A case study in
Russia. Intelligence, 28, 1-17. |
|
GRIGORENKO, E.L, MEIER, E., LIPKAC, J., MOHATTC, G.,
YANEZ, E. & STERNBERG, R.J. (2004) Academic and
practical intelligence : A case study of the Yup'ik in
Alask. Learning & Individual Differences, 14, 183-207.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Grille
d'analyse de contenu : Grille
qui sert au codeur à
consigner les caractéristiques observés dans un texte ou tout
autre artéfact/production (dessin, oeuvres d'art, notes de cours,
etc.). Grille, codeur et
analyse de contenu.
| Notes
de cours |
Sujet
No 1 |
Sujet
No 2 |
Sujet
No 3 |
| Utilisation
des couleurs |
oui |
oui |
oui |
| Nombre
de couleurs |
2 |
2 |
3 |
| Utilisation
des abbréviations |
non |
non |
oui |
| Utilisation
de schémas |
oui |
non |
oui |
| Nombres
de taches |
6 |
1 |
0 |
| Nombres
de mots rayés |
5 |
3 |
4 |
| Liens
avec les cours antérieurs |
oui |
non |
oui |
| Points
d'interrogation |
2 |
1 |
0 |
| Date
du cours |
non |
oui |
oui |
| No
du cours inscrit |
non |
non |
oui |
|
|
|
Grille d'auto-observation : Grille
qui permet d'observer systématiquement ses propres comportements.
Grille et auto-observation.
| Tâches
ménagères |
Jour
1 |
Jour
2 |
| J'ai
rangé la cusine |
III |
I |
| J'ai
rangé ma chambre |
IIIII |
II |
| J'ai
rangé le salon |
II |
I |
| J'ai
rangé la salle de bain |
- |
II |
| J'ai
rangé la salle de jeux |
III |
- |
|
|
|
Grille d'observation : Outil
de collecte de données qui permet de consigner
systématiquement les comportements observés chez un humain ou chez
un animal, ainsi que certains de leurs paramètres.
Grille, indicateur et
observation. ( ): Voir tableau
ci-dessous.
|
| Comportements
agressifs (Indicateurs) |
Fréquence
du sujet No 1 |
Fréquence
du sujet No 2 |
| Mordre |
III |
I |
| Pousser |
IIIII |
II |
| Tirer
les cheveux |
II |
I |
| Lancer
un objet |
- |
II |
| Croque-en-jambe |
- |
II |
| Coup de
poing |
III |
- |
|
|
|
Grille d'observation fermée : Grille
d'observation comprenant un ensemble déterminé de
comportements ou d'unités d'observation généralement retenus à la
suite d'une première phase d'observation
libre.
|
| Comportements
agressifs (Indicateurs) |
Fréquence
du sujet No 1 |
Fréquence
du sujet No 2 |
| Mordre |
III |
I |
| Pousser |
IIIII |
II |
| Tirer
les cheveux |
II |
I |
| Lancer
un objet |
- |
II |
| Croque-en-jambe |
- |
II |
| Coup de
poing |
III |
- |
|
|
|
Grille
d'observation ouverte : Grille
dans laquelle aucun indicateur
n'a été retenu à l'avance; l'observateur y note tous les
comportements observés. Il peut s'agir d'un simple bloc-notes.
|
|
|
Grille
vierge : Expression utilisée pour désigner une grille
qui n'a pas encore servi à l'observation (= vide) et que l'on
place en annexe de la méthode
d'un rapport scientifique.
Par opposition, une grille que l'on a utilisée contient les données
brutes de la recherche (= pleine ou remplie). =
grille vide, grille non-utlisée, grille-exemple.
|
Grilo
Carlos M. ( ) : Psychiatre cognitivo-behavioriste
d'origine suisse, spécialisée dans l'étude des troubles
alimentaires, notamment de l'hyperphagie.
Collaborateur de Donnellan,
Dunkley Stunkard,
Vitousek,
Wilson et Wing.
|
GRILO, C.M., SHIFFMAN, S. & WING, R.R. (1989). Relapse
crises and coping among dieters. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 57 (4), 488-495. |
|
GRILO, C.M. & POGUE-GEILE, M.F. (1991). The nature of
environmental influences on weight and obesity : a
behavior genetic analysis. Psychological Bulletin,
110 (3), 520-537. |
|
GRILO, C.M., MASHEB, R.M. & WILSON, G.T. (2006). Rapid
response to treatment for binge eating disorder.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 74
(3), 602-613. |
|
GRILO, C.M., MASHEB, R.M. & WHITE, M.A. (2010).
Significance of overvaluation of shape/weight in
binge-eating disorder : comparative study with overweight
and bulimia nervosa. Obesity, 18 (3), 499-504. [PDF] |
|
GRILO, C.M. (2013). Why no cognitive body image feature
such as overvaluation of shape/weight in the binge eating
disorder diagnosis ? International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 46 (3), 208-211. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Grimper
: Comportement
exploratoire et de jeu qui
consiste à utiliser ses jambes et ses bras pour se hisser en
hauteur, au sommet d'un objet.
| |
|
|
WARREN, W.H. (1984). Perceiving affordances : Visual
guidance of stair climbing. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 10,
683-703. |
|
MARK, L.S. & VOGELE, D. (1987). A biodynamic basis for
perceived categories of action : A study of sitting and
stair climbing. Journal of Motor Behavior, 19, 367-384. |
|
MARK, L.S. (1987). Eye height-scaled information about
affordances : A study of sitting and climbing. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 13, 361-370. |
|
|
|
Grinols
Earl L. ( ) : Économiste
américain et spécialiste de l'étude des jeux
de hasard et de l'industrie qui les promeut.
|
GRINOLS, E. (1995). Gambling as economic policy :
Enumerating why losses exceed gains. Illinois Business
Review, 52 (1), 6-12. |
|
GRINOLS, E. (1999). Distance effects in consumption.
Review of Regional Studies, 29 (1), 63-76. |
|
GRINOLS, E. (2000). Casino gambling causes crime. Policy
Forum. Institute of Government & Public Affairs, 3 (2),
1-4. [PDF] |
|
GRINOLS, E. (2001). Business profitability vs. social
profitability : Evaluating the social contribution of
industries with externalities, the case of the casino
industry. Managerial & Decision Economics, 22 (1-3),
143-162. [PDF] |
|
GRINOLS, E. & MUSTARD, D.B. (2000/(2004). Casinos,
crime and community costs. The Review of Economics
& Statistics, 88 (1), 1-18. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
|
|
Grippe
: Maladie.
Grippe, Covid et
rhume. Influenza.
| |
|
|
ROSENSTOCK, I.M., HOCHBAUM, G.M. & LEVENTHAL, H.
(1960). Epidemic impact of the general population in
two cities. The impact of Asian influenza on community
life : A study in five cities (No. 766, pp. 53-77).
The U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, the
Public Health Service. |
|
COHEN, S., ALPER, C.M., DOYLE, W.J., TREANOR, J.J. &
TURNER, R.B. (2006). Positive emotional style predicts
resistance to illness after experimental exposure to
rhinovirus or influenza A virus. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 68, 809-815. [PDF] |
|
WEINSTEIN, N.D., KWITEL, A., McCAUL, K.D., MAAGNAN, R.E.,
GERARD, M. & GIBBONS, F.X. (2007). Risk perception :
Assessment and relationship to influenza vaccination.
Health Psychology, 26, 146-151. |
|
PRATI, B., PIETRANTONI L. & ZANI, B. (2011).
Compliance with recommendations for pandemic influenza
H1N1 2009: The role of trust and personal beliefs. Health
Education Research, 26 (5), 761-769. |
|
SMITH, A.P. (2012). Twenty-five years of research on the
behavioural malaise associated with influenza and the
common cold. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 38 (6),
44-51.[PDF] |
|
ZERBO, O., IOSIF, A.M., WALKER, C., OZONOFF, S., HANSEN,
R.L. & HERTZ-PICCIOTTO, I. (2013). Is maternal
influenza or fever during pregnancy associated with autism
or developmental delays ? Results from the CHARGE study.
Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 43, 25-33.
|
|
|
Voir aussi Covid, Virus
et Rhume |
|
|
Griskevicius
Vladas ( ) . Psychosociologue
évolutionniste
américain. Collaborateur de Cialdini,
Gangestad et Kenrick.
|
GRISKEVICIUS, V., CIALDINI, R.B. & KENRICK, D.T.
(2006). Peacocks, Picasso, and parental investment : The
effects of romantic motives on creativity. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 91, 63-76. |
|
GRISKEVICIUS, V., GOLDSTEIN, N.J., MORTENSEN, C.R.,
CIALDINI, R.B. & KENRICK, D.T. (2006). Going along
versus going alone : When fundamental motives facilitate
strategic (non)conformity. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 91, 281-294. |
|
GRISKEVICIUS, V., TYBUR, J.M., GANGESTAD, S.W., PEREA,
E.F., SHAPIRO, J.R. & KENRICK, D.T. (2009). Aggress to
impress : Hostility as an evolved context-dependent
strategy. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 96, 980-994. |
|
GRISKEVICIUS, V., SHIOTA, M.N. & NEUFELD, S. (2010).
Influence of different positive emotions on persuasion
processing : A functional evolutionary approach. Emotion,
10, 190-206. |
|
GRISKEVICIUS, V. & KENRICK, D.T. (2013). Fundamental
motives : How evolutionary needs influence consumer
behavior. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 23,
372-386. |
|
|
|
|
|
Grob
Gerald (1931-2015) : Historien
des sciences de la médecine
et de la psychiatrie.
Collaborateur de Horwitz.
|
GROB, G.N. (1985). The transformation of the mental
hospital in the United States. American Behavioral
Scientist, 28, 639-654. |
|
GROB, G.N. (1990). Marxian analysis and mental illness. History
of Psychiatry, 1, 223-232. |
|
GROB, G.N. (1991). Origins of DSM-I : a study in
appearance and reality. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 148 (4), 421-431. |
|
GROB, G.N. (1995). The paradox of deinstitutionalization.
Society, 32, 46-54. |
|
GROB, G.N. (2008). Who should write the history of
psychiatry ? History of Psychiatry, 19 (1),
86-90. |
|
|
|
Grob
Julia ( ) : Psychosociologue
allemande. Elle s'intéresse notamment au biais
rétrospectif. Collaboratrice de
Bayen.
|
GROB, J. & BAYEN, U.J. (2015). Hindsight bias in
younger and older adults : The role of access control. Aging,
Neuropsychology, & Cognition, 22 (2), 183-200. |
|
GROB, J. & BAYEN, U.J. (2015). Adult age differences
in hindsight bias : The role of recall ability. Psychology
& Aging, 30, 253-258. |
|
GROB, J. & BAYEN, U.J. (2017). Effects of dysphoria
and induced negative mood on the processes underlying
hindsight bias. Cognition & Emotion, 31 (8),
1715-1724. [PDF] |
|
GROB, J., BLANK, H. & BAYEN, U.J. (2017). Hindsight
bias in depression. Clinical Psychological Science, 5
(5), 771-788. [PDF] |
GROB, J. & PACHUR, T. (2019). Age differences in
hindsight bias : A meta-analysis. Psychology &
Aging, 34 (2), 294-310.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Groening
Matt (Portland 1954-) : Psychologue
de la famille Simpson. Il
étudie l'Américain (très) moyen.
|
Groff
Patrick John (Crescent City 1924-2014 San Diego)
: Spécialiste américain de l'éducation,
notamment de l'apprentissage de la lecture.
|
GROFF, P. (1975). The mythology of reading : I--Sight
words. Reading Horizons, 15 (4), 208-211. [PDF] |
|
GROFF, P. (1977). The new anti-phonics is same old
look-say.Elementary School Journal, 77 (4),
323-332. [PDF] |
|
GROFF, P. (1978). Should children learn to read words ? Reading
World, 17, 256-264. |
|
GROFF, P. (1981). Direct instruction versus incidental
learning of reading vocabulary. Reading Horizons, 21
(4), 262-265. [PDF] |
|
GROFF, P. (2001). Teaching phonics : letter-to-phoneme,
phoneme-to-letter, or both ? Reading & Writing
Quarterly, 17 (4), 291-306. |
|
|
|
Grofman
Bernard Norman (Houston 1944-) :
Mathématicien et politologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des
groupes, notamment des
juries, et du vote.
Il s'intéresse aussi à l'influence de la majorité.
|
GROFMAN, B. (1969). Some notes on voting schemes and the
will of the majority. Public Choice, 7, 65-80. |
|
GROFMAN, B. (1979). A pilot study of individual behavior
as mediated by the group context : three and five member
mock juries. Experimental Study of Politics, 7,
41-54. |
|
GROFMAN, B., FELD, S.L. & OWEN, G. (1984). Group size
and the performance of a composite group majority :
Statistical truths and empirical results.
Organizational Behavior & Human Decision Processes,
33, 350-359. |
|
GROFMAN, B. (1985). Research note : The accuracy of group
majorities for disjunctive and conjunctive decision tasks.
Organizational Behavior & Human Decision
Processes, 35, 119-123. |
|
GROFMAN, B. & HANDLEY, L. (1991). The impact of the
Voting Rights Act on black representation in southern
state legislatures. Legislative Studies Quarterly, 16
(1), 111-127. |
|
|
|
Grognement : Grognement, cri
et signal.
Grunt.
| |
|
|
BAUERS, K.A. (1993). A functional analysis of staccato
grunt vocalizations in the stumptailed macaque (Macaca
arctoides). Ethology, 94, 147-161. |
|
CHENEY, D.L., SEYFARTH, R.M. & SILK, J.B. (1995). The
role of grunts in reconciling opponents and facilitating
interactions among adult female baboons. Animal
Behaviour, 50, 249-257. [PDF] |
|
CHENEY, D.L. & SEYFARTH, R.M. (1997). Reconciliatory
grunts by dominant females influence victims’ behaviour. Animal
Behaviour, 54, 409-418. |
|
RENDALL, D., SEYFARTH, R.M., CHENEY, D.L. & OWREN,
M.J. (1999). The meaning and function of grunt variants in
baboons. Animal Behaviour, 57, 583-592. |
|
|
Voir aussi Cri et Signal |
|
|
Grolnick
Wendy S. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'implication parentale. Collaboratrice de Deci,
Pomerantz et Ryan.
|
GROLNICK, W.S. & RYAN, R.M. (1987). Autonomy in
children's learning : An experimental and individual
difference investigation. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 52, 890-898. |
|
GROLNICK, W.S. & RYAN, R.M. (1989). Parent styles
associated with children's self-regulation and competence
in school. Journal of Educational Psychology, 81,
143-154. [PDF] |
|
GROLNICK, W.S. & SLOWACZEK, M.L. (1994). Parents'
involvement in children's schooling : A multidimensional
conceptualization and motivational model. Child
Development, 65, 237-252. |
|
GROLNICK, W.S., FARKAS, M.S., SOHMER, R., MICHAELS, J.
& VALSINER, J. (2007). Facilitating motivation in
young adolescents : Effects of an after-school program.
Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 28,
332-334. |
|
GROLNICK, W.S. & POMERANTZ E.M. (2009). Issues and
challenges in studying parental control : Toward a new
conceptualization. Child Development Perspectives, 3,
165-170. |
|
|
|
Gros
bon sens : Ce que l'on invoque lorsqu'on comprend
soudainement ce que la science
a mis des années à expliquer et vérifier. /Nissan.
|
|
|
Gross James J. ( ) : Psychologue
américain, spécialiste de l'étude des émotions
et de leur régulation. Collaborateur de Barrett,
Dweck, Ellsworth,
Fredrickson,
Heimberg, John,
Levenson, Mesquita,
Trzesniewski et
Tsai.
|
GROSS, J.J. & LEVENSON, R.W. (1993). Emotional
suppression : Physiology, self-report, and expressive
behavior. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 64, 970-986. [PDF] |
|
GROSS, J.J. (1998). The emerging field of emotion
regulation : an integrative review. Review of General
Psychology, 2, 271-299. [PDF] |
|
GROSS, J.J. (1999). Emotion regulation : Past, present,
future. Cognition & Emotion, 13, 551-573. [PDF] |
|
GROSS, J.J. (2002). Emotion regulation : Affective,
cognitive, and social consequences. Psychophysiology,
39, 281-291. [PDF] |
|
GROSS, J.J. (2008). Emotion regulation : Personality
processes and individual differences. In O.P. John, R.W.
Robins & L.A. Pervin (Eds.), Handbook of
personality : Theory and research (pp. 701-722).
New York, NY : Guilford. |
|
|
|
Gross-Tsur
Varda ( ) : Neurobiologiste
israélienne et spécialiste de la dyscalculie.
Collaboratrice de Shalev.
 |
GROSS-TSUR, V., MANOR, O. & SHALEV, R.S. (1993).
Developmental dyscalculia, gender and the brain. Archives
of Disease in Childhood, 68, 510-512. |
|
SHALEV, R.S. & GROSS-TSUR, V. (1993). Developmental
dyscalculia and medical assessment. Journal of
Learning Disabilities, 26 (2), 134-137. |
|
SHALEV, R.S., MANOR, O. & GROSS-TSUR, V. (1997).
Neuropsychological aspects of developmental dyscalculia. Mathematical
Cognition, 3 (2), 105-120. |
|
SHALEV, R.S. & GROSS-TSUR, V. (2001). Developmental
dyscalculia. Pediatric Neurology, 24 (5),
337-342. |
|
AUERBACH, J.G., GROSS-TSUR, V., MANOR, O. & SHALEV,
R.S. (2008). Emotional and behavioral characteristics over
a six year period in youths with persistent and
non-persistent dyscalculia. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 41, 263-273. |
|
|
|
Grossberg
Stephen (New York 1939-) : Neurocognitiviste
et ingénieur biomédical américain, spécialisé en apprentissage
et dans le développement de réseaux
neuraux. Collaborateur de
Schmajuk.
 |
GROSSBERG, S. (1971). On the dynamics of operant
conditioning. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 33,
225-255. |
|
GROSSBERG, S. (1974). Classical and instrumental learning
by neural networks. In R. Rosen & F. Snell (Eds.),
Progress in theoretical biology (pp. 217-257). New
York : Academic Press. |
|
GROSSBERG, S. (1982). A psychophysiological theory of
reinforcement, drive, motivation, and attention. Journal
of Theoretical Neurobiology, 1, 286-369. |
|
GROSSBERG, S. & STONE, G.O. (1985). Neural dynamics of
attention switching and temporal order information in
short-term memory. Memory & Cognition, 14, 451-468.
|
|
GROSSBERG, S. & MERRILL, J.W.L. (1992). A neural
network model of adaptively timed reinforcement learning
and hippocampal dynamics. Cognitive Brain Research,
1, 3-38. |
|
|
|
Grossesse
: Grossesse, accouchement
et maternité.
Pregnancy.
| |
|
|
MARCÉ, L.V. (1858). Traité de la folie des femmes
enceintes, des nouvelles accouchées et des nourrices.
Paris : Baillèire. |
BEILOCK, S.L. FELTZ, D.L & PIVARNICK, J.M. (2001).
Training patterns of athletes during pregnancy and
postpartum. Research Quarterly for Exercise &
Sport, 72, 39-46. [PDF] |
|
ZUCKERMAN, M., NURNBERGER J.I., GARDINER, S.H., VANDIVEER,
J.M., BARRETT, B.H. & DEN BREEIJEN, A. (1963).
Psychological correlates of somatic complaints in
pregnancy and difficulty in childbirth. Journal of
Consulting Psychology, 27, 324-329. |
ABRAMOVITZ, J.S., SCHWARTZ, S.A., MOORE, K.M. &
LUENZMAN, K.R. (2003). Obsessive-compulsive symptoms in
pregnancy and the puerperium : A review of the literature.
Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 17, 461-478. |
|
APGAR, V. (1966). The drug problem in pregnancy. Clinical
Obstetrics & Gynecology, 9, 623-630. |
SCHMIEGE, S. & RUSSO, N.F. (2005). Depression and
unwanted first pregnancy : Longitudinal cohort study.
British Medical Journal, 331, 1303-1308. |
|
OSOFSKY, H.J. (1967). Psychological and Sociological
Issues in Pregnancy. Medical Services Journal of
Canada, 23, 521. |
|
|
OSOFSKY, H.J., BRAEN, B.B., DIFLORIO, R., HAGEN J.H. &
WOOD, P.W. (1968). A program for pregnant schoolgirls - A
progress report. Adolescence, 3 (9), 89. |
|
OSOFSKY, H.J., HAGEN, J.H. & WOOD, P.W. (1968). A
program for pregnant schoolgirls-some
early results. American Journal of Obstetrics and
Gynecology, 100, 1020-1027. |
|
|
GABBARD, G.O. & WOLFF, J.R. (1977). The unwed pregnant
teenager and her male relationship. Journal of
Reproductive Medicine, 19 (3), 137-140. |
COHEN, L.S., ALTSHULER, L.L., HARLOW, B.L., NONACS, R.,
NEWPORT, D.J., VIGUERA, A.C., SURI, R., BURT, V.K.,
HENDRICK, V., REMINICK, A.M., LOUGHEAD, A., VITONIS, A.F.
& STOWE, Z.N. (2006). Relapse of major depression
during pregnancy in women who maintain or discontinue
antidepressant treatment. Journal of American Medical
Association, 295, 499-507. [PDF] |
|
ZELNIK, M. & KANTNER, J.F. (1980). Sexual activity,
contraceptive use, and pregnancy among metropolitan-area
teenagers : 1971-1979. Family Planning Perspectives,
12, 230-237. |
RUBINOW, D.R. (2006). Antidepressant treatment during
pregnancy : between Scylla and charybdis. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 163 (6), 954-956. |
|
RUSH, D., LAVA, J.M., KENNY, D.A., JOHNSON, S. &
HORVITZ, D.G. (1988). Historical study of pregnancy
outcomes. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition,
48, 412-428. |
NAVARRETE, C.D., FESSLER, D.M.T. & ENG, S.J. (2007).
Elevated ethnocentrism in the first trimester of
pregnancy. Evolution & Human Behavior, 28,
60-65. [PDF] |
|
CHALMERS, I, ENKIN, M. & KEIRSE, M.J.N.C. (1989). Effective
care in pregnancy and childbirth. Oxford : Oxford
University Press. |
CHANDRA, A., MARTINO, S.C., COLLINS, R.L., ELLIOT, M.N.,
BERRY, S.H., KANOUSE, D.E. & MIU, A. (2008). Does
watching sex on television predict teen pregnancy ?
Findings from a national longitudinal survey of youth.
Pediatrics, 122 (5), 1047-1054. [PDF] |
|
STREISSGUTH, A.P., BARR, H.M., SAMPSON, P.D., DARBY, B.L.
& MARTIN, D.C. (1989). IQ at age 4 in relation to
maternal alcohol use and smoking during pregnancy. Developmental
Psychology, 25, 3-11. |
STROUD, L.R., PASTER, R.L., GOODWIN, M.S., SHENASSA, E.,
BUKA, S., NIAURA, R., ROSENBLITH, J.F. & LIPSITT, L.P.
(2009). Maternal smoking during pregnancy and neonatal
behavior : A representative community sample.
Pediatrics, 123, 842-848. [PDF] |
|
ALES, K.L., DRUZIN, M.L. & SANTINI, D.L. (1990).
Impact of advanced maternal age on the outcome of
pregnancy. Surgery, Gynecology & Obstetrics, 171,
209-216. |
SCHETTER, C.D. (2009). Stress processes in pregnancy and
preterm birth. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 18, 205-209. |
|
| |
ZAPATA, L.B., HILLIS, S.D., MARCHBANKS, P.A., CURTIS, K.M.
& LOWRY, R. (2008). Methamphetamine use is
independently associated with recent risky sexual
behaviors and adolescent pregnancy. Journal of School
Health, 78, 641-648. |
|
APPLEBY, L. (1991). Suicide during pregnancy and in the
first postnatal year. Britsh Medical Journal, 302,
137-140. |
VAUCLAIR, J. & SCOLA, C. (2008). Dépression,
alexythimie et latéralisation dans la façon de porter un
nouveau-né. Annales Médico-psychologiques, 166,
269-276. [PDF] |
|
BENDICH, A. & KEEN, C.L. (1993). Introduction to Part
V : Influence of maternal nutrition on pregnancy outcome :
Public policy issues. In C.L. Keen, A. Bendich & C.C.
Willhite (Eds.), Maternal nutrition and pregnancy
outcome (pp. 284-285). New York : New York Academy
of Sciences |
VAUCLAIR, J. & SCOLA, C. (2009). Infant-holding biases
in mothers and affective symptoms during pregnancy and
after delivery. Infant & Child Development, 18, 106-121.
[PDF] |
|
WIDOM, C.S. & KUHNS, J.B. (1996). Childhood
victimization and subsequent risk for promiscuity,
prostitution, and teenage pregnancy : A prospective study.
American Journal of Public Health, 86 (11),
1607-1612. |
BAILEY, B.A. (2010). Partner violence during pregnancy :
prevalence, effects, screening, and management. International
Journal of Women's Health, 2, 183-197. [PDF] |
|
FRANKLIN, C., GRANT, D., CORCORAN, J., MILLER, P. &
BULTMAN, L. (1997). Effectiveness of prevention programs
for adolescent pregnancy : A meta-analysis. Journal
of Marriage & the Family, 59, 551-567. |
SEEMAN, M.V. (2013). Clinical interventions for women with
schizophrenia : Pregnancy. Acta Psychiatrica
Scandinavica, 127, 12-22. |
|
MARZUK, P.M., TARDIFF, K., LEON, A.C. HIRSCH, C.S.,
PORTERA, L., HARTWELL, N. & IQBAL, M.I. (1997). Lower
risk of suicide during pregnancy. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 154, 122- 123. [PDF] |
DUNKEL-SCETTER, C. & TANNER, L. (2012). Anxiety,
depression and stress in pregnancy : implications for
mothers, children, research, and practice. Current
Opinion in Psychiatry, 25, 141-148. [PDF] |
|
WILTON, L.V., PEARCE, G.L., MARTIN, R.M., McKAY, F.J.
& MANN, R.D. (1998). The outcomes of pregnancy in
women exposed to newly marketed drugs in general practice
in England. British Journal of Obstetrics &
Gynaecology, 105, 882-889 |
DIPIETRO, J.A. (2012). Maternal stress in pregnancy :
Considerations for fetal development. Journal of
Adolescent Health, 51 (S), 3-8.
[PDF] |
|
SINGH, D., MEYER, W., ZAMBARANO R. & HURLBERT, D.
(1998). Frequency and timing coital orgasm in women
desirous of becoming pregnant. Archives of Sexual
Behavior, 27 (1), 15-29. |
RUSSELL, E., FAWCETT, J.M. & MAZMANIAN, D. (2013).
Risk of obsessive-compulsive disorder in pregnant and
post-partum women : A meta-analysis. Journal of
Clinical Psychiatry, 74, 377-385. |
|
GOLDSTEIN, B.J. & SUNDELL, K. (1999). A review of the
safety of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors during
pregnancy. Human Psychopharmacology, 14,
319-324. |
COHEN, L.S., VIGUERA, A.C., McINERNEY, K.A., FREEMAN,
M.P., SOSINSKY, A.Z., MOUSTAFA, D., MARFURT, S.P.,
KWIATKOWSKI, M.A., MURPHY, S.K., FARRELL, A.M., CHITAYAT,
D. & HERNÀNDEZ-DIÀZ, S. (2015). Reproductive safety of
second-generation antipsychotics : Current data from the
Massachusetts General Hospital National Pregnancy Registry
for atypical antipsychotics. The American Journal of
Psychiatry, 173, 263-270. |
| |
SHARMA, P., SINGH. N., TEMPE, A. & MALHOTRA, M.
(2017). Psychiatric disorders during pregnancy and
postpartum. Journal of Pregnancy & Child Health,
4 (2), 1-6. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Accouchement,
Nourrison
et Maternité |
|
|
|
|
Grossman
Linda S. ( ) : Psychiatre
américaine. Collaboratrice de Harrow.
|
GROSSMAN, L.S., HAYWOOD, T.W., CAVANAUGH, J.L., DAVIS,
J.M. & LEWIS, D.A. (1995). State psychiatric hospital
patients with past arrests for violent crimes. Psychiatric
Services, 46, 790-795. |
|
GROSSMAN, L.S. & CRAIG, R.J. (1995). Comparison of
MCMI-II and 16PF validity Scales. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 64, 384-389. |
|
GROSSMAN, L.S. & HARROW, M. (1996). Interactive
behavior in bipolar manic patients and its link to thought
disorder. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 37, 245-252. |
|
GROSSMAN, L.S., WILLER, J.K., MILLER, N., STOVALL, J.G.,
McRAE, S.G. & MAXWELL, S. (1997). Temporal patterns of
veterans' psychiatric service utilization, disability
payments, and cocaine use. Journal of Psychoactive
Drugs, 29, 285-290. |
|
GROSSMAN, L.S., MARTIN, B. & FICHTNER, C.G. (1999).
Are sex offenders treatable ? A research overview. Psychiatric
Services, 50, 349-361. |
|
|
|
Grossmann
Karin (Bindungen 1942-) : Psychologue
écologiste allemande et
spécialiste de l'étude de
l'attachement. Collaboratrice de Belsky
et Grossmann.
 |
GROSSMANN, K., GROSSMANN, K.E., SPANGLER, G., SUESS, G.
& UNZNER, L. (1985). Maternal sensitivity and
newborns' orientation responses as related to quality of
attachment in northern Germany. Monographs of the
Society for Research in Child Development, 50 (209),
233-256. |
|
GROSSMANN, K. & GROSSMANN, K.E. (1991). Newborn
behavior, early parenting quality and later toddler-parent
relationships in a group of German infants. In J.K.
Nugent, B.M. Lester & T.B. Brazelton (Eds.), The
cultural context of infancy (pp. 3-38), Vol. II.
Norwood : Ablex. |
|
GROSSMANN, K. & GROSSMANN, K.E. (2000). Parents and
toddlers at play: Evidence for separate qualitative
functioning of the play and the attachment system. In P.
Crittenden (Ed.), The organization of attachment
relationships : Maturation, culture and context
(pp. 13-37). Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
GROSSMANN, K., GROSSMANN, K.E., FREMMER-BOMBIK, E.,
KINDLER, H., SCHEUERER-ENGLISCH, H. & ZIMMERMANN, P.
(2002). The uniqueness of the child-father attachment
relationship : Fathers' sensitive and challenging play as
the pivotal variable in a 16-year longitudinal study. Social
Development, 11, 307-331. |
|
GROSSMANN, K. & GROSSMANN, K.E. (2005). The impact of
attachment to mother and father at an early age on
children's psychosocial development through young
adulthood. In R.E. Tremblay, R.G. Barr & R.D.E.V.
Peters (Eds.), Encyclopedia on early childhood
development. Montréal, Quebec : Centre of
Excellence for Early Childhood Development. |
|
|
|
Grossmann
Klaus E. (Leipzig-) : Psychologue
écologiste allemand,
spécialisé dans l'étude de
l'attachement. Collaborateur de Belsky
et Grossmann.
|
GROSSMANN, K.E. (1973). Continuous, fixed ratio and fixed
interval reinforcement in honey bees. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 20 (1), 105-109.
[PDF] |
|
GROSSMANN, K.E., GROSSMANN, K., HUBER, F. & WARTNER,
U. (1981). German children's behavior towards their
mothers at 12 months and their fathers at 18 months in
Ainsworth’s strange situation. International Journal
of Behavioral Development, 4, 157-181. |
|
GROSSMANN, K.E. & GROSSMANN, K. (1981). The
mother-child relationship. The German Journal of
Psychology, 5 (3), 237-252. |
|
GROSSMANN, K.E. & VOLKMER, J.J. (1984). Fathers'
presence during birth of their infants and paternal
involvement. International Journal of Behavioral
Develpoment, 7, 157-165. |
|
GROSSMANN, K.E. & GROSSMANN, K. (1990). The wider
concept of attachment in cross-cultural research. Human
Development, 33, 31-47. |
|
|
|
Groth
A. Nicolas (1937-) : Psychologue
clinicien américain et spécialiste des agressions
sexuelles et du viol,
notamment chez les enfants et
les adolescents.
Collaborateur de Burgess.
|
GROTH, A.N. & BURGESS, A.W. (1977). Rape : A sexual
deviation. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 47
(3), 400-406. |
|
GROTH, A.N. & BURGESS, A.W. (1977). Motivational
intent in the sexual assault of children. Criminal
Justice & Behavior, 4, 14-24. |
|
GROTH, A.N. & BIRNBAUM, B.A. (1978). Adult sexual
orientation and attraction to underage persons. Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 7 (3), 175-181. |
|
GROTH, A.N. & BIRNBAUM, B.A. (1979). Men who pape
: The psychology of the offender. New York :
Plenum. |
|
GROTH, A.N. & BURGESS, A.W. (1980). Male rape :
Offenders and victims. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 137 (7), 806-810. |
|
|
|
Group Dynamics : Theory, Research, & Practice : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
qui se consacre à l'étude du fonctionnement des groupes.
Éditeur : APA.
PEARCE, C.L. & SIMS, H.P. (2002). Vertical versus
shared leadership as predictors of the effectiveness of
change management teams : An examination of aversive,
directive, transactional, transformational, and
empowering leader behaviors. Group Dynamics :
Theory, Research, & Practice, 6 (2), 172-197.
[PDF]
|
|
|
|
Group & Organization Management : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
qui se consacre à l'étude du fonctionnement des groupes.
= GOM . Éiteur : Sage.
VANDEWALLE, D., VAN DYNE, L. & KOSTOVA, T. (1995).
Psychological ownership : An empirical
examination of its consequences. Group &
Organization Management, 20, 210-226.
|
| |
|
|
Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
qui se consacre à l'étude du fonctionnement des groupes.
Éditeur : Sage.
DOVIDIO, J.F., PEARSON, A.R. & ORR, P. (2008).
Social psychology and neuroscience : Strange bedfellows
or happy marriage ? Group Processes &
Intergroup Relations, 11, 249-265. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Groupe
: Le mot a deux acceptions voisines : a) Ensemble
d'individus (au moins
trois) qui poursuivent des objectifs
personnels à travers l'atteinte des objectifs
(communs) du goupe. Ces individus sont des membres
car ils ont conscience de faire partie du groupe. Les groupes sont
plus ou moins organisés.
Un groupe qui se donne formellement un objectif
commun et partage les tâches dans le but d'atteindre cet
objectif devient une organisation.
Les groupes - surtout les grands - se fractionnent souvent
en sous-groupes dans
le but de maintenir leur cohésion, d'accroître leur efficacité
ou d'éviter l'éclatement ou la dissolution.
NDLR : Deux individus forment un
couple ou une dyade,
et non un groupe. = groupe social. *foule.
Group, social group, human group, aggregates of
persons as social entities. b) Ensemble
d'individus choisis et sollicités pour participer à une recherche.
= groupe
de sujets, groupes de participants, groupe de recherche.
Group of subjects, groupe.
|
| + |
Niveau d'organisation |
Hiérarchie |
Objectif
commun |
Objectif
partagé |
Durée
|
Territoire |
| Entreprise |
Très
élevé |
Formelle |
Faire
des profits |
Obtenir
un salaire |
À long
terme |
Bureaux
de l'entreprise, salle de réunion, aire de dîner |
| Armée |
Très
élevé |
Formelle |
Gagner
la guerre, maintenir la paix, défendre la patrie |
Obtenir
un salaire (la solde) |
À long
terme |
Camps
d'entraînement, théâtre des opérations |
| Gouvernement |
Très
élevé |
Formelle |
Gouverner,
réaliser le programme politique du parti) |
Obtenir
un salaire |
À long
terme (État)/À moyen terme (Gouvernement) |
Assemblée
Nationale, Chambres des Communes, bureaux du gouvernement,
etc. |
| Parti
politique |
Élevé |
Formelle |
Défendre
un programme, prendre le pouvoir |
Oui,
développement individuel + Salaire |
Moyen à
long terme |
Permance
du parti |
| Famille |
Élevé |
+ ou - formelle |
Élever
des enfants |
Oui,
développement individuel |
À long
terme/variable de nos jours |
Maison,
foyer, chalet |
| Mouvement
social |
Moyen |
+ ou - formelle |
Manifester
son opposition |
Oui,
développement individuel |
Variable,
selon la conjoncture |
Lieux
publics |
| Bénévoles |
Moyen |
+ ou - formelle |
Aider
les autres |
Non |
Moyen à
long terme |
Locaux
de l'organisation |
|
Ami-e-s |
Moyen
(activités communes, entraide, réseaux d'information,
etc.) |
Informelle |
Non |
Non |
Moyen à
long terme |
Lieux
publics et lieux intimes |
| Classe
|
Faible
(plan de cours, règlements de l'école, travaux d'équipe) |
Informelle |
Non |
Oui,
réussir leur cours |
Moyen
terme |
Classe,
école |
| Auditoire
|
Très
faible (suivre les règlements de l'établissement) |
Informelle
(Bon billet, balcon, VIP, etc.) |
Non |
Oui,
assister au spectacle |
Court
terme |
Salle
de spectacle |
| Clientèle |
Très
faible (suivre les règlements de l'établissement |
Non |
Non |
Oui,
acheter un produit, utiliser un service |
Très
court à moyen terme |
Magasin,
services publics, Internet |
| Foule |
Quasi-absence,
suivre les réglements des lieux, s'il y en a |
Non |
Non |
Non |
Très
court terme/Spontané |
Lieux
publics |
| - |
|
Ce tableau a été réalisé par l'auteur de ce site |
| |
|
| a |
| |
|
SIMMEL, G. (1902). The number of members as determining
the sociological form of the group. American Journal
of Sociology, 8 (2), 158-196. |
LEVINE, J.M. & MORELAND, R.L. (1990). Progress in
small group research. Annual Review of Psychology,
41, 585-634. |
|
ALLPORT, F.H. (1920). The influence of the group upon
association and thought. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 3, 159-182. [LIRE] |
MacKIE, D.M., WORTH, L.T. & ALLISON, S.T. (1990). Outcome-biased inferences and the perception of change in groups. Social Cognition, 8, 325-342. |
|
ALLPORT, F.H. (1924). The group fallacy in relation to
culture. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology,
19, 185-191. [LIRE] |
INSKO, C.A., SCHOPLER, J., HOYLE, R.H., DARDIS, G.J. &
GRAETZ, K.A. (1990). Individual-group discontinuity as a
function of fear and greed. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 58, 68-79. |
|
FARIS, E. (1932-33). The primary group : Essence and
accident. American Journal of Sociology, 38,
41-50. [LIRE] |
PACKER, C., SCHEEL, D. & PUSEY, A.E. (1990). Why lions
form groups : food is not enough. The American
Naturalist, 136 (1), 1-19. [PDF] |
|
BION, W.R. (1948). Experiences in groups. Human
Relations. |
AEBISCHER, V. & OBERLÉ, D. (1990). Le groupe en
psychologie sociale. Paris : Dunod. |
|
FESTINGER, L. & SCHACHTER, S. (1950). The spatial
ecology of group formation. In L. Festinger, S. Schachter
and K. Back (Eds.), Social pressure in informal
groups. |
|
|
HOMANS, G.C. (1950). The human group. New York
: Harcourt. |
STASSER, G. (1992). Pooling of unshared information during
group discussion. In S. Worchel, W. Wood & J. Simpson
(Eds.), Group process and productivity (pp.
48-57). Newbury Park, CA : Sage. |
|
DEUTSCH, M. (1951). Task structure and group process. American
Psychologist, 6, 324-325. |
FREEMAN, L.C. (1992). The sociological concept of "group"
: An empirical test of two models. American Journal
of Sociology 98, 152-166. |
|
GUETZKOW, H. (Ed.) (1951). Groups, leadership and
men; research in human relations. Carnegie Press. |
LIPIANSKY, E.M. (1992). Identité et communication :
l'expérience groupale. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
|
FESTINGER, L., PEPITONE, A. & NEWCOMB, T.M. (1952).
Some consequences of deindividuation in a group.
Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 47,
790-797. |
|
|
LEVINE, A.S. (1953). Groups, leadership and men [Review of
the book Groups, leadership, and men, by H. Guetzkow
(Eds.), Journal of Applied Psychology, 37 (3),
244-245. |
SHEPPERD, J.A. (1993). Productivity loss in performance
groups : A motivationa nalysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 113 (1), 67-81. [PDF] |
|
NEWCOMB, T.M. (1953). Social psychology and group
processes. Annual Review of Psychology, 4, 183-
214. |
GUZZO, R.A., YOST, P.R., CAMPBELL, R.J. & SHEA, G.P.
(1993). Potency in groups : Articulating a construct.
British Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 87-106. |
|
CRUTCHFIELD, R.S. (1954). Social psychology and group
processes. Annual Review of Psychology, 5, 171-200. |
HOGG, M.A. & ABRAMS, D. (Eds.) (1993). Group
motivation : Social psychological perspectives.
Hemel Hempstead, England : Harvester Wheatsheaf. |
|
GUETZKOW, H. & GYR, J. (1954). An analysis of conflict
in decision-making groups. Human Relations, 7,
367-382. |
MORELAND, R.L., HOGG, M.A. & HAINS, S.C. (1994). Back
to the future : Social psychological research on groups. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 30, 527–555. |
|
SHERIF, M. (1954). Socio-cultural influences in small
group research. Sociology & Social Research, 39,
1-10. |
RUBENSON, D.L. & RUNCO, M.A. (1995). The
psychoeconomic view of creative work in groups and
organizations. Creativity & Innovation
Management, 4, 232-241. |
|
ZILLER, R.C. (1957). Four techniques of group
decision-making under uncertainty. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 41, 384-388. |
KERR, N.L. MacCOUN, R.J. & KRAMER, G.P. (1996). Bias
in judgment : Comparing individuals and groups.
Psychological Review, 103 (4), 687-719. [PDF] |
|
CAMPBELL, D.T. (1958). Common fate, similarity, and other
indices of the status of aggregates of persons as social
entities. Behavioural Sciences, 3, 14-25. |
BREWER, M.B. & HARASTY, A.S. (1996). Seeing groups as
entities : The role of perceiver motivation. In R.M.
Sorrentino & E.T. Higgins (Eds.), Handbook of
motivation and cognition (Vol. 3., pp. 347-370).
New York : Guilford. |
|
MOSCOVICI, S. (1958). Étude sur la créativité des groupes.
I- Tâche, situation individuelle et groupe. Bulletin
de Psychologie, 11 (15), 863-874. |
HAMILTON, D.L. & SHERMAN, S.J. (1996). Perceiving
persons and groups. Psychological Review, 103,
336-355. |
|
FAUCHEUX, C. & MOSCOVICI, S. (1958). Quelques
résultats d'une étude sur la créativité des groupes. Psychologie
Française, 3 (2), 151-159. |
BOBO, L. (1996). Perceptions of racial group conflict :
Extending Blumer’s theory of group position to a
multiracial social context. American Sociological
Review, 61, 951-972. |
|
RAVEN, B.H. (1959). The dynamics of groups. Review of
Educational Research, 29, 332-344. |
BIERNAT, M. & KOBRYNOWICZ, D. (1997). Gender and
race-based standards of competence : Lower minimum
standards but higher ability standards for devalued
groups. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 72, 544-557. |
|
THIBAULT, J. & KELLEY, H.H. (1959). The social
psychology of groups. New York : Wiley. |
SMITH, E.R., MURPHY, J. & COATS, S. (1999). Attachment
to groups : Theory and measurement. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 77, 94-110. |
|
LOTT, A.J. & LOTT, B.E. (1961). Group cohesiveness,
communication level, and conformity. The Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62 (2), 408-412. |
LAM, S.S.K. (1997). The effects of group decision support
systems and task structures on group communication and
decision quality. Journal of Management Information
Systems Archive, 13 (4), 193-215. |
|
|
TUCKMAN, J. & LORGE, I. (1962). Individual ability as
a determinant of group superiority. Human Relations,
15, 45-51. |
MARCUS, D.K. (1998). Studying group dynamics with the
social relations model. Group Dynamics, 2, 230-240. |
|
MOTTOLA, G.R., BACHMAN, B.A., GAERTNER, S.L. &
DOVIDIO, J.F. (1997). How groups merge : The effects
of merger integration patterns on expectations of
organizational commitment. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 27, 1335-1358. |
|
KELMAN, H.C. (1963). The role of the group in the
induction of therapeutic change. International Journal
of Group Psychotherapy, 13, 399-432.
[PDF] |
CASTANO, E. & YZERBYT, V.Y. (1998). The highs and lows
of group homogeneity. Behavioural Processes, 42,
219-238. |
|
SHERIF, M. & SHERIF, C.W. (1964). Reference
groups : exploration into conformity and deviation of
adolescents. New York : Harper and Row. |
WOOD, W. (1999). Motives and modes of processing in the
social influence of groups. In S. Chaiken & Y. Trope
(Eds.), Dual process theories in social psychology
(pp. 547-570). New York : Guilford Press. [PDF] |
|
LOTT, A.J. & LOTT, B.E. (1965). Group cohesiveness as
interpersonal attraction : A review of relationships with
antecedent and consequent variables. Psychological
Bulletin, 64 (4), 259-309. |
BLOOM, P. & VERES, C. (1999). The perceived
intentionality of groups. Cognition, 71B, 1-9. [PDF]
|
|
ASCH, S.E. (1966). Opinions and social pressure. In A.P.
Hare, E.F. Borgatta and R.F. Bales (Eds.), Small
groups : Studies in social interaction (pp.
318-324). New York : Alfred A. Knopf. |
DASGUPTA, B., BANAJI, M.R. & ABELSON, R.P. (1999).
Group entitativity and group perception : Associations
between physical features and psychological judgment. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 77, 991-1003.
[PDF] |
|
LATANÉ, B. & DARLEY, J. (1968). Group inhibition of
bystander intervention in emergencies. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 10 (3),
215-221. [PDF] |
LEVINE, J.M. (2000). Group processes. In A.E. Kazdin
(Ed.), Encyclopedia of psychology. Washington,
DC : American Psychological Association/Oxford, England :
Oxford University Press. |
|
BOURRICAUD, F. (1968). Psychologie des groupes. In G.
Gurvitch (Dir.), Traité de sociologie (Tome II,
pp. 353-363). Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
STASSER, G., VAUGHAN, S.I. & STEWART, D.D. (2000).
Pooling unshared information : The benefits of knowing how
access to information is distributed among group members.
Organizational Behavior & Human Decision
Processes, 82, 102-116. |
|
LATANÉ, B. & DARLEY, J. (1968). Group inhibition of
bystander intervention in emergencies. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 10 (3),
215-221. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
FOX, L.D., REJESKI, W.J. & GAUVIN, L. (2000). Effects
of leadership style and group dynamics on enjoyment of
physical activity. American Journal of Health
Promotion, 14, 277-283. |
|
MOSCOVICI, S. (1968). Studies on group creativity : III.
Noise and complexity in the inferential p processes. Human
Reactions, 21 (1), 29-40. |
DASGUPTA, A.G. & GREENWALD, A.G. (2001). Exposure to
admired group members reduces automatic intergroup bias. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 81,
800-814. |
| |
HOGG, M.A. (2001). Social identity and the sovereignty of
the group : A psychology of belonging. In C. Sedikides
& M.B. Brewer (Eds.), Individual self, relational
self, collective self (pp. 123-143). Philadelphia,
PA : Psychology Press. |
|
MOSCOVICI, S. & ZAVALLONI, M. (1969). The group as a
polarizer of attitudes. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 12 (2), 125-135. [PDF] |
HONG, Y-Y., LEVY, S.R. & CHIU, C.-Y. (2001). The
contribution of lay theories approach to the study of
groups. Personality & Social Psychology Review,
5, 98-106. |
|
SUSMAN, G.I. (1970). The impact of automation on work
group autonomy and task specialization. Human
Relations, 23, 567-577. |
GUINOTE, A., JUDD, C.M. & BRAUER, M. (2002). Effects
of power on perceived and objective group variability :
Evidence that more powerful groups are more variable. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 82, 708-721. |
|
BEAL D.J., COHEN, R.R., BURKE, M.J. & McLENDON, C.L.
(2003). Cohesion and performance in groups : A
meta-analytic clarification of construct relations. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 88 (6), 989–-1004. |
|
CHANCE, M.R.A. & JOLLY, C.J. (1970). Social
groups of monkeys, apes and men. London : Jonathan
Cape. |
SMITH, E.R., JACKSON, J.W. & SPARKS, C.W. (2003).
Effects of inequality and reasons for inequality on group
identification and cooperation in social dilemmas.
Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 6, 201-220. |
|
TAJFEL, H., BILLIG, M.G., BUNDY, R.P. & FLAMENT, C.
(1971). Social categorization and intergroup behavior.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 1 (2),
149-178.
[PDF] |
BARON, R.S. & KERR, N. (2003). Group process,
group decision, group action. Open University
Press. |
|
STEINER, I.D. (1972). Group processes and
productivity. New York : Academic Press. |
WITTENBAUM, G.M., HOLLINGSHEAD, A.B. & BOTERO, I.S.
(2004). From cooperative to motivated information sharing
in groups : Moving beyond the hidden profile paradigm. Communication
Monographs, 71 (3), 286-310. [PDF] |
|
DARLEY, J.M., TEGER, A.L. & LEWIS, L.D. (1973). Do
groups always inhibit individuals responses to potential
emergencies. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 26, 395-399. |
NEMETH, C.J., PERSONNAZ, B., PERSONNAZ, M. & GONCALO,
J.A. (2004). The liberating role of conflict in group
creativity : A study in two countries. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 34, 365–374. [PDF] |
|
DOISE, W. (1976). L'articulation psychosociologique
et les relations entre groupes. A de Boeck. |
HOGG, M.A. (2004). Uncertainty and extremism :
Identification with high entitativity groups under
conditions of uncertainty. In V. Yzerbyt, C.M. Judd &
O. Corneille (Eds.), The psychology of group
perception : Perceived variability, entitativity, and
essentialism (pp. 401-418). New York : Psychology
Press. |
|
SANTROCK, J., SMITH, P. & BOURBEAU, P. {1976). Effects
of social comparison on aggression and regression in
groups of young children. Child Development, 47,
831-837. |
SMITH, H.J. & LEACH, C.W. (2004). Group membership and
everyday social comparisons. European Journal of
Social Psychology, 34 (3), 297-308. [PDF] |
|
TAJFEL, H. (Ed.) (1978). Differentiation between
social groups : Studies in the social psychology of
intergroup relations. London : Academic Press. |
ASKEVIS-LEHERPEUX, F. (2005). For and against : perceived
entitativity of supportive and oppositional opinion
groups. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 8
(1), 27-37. [PDF] |
|
ALLEN, V.L. & WILDER, D.A. (1979). Group
categorization and attribution of belief similarity. Small
Group Behavior, 10, 73–80. |
JUDD, C.M. & PARK, B. (2005). Group differences and
stereotype accuracy. In J.F. Dovidio, P. Glick & L.
Rudman (Eds.), On the nature of prejudice : Fifty
years after Allport. Oxford, UK : Blackwell. |
| |
OLSSON, A., EBERT, J.P., BANAJI, M.R. & PHELPS, E.A.
(2005). The role of social groups in the persistence of
learned fear. Science, 309 (5735), 785-787. [PDF] |
|
| |
BOWLES, S. (2006). Group competition, reproductive
leveling, and the evolution of human altruism. Science,
314, 1569-1572. |
|
NIXON, H.L. (1979). The small group. Englewood
Cliffs : Prentice-Hall. |
HOGG, M.A. & REID, S.A. (2006). Social identity,
self-categorization, and the communication of group norms.
Communication Theory, 16, 7-30. [PDF] |
|
TAJFEL, H. (1981). Human groups and social categories
: Studies in social Psychology. Cambridge :
Cambridge University Press. |
LEVINE, J.M. & MORELAND, R.L. (Eds.) (2006). Small
groups : Key readings. Philadelphia, PA :
Psychology Press. |
|
TURNER, J.C. (1982). Toward a cognitive redefinition of
the social group. In H. Tajfel (Ed.), Social identity
and intergroup relations (pp. 15–40). Cambridge,
England : Cambridge University Press. |
DOVIDIO, J.F., GAERTNER, S.L. & SAGUY, T. (2007).
Another view of "we" : Majority and minority group
perspectives on a common ingroup identity. European
Review of Social Psychology, 18, 296-330. [PDF] |
|
KERR, N.L. & BRUUN, S.E. (1983). Dispensability of
member effort and group motivation losses : Free-rider
effects. Journal of Personality & social
Psychology 44 (1), 78-94. |
KRUEGER, J.I. & DIDONATO, T.E. (2008). Social
categorization and the perception of groups and group
differences. Social & Personality Psychology
Compass, 2 (2), 733–750. [PDF] |
|
TURNER, J.C. (1984). Social identification and
psychological group formation. In H. Tajfel (Ed.), The
social dimension : European developments in social
psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 518-538). Cambridge,
England : Cambridge University Press. |
VAN VUGT, M. & SCHALLER, M. (2008). Evolutionary
perspectives on group dynamics : An introduction. Group
Dynamics, 12, 1-6. [PDF] |
|
McGRATH, J.E. (1984). Groups : interaction and
performance. Englewood Cliffs : Prentice-Hall. [PDF] |
DOVIDIO, J.F., SAGUY, T & SHNABEL, N. (2007).
Cooperation and conflict within groups : Bridging
intragroup and intergroup processes. Journal of
Social Issues, 65 (2), 429-449. |
|
ALLISON, S.T. & MESSICK, D.M. (1985). The group
attribution error. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 21, 563 579. |
HEAP, S.P.H. & ZIZZO, D.J. (2009). The value of
groups. American Economic Review, 99 (1),
295-323.
[PDF] |
|
DAWES, R.M., ORBELL, J.M., SIMMONS, R.T. & VAN DE
KRAGHT, A.J.C. (1986). Organizing groups for collective
action. The American Political Science Review, 80
(4), 1171-1185.
[PDF] |
COHEN, T.R., GUNIA, B.C., KIM-JUN, S Y. & MURNIGHAN,
J.K. (2009). Do groups lie more than individuals ? Honesty
and deception as a function of strategic self-interest. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 45, 1321-1324.
[PDF] |
|
STEINER, I.D. (1986). Paradigms and groups. Advances
in Experimental Social Psychology, 19, 251-289. |
GERHART, B., RYNES, S.L. & FULMER, I.S. (2009). Pay
for performance : Individuals, groups, and executives.
The Academy of Management Annals, 3, 207-271. |
|
DRISKELL, J.E., HOGAN, R. & SALAS, E. (1987).
Personality and group performance. Review of
Personality & Social Psychology, 9, 91-112. |
RANKIN, L. & TYLER, T.R. (2009). Procedural justice
and cooperation in groups. Special issue. The psychology
of justice and its applications. Netherlands Journal
of Psychology, 65,146-154. |
|
MORELAND, R.L. (1987). The formation of small groups. In
C. Hendrick (Ed.), Review of personality and ocial
psychology (Vol. 8, pp. 80-110). Newbury Park, CA.
: Sage. |
PARKS, C.D. & STONE, A.B. (2010). The desire to expel
unselfish members from the group. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 99 (2),
303-310. [PDF] |
|
WOOD, W. (1987). Meta-analytic review of sex differences
in group performance. Psychological Bulletin, 102
(1), 53-71. |
ELDER- VASS, D. (2007). Can groups have causal powers ? Kölner
Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie, |
|
JUDD, C.M. & PARK, B. (1988). Out-group homogeneity :
Judgments of variability at the individual and group
levels. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 54, 778-788. |
PETTIGREW, T.F. & TROPP, L.R. (2011). When groups
meet : The dynamics of intergroup contact. New York
: Psychology Press. |
|
DIEHL, M. (1988). Social identity and minimal groups : The
effects of interpersonal and intergroup attitudinal
similarity on intergroup discrimination. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 27, 289–300. |
REYNOLDS, K.J. (2011). Advancing group research : The
(non) necessity of behavioural data ? Small Group
Research, 42, 359-373. |
|
LEMAN, P.J. (2014). How do children share information in
groups ? Developmental Psychology, 50 (8),
2105-2114.
|
|
LEMAN, P.J. (2015). How do groups work ? Age differences
in performance and the social outcomes of peer
collaboration. Cognitive Science, 39 (4), 804-820.
|
|
ZACCARO, S.J. & McCOY, M.C. (1988). The effects of
task and interpersonal cohesiveness on performance of a
disjunctive group task. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 18, 837-851. |
LEVINE, J.M. & TINDALE, S.R. (2015). Social influence
in groups. In M. Mikulincer and P.R. Shaver (Eds.),
APA Handbook o Personality and Social Psychology (Vol.
2., pp. 1-34). American Psychological Association. [PDF] |
|
TURNER, J.C. (1989). Rediscovering the social group :
A self-categorization theory. London : Blackwell
Publishers. |
HOGG, M.A. (2015). Constructive leadership across groups :
How leaders can combat prejudice and conflict between
subgroups. Advances in Group Processes, 32,
177-207. |
|
STASSER, G. TAYLOR, L.A. & HANNA, C. (1989).
Information sampling in structured and unstructured
discussions of three- and six-person groups. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 57, 67-78. |
JACKSON J.C. BILKEY, D., JONG, J., ROSSIGNAC-MILON, M.
& HALBERSTADT, J. (2017). Strangers in a stadium :
Studying group dynamics with in vivo behavioral tracking.
Social Psychological & Personality
Science, 8, 509-518. |
|
TENENBAUM, H.R., LEMAN, H.R. & AZNAR, A. (2018). Young
people's reasoning about exclusion in novel groups.
Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 175, 1-16. |
|
|
|
| b |
| |
|
|
Voir aussi Groupe de sujets |
|
|
Groupe
(Adhésion) : Démarche visant à
faire partie d'un groupe
formel ou à devenir membre
d'une association.
Cette démarche comprend la participation aux réunions/assemblées,
payer ses cotisations, voter, etc.
«Je ne voudrais pas faire partie d'un groupe qui m'aurait pour
membre» dixit Groucho Marx . Group
membership, membership.
| |
|
|
BREAKWELL, G.M. (1979). Illegitimate group membership
& inter-group differentiation. British Journal of
Social & Clinical Psychology, 18, 141-149. |
|
NOEL, J.G., WANN, D.L. & BRANSCOME, N.R. (1995).
Peripheral ingroup membership status and public negativity
toward outgroups. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 68, 127-137. |
|
CHRYSSOCHOOU, X. (1996). How group membership is formed :
Self categorisation or group beliefs ? The construction of
a European identity in France & Greece. In G. M.
Breakwell & E. Lyons (Eds.), Changing European
identities : Social psychological analyses of social
change. International series in social psychology (pp.
297-313). Oxford, England UKB : Butterworth-Heinemann. |
|
|
Voir aussi parti
politique etGroupe |
|
|
|
Groupe
(Attachement) : Attachement que manifeste les membres vis-à-vis leur groupe d'appartenance.
Attachment
to group.
| |
|
|
PRENTICE, D.A. & MILLER, D.T & LIGHTDALE, J.R.
(1994). Asymmetries in attachments to groups and to their
members : Distinguishing between common-bond and
common-interest groups. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 20, 484-493. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, E.R., MURPHY, J. & COATS, S. (1999). Attachment
to groups : Theory and measurement. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 77 (1),
94-110. |
|
|
Voir aussi
Attachement et Groupe |
|
|
Groupe
(Cohésion) : Propriété d'un
groupe dont les membres
travaillent en équipe de manière efficace,
résolvent rapidement leur conflit
et partagent les mêmes objectifs.
= groupe cohésif. /dissolution,
éclatement, point de
rupture.
Group cohesiveness.
| |
|
|
PEPITONE A. & KLEINER, R. (1957). The effects of
threat and frustration on group cohesiveness. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 54 (2), 192-199. |
GARDNER, D.E., LIGHT-BREDEMEIER, B.J. & BOSTROM, A.
(1996). The relationship between perceived coaching
behaviors and team cohesion among baseball and softball
players. The Sport Psychologist, 10, 367-381. [PDF] |
|
LOTT, A.J. & LOTT, B.E. (1961). Group cohesiveness,
communication level, and conformity. The Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62 (2), 408-412. |
HOGG, M.A. (1996b). Social identity, self-categorization,
and the small group. In E.H. Witte & J.H. Davis
(Eds.), Understanding group behavior : Small group
processes and interpersonal relations (Vol. 2. pp.
227-253). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
LOTT, A.J. & LOTT, B.E. (1965). Group cohesiveness as
interpersonal attraction : A review of relationships with
antecedent and consequent variables. Psychological
Bulletin, 64 (4), 259-309. |
|
|
LOTT, A.J. & LOTT, B.E. (1966). Group cohesiveness and
individual learning. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 57 (2), 61-73. |
|
|
CARTWRIGHT, D. (1968). The nature of group cohesiveness.
In D. Cartwright & A. Zander (Eds.), Group
dynamics. New York : Harper & Row. |
FINE, G.A. & HOLYFIELD, L. (1996). Secrecy, trust, and
dangerous leisure : Generating group cohesion in voluntary
organizations. Social Psychology Quarterly, 59,
22-38. |
|
DOISE, W. & MOSCOVICI, S. (1969-1970). Approche et
évitement du déviant dans des groupes de cohésion
différente. Bulletin de Psychologie, 23,
522-525. |
PRUSSSIA, G.E. & KINICKI, A.J. (1996). A motivational
investigation of group effectiveness using social
cognitive theory. Journal of Applied Psychology, 81, 187-198. |
| GUTTENTAG, M. (1970). Group cohesiveness, ethnic organization, and poverty. Journal of Social Issues, 26 (2), 105-132. |
|
|
MARTENS, R. & PETERSON, J. (1971). Group cohesiveness
as a determinant of success and member satisfaction in
team performance. International Review of Sport
Sociology, 6, 49-61. |
SWAIN, A. (1996). Social loafing and identifiability: The
mediating role of achievement goal orientations.
Research Quarterly for Exercise & Sport, 67, 337-344. |
|
STOGDILL, R.M. (1972). Group productivity, drive, and
cohesiveness. Organizational Behavior & Human
Performance, 8, 26-43. |
CARRON, A.V., SPINK, K.S. & PRAPAVESSIS, H. (1997).
Team building and cohesiveness in the sport and exercise
setting : use of indirect interventions. Journal of
Applied Sport Psychology, 9, 61-72. [PDF] |
|
RIBNER, N.G. (1974). Effects of an explicit group contract
on self-disclosure and group cohesiveness. Journal of
Counseling Psychology, 21, 116-120 |
ESTABROOKS, P.A. & CARRON, A.C. (1999). Group cohesion
in older adult exercisers : Prediction and intervention
effects. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 22, 575-588. |
|
TERBORG, J.R., CASTORE, C. & DENINNO, J.A. (1976). A
longitudinal field investigation of the impact of group
composition on group performance and cohesion. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 34, 782-790. |
CRAIG, T.Y. & KELLY, J.R. (1999). Group cohesiveness
and creative performance. Group Dynamics : Theory,
Research, & Practice, 3 (4), 243-256. |
|
BALL, J. & CARRON, A.V. (1976). The influence of team
cohesion and participation motivation upon performance
success in intercollegiate ice hockey. Canadian
Journal of Applied Sport Sciences, 1, 271-275. |
OLIVER, L.W., HARMAN, J., HOOVER, E., HAYES, S.M. &
PANDHI, N.A. (1999). A quantitative integration of the
military cohesion literature. Military Psychology, 11
(1), 57-83. |
|
BIRD, A. (1977). Team structure and successrelated to
cohesivenessand leadership. Journal of Social
Psychology, 103, 217-233. |
|
|
CARRON, A.V. & CHELLADURAI, P. (1981). The dynamics of
group cohesion in sport. Journal of Sport Psychology,
3, 127-139. |
FOX, L.D., REJESKI, W.J. & GAUVIN, L. (2000). Effects
of leadership style and group dynamics on enjoyment of
physical activity. American Journal of Health
Promotion, 14, 277-283. |
|
CARRON, A.V. (1982). Cohesiveness in sport groups :
Interpretations and considerations. Journal of Sport
Psychology, 4, 123-138. |
ESTABROOKS, P.A. & CARRON, A.C. (2000). The Physical
Activity Group Environment Questionnaire : An instrument
for the assessment of cohesion in exercise classes. Group
Dynamics : Theory, Research & Practice, 4, 230-243. |
|
TZINER, A. & VARDI, Y. (1982). Effects of command
style and group cohesiveness on the performance
effectiveness of self-selected tank crews. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 67, 769-775. |
CARLESS, S.A. & DEPOALA, C. (2000). The measurement of
cohesion in work teams. Small Group Research, 31 (1),
71-88. |
|
RUTKOWSKI, G.K., GRUDER, C.L. & ROMER, D. (1983).
Group cohesiveness, social norms, and bystander
intervention. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 44, 545-552. |
DION, K.L. (2000). Group cohesion : From "field of forces"
to multidimensional construct. Group Dynamics :
Theory, Research, Practice, 4, 7-26. |
|
HUNGER, J.D. & WHEELEN, T.L. (1984). The relationship
between group dynamics and team performance in business
simulation. Academy of Management, 10, 43-45. |
BRAY, C.D. & WHLEY, D.E. (2001). Team cohesion,
effort, and objective individual performance of high
school baskeball players. The Sport Psychologist, 15,
260-275. [PDF] |
|
|
YUKELSON, D., WEINBERG, R. & JACKSON, A. (1984). A
multidimensional group cohesion instrument for
intercollegiate basketball teams. Journal of Sport
Psychology, 6, 103-117. |
|
|
BODENHAUSEN, G.V. (1984). The cognitive representation of
persons and groups and its effects on recall and
recognition memory. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 20 (5), 445-469. |
|
|
CARRON, A.V., BRAWLEY, L.R. & WIDEMEYER, W.N. (1985).
The development of an instrument to measure cohesion in
sport teams : The group environment questionnaire. Journal
of Sport Psychology, 7, 244-266. |
CARRON, A.V., COLMAN, M.M., WHEELER, J. & STEVENS, D.
(2002). Cohesion and performance in sport : A meta
analysis. Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology,
24, 168-183. [PDF] |
|
BRAWLEY, L.R., CARRON, A.V. & WIDEMEYER, W.N. (1987).
Assessing the cohesion of teams : Validity of the group
environment questionnaire. Journal of Sport
Psychology, 9, 275-294. |
|
|
CARRON, A.V., WIDEMEYER, W.N. & BRAWLEY, L.R. (1988).
Group cohesion and individual adherence to physical
activity. Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology,
10, 127-138. |
|
|
BRAWLEY, L.R., CARRON, A.V. & WIDEMEYER, W.N. (1988).
Exploring the relationshipbetween cohesion and group
resistance to disruption. Journal of Sport &
Exercise Psychology, 10, 199-213. |
|
|
MUDRACK, P.E. (1989). Defining group cohesiveness : A
legacy of confusion ? Small Group Behavior, 20
(1), 37-49. |
|
|
SPINK, K.S. (1990). Group cohesion and collective efficacy
of volleyball teams. Journal of Sport Exercice
pyschology, 12, 301-311. |
|
|
McCLURE, B.A. & FOSTER, C.D. (1991). Group work as a
method of promoting cohesiveness within a women?s
gymnastics team. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 73, 307-313. |
CARRON, A.V., BRAY S.R. & EYS, M.A. (2002). Team
cohesion and team success in sport. Journal of Sport
Sciences, 20, 119-126. |
|
WILLIAMS, J.M. & WIDMEYER, W.N. (1991). The
cohesion-performance outcome relationship in a co-acting
sport. Journal of Sport & Exercises Psychology,
13, 364-371. |
BEAL, D.J., COHEN, R.R., BURKE, M.J. & McLENDON, C.L
(2003). Cohesion and performance in groups : A meta-
analytic clarification of construct relations. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 88 (6), 989-1004. |
|
WESTRE, K.R. & WEISS, M.R. (1991). The relationship
between perceived coaching behaviors and group cohesion in
high school football teams. The Sport Psychologist,
5, 41-45. [PDF] |
STEVENS, D.E. & BLOOM, G.A. (2003). The effect of team
building on cohesion. Avante, 9, 43-54. [PDF] |
|
WIDMEYER, W.N. & WILLIAMS, J.M. (1991). Predicting
cohesion in a coacting sport. Small Group Research,
22, 548-570. |
LOUGHEAD, T.M. & CARRON, A.V. (2004). The mediating
role of cohesion in the leader behavior-satisfaction
relationship. Psychology of Sport & Exercises, 5
(3), 355-371. [PDF] |
|
EVANS, C. & DION, K.L. (1991). Group cohesion and
performance : A meta-analysis. Small Group Research,
22 (2), 175-186. |
|
|
HOGG, M.A. (1992). The social psychology of group
cohesiveness : From attraction to social identity.
New York : Harvester Wheatsheaf. |
HOIGAARD, R., TOFTELAND, I. & OMMUNDSEN, Y. (2006).
The effect of team cohesion on social loafing in relay
teams. International Journal of Applied Sports
Sciences, 18 (1), 59-73. [PDF]
|
|
SPINK, K.S. & CARRON, A.V. (1992). Group cohesion and
adherence in exercise classes. Journal of Sport &
Exercise Psychology, 14, 78-86. |
|
|
HOGG, M.A. (1993). Group cohesiveness : A critical review
and some new directions. European Review of Social
Psychology, 4, 85-111. |
|
|
BERNTHAL, P.R. & INSKO, C.A. (1993). Cohesiveness
without groupthink : The interactive effects of social and
task cohesion. Group & Organization Management,
18 (1), 66-87. |
BIN HARUN, M.Z.M. & BIN MAHMOOD, R.B. (2012). The
relationship between group cohesiveness and performance :
An empirical study of cooperatives movement in Malaysia.
International Journal of Cooperative Studies, 1 (1),
15-20. [PDF] |
|
PEASE, D.G. & KOZUB, S.A. (1994). Perceived coaching
behaviors and team cohesion in high school girls
basketball teams. Journal of Sport & Exercise
Psychology, 16, S93. |
|
|
MULLEN, B. & COPPER, C. (1994). The relation between
group cohesiveness and performance : An integration. Psychological
Bulletin, 115, 210-227. |
JACKSON, J.C., JONG, J., BILKEY, D., WHITEHOUSE, H.,
ZOLLMANN, S. McNAUGHTON, C.M. & HALBERSTADT, J.
(2018). Synchrony and physiological arousal increase
cohesion and cooperation in large naturalistic groups.
Scientific Reports, 8. |
|
SPINK, K.S. & CARRON, A.V. (1994). Group cohesion
effects in exercise classes. Small Group Research, 25,
26-42. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Action
collective, Groupe, Cohésion,
Indolence sociale et Équipe |
| |
|
|
Groupe
(Composition) : Group
composition.
| |
|
|
WILLIAMS, T.P. & SOGON, S. (1984). Group composition
and conforming behavior in Japanese students. Japanese
Psychological Research, 26, 231-234. |
|
WITTENBAUM, G., SHULMAN, H.C. & BRAZ, M.E. (2010).
Social ostracism in task groups : The effects of group
composition. Small Group Research, 41 (3),
330-353. |
|
|
Voir aussi Groupe |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Groupe
(Sujets/Participants) : Individus choisis, au
hasard ou non, pour participer à une recherche
scientifique, et qui, à titre de sujets,
subissent ou non les effets de la variable
indépendante manipulée. NDLR : On utilise
également l'expression groupe de sujets pour désigner
des individus qui ne sont pas soumis ou exposés à cette variable ( EX:
recherche
descriptive). Dans ce contexte, le terme échantillon
ou sous-échantillon de sujets est sans doute plus
approprié. Notons également l'utilisation de cette expression pour
désigner des regroupements de sujets formés après la recherche,
pour des fins d'analyse
statistiques. Finalement, précisons qu'ils convient
d'utiliser le mot participant
lorsque les sujets sont humains, car contrairement aux animaux
de laboratoire, les humains consentent
à participer à une recherche. =
groupe de sujets, groupe de participants, regroupement de sujets.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Group of subjects, groupe.
|
Groupe
(Décision) : Décision
prise par un groupe, une
équipe ou par quelques individus
nommés par ce groupe (représentant).
Décision de groupe, conflit
et choix
collectif. Group decision, group
judgment.
| |
|
|
BLACK, D. (1948). On the rationale of group
decision-making. Journal of Political Economy, 56, 23-34. |
ALLISON, S.T., WORTH, L.T. & KING, M.W.C. (1990).
Group decisions as social inference heuristics. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 58, 801-811. |
|
GUETZKOW, H. & GYR, J. (1954). An analysis of conflict
in decision-making groups. Human Relations, 7,
367-382. |
ILGEN, D.R. & HOLLENBECK, J.R. (1991). The structure
of work job design and roles. In M.D. Dunnette & L.M.
Hough (Eds.), Handbook of industrial and
organizational psychology (pp. 165-207).
Consulting Psychologists Press. |
|
EXLINE, R.V. (1959). Status congruency and interpersonal
conflict in decision-making groups. Human Relations,
12 (2), 147-162. |
DRISKELL, J.E. & SALAS, E. (1991). Group
decision-making under stress. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 76, 473-478. |
|
COLLINS, B.E. & GUETZKOW, H.S. (1964). A
social psychology of group processes for
decision-making. Wiley. |
STASSER, G. & STEWART, D. (1992). Discovery of hidden
profiles by decision-making groups : Solving a problem
versus making a judgment. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 63, 426-434. |
|
HOLLOMAN, I. & HENDRICK, H.W. (1972). Adequacy of
group decisions as a function of the decision-making
process. Academy of Management Journal, 15,
175-184. |
KERR, N.L. (1992). Group decision making at a
multialternative task : Extremity, interfaction distance,
pluralities, and issue importance. Organizational
Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 52 (1),
64-95 |
|
DAVIS, J.H. (1973). Group decisions and social interaction
: A theory of social decision schemes. Psychological
Review, 80, 97-125. |
STASSER, G. & STEWART, D. (1992). Discovery of hidden
profiles by decision-making groups : Solving a problem
versus making a judgment. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 63, 426-434. |
|
ANDERSON, N.H. & GRAESSER, C. (1976). An information
integration analysis of attitude change in group
discussion. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 34, 210-222. |
DAVIS, J.H. (1996). Group decision making and quantitative
judgments : A consensus model. In E. Witte & J. H.
Davis (Eds.), Group decision making : Consensual
action by small groups (Vol. 1, pp. 35-59). Mahweh,
New Jersey : Lawrence Earlbaum Associates. |
| |
LEPINE, J.A., HOLLENBECK, J.R., ILGEN, D.R. & HEDLUND,
J. (1997). Effects of individual differences on the
performance of hierarchical decision-making teams : Much
more than g. Journal of Applied Psychology, 82, 803-811.
|
|
EINHORN, H.J., HOGARTH R.M. & KLEMPNER, E. (1977).
Quality of group judgment. Psychological Bulletin, 84
(1), 158-172.
[PDF] |
WITTENBAUM, G.M. (1998). Information sampling in
decision-making groups : The impact of members' task
relevant status. Small Group Research, 29, 29-57. |
| |
LEPINE, J.A., HOLLENBECK, J.R., ILGEN, D.R., COLQUITT,
J.A. & ELLIS, A. (2000). Gender composition,
situational strength, and team decision-making accuracy :
a criterion decomposition approach. Organizational
Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 88, 445-475. |
|
|
STASSER, G., KERR, N.L. & DAVIS, J.H. (1980).
Influence processes in decision-making groups : A modeling
approach. In P. Paulus (Ed.), Psychology of group
influence (pp. 431-477). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
BRODBECK, F. C., KERSCHREITER, R., MOJZISCH, A., FREY, D.
& SCHULZ-HARDT, S. (2002). The dissemination of
critical, unshared information in decision-making groups :
The effects of pre-discussion dissent. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 35-56. |
|
STASSER, G. & DAVIS, J.H. (1981). Group decision
making and social influence : A social interaction
sequence model. Psychological Review, 88 (6),
523-551. |
BARON, R.S. & KERR, N.L. (2003). Group process,
group decision, group action. Open University
Press. |
|
HUBOR, G.P. (1982). Group decision support systems as
aids in the use of structured group management
techniques. The Second International Conference on
Decision Support Systems, San Francisco. |
KERR, N.L. & TINDALE, R.S. (2004). Group performance
and decision making. Annual Review of Psychology, 55,
623-655. |
|
TINDALE, R.S. & DAVIS, J.H. (1983). Group decision
making and jury verdicts. In H. Blumberg, A.P. Hare, V.
Kent & M.F. Davies (Eds.), Small groups and social
interaction (Vol. 2, pp. 9-38). Chichester, United
Kingdom : Wiley. |
BRODBECK, F.C., KERSCHREITER, R., MOJZISCH, A. &
SCHULZ-HARDT, S. (2007). Group decision making under
conditions of distributed knowledge : The information
asymmetries model. Academy of Management Review, 32,
459-479. |
|
DAVIS, J.H. TINDALE, R.S., NAGAO, D.H., HINSZ, V.B. &
ROBERTSON, B.A. (1984). Order effects in multiple
decisions by groups : A demonstration with mock juries and
trial procedures. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 47, 1003-1012. |
STASSER, G. (2010). Social decisions schemes. In J.M
Levine & M.A. Hogg (Eds.). Encyclopedia of group
processes and intergroup relations (Vol 2, pp.
770-773). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
STASSER, G. & TITUS, W. (1985). Pooling of unshared
information in group decision making : Biased information
sampling during discussion. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 48 (6), 1467-1478. [PDF] |
LAUGHLIN, P.R. (2011). Social choice theory, social
decision scheme theory, and group decision-making. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 14 (1), 63-79.
[PDF] |
|
POOLE, M.S., SEIBOLD, D.R. & McPHEE, R.D. (1985).
Group decision-making as a structurational process. Quarterly Journal of Speech, 71, 74-102. |
LU, L., YUAN, Y.C. & McLEOD, P.L. (2012). Twenty-five
years of hdden profiles in group decision making : a
meta-analysis. Personality & Social Psychology
Review, 16 (1), 54-75. [PDF] |
|
MICHAELSEN, L.K., WATSON, W.E. & BLACK, R.H. (1989). A
realistic test of individual versus group consensus
decision making. Journal of Applied Psychology, 74
(5), 834-839. |
|
|
STASSER, G., KERR, N.L., DAVIS, G.H. & ERLBAUM, L.
(1989). Influence processes and consensus models in
decision-making groups. In P.B. Paulus (Ed.), Psychology
of group influence (pp. 279-326). Hillsdale, NJ,
US : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. |
TINDALE, R.S. & KLUWE, K. (2015). Decision making in
groups and organizations. In G. Keren & G. Wu (Eds.)
The Wiley-Blackwell handbook of judgment and decision
making (Vol. 2, pp. 849-874). New York :
Wiley-Blackwell. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Décision,
Jury,
conflit,
Choix collectif et Groupe |
|
|
|
Groupe
(Efficacité) : Un groupe
est considéré comme efficace s'il accomplit rapidement les tâches
qui lui incombent, avec un minimum de conflit
et en commettant le moins d'erreurs
possible. En ce sens, un groupe peut-être efficace mais, en raison
des nombreux conflits, peu satisfaisant pour ses membres.
Si cette satisfaction
devient trop faible, le groupe peut éclater (point
de rupture) ou devra, en raison des nombreuses défections,
renouveler son personnel.
Efficacité du groupe et gestion
du personnel. = performance de
groupe, productivitè d'un groupe. Group
effectiveness, group performance, team performance.
| |
|
|
VAN ZELST, R.H. (1952). Sociometrically selected work
teams increase production. Personnel Psychology, 5,
175-186. |
STEINER, I.D. (1972). Group process and productivity.
New York : Academic Press. |
|
ROCK, M.L. & HAY, E.N. (1953). Investigation of the
use of tests as a predictor of leadership and group
effectiveness in a job evaluation situation. Journal
of Social Psychology, 38, 109-119. |
STOGDILL, R.M. (1972). Group productivity, drive, and
cohesiveness. Organizational Behavior & Human
Performance, 8, 26-43. |
|
LORGE, I., FOX, D., DAVITZ, J. & BRENNER, M. (1958). A
survey of studies contrasting the quality of group
performance and individual performance, 1920-1957. Psychological
Bulletin, 55 (6), 337-372. |
DAWES, R.M., ORBELL, J.M., SIMMONS, R.T. & VAN DE
KRAGHT, AJ.C. (1986). Organizing groups for collective
action. The American Political Science Review, 80
(4), 1171-1185.
[PDF] |
|
GHISELLI, E.E. & LODAHL,T.M. (1958). Patterns of
managerial traits and group effectiveness. Journal of
Abnormal & Social Psychology, 57 (1), 61-66. |
TZINER, A. & EDEN, D. (1985). Effects of crew
composition on crew performance : Does the whole equal the
sum of the parts ? Journal of Applied Psychology, 70,
85-93. |
| |
KERR, N.L. (1989). Illusions of efficacy : The effects of group size on perceived efficacy in social dilemmas. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 25 (4), 287-313.
|
| |
SHEPPERD, J.A. (1993). Productivity loss in performance
groups : A motivation analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 113 (1), 67-81. [PDF] |
| |
NEUMAN, G.A. & WRIGHT, J. (1999). Team effectiveness :
Beyond skills and cognitive ability. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 84, 376-389. |
|
WIEST, W.M., PORTER, L. & GHISELLI, E.E. (1961).
Relationship between individual proficiency and team
performance and efficiency. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 45 (6), 435-440. |
JUNG, D.I. & SOSIK, J.J. (2003). Group potency and
collective efficacy : Examining their predictive validity,
level and analysis, and effects of performance feedback on
future group performance. Group & Organization
Management, 28 (3), 366-391. |
| |
VAN ZOMEREN, M., SPEARS, R., FISCHER, A. & LEACH, C.W.
(2004). Put your money where your mouth is ! Explaining
collective action tendencies through group-based anger and
group efficacy. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 87, 649-664. |
|
CARZO, R. (1963). Some effects of organization structure
on group effectiveness. Administrative Science
Quarterly, 7 (4), 393-424. |
KOZLOWSKI, S.W.J. & ILGEN, D.R. (2006). Enhancing the
effectiveness of work groups and teams. Psychological
Science in the Public Interest, 7 (3), 77-124. [PDF] |
| |
TASA, K., SEARS, G.J. & SCHAT, A.C.H. (2011).
Personality and teamwork behavior in context : The
cross-level moderating role of collective efficacy. Journal
of Organizational Behavior, 32, 65-85. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi
Efficacité, Gestion du
personnel, Flânerie
sociale, Équipe
et Groupe |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Groupe (Petit) :
Groupe composé de quelques individus. Généralement, un petit groupe n'a pas besoin d'une organisation formelle pour fonctionner.
=
groupe primaire, groupe restreint,
groupe minoritaire.
*petite classe.
Small group, minority group.
| |
|
|
BALES, R.F. (1950). Interaction process analysis : A
method for the study of small groups. Cambridge, MA
: Addison-Wesley. |
LEVINE, J.M. & MORELAND, R.L. (1990). Progress in
small group research. Annual Review of Psychology,
41, 585-634. |
|
BALES, R.F., STRODTBECK, F.L., MILLS, T.M. &
ROSEBOROUGH, M.D. (1951). Channels of communication in
small groups. American Sociological Review, 16,
461-468. |
|
|
SHERIF, M. (1954). Socio-cultural influences in small
group research. Sociology & Social Research, 39,
1-10. [LIRE] |
DE VISSHER, P. (1991). Us, avatars et métamorphose de
la dynamique des groupes restreints. Grenoble :
Presses Universitaires de Grenoble. |
|
SHERIF, M. (1954). Integrating field work and laboratory
in small group research. American Sociological
Review, 19, 759-771. [LIRE] |
|
|
SHERIF, M. (1957). Towards integrating psychological and
sociological approaches in small group research. In M.
Sherif and M.O. Wilson (Eds.), Emerging problems in
social psychology. (pp. 181-206). Norman :
University of Oklahoma Book Exchange. |
|
|
MANN, R.D. (1959). A review of the relationship between
personality and performance in small groups. Psychological
Bulletin, 66, 241-270. |
ELLIS, D. & FISHER, A. (1994). Small group
decision making : Communication and the group process.
New York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
SHAPIRO, D. (1963). The reinforcement of disagreement in a
small group. Behavior Research & Therapy, 1,
267-272. |
|
|
McGRATH, J.E. (1963). Systems of information in small
group research studies. Human Relations, 16 (3),
263-277. |
|
|
McGRATH, J.E. (1963). A descriptive model for the study of
interpersonal relation in small groups. Journal of
Psychological Studies, 14 (3), 89-116. |
|
|
BION, I.W.R. (1965). Recherche sur les petits
groupes. Paris : Presses Univesitaires de France. |
|
|
TUCKMAN, B.W. (1965). Developmental sequence in small
groups. Psychological Bulletin, 63, 384-399. [PDF] |
WITTENBAUM, G.M., STASSER, G. & MERRY, C.J. (1996).
Tacit coordination in anticipation of small group task
completion. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
32, 32-129. |
|
SOMMER, R. (1965). Further studies of small group ecology.
Sociometry, 28, 333-348. |
RICHARD, B. (1996). Psychologie des groupes
restreints. Cap Rouge : Presses Iner
Universitaires. |
|
BION, W.R. (1965). Recherches sur les petits groupes.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
WOOD, W., POOL, G., LECK, K. & PURVIS, D. (1996).
Self-definition, defensive processing, and influence : The
normative impact of majority and minority groups. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 71, 1181-1193.
[PDF]
|
|
SOMMER, R. (1967). Small group ecology. Psychological
Bulletin, 67, 145-152. |
McGRATH, J.E. (1997). Small group research : That once and
future field. Group Dynamics : Theory, Research &
Practice, 1 (1), 7-27. |
|
ANZIEU, D. & MARTIN, J.Y. (1968). La dynamique des
groupes restreints. Paris : Presses Universitaires
de France. |
SPRINGER, L., STANNE, M.E. & DONOVAN, S. (1999).
Effects of small-group learning on undergraduates in
science, mathematics, engineering, and technology : A
meta- analysis. Review of Educational Research, 69 (1),
21-52. |
|
|
FELDMAN, R.A. (1973). Power distribution, integration, and
conformity in small groups. American Journal of
Sociology, 79, 639-665. |
WINDSCHITL, M. (1999). Using small-group discussions in
science lectures. College Teaching, 47 (1),
23-27. |
|
BURKE, P.J. (1974). Participation and leadership in small
groups. American Sociological Review, 39,
822-843. |
|
|
DAVIS, J.H., LAUGLIN, P.R. & KOMORITA, S.S. (1976).
The social psychology of small groups : Cooperative and
mixed-motive interaction. In M. R. Rosenzweig & L.W.
Porter (Eds.), Annual Review of Psychology (Vol.
27). Palo Alto : Annual Review, Inc. |
|
|
TUCKMAN, B.W. & JENSEN, M.A.C. (1977). Stages of
small-group development revisited. Group &
Organization Studies, 2 (4), 419-427. [PDF] |
ARROW, H., MCGRATH, J.E. & BERDAHL, J.L. (2000).
Small groups as complex systems : Formation,
coordination, development, and adaptation. Thousand
Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
McGRATH, J.E. (1978). Small group research. American
Behavioral Scientist, 21 (5), 651-674. |
KENNY, D.A., MANNETTI, L., PIERRO, A., LIVI, S. &
KASHY, D.A. (2002). The statistical analysis of data from
small groups. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 83, 126-137. [PDF]+
[PDF] |
|
NIXON, H.L. (1979). The small group. Englewood
Cliffs : Prentice-Hall. |
KATZ, N., LAZER, D., ARROW, H. & CONTRACTOR, N.
(2004). Network theory and small groups. Small Group
Research, 35, 3-36. [PDF] |
|
SCHAEFFER, G.H. & PATTERSON, M.L. (1980). Intimacy,
arousal, and small group crowding. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 38, 283-290. |
|
|
TAJFEL, H. (1981). Human groups and social categories
: Studies in social psychology. Cambridge :
Cambridge University Press. |
POOLE, M.S., HOLLINGSHEAD, A.B., MCGRATH, J.E., MORELAND,
R.L. & ROHRBAUGH, J. (2004). Interdisciplinary
perspectives on small group. Small Group Research,
35, 3-36. [PDF] |
SWING, S. & PETERSON, P. (1982). The relationship of
student ability and small-group interaction to student
achievement. American Educational Research Journal, 19
(2), 259-274. |
|
|
KERR, N.L. (1983). Motivation losses in small groups : A
social dilemma analysis. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 45 (4), 819-828. |
HOGG, M.A., ABRAMS, D., OTTREN, S. & HINKLE, S.
(2004). Social identity perspective : Intergroup
relations, self-conception, and small groups. Small
Group Research, 35 (3), 246-276. |
|
GRAEBNER, W. (1986). The small group and democratic social
engineering. Journal of Social Issues, 42, 137-154. |
LEVINE, J.M. & MORELAND, R.L. (Eds.) (2006). Small
groups : Key readings. Philadelphia, PA :
Psychology Press. |
|
LEARY, M.R., ROBERTSON, R.B., BARNES, B.D. & MILLER,
R.S. (1986). Self-presentations of small group leaders as
a function of role requirements and leadership
orientation. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 51, 742-748. |
McGRATH, J.E. & TSCHAN, F. (2007). Temporal matters in
the study of work groups in organizations.
Psychologist-Manager Journal, 10 (1), 3-12. |
|
WALL, J.A. & NOLAN, L.L. (1987). Small group conflict
: A look at equity, satisfaction, and styles of conflict
management. Small Group Behavior, 18, 188-211. |
|
|
MORELAND, R.L. (1987). The formation of small groups. In
C. Hendrick (Ed.), Review of personality and social
psychology (Vol. 8, pp. 80-110). Newbury Park, C.A.
: Sage. |
MORELAND, R.L. & LEVINE, J.M. (2009). Building bridges
to improve theory and research on small groups. In S.
Burke, J. Goodwin & E. Salas (Eds.), Team
effectiveness in complex organizations :
Cross-disciplinary perspectives and spproaches. San
Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
|
MORELAND, R.L & LEVINE, J.M. (1988). Group dynamics
over time : Development and socialization in small groups.
In J. E. McGrath (Ed.), The social psychology of time
(pp. 151-181). Newbury Park, CA : Sage. |
|
|
WEBB, N.M. (1989). Peer interaction and learning in small
groups. International Journal of Educational Research,
13 (1), 21-39. |
MORELAND, R.L. FETTERMAN, J.D., FLAGG, J.J. &
SWANENBURG, K.L. (2010). Behavioral assessment practices
among social psychologists who study small groups. In C.R.
Agnew, D.E. Carlston, W.G. Graziano & J.R. Kelly
(Eds.), Then a miracle occurs : Focusing on behavior
in social psychological theory and research (pp.
28-53). New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
STASSER, G., TAYLOR, L.A. & HANNA, C. (1989).
Information sampling in structured and unstructured
discussions of three- and six-person groups. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 57, 67-78. |
LINNENBRINK-GARCIA, L., ROGAT, T.K. & KOSKEY, K.L.K.
(2011). Affect and engagement during small group
instruction. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 36,
13-24. |
|
POOLE, M.S. & ROTH, J. (1989). Decision development in
small groups V : a test of a contingency model. Human
Communication Research, 15, 549-589. |
KERR, N. L. & TINDALE, R.S. (2014). Methods of small
group research. In H. Reis & C. Judd. (Eds.), Research
methods in social psychology : A handbook. New York
: Cambridge University Press. |
|
LEMAN, P.J. (2015). How do groups work ? Age differences
in performance and the social outcomes of peer
collaboration. Cognitive Science, 39 (4), 804-820. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Taille
d'une classe et Groupe |
|
|
|
|
Groupe (Relations) : Co-existence et
relation de pouvoir
entre les sous-groupes, au moins deux, d'un plus grand groupe, qui forme un tout (entreprise, école, gouvernement, ethnie, etc.). Ces
relations concernent tout à la fois la coopération,
les conflits et les rapports
de forces entre les membres de ces différents sous-groupes.
Relation intergroupe, acculturation
et pouvoir.
Intergroup relations, between group.
| |
|
|
SHERIF, M. (1949). The problem of inconsistency in
intergroup relations. Journal of Social Issues, 5 (3), 32-37. [LIRE] |
PRATTO, F., SIDANIUS, J. & LEVIN, S. (2006). Social
dominance theory and the dynamics of intergroup
relations : Taking stock and looking forward. European
Review of Social Psychology, 17, 271-320. [PDF]
|
|
WILSON, W., CHUN, N. & KAYATANI, M. (1965).
Projection, attraction, and strategy choices in
intergroup competition. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 2 (3), 432-435. |
|
|
WILSON, W. & KAYATANI, M. (1968). Intergroup
attitudes and strategies in games between opponents of
the same or of a different race. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 9 (1),
24-30. |
|
|
TAJFEL, H. (1970). Experiments in intergroup
discrimination. Scientific American, 223, 96-102. |
LEVY S.R., CHIU, C.Y. & HONG, Y.Y. (2006). Lay
theories and intergroup relations. Group Processes
& Intergroup Relations, 9 (1), 5-24. [PDF] |
|
TAJFEL, H., BILLIG, M.G., BUNDY, R.P. & FLAMENT, C.
(1971). Social categorization and intergroup behavior.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 1 (2),
149-178.
[PDF] |
|
|
RABBIE, J.M. & WILKENS, G. (1971). Intergroup
competition and its effect on intragroup and intergroup
relations. European Journal of Social Psychology, 1
(2), 215-234. |
|
|
DOISE, W., CSEPELI, G., DANN, H.D., GOUGE, C., K.
LARSEN & OSTELL, A . (1972). An experimental
investigation into the formation of intergroup
representations. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 2 (2A), 202-204. |
|
|
SHERIF, C.W. (1973). Social distance as categorization
of intergroup interaction. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 25, 327-334. [LIRE] |
PRATTO, F., SIDANIUS, J. & LEVIN, S. (2006). Social
dominance theory and the dynamics of intergroup
relations : Taking stock and looking forward. European
Review of Social Psychology, 17, 271-320. [PDF]
|
|
TAJFEL, H. (1974). Social identity and intergroup
behaviour. Social Science Information, 13,
65-93. |
|
|
ALLEN, V.L. & WILDER, D.A. (1975). Categorization,
belief similaity, and intergroup discrimination. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 32, 971-977. |
|
|
BILLIG, M. (1976). Social psychology and intergroup
relations. London : Academic Press. |
|
|
SAGER, C.F. (1977). A typology of intimate
relationships. Journal of Sex & Marital
Therapy, 3 (2), 83-112. |
VAN VUGT, M. & PARK, J. (2008). The tribal instinct
hypothesis : Evolution and the social psychology of
intergroup relations. In S. Sturmer & M. Snyder
(Eds.), New directions in helping and intergroup
behavior. London : Blackwell. |
|
|
DION, K.L. (1979). Intergroup conflict and in a group
cohesiveness. In W.G. Austin & S. Worchel (Eds.),
The social psychology of intergroup relations (pp.
211-224). Belmont, CA : Brooks/Cole. |
VAN VUGT, M. & SPISAK, B.R. (2008). Sex differences
in leadership emergence during competitions within and
between groups. Psychological Science, 19,
854-858. [PDF] |
|
SEEMAN, M. (1982). Intergroup relations. In M. Rosenberg
& R.H. Turner (Eds), Social psychology :
Sociological perspective (pp. 378-410). New York
: Basic Books. |
|
|
TAJFEL, H. (1982). Social psychology of intergroup
relations. Annual Review of Psychology, 33,
1-39. |
|
|
BREWER, M.B. & KRAMER, R.M. (1985). The psychology
of intergroup attitudes and behavior. Annual review
of psychology, 36 (1), 219-243. |
MACKIE, D.M., SMITH, E.R. & RAY, D.G. (2008).
Intergroup emotions and intergroup relations. Social
& Personality Psychology Compass, 2 (5),
1866-1880. [PDF]
|
|
HEWSTONE, M. (1996). Contact and categorization : Social
psychological interventions to change intergroup
relations. In N. Macrea, C. Stangor & M. Hewstone
(Eds.), Stereotypes and stereotyping (pp.
323-368). New York, NY : Guilford. |
MALLOY, T.E. (2008). Intergroup relations and
reconciliation : Theoretical analysis and methodological
implications. In A. Nadler, T. Malloy & J.D. Fisher
(Eds.), The social psychology of intergroup
reconciliation. Oxford University Press. [PDF]
|
|
TAJFEL, H. & TURNER, J.C. (1986). The social
identity theory of intergroup behavior. In S. Worchel
& W. Austin (Eds.), The psychology of
intergroup relations (pp. 7-24). Chicago :
Nelson-Hall. |
|
|
JETTEN, J.E., SPEARS, R. & MANSTEAD, S.R. (1996).
Intergroup norms and intergroup discrimination :
Distinctive self-categorization and social identity
effects. Journal of Personnality & Social
Psychology, 71 (6), 1222-1233. [PDF] |
BOURHIS, R.Y., MONTREUIL, A., BARRETTE, G. &
MONTARULI, E. (2009). Acculturation and immigrant/host
community relations in multicultural settings. In S.
Demoulin, J.-P. Leyens & J. Dovidio (Eds.), Intergroup
misunderstanding : Impact of divergent social
realities (pp. 39-61). New York & London :
Psychology Press. |
|
MACKIE, D.M. & SMITH, E.R. (1998). Intergroup
relations : Insights from a theoretically integrative
approach. Psychological Review, 105, 499-529.
|
WEST, T.V., PEARSON, A.R., DOVIDIO, J.F., SHELTON, J.N.
& TRAIL, T.E. (2009). Superordinate identity and
intergroup roommate friendship development. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 45, 1266-1272.
[PDF] |
|
DOISE, W. (1998). Les relations entre groupes. In S.
Moscovici (Ed.), Psychologie sociale (p.
253-274). Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
DOVIDIO, J.F., SAGUY, T. & SHNABEL, N. (2009).
Cooperation and conflict within groups : Bridging
intragroup and intergroup processes. Journal of
Social Issues, 65 (2), 429-449.
[PDF] |
|
MacKINNON, N.J. & BOWLBY, J.W. (2000). The affective
dynamics of stereotyping and intergroup relations. Advances
in Group Processes, 17, 37-76. |
ROSENTHAL, L. & LEVY, S.R. (2010). The colorblind,
multicultural, and polycultural ideological approaches
to improving intergroup attitudes and relations. Social
Issues & Policy Review, 4 (1), 215-246. [PDF] |
|
OAKES, P. (2003). The root of all evil in intergoup
relations? Unearthing the categorization process. In R.
Brown & S. Gaertner (Eds.), Blackwell handbook
of social psychology : Intergroup processes (pp.
3-21). Malden, MA : Blackwell. |
SPISAK, B.R., HOMAN, A.C., GRABO, A. & VAN VUGT, M.
(2012). Facing the situation : Testing a biosocial
contingency model of leadership in intergroup relations
using masculine and feminine faces. The Leadership
Quarterly, 23 (2), 273-280. [PDF] |
|
TAJFEL, H. & TURNER, J.C. (2004). An integrative
theory of intergroup conflict. In M.J. Hatch & M.
Schultz (Eds.), Organizational identity : A reader
(pp. 56-65). New York : Oxford : Oxford University
Press. |
DUNHAM, Y., CHEN, E.E. & BANAJI, M.R. (2013). Two
signatures of implicit intergroup attitudes :
Developmental invariance and early enculturation.
Psychological Science, 24 (6), 860-868.
[PDF] |
|
DAMBRUN, M., GATTO J. & ROCHE C. (2005). L'effet du
statut du groupe d'appartenance sur les attitudes
ethniques implicites et explicites chez les enfants :
Préjugés, stéréotypes et relations intergroupes. Les
Cahiers Internationaux de Psychologie Sociale, 67-68
(3-4), 65-76. [PDF] |
MAJOR, B., BERRY-MENDES, W. & DOVIDIO, J.F. (2013).
Intergroup relations and health disparities : A social
psychological perspective. Health Psychology, 32
(5), 514-524. [PDF] |
|
KELLY, R. (2005). The evolution of lethal intergroup
violence. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, 102, 15294-15298. [PDF] |
McDONALD, M.M., DONNELLAN, M.B., CESARIO, J. &
NAVARETTE, C.D. (2015). Mate choice preferences in an
intergroup context : Evidence for a sexual coercion
threat-management system among women. Evolution
& Human Behavior, 36, 438-445. [PDF] |
|
FISKE, S.T., DUPREE, C.H., NICOLAS, G. & SWENCIONIS,
J.K. (2016). Status, power, and intergroup relations :
The personal is the societal. Current Opinions in
Psychology, 11, 44-48. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Groupe, Théorie du contact et Conflit intergroupe |
|
|
|
Groupe (Sous-) : Partie d'un groupe qui possède au moins une caractérisque commune avec tous les
éléments/individus de ce groupe, mais qui s'en distingue sur au
moins un aspect. Les sous-groupes organisés ou homogènes ont
parfois leur propre culture et
valeurs. NDLR : Au
Québec, on critique parfois l'usage de ce terme en prêtant au préfixe
«sous» le sens de «inférieur»; il s'agit bien sûr ici d'une erreur
de français puisque le mot «sous» peut également signifier «à l'intérieur de».
= sous-classe,
sous-catégorie, groupe minoritaire.
Subgroup.
| |
|
|
WILLINGHAM, W.W. (1959). Onderiving standard scores for
peer nominations with subgroups of unequal size. Psychological Reports, 5, 397-403. |
|
|
WOOD, W., POOL, G., LECK, K. & PURVIS, D. (1996).
Self-definition, defensive processing, and influence : The
normative impact of majority and minority groups. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 71, 1181-1193.
[PDF]
|
HUO, Y.J. & MOLINA, L.E. (2006). Is pluralism a viable
model of diversity ? The benefits and limits of subgroup
respect. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations,
9 (3), 359-376. [PDF] |
|
HORNSEY, M.J. & HOGG, M.A. (2000). Assimilation and
diversity : An integrative model of subgroup relations. Personality
& Social Psychology Review, 4, 143-156. |
|
|
HORNSEY, M.J. & HOGG, M.A. (2000). Subgroup relations
: A comparison of mutual intergroup differentiation and
common ingroup identity models of prejudice reduction.
Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 26,
242-256. |
SANTOS, A.J., VAUGHN, B.E. & BOST, K.K. (2008).
Specifying social structures in preschool classrooms :
descriptive and functional distinctions between
affiliative subgroups. Acta Ethologica, 11 (2),
101-113.
[PDF] |
|
EGGINS, R.A., HASLAM, S.A. & REYNOLD, K.J. (2002).
Social identity and negotiation : Subgroup representation
and superordinate consensus. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 28, 887-899. |
SUN, X., BRIEL, M., WALTER, S. D. & GUYATT, G.H.
(2010). Is a subgroup effect believable ? Updating criteria
to evaluate the credibility of subgroup analyses. British
color : black Medical Journal, 340, 9. |
|
UHLMANN, E., DASGUPTA, N., ELGUETA, A., GREENWALD, A.G.
& SWANSON, J. (2002). Subgroup prejudice based on skin
color among Hispanics in the United States and Latin
America. Social Cognition, 20 (3), 198-226. |
HUO, Y.J., MOLINA, L.E., BINNING, K.R. & FUNGE, S.P.
(2010). Subgroup respect, social engagement, and
well-being : A field study of an ethnically diverse high
school. Cultural Diversity & Ethnic Minority
Psychology, 16 (3), 427-436. [PDF] |
| CATTS,
H.F., HOGAN, T.P. & FEY, M. (2003). Subgrouping poor
readers on the basis of individual differences in
reading-related abilities. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 36, 151-164. |
|
|
GONZALEZ, R. & BROWN, R. (2003). Generalization of
positive attitude as a function of subgroup and
superordinate group identifications in intergroup contact.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 33, 195-214. |
SUN, X., LOANNIDIS, J.P.A., AGORITSAS, T., ALBA, A.C.
& GUYATT, G. (2014). How to use a subgroup analysis.
Journal of Medical American Association, 311 (4),
405-411. |
|
|
Voir aussi Groupe |
|
|
Groupe (Taille) : Cette propriété - le
nombre de membre ou de sujet dans un groupe - concerne aussi bien : a) les groupes sociaux; tant chez l'humain que
chez toutes les autres espèces
animales b) que les groupes
de recherche.
*taille d'une classe.
Membership, group size, sample size, team size.
| |
|
| a |
|
MARRIOTT, R. (1949). Size of working group and output. Occupational Psychology, 23, 47-57. |
|
|
GiIBB, J.R. (1951). The effects of group size and of
threat reduction upon certainty in a problem-solving
situation. American Psychologist, 6, 324. |
|
|
ROSENBERG, L.A. (1961). Group size, prior experience, and
conformity. Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 63, 436-437. |
LATANÉ, B., NIDA, S. & WILSON, D.W. (1981). The
effects of group size on helping behavior. In J.P. Rushton
& R.M. Sorrentino (Eds.), Altruism and helping
behavior (pp. 287-313). Hillsdalle : Lawrence
Erlbaum. |
|
STEINER, I.D. (1966). Models for inferring relationships
between group size and potential group productivity. Behavioral Science, 11, 273-283. |
LATANÉ, B. & NIDA, S. (1981). Ten years of research on
group size and helping. Psychological Bulletin, 89
(2), 308-324. [PDF]
|
|
GERARD, H.B., WILHELMY, R.A. & CONNOLLEY, E.S. (1968).
Conformity and group size. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 8, 79-82. |
INSKO, C.A., SMITH, R.H., ALICKE, M.D., WADE, J. &
TAYLOR, S. (1985). Conformity and group size : The concern
with being right and the concern with being liked. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 11, 41-50. |
|
HARRIS, V.A. & ROBINSON, C.E. (1973). Bystander
intervention : Group size and victim status. Bulletin
of the Psychonomic Society, 2, 8-10. |
STACEY, P.B. (1986). Group size and foraging efficiency in
yellow baboons. Behavioral Ecology & Sociobiology,
18, 175-187. |
|
POOLE, T.B. & MORGAN, H.D.R. (1973). Differences in
aggressive behviour between male mice (Mus musculus) in
colonies of different sizes. Animal Behavior, 21,
788-795. |
RAPOPORT, A., BORNSTEIN, G. & EREV, I. (1989).
Intergroup competition for public goods : Effect of
unequal resources and relative group size. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 56, 748-756. |
|
KNOWLES, E.S. (1973). Boundaries around group interaction
: The effect of group size and member status on boundary
permeability. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 26, 327-331. |
MULLEN, B., SYMONS, C., HU, L. & SALAS, E. (1989).
Group size, leadership behavior and subordinate
satisfaction. Journal of General Psychology, 116,
155-169. |
|
INGHAM, A.G., LEVINGER, G., GRAVES, J. & VAUGN, P.
(1974).The Ringelmann effect : Studies of group size and
group performance. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 10 (4), 371-384. |
WIDMEYER, W.N., BRAWLEY, L.R. & CARRON, A.V. (1990).
The effects of group size in sport. Journal of Sport
& Exercise Psychology, 12, 177-190. |
|
NORDHOLM, L.A. (1975). Effects of group size and stimulus
ambiguity on conformity. Journal of Social
Psychology, 97, 123-130. |
LITTLEPAGE, G. (1991). The effects of group size and task
characteristics on group performance : a test of Steiner's
model. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin,
17, 449-456. |
|
LATANÉ, B. & DABBS, J.M. (1975). Sex, group size and
helping in three cities. Sociometry, 38 (2),
180-194. |
DUNBAR, R.I.M. (1992). Neocortex size as a constraint on
group size in primates. Journal of Human Evolution,
20, 469-493. |
|
| |
KAMEDA, T., STASSON, M.F., DAVIS, J.H., PARKS, C.D. &
ZIMMERMAN, S.K. (1992). Social dilemmas, subgroups, and
motivation loss in task-oriented groups : In search of an
"optimal" team size in division of work. Social
Psychology Quarterly, 55, 47-56. |
|
SETA, J.J., PAULUS, P.B. & SCHKADE, J.K. (1976).
Effects of group size and proximity under cooperative and
competitive conditions. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 34, 47-53. |
DUNBAR, R.I.M. (1993). Co-evolution of neocortical size,
group size and language in humans. Behavioral &
Brain Sciences, 16, 681-735. |
|
STANG, D.J. (1976). Group size effects on conformity. Journal
of Social Psychology, 98, 175-181. |
DUNBAR, R.I.M. (1995). Neocortex size and group size in
primates : a test of the hypothesis. Journal of Human
Evolution, 28, 287-296. |
|
PETTY, R.E., HARKINS, S.G., WILLIAMS, K.D. & LATANÉ,
B. (1977). The effects of group size on cognitivie effort
and evalaution. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 3 (4), 579-582. |
DAVIS, J.H., HULBERT, L., AU, W.-T., CHEN, X.-P. &
ZARNOTH, P. (1997). Effects of group size and procedural
influence on consensual judgments of quantity : The
example of damage awards and mock civil juries. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 73,
703-718. |
|
WILDER, D.A. (1977). Perception of groups, size of
opposition, and social influence. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 13, 253-268. |
BOND, R. (2005). Group size and conformity. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 8 (4),
331-354. [PDF] |
| |
LOWRY, P B., ROBERTS, T.L., ROMANO, N.C., CHENEY, P.D.
& HIGHTOWER, R.T. (2006). The impact of group size and
social presence on small-group communication : Does
computer-mediated communication make a difference ? Small
Group Research, 37 (6), 631-661. |
|
WEGNER, D.M. & SCHAEFER, D. (1978). The concentration
of responsibility : An objective self awareness analysis
of group size effects in helping situations. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 36, 147-155.
[PDF] |
VOELPEL, S.C., ECKHOFF, R.A. & FÖRSTER, J. (2008).
David against Goliath ? Group size and bystander effects
in virtual knowledge sharing. Human Relations, 61 (2),
271-295. [PDF] |
|
ALNUIMI, O.A., ROBRERT, L.P. & MARUPING, L.M. (2010).
Team size, dispersion, and social loafing in
technology-supported teams : A perspective on the theory
of moral disengagement. Journal of Management
Information Systems, 27 (1), 203-230. |
|
MARWELL, G. & AMES, R.E. (1979). Experiments on the
provision of public goods : I. Resources, interest, group
size, and the free-rider problem. The American Journal
of Sociology, 84, 1335-1360. |
SANDO, T., TORY, M. & IRANI, P. (2011). Impact of
group size on spatial structure understanding tasks.
IEEE Pacific Visualisation Symposium. [PDF] |
|
CARACO, T. (1979). Time budgeting and group size : a
theory. Ecology, 60, 611-617. |
MAO, A., MASON, W., SURI, S. & WATTS, D.J. (2016). An
experimental study of team size and performance on a
complex task. PLOS One, 11 (4), 1-22. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Groupe, Équipe,
Petit groupe,
Masse critique et Conformisme |
| b |
|
WALLMARK, J.T., ECKERSTE, S., LANGERED, B. & HOLMQVIS,
H.E. (1973). Increase in efficiency with size of research
teams. IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management,
20, 80-86. |
SEGLEN, P.O. & AKSNES, D.W. (2000). Scientic
productivity and group size : a bibliometric analysis of
Norwegian microbiological research. Scientometrics,
49, 125-143. |
|
STANKIEWICZ, R. (1979). The size and age of Swedish
academic research groups and their scientic performance.
In F.M. Andrews (Ed.), Scientic productivity : the
effictiveness of research groups in six countries.
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
CAI, J. & ZENG, D. (2004). Sample size/power
calculation for case-cohort studies. Biometrics, 60, 1015-1024. |
| |
KASIULEVICIUS, V., SAPOKA, V. & FILIPAVICIUTE, R.
(2006). Sample size calculation in epidemiological
studies. Gerontology, 7, 225-231. |
|
COHEN, J.E. (1981). Publication rate as a function of
laboratory size in 3 biomedical-research institutions. Scientometrics, 3, 467-487. |
WADMAN, M. (2010). Study says middle sized labs do best. Nature,
468, 356-357 |
|
COHEN, J.E. (1984). Statistical-theory aids inference in
scientometrics (comments to publication rate as a function
of the laboratory group-size by Qurashi, MM.).
Scientometrics 6, 27-32. |
SHAH, H. (2011). How to calculate sample size in animal
studies ? National Journal of Physiology, Pharmacy
& Pharmacology, 1, 35-39. |
| |
KENNA, R. & BERCHE, B. (2011). Critical mass and the
dependency of research quality on 500 group size. Scientometrics, 86 (2) 527-540. |
|
QURASHI, M.M. (1984). Publication rate as a function of
the laboratory group-size. Scientometrics, 6, 19-26. |
PATRA, P. (2012). Sample size in clinical research, the
number we need. International Journal of Medical
Science & Public Health, 1, 5-9. |
|
QURASHI, M.M. (1993). Dependence of publication-rate on
size of some university groups and departments in UK and
Greece in comparison with NCI, USA. Scientometrics,
27,19-38 |
CHARAN, J. & BISWAS, T. (2013). How to calculate
sample size for different study designs in medical
research ? Indian Journal of Psychological Medicine,
235 (2), 121-126. |
|
JOHNSTON, R., GRIGG, L. & CURRIE, J. (1995). Size
versus performance in research. Australian
Universities Review, 2,60-64. |
COOK, I., GRANGE, S. & EYRE-WALKER, A. (2015).
Research groups : How big should they be ? PeerJ, 3,
1-13. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Échantillonnage
et Groupe de sujets |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Groupe
à mesures répétées : En méthodologie,
groupe dont les sujets sont
soumis à tous les niveaux de la variable
indépendante (au moins deux). Groupe à mesures répétées,
plan de recherche et échantillons
appariés. = échantillons
appareillés, groupe ou mesure intra-sujet.
Intra subject data, within-group study, within-subjects designs,
repeated measures designs.
| Groupe |
N= |
Niveaux
|
Variable Indépendante |
Variable Dépendante |
| A |
30
|
2
|
Demander
de l'aide en souriant aux sujets |
Aide reçue en ¢ |
| Demander
de nouveau de l'aide sans sourire aux mêmes sujets |
|
| |
|
|
DEPROSPERO, A. & COHEN, S. (1979). Inconsistent visual
analysis intra subject data. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 12 (4), 573-579. [PDF] |
|
GENTILLE, J.R., RHODEN, A.H. & KLEIN, R.D. (1972). An
analysis-of-variance model for the intrasubject
replication design. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 5 (2), 193-198. [PDF] |
|
GREENWALD, A.G. (1976). Within-subjects designs : To use
or not to use ? Psychological Bulletin, 83,
314-320. |
|
O'BRIEN, R.G. & KAISER, M.K. (1985). MANOVA method for
analyzing repeated measures designs : An extensive primer.
Psychological Bulletin, 97 (2), 316-333. [PDF] |
|
ZAROMB, F.M. & ROEDIGER, H.L. (2009). The effects of
"effort after meaning" on recall : Differences in within-
and between-subjects designs. Memory & Cognition,
37 (4), 447-463. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Plan
de recherche et Groupe
de sujets |
|
|
|
Groupe
aléatoire : En méthodologie,
groupes (au moins deux) d'une recherche
expérimentale ou quasi-expérimentale dont les sujets de l'échantillon,
choisis ou non au hasard, ont été distribués au hasard.
= groupe
expérimental, groupe randomisé. Le groupe aléatoire qui
n'est pas soumis à l'effet de la
variable indépendante manipulée est un
groupe contrôle. Random group.
|
| |
|
|
DEHUE, T. (1997). Deception, efficiency, and random groups
: Psychology and the gradual origination of the random
group design. Isis, 88 (4), 653-673. |
|
KELLER, M.B., RYAN, N.D., STROBER, M., KLEIN, R.G.,
KUTCHER, S.P., BIRMAHER, B., HAGINO, O.R., KOPLEWICZ, H.,
CARLSON, G., CLARKE, G.N., EMSLIE, G.J., FEINBERG, D.,
GELLER, B., KUSUMAKAR, V., PAPATHEODOROU, G., SACK, W.H.,
SWEENEY, M., WAGNER, K.D., WELLER, E.B., WINTERS, N.C.,
OAKES, R. & MCCAFFERTY, J.P. (2001). Efficacy of
paroxetine in the treatment of adolescent major depression
: a randomized, controlled trial. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
40, 762-772. |
|
KLEIST, P. (2006). Randomisée. Contrôlée. En double
aveugle. Pourquoi ? Curriculum : Forum Medical
Suisse, 6, 46-51. [PDF]
|
|
BOLTON, D. (2008). The epistemology of randomized,
controlled trials and application in psychiatry. Philosophy,
Psychiatry & Psychology, 15 (2), 159-165. |
|
PALS, S.L., MURRAY, D.M., ALFANO, C.M., SHADISH, W.R.,
HANNAN, P.J. & BAKER, W.L. (2008). Individually
randomized group treatment trials : A critical appraisal
of frequently used design and analytic approaches. American
Journal of Public Health, 98, 1418-1424. |
|
SHADISH, W.R., CLARK, M.H. & WONG, V.C. (2008). Can
nonrandomized experiments yield accurate answers ? A
randomized experiment comparing random and nonrandom
assignments. Journal of the American Statistical, 103
(484), 1334-1356. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Recherche
clinique avec groupes formés au hasard, Groupe
de contrôle et Groupe de
sujets |
| |
|
|
Groupe apparié : Échantillon
apparié : En méthodologie,
stratégie de
contrôle qui consiste à former des
groupes avec des des paires de sujets/ participants
qui se ressemblent le plus possible, afin de réduire les
échantillonnage. Ces paires de sujets sont ensuite mesurées et
comparées entre elles; si une différence est observée, elle pourra
être attribuée à la variable
indépendante. Le cas idéal, qui permet de réduire au minimum
les différences entre les paires, consiste à mesurer deux fois le
même sujet et à comparer ensuite ce sujet à lui-même, chaque
mesure constituant ainsi un échantillon non-indépendants (donc
apparié). Par exemple, pour réduire les variations entre les
groupes, on forme des paires de sujets ayant le même âge,
le même sexe, la même
origine etnhique, et
ainsi de suite. Ainsi, seule la variable
indépendante (VI) varie puisque plusieurs facteurs
parasites susceptibles d'influencer la variable indépendante
sont ainsi neutralisés.
= groupes non-indépendants.
Échantillons appariés et groupe
à mesures répétées. Intrasubjects, within-subjects.
| |
|
|
DEPROSPERO, A. & COHEN, S. (1979). Inconsistent visual
analysis intra subject data. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 12 (4), 573-579. [PDF] |
|
GENTILLE, J.R., RHODEN, A.H. & KLEIN, R.D. (1972). An
analysis-of-variance model for the intrasubject
replication design. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 5 (2), 193-198. [PDF] |
|
GREENWALD, A.G. (1976). Within-subjects designs : To use
or not to use ? Psychological Bulletin, 83,
314-320. |
|
O'BRIEN, R.G. & KAISER, M.K. (1985). MANOVA method for
analyzing repeated measures designs : An extensive primer.
Psychological Bulletin, 97 (2), 316-333. [PDF] |
|
ZAROMB, F.M. & ROEDIGER, H.L. (2009). The effects of
"effort after meaning" on recall : Differences in within-
and between-subjects designs. Memory & Cognition,
37 (4), 447-463. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Stratégie
de contrôle et Groupe de
sujets |
|
|
|
Groupe
Balint : Créés par Balint
en 1957, ces groupes sont formés de praticiens (psychanalystes,
psychologues, médecins,
sexologue, etc) qui
conjuguent leurs efforts et leurs connaissances pour analyser un
cas.
| |
|
|
BALINT M. (1957/61). Le médecin, son malade, la
maladie. Paris, Payot. |
|
GOEDERT, J. & ROSOWSKI, O. (1976). Une guérison
"impossible" - dissection dans un groupe. Paris :
Payot. |
|
MOREAU-RICAUD, M. (2000). Michael Balint. Le
renouveau de l’École de Budapest. Toulouse : Érès. |
|
MOREAU-RICAUD, M. (2001). Le groupe Balint a cinquante
ans. Topique, 3 (76), 93-102.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Balint
et Groupe |
|
|
Groupe-cible
: En méthodologie,
expression utilisée pour désigner le groupe
qui fait l'objet d'une étude (observation, description ou
intervention), et qui constitue de ce fait le point de référence
de ce que l'on cherche à expliquer. Cette expression est commode
car elle permet de distinguer le groupe dont on cherche à
expliquer les actions, des autres groupes susceptibles de
l'influencer. On dit aussi individu
cible.
|
Groupe
d'appartenance : Groupe dans
lequel les individus sont les membres
ou les acteurs solidaires d'un ensemble de relations, d'activités
et de valeurs qui
influencent et modèlent leurs propres comportements. On utilise
l'expression groupe endogène pour
marquer la comparaison entre son groupe (groupe d'appartenance) et
les autres groupes (groupe exogène).
Groupe, besoin
d'appartenance et
sentiment d'appartenance. /marginalisation.
Attachment to
group.
| Moi |
----
Comparaison sociale ----» |
Les autres
|
| Groupe d'appartenance
|
Étrangers |
| Groupe
endogène/Mon groupe |
Groupe
exogège/Les autres |
| |
|
|
SMITH, E.R., MURPHY, J. & COATS, S. (1999). Attachment
to groups : Theory and measurement. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 77, 94-110. |
SMITH, E.R., MURPHY, J. & COATS, S. (1999). Social
Group Attachment Scale [Database record]. APA
PsycTests.
|
|
DAMBRUN M., GATTO J. et ROCHE C. (2005). L'effet du statut
du groupe d'appartenance sur les attitudes ethniques
implicites et explicites chez les enfants : Préjugés,
stéréotypes et relations intergroupes. Les Cahiers
Internationaux de Psychologie Sociale, 67-68 (3-4),
65-76. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Besoin
d'appartenance, Étrangers
et Groupe |
|
|
Groupe
d'entraide : Forme de thérapie
qui consiste à réunir des malade/patients/clients qui partagent
des mêmes problèmes semblable, sous la supervision d'un
professionnel de la santé (psychologue, sexologue, psychiatre),
et à leur re-donner la parole de façon à ce qu'ils expriment leur
difficultés, leurs inquiétudes. Groupe d'entraide et
groupe de soutien. Self-help
group.
| |
|
|
BARLOW, S.H., BURLINGAME, G.M., NEBECKER, R.S. &
ANDERSON, E. (2000). Meta-analysis of medical self-help
groups. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy,
50 (1), 53-69. |
|
TARG, E.F. & LEVINE, E.G. (2002). The efficacy of a
mind-body-spirit group for women with breast cancer : A
randomized controlled trial. General Hospital
Psychiatry, 24, 238-248. |
|
|
Voir aussi Groupe |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Groupe de contrôle : En méthodologie,
groupe de sujets qui ne reçoit pas le traitement
expérimental (niveau 0 de la
variable indépendante manipulée) et dont les sujets ont été
distribués au hasard.
Ce groupe sert de point de comparaison intergroupe pour le
traitement expérimental et la mise en évidence d'un phénomène dont
on cherche à montrer l'existence (et non les variations). Groupe
contrôle et groupe
placebo.
= groupe de
comparaison, niveau 0 de la variable indépendante manipulée.
*groupe
témoin.
Control group.
| |
|
|
TERI, L., LOGSDON, R.G., UOMOTO, J. & McCERRY, S.M.
(1997). Behavioral treatment of depression in dementia
patients : A controlled clinical trial. Journal of
Gerontology : Psychological Sciences, 52B, 159-166. |
|
DEHUE, T. (2000). From deception trials to control
reagents. The introduction of the control group about a
century ago. American Psychologist, 55 (2),
264-269. |
|
PERRUCHET, P. & REBER, R. (2003). Why untrained
control groups provide invalid baselines : A reply to
Dienes & Altmann. The Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 56A, 125-130. |
|
DEHUE, T. (2005). History of the control group. In B.
Everitt & D. Howell (Eds.), Encyclopedia of
statistics in the behavioral science (Vol. 2, pp.
829-836). Chichester, UK : Wiley. |
|
KLEIST, P. (2006). Randomisée. Contrôlée. En double
aveugle. Pourquoi ? Curriculum : Forum Medical
Suisse, 6, 46-51. [PDF]
|
|
|
Voir aussi Groupe de sujets,
Distribués au
hasard et Groupe
placebo |
| |
|
|
Groupe de contrôle pairé en yoke : Un yoke
est une pièce de bois qui servait à relier une paire de boeufs
pour qu'ils travaillent ensemble et unissent leur force; ainsi
lorsque l'un d'eux bouge l'autre en subit les contrecoups. En méthodologie,
le yoke est une forme de contrôle
par jumelage (ou appariement) dans laquelle deux sujets,
équivalents sur le plan des caractéristiques statiques mesurées en
pré-expérimental, sont placés en tandem (on dit aussi appariés)
dans une tâche habituellement simultanée (parfois le yoke peut
être différé). Dans un tel tandem, les mêmes variables de nuisance
de type historique (histoire, fatigue, ordre, séquence, etc.) et
les mêmes conséquences de tâche sont imposées aux deux. EX:
Les expériences de Brady
(ulcère chez les "executive monkeys") en sont un bel exemple. L'un
des singes pouvait éviter une décharge électrique annoncée par un
son en activant une manette alors que son yoke était passif en
simultané et recevait le même traitement (les mêmes annonces
sonores, les mêmes décharges, la même chronologie d'événements,
etc.), sauf qu'il ne pouvait pas éviter ni même échapper à la
décharge électrique en pressant un levier.
= groupes en yoke, groupes physiquement liés, groups appariés.
Yoked
control group, yoked control design.
| |
|
|
BRADY, J.V. (1958). Ulcers in "executive" monkeys. Science,
199, 95-100. |
UHL, C.N. (1974). Omission training compared with yoked
controls and extinction in multiple-schedule
discrimination learning. Animal Learning &
Behavior, 2 (4), 317-324. [PDF] |
|
CHURCH, R.M. (1964). Systematic effect of random error in
the yoked control design. Psychological Bulletin, 62,
122-131. |
SILBERBERG, A. & SCHROT, J. (1974). A yoked-chamber
comparison of concurrent and multiple schedules : the
relationship between component duration and responding.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 22
(1), 21-30.
[PDF] |
|
GORMEZANO, I. & MOORE, J.W. (1964). Yoked comparisons
of contingent and noncontingent US presentations in human
eyelid conditioning. Psychonomic Science, 1, 231-232. |
|
|
GORMEZANO, I. (1965). Yoked comparisons of classical and
instrumental conditioning of the eyelid response; and an
addendum on "voluntary responders". In W.F. Prokasy (Ed.),
Classical conditioning (pp. 48-70). New York :
Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
|
|
HARMATZ, M.G. & LAPUC, P.S. (1968). A technique for
employing a yoked control in free operant verbal
conditioning experiments. Behavior Research &
Therapy, 6 (4), 483. |
CATANIA, A.C., MATTHEWS, T.J., SILVERMAN, P.J. &
YOHALEM, R. (1977). Yoked variable interval and variable
ratio responding in pigeons. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 28 (2), 155-161.
[PDF] |
|
DAVIS, J. & BITTERMAN, M.E. (1971). Differential
reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) : A yoked-control
comparison. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 15, 237-241. |
WASSERMAN, E.A. (1988). Response bias in the yoked control
procedure. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 11,
477-478. |
|
HOOVER, T.O. & DEITCHMAN, R. (1972). Yoked control
versus random reinforcement : a comparison of experimental
designs. The Ohio Journal of Science, 72 (5),
291-293. [PDF] |
CHURCH, R.M. (1989). The yoked control design. In T.
Archer & L. Nilsson (Eds.), Aversion, avoidance
and anxiety: Perspectives on aversively motivated
behavior (pp 403-415). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
KILLEEN, P.R. (1972). A yoked-chamber comparison of
concurrent and multiple schedules. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 18 (1), 13-22. [PDF] |
WASSEMAN, E.A. (2010). Yoked control procedure. In N.J.
Salkind, D.M. Dougherty & B. Frey (Eds.),
Encyclopedia of research design. Thousand Oaks, CA
: Sage. |
|
|
Voir aussi Groupe de sujets
et Contrôle par
jumelage |
|
|
Groupe de discussion : En méthodologie,
Technique de
collecte de données qui consiste à interroger
un groupe d'individus représentatif
de la population afin
d'en décrire les perceptions (attentes, besoins, etc.).
= groupe-sonde. Focus group, FG.
| |
|
|
BOGARDUS, E. (1926). The group interview. Journal of
Applied Sociology, 10 (4), 372-382. |
LUNT, P. & LIVINGTON, S. (1996). Rethinking the focus
group in media and communications research. Journal of
communication, 46, 79-98. |
|
MERTON, R.K. & KENDALL, P.L. (1946). The focused
interview. American sociological review, 56 (6),
541-557. |
MONTOYA-WEISS, M.M., MASSEY, A.P. & CLAPPER, D.L.
(1998). Online focus groups : conceptual issues and a
research tool. European Journal of Marketing, 32
(7-8), 713-723. |
|
MERTON, R., FISKE, M. & KENDALL, P. (1956). The
focused interview. New York : The Free Press. |
MORGAN, D.L. (1995). Why things (Sometimes) Go wrong in
focus groups. Qualitative Health Research, 5,
516-523. |
|
BISHOP, G. & MYERS, D.G. (1974). Informational
influence in group discussion. Organizational
Behavior & Human Performance, 12, 92-104. |
MORGAN, D.L. (1996). Focus groups. Annual Review of
Sociology, 22, 129-152. |
|
FERN, E. (1982). The use of focus groups for idea
generation : The effects of group size, acquaintanceship,
and moderator on a response quality and quantity. Journal
of Marketing Research, 19, 1-23. |
WILKINSON, S. (1998). Focus group methodology : A review.
International Journal of Social Research Methodology,
1 (3), 181-203. |
|
MORGAN, D.L. & SPANISH, M.T. (1984). Focus groups : A
new tool for qualitative research. Qualitative
sociology, 7 (3), 253-270. |
WATERTON, C. & WYNNE, B. (1998). Can focus groups
access community views ? In R. Barbour & J. Kitzinger
(Eds.), Developing focus group research (pp.
127-144). London : Sage. |
|
MORGAN, D.L. (1988). Focus groups as qualitative
research. Newbury Park, CA : Sage Publications. [PDF] |
BARBOUR, R. & KITZINGER, J. (1998). Developing
focus group research. London : Sage. |
|
STEWART, D.W. & SHAMDASINI, P.N. (1990). Focus
groups. Theory and Practice. Newbury Park, London,
New Delhi : Sage Publications. |
MORGAN, D.L. & KRUEGER, R.A. (1998). The focus
group kit. London : Sage. |
|
SUSSMAN, S., BURTO, D., DENT, C., STACY, A. & FLAY, B.
(1991). Use of focus groups in developing an adolescent
tobacco use cessation program : Collection norm effects. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 21, 1772-1782. |
WILKINSON, S. (1998). Focus groups in feminist research :
Power, interaction and the co-construction of meaning. Women's
Studies International Forum, 21 (1), 111-125. |
| |
BEDFORD, T. & BURGESS, J. (2001). The focus-group
experience. In M. Limb & C. Dwyer (Eds.), Qualitative
methodologies for geographers : Issues and debates
(pp. 121-135). London, England : Arnold. |
|
|
KHAN, M.E., ANKER, M., PATEL, B.C., BARGE, S., SADHWANI.
H. & KOHLE, R. (1991). The use of focus groups in
social and behavioural research : some methodological
issues. World Health Statistical Quarterly, 44 (3),
145-149. [PDF] |
MILLER, T.W. (2001). Can we trust the data of online
research. Marketing Research, 13, 26-30. |
|
ASHAR, H. & LANE, M. (1993). Focus groups : An
effective tool for continuing higher education.
Journal of Continuing Higher Education, 41 (3),
9-13. |
SWEET, C. (2001). Designing and conducting virtual focus
groups. Qualitative Market Research, 4 (3),
130-135. |
|
FREY, J.H. & FONTANA, A. (1993). The group interview
in social research. In D.L. Morgan (Ed.), Successful
focus groups : Advancing the state of the art.
Newbury Park, CA : Sage. |
WEBB, C. & KEVERN, J. (2001). Focus groups as a
research method : a critique of some aspects of their use
in nursing research. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 33
(6), 798-805. |
|
MORGAN, D.L. (1993). Successful focus groups :
Advancing the state of the art. Newbury Park, CA :
Sage. |
MARKOVA, I. (2003). Les focus groups. Dans S. Moscovici
& F. Buschini (Dirs), Les méthodes des sciences
humaines (p. 221-242). Paris : PUF. |
|
WILKINSON, S. (1993). Focus groups. In J.A. Smith (Ed). Qualitative
Psychology : A practical guide to research methods.
London : Sage. |
MARKOVA, I. (2004). Langage et communication en
psychologie sociale : dialoguer dans les focus groups. Bulletin
de Psychologie, 471 (3), 231-236. |
| |
KITZINGER, J. (2004). Le sable dans l'huitre : analyser
des discussions de focus group. Bulletin de
Psychologie, 471 (3), 299-307. |
| |
KALAMPALILIS, N. (2004). Les focus groups, lieux
d'ancrages. Bulletin de Psychologie, 471 (3),
281-289. |
| |
JOVCHELOVITCH, S. (2004). Contextualiser les focus groups
: comprendre les groupes et les cultures dans la recherche
sur les représentations. Bulletin de Psychologie, 471
(3), 245-252. |
|
WOLFF, B., KNODEL, J. & SITTITRAI, W. (1993). Focus
groups and surveys as complementary research methods. In
D. Morgan (Ed.), Successful focus groups : Advancing
the state of the art (pp. 118-136). Newbury Park,
CA : Sage. |
ORFALI, B. (2004). A typology of focus groups in the
dilemma about AIDS : the role of a spontaneous conderate.
Bulletin de Psychologie, 471 (3), 273-279. |
| |
ONWUEGBUZIE, A.J., DICKINSON, W.B., LEECH, N.L. (2009). A
qualitative framework for collecting and analyzing data in
focus group research. International Journal of
Qualitative methods, 8 (3), 1-21. [PDF] |
|
CAREY, M.A. (1994). The group effect in focus groups :
planning, implementing, and interpreting focus group
research. In J.M. Morse (Ed.), Critical issues in
qualitative research methods. Thousand Oaks : Sage |
TOURÉ, E.H. (2010). Réflexion épistémologique sur l'usage
des focus groups : fondements scientifiques et problèmes
de scientificité. Recherches Qualitatives, 29
(1), 5-27. [PDF] |
|
KRUEGER, R.A. (1994). Focus groups : A practical
guide for applied research. Thousand Oaks : Sage. |
OZSIVADJIAN, A., KNOTT, F. & MAGIATI, I. (2011).
Parent and child perspectives on the nature of anxiety in
children and young people with Autism Spectrum Disorders :
a focus group study. Autism, 16 (2), 107-121. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Groupe de sujets
et Collecte
de données |
|
|
|
|
Groupe de pairs : Voir Pairs.
Peers, peer influence, peer status.
|
Groupe de pression : Groupe d'individus
généralement bien organisé
qui tente d'influencer les décisions
politiques, économiques et sociales (= pression sociale) en leur faveur ou au profit de leurs clients. Généralement, ces groupes tentent d'influencer les décisions prises par les gouvernements.
Lobby, lobbying, corporate lobbying.
| |
|
|
BASSO, J.-A. (1983). Les groupes dde pressions.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
GOMPERS, P., ISHII, J. & METRICK, A. (2003). Corporate
governance and equity prices. Quarterly Journal of
Economics, 118 (1), 107-156. |
|
McFARLAND, A. (1984). Common cause : Lobbying in the
public interest. Chtaham : Chatham Publishers Inc.
|
BRASHER, H. & LOWERY, D. (2006). The Corporate Context
of Lobbying Activity Business & Politics, 8 (1),
1-25. |
|
TIVNAN, E. (1987). The lobby : Jewish political power
and American foreign policy. New York : Touchtone
Press. |
DE FIGUEIREDO, J. & SILVERMAN, B. (2006).Academic
earmarks and the returns to lobbying. Journal of Law
and Economics, 49 (2), 597-626 |
|
LE GRELLE, B. (1987). Profession lobbyman : le pouvoir
des coulisses. Paris : Hachette. |
KIM, J. (2008). Corporate Lobbying Revisited. Business
& Politics, 10 (2), 1-23 |
|
WOLPE, B.C. (1989). Lobbying congress : How the
system works. Washington : Congressional Quarterly
Inc. |
RICHTER, B.K. SAMPHANTHARAK, K. & TIMMONS, J.F.
(2009). Lobbying and taxes. American Journal of
Political Science, 53 (4), 893-909. |
|
LEFEBURE, T. (1991). Lobby or not to be.
Calmann-Levy : Éditions Plume. |
ALEXANDER, R., SCHOLZ, S. & MAZZA, S. (2009).
Measuring rates of return for lobbying expenditures : an
empirical analysis under the American jobs creation act. Journal
of Law and Politics, 25 (4), 401-457. |
|
LE NET, M. (1991). Les lobbies et le pouvoir.
Problèmes Politiques et Sociaux, 662, |
XU, F. & YU, X. (2011). Corporate lobbying and fraud
detection. Journal of Financial and Quantitative
Analysis, volume 46 (6), 1865-1891. |
|
GUILLIANI, J.-D. (1991). Marchands d'influence : Les
lobbies en France. Paris : Seuil. |
ADELIMO, M. & DINC, S. (2014). Corporate distress and
lobbying : Evidence from the stimulus act. Journal of
Financial Economics, 114 (2), 256-272. |
|
FARNEL, F. (1994). Le lobbying : un management en
constante évolution. Revue de la echerche Juridique, 1,
273-283. |
CHEN, H., PARSLEY, D.C. & YANG, Y.-W. (2015).
Corporate Lobbying and Firm Performance. Journal of
Business Finance & Accounting, 42 (3-4),
444-481. |
|
WIRL, F. (1994). The dynamics of lobbying : a differential
game. Public Choice, 80, 307-330. |
|
|
FARNEL, F. (1994). Lobbying : Strategies and
techniques of intervention. |
CAO, Z., FERNANDO, G.D., TRIPATHY, A. & UPADHYAY, A.
(2018). The economics of corporate lobbying. Journal
of Corporate Finance, 49, 54-80. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Pression
sociale, Influence
et Groupe |
|
|
Groupe de référence : Groupe
d'individus, plus ou moins grand, auquel un individu-cible
se compare, et qui, de ce
fait, influence les aspirations, les valeurs
et les conduites sociales de cet individu. Groupes de référence et
d'identification. =
groupe de comparaison.
Reference group.
| |
|
|
HYMAN, H.H. (1942). The psychology of status. Archives
of Psychology, 269, 5-91. |
CARRIER, H. (1960). Le rôle des groupes de reference dans
l'intégration des attitudes religieuses. Social
Compass, 7 (2), 139-160. |
|
MERTON, R.K. & KITT, A. (1950). Contributions to
the theory of reference group behavior. Glencoe,
Illinois : Free Press. |
LITWAK, E. (1960). Reference group theory, bureaucratic
career, and neighborhood primary group cohesion. Sociometry,
23, 72-73. |
| |
SHERIF, M. & SHERIF, C.W. (1964). Reference groups
: An exploration into conformity and deviation of
adolescents. New York : Harper & Row. |
|
KELLEY, H.H. (1952/72). Two functions of reference groups
/ Deux fonctions des groupes de référence. In G. Swanson,
T. Newcomb & E. Hartley (Eds.), Society for the
psychological study of social issues, readings in social
psychology (pp. 410-414)/ Dans A. Lévy (Dir.), Psychologie
sociale, textes fondamentaux. New York : Holt/Paris
: Édition Dunod. |
HYMAN, H.H. & SINGER, E. (Eds.) (1968). Readings
in reference group theory and research. New York :
Free Press. |
|
TURNER, R. (1955). Reference groups of future oriented
men. Social Forces, 34, 130-136. |
HYMAN, H.H. (1968). Reference groups. In D. Sills (Ed.), International
Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences (Vol. 13, pp.
353-359). New York : Macmillan Company & Free Press. |
|
KELLEY, H.H. (1952/72). Two functions of reference groups
/ Deux fonctions des groupes de référence. In G. Swanson,
T. Newcomb & E. Hartley (Eds.), Society for the
psychological study of social issues, readings in social
psychology (pp. 410-414). New York : Holt. / Dans
A. Lévy (Dir.), Psychologie sociale, textes
fondamentaux. Paris : Édition Dunod. |
SCHMITT, R.L. (1972). The reference other orientation
: An extension of the reference group concept. Carbondale
: Southern Illinois University Press. |
|
TURNER, R. (1955). Reference groups of future oriented
men. Social Forces, 34, 130-136. |
WADE, J.C. & GELSO, C.J. (1998). Reference group
identity dependence scales : A measure of male identity,
male reference group identity dependence. The
Counseling Psychologist, 26 (3), 384-411. |
|
MERTON, R.K. (1957). Continuities in the theory of
reference groups and social structure. In R.K. Merton
(Ed.), Social theory and social structure. Glencoe,
IL : Free Press. |
WHITE, K. & DAHL, D.W. (2006). To be or not be? the
influence of dissociative reference groups on consumer
preferences. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 16 (4),
404-414. [PDF] |
|
WADE, J.C. (2008). Masculinity ideology, male reference
group identity dependence, and African American men’s
health-related attitudes and behaviors. Psychology of
Men & Masculinity, 9 (1), 5-16. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi
Comparaison sociale, Groupe
et Identification |
|
|
|
Groupe de soutien : Groupe formel qui
offre du soutien à des
individus qui en font la demande et qui généralement ne souffrent
pas de problèmes graves (motivation,
anxiété,
solitude, deuil, isolement).
Groupe de soutien et groupe
d'entraide.
= groupe
d'encadrement, groupe de rencontre.
Support group.
| |
|
|
CHATEL, M.M. (1970). Les groupes de rencontre. Bulletin
de Psychologie, 23 (285), 994-997. |
|
BLACK, D.W. & BLUM, N.S. (1992). Obsessive-compulsive
disorder support groups : The Iowa model. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 33, 65-71. |
|
CHEN, C.H., TSEN, Y.F., CHOU, F.H. & WANG, S.Y.
(2000). Effects of support group intervention in
postnatally distressed women. A controlled studying
Taiwan. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 49
(6), 395-399. |
|
DAVISON, K.P., PENNEBAKER, J.W. & DICKERSON, S.S.
(2000). Who talks ? The social psychology of illness
support groups. American Psychologist, 55, 205-217.
[PDF] |
|
BRUNELLI, A.A., MURPHY, G.C. &
ATHANASOU, J.A. (2016). Effectiveness of social
support group interventions for psychosocial outcomes : A
meta-analytic review. The Australian Journal of
Rehabilitation Counselling, 22 (2), 104-127. |
|
|
Voir aussi Groupe
et Soutien |
|
|
Groupe de soutien à distance : Groupe
qui offre au moyen d'internet
ou du téléphone un soutien
à des individus qui en font la demande et qui généralement ne
souffrent pas de problèmes graves ( (motivation,
anxiété,
solitude, deuil, isolement).
= groupe
d'encadrement à distance, groupe de rencontre.
Online support group, support network.
| |
|
|
COULSON, N.S. (2004). Communicating social support online
: a qualitative analysis of an Irritable Bowel Syndrome
support network. Health Psychology Update, 13 (2),
45-46. |
|
COULSON, N. (2005). Receiving social support online : An
analysis of a computer-mediated support group for
individuals living with iritable bowel syndrome. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 8 (6), 580-584. |
|
COULSON, N.S. & KNIBB, R.C., 2007. Coping with food
allergy : exploring the role of the online support group.
CyberPsychology & Behaviour, 10 (1), 145-148 |
|
COULSON, N.S. & BUCHANAN, H. (2008). Self-reported
efficacy of an online dental anxiety support group : a
pilot study. Community Dentistry & Oral
Epidemiology, 36 (1), 43-46. |
|
McCORMACK, A. & COULSON, N. (2009). Individuals with
eating disorders and the use of online support groups as a
form of social support. Cyberpsychology : Journal of
Psychosocial Research on Cyberspace, 3 (2),
[LIRE] |
|
|
Voir aussi À
distance, Groupe et
Soutien |
|
|
|
Groupe de sujets : Groupe de participants Voir
Groupe (Sujets/Participants).
Group of subjects
|
Groupe de travail :
Work group.
| |
|
|
GOOD, T., REYS, B., GROUWS, D. & MULRYAN, C.
(1989-90). Using work groups in mathematics instruction.
Educational Leadership, 47 (4), 56-62. |
|
Voir aussi Groupe |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Groupe dominant : Groupe qui établit sa dominance -
culturelle, polique ou ou économique - sur les autres. EX : Le G7
domine presque tous les autres pays. Groupe
dominant, dominance
sociale et bloc
au pouvoir. Group dominance.
| |
|
|
SIDANIUS, J., PRATTO, F. & BRIEF, D. (1995). Group
dominance and the political psychology of gender : A
cross-cultural comparison. Political Psychology, 16,
381-396. |
|
LORENZI-CIOLDI, F. (2009). Dominants et dominés.
Grenoble, PUG. |
|
|
Voir aussi Groupe et Dominance
sociale |
|
|
|
|
Groupe endogène : Groupe
d'appartenance d'un individu défini par comparaison
et parfois par opposition aux autres groupes de son milieu, de sa
société. Groupe endogène et identité
de groupe.
= les miens, nous,
mon groupe. /groupe
exogène, exogroupe.
In-group.
| Moi |
----
Comparaison sociale
----» |
Les autres |
| Groupe
d'appartenance |
Les miens
|
| Groupe
endogène/Mon groupe |
Groupe
exogège/Les autres |
| |
|
MILLER, N.E. & BUGELSKI, R. (1948). Minor studies of
aggression II. The influence of frustrations imposed by
the in-group on attitudes expressed toward out-groups. Journal
of Psychology, 25, 437-442.
|
LEYENS, J.P., PALADINO, P.M., RODRIGUEZ-TORRES, R., VAES,
J., DEMOULIN, S., RODRIGUEZ-PEREZ, A., VAES, J., DEMOULIN,
S., RODRIGUEZ-PEREZ, A. & GUNT, R. (2000). The
emotional side of prejudice : The attribution of secondary
emotions to ingroups and outgroups. Personality &
Social Psychology Review, 4, 186-197. |
|
SHERIF, M. & SHERIF, C.W. (1965). Ingroup and
intergroup relations. In J.O. Whittaker (Ed.), Introduction
to psychology. Philadelphia : Saunders. |
PEDERSEN, A. & WALKER, I. (2000). Urban
Aboriginal-Australian and Anglo-Australian children :
In-group preference, self-concept, and teachers' academic
evaluations. Journal of Community & Applied Social
Psychology, 10, 183-197. |
|
ABRAMS, D., MARQUES, J.M., BOWN, N.J. & HENSON, M.
(2000). Pro-norm and anti-norm deviance within in-groups
and out-groups. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 78, 906-912. |
| |
COATS, S., SMITH, E.R., CLAYPOOL, H. & BANNER, M.
(2000). Overlapping mental representations of self and
in-group : Response time evidence and its relationship
with explicit measures of group identification. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 36, 302-315. |
| |
YZERBYT, V.Y., CASTANO, E., LEYENS, J.-P. & PALADINO,
M.P. (2000). The primacy of the ingroup : The interplay of
identification and entitativity. In W. Stroebe & M.
Hewstone (Eds.), European review of social psychology
(Vol. 11, pp. 257-295). Chichester, UK : Wiley. |
| |
BREWER, M.B. (2001). Ingroup identification and intergroup
conflict : When does ingroup love become outgroup hate ?
In R.D. Ashmore & L. Jussim (Eds.), Social
identity, intergroup conflict, and conflict reduction.
Rutgers series on self and social identity (Vol. 3,
pp. 17-41). |
| |
CASTANO, E. (2002). The primacy of the ingroup : The
interplay of entitativity and identification. European
Review of Social Psychology, 11 (2), 449-468. [PDF] |
|
BREWER, M.B. (1979). In-group bias in the minimal
intergroup situation : A cognitive-motivational analysis.
Psychological Bulletin, 87 (2), 307-324. |
CASTANO, E. (2002). Who may enter ? The impact of in-group
identification on in-group/out-group. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology 38, 315-322. [PDF] |
| |
CASTANO, E. YZERBYT, V., PALADINO, M. & SACCHI, S.
(2002). I belong, therefore, I exist : Ingroup
identification, ingroup entitativity, and in-group bias. Personality
&Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 135-143. |
|
QUATTRONE, G.A. & JONES, E.E. (1980). The perception
of variability within in-groups and out-groups :
Implications for the law of small numbers. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 38, 141-152. |
OTTEN, S. (2002). "Me and us" or "us and them" ? The self
as heuristic for defining minimal ingroups. European
Review of Social Psychology, 13, 1-33. [PDF] |
|
TROPP, L.R. & WRIGHT, S.C. (2003). Evaluations and
perceptions of self, in-group, and outgroup : Comparisons
between Mexican American and European American children. Self
& Identity, 2, 203–221. |
|
LINVILLE, P., FISHER, G. & SALOVEY, P. (1989).
Perceived distributions of the characteristics of ingroup
and outgroup members. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 57, 165-188. |
ISBELL, L.M. & TYLER, J.M. (2003). Teaching students
about in-group favoritism and the minimal groups paradigm.
Teaching of Psychology, 30, 127-130. |
|
WILDER D. A. & SHAPIRO, P. (1991). Facilitation of
outgroup stereotypes by enhanced ingroup identity.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 27,
431-452. |
LEVIN, S., VAN LAAR, C. & SIDANIUS, J. (2003). The
effects of ingroup and outgroup friendships on ethnic
attitudes in college : A longitudinal study. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 6, 76-92. |
|
|
RUDMAN, L.A. & GOODWIN, S.A. (2004). Gender
differences in automatic in-group bias : Why do women like
women more than men like men ? Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 87, 494-509. |
|
JUDD, C.M., RYAN, C.S. & PARK, B. (1991). Accuracy in
the judgment of in-group and out-group variability.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 61,
366-378. |
ELLEMERS, N., DOOSJE, B. & SPEARS, R. (2004). Sources
of respect : The effects of being liked by ingroups and
outgroups. European Journal of Social Psychology, 34,
155-172. |
|
PARK, B., RYAN, C.S. & JUDD, C.M. (1992). The role of
meaningful subgroups in explaining differences in
perceived variability for in- groups and out-groups. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 63,
553-567. |
LANE, K.A., MITCHEL, J.P. & BANAJI, M.R. (2005). Me
and my group : Cultural status can disrupt cognitive
consistency. Social Cognition, 23, 353-386. |
|
LEYENS, J.-P. & YZERBYT, V.Y. (1992). The ingroup
overexclusion effect : The impact of valence and
confirmation on information search. European Journal
of Social Psychology, 22, 549-569.
[PDF] |
ROBBINS, J.M. & KRUEGER, J.I. (2005). Social
projection to ingroups and outgroups : a review and
meta-analysis. Personality & Psychology Review,
9, 32-47. |
|
LEE, Y.H. & OTTATI, V. (1993). Determinants of
in-group and out- group perceptions of heterogeneity : An
investigation of Sino-American stereotypes. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 24, 298-318. |
VAES, J., PALADINO, M.P. & LEYENS, J.P. (2006).
Priming uniquely human emotions and the in-group (but not
the out-group) activates humanity concepts. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 36, 169-181.
|
|
GAERTNER, S.L., DOVIDIO, J.F., ANASTASIO, P.A., BACHMAN,
B.A. & RUST, M.C. (1993). The common ingroup identity
model : Recatego- risation and the reduction of intergroup
bias. In W. Stroebe & M. Hewstone (Eds.), European
review of social psychology (Vol. 4, pp. 1-26).
Chichester, UK : Wiley. |
FALVO, R., CAPOZZA, D., DOVIDIO, J.F. & VEZZALI, L.
(2006). Implicit ingroup bias : The effects of
identification. Ricerche di Psicologia, 29,
71-88. |
|
BRANSCOMBE, N.R., WANN, D.L., NOEL, J.G. & COLEMAN, J.
(1993). In-group or out-group extremity : Importance of
threatened social identity. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 19, 381-388. |
OYSERMAN, D., BRICKMAN, D., BYBEE, D. & CELIOUS, A.
(2006). Fitting in matters : Markers of in-group belonging
and academic outcomes. Psychological Science, 17,
854-861. |
|
YZERBYT, V.Y. LEYENS, J.-P. & BELLOUR, F. (1995). The
ingroup overexclusion effect : Identity concerns in
decisions about group membership. European Journal of
Social Psychology, 25, 1-16.
[PDF] |
DERKS, B., VAN LAAR, C. & ELLEMERS, N. (2007). Social
creativity strikes back : Improving low status group
members' motivation and performance by valuing ingroup
dimensions. European Journal of Social Psychology,
37, 470-493. |
|
SMITH, E.R. & HENRY, S. (1996). An in-group becomes
part of the self : Response time evidence. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 22, 635-642. |
RICHESON, J., DOVIDIO, J.F., SHELTON, J.N. & HEBL, M.
(2007). Implications of ingroup-outgroup membership for
interpersonal perceptions : Faces and emotion. In U. Hess
& P. Philoppot (Eds.), Group dynamics and
emotional expression (pp. 7-32). New York :
Cambridge University Press. |
|
DOVIDIO, J.F., GAERTNER, S.L. & VALDIZIC, S.L. (1994).
Intergroup bias : Status, differentiation, and a common
in-group identity.Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 75 (1), 109-120. |
GAERTNER, S.L. & DOVIDIO, J.F. (2007). Reducing
contemporary racism : The common ingroup identity model.
In C.W. Esqueda (Ed.), Nebraska Symposium on
Motivation : Motivational aspects of prejudice and
racism (pp. 111-133). New York : Springer. |
|
POWER, J., MURPHY, S. & COOVER, G. (1996). Priming
prejudice : How stereotypes and counter- stereotypes
influence attribution of responsibility and credibility
among ingroups and outgroups. Human Communication
Research, 23, 36-58. [PDF] |
VAN LAAR, C. & SIDANIUS, J. & LEVIN, S. (2008).
Ethnic related curricula and intergroup attitudes in
college : Movement towards and away from the ingroup.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 38 (6),
1601-1638. |
|
REICHER, S.D., LEVINE, R.M. & GORDIJN, E. (1998). More
on deindividuation, power relations between groups and the
expression of social identity : Three studies on the
effects of visibility to the in-group. British Journal of
Social Psychology, 37, 15-40. |
GAERTNER, S.L., DOVIDIO, J.F., GUERRA, R., REBELO, M.,
MONTEIRO, M.B., RIEK, B.M. & HOULETTE, M.A. (2008).
The common ingroup identity model : Applications to
children and adults. In S.R. Levy & M. Killen (Eds.),
Intergroup relations (pp. 204-219). New York :
Oxford University Press. |
|
LEVIN, S. & SIDANIUS, J. (1999). Social dominance and
social identity in the United States and Israel : Ingroup
favoritism or outgroup derogation ? Political
Psychology, 20, 99-126. |
LEVIN, S., SINCLAIR, S., SIDANIUS, J. & VAN LAAR, C.
(2009). Ethnic and university identities across the
college years : A common ingroup identity perspective. Journal
of Social Issues, 65 (2), 287-306. |
|
NESDALE, D., LAWSON, M., DURKIN, K. & DUFFY, A.
(2010). Effects of information about group members on
young children's attitudes towards the in-group and
out-group. British Journal of Developmental
Psychology, 28, 467-482. |
|
BERRY, T.R., SPENCE J.C. & CLARK, M.E. (2011).
Exercise is in ! Implicit exercise and sedentary-lifestyle
bias held by in-groups. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 41, 2985-2998. |
|
BREWER, M.B. (1999). The psychology of prejudice : Ingroup
love or outgroup hate ? Journal of Social Issues, 55 (3),
429-444. |
VAES, J., LEYENS, J.P., PALADINO, M.P. & MIRANDA, M.P.
(2012). We are human, they are not : Driving forces behind
outgroup dehumanisation and the humanisation of the
ingroup. European Review of Social Psychology, 23
(1), 64-106.
[PDF] |
|
SMITH, E.R., COATS, S. & WALLING, D. (1999).
Overlapping mental representations of self, in-group, and
partner : Further response time evidence and a
connectionist model. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 25, 873-882. |
VAN LAAR, C., DERKS, B. & ELLEMERS, N. (2013).
Motivation for education and work in young Muslim women :
The importance of value for ingroup domains. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 35 (1), 64-74. [PDF] |
|
BALLIET, D., TYBUR, J.M.,WU, J., ANTONNELIS, C. & VAN
LANGE, P.A.M. (2018). Political ideology, trust, and
cooperation : In-group favoritism among republicans and
democrats during a US National Election. Journal of
Conflict Resolution, 62 (4), 797-818. |
|
LAUKKA, P. & ELFENBEIN, H.A. (2020). Cross-cultural
emotion recognition and in-group advantage in vocal
expression. Emotion
Review 13 (1),
3-11. |
|
VERKUYTEN, M. (2023). Group identity and in-group bias :
The social identity approach. Human Development, 65 (5-6),
311-324. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Groupe, Biais
intergroupe et Groupe
d'appartenance |
|
|
|
Groupe équivalent : En méthodologie,
postulat qui prescrit de former des groupes
expérimentaux identiques à tous égards, sauf sur un aspect :
l'effet de la variable
indépendante. Cette prescription a pour but d'augmenter la
validité interne d'une recherche, Il existe deux cas de
figure. 1) Ou bien l'un des groupes est soumis à
la présence de la variable indépendante (groupe
expérimental), tandis que l'autre groupe n'y est pas soumis
(groupe de contrôle). 2)
Ou bien l'un des groupes est soumis à l'effet X 1 de la
variable indépendante, alors que l'autre groupe est soumis à
l'effet X 2. Il existe deux procédures de contrôle pour
obtenir des groupes équivalents ou comparables : 1) les sujets
sont distribués au
hasard dans les x groupes de la recherche, ce qui permet de
neutraliser les effets nuisibles des variables connues et
inconnues. 2) les sujets sont distribués dans les x groupes
par jumelages, ce qui permet de neutraliser les effets
nuisibles des variables parasites connues. Groupes équivalents et
groupe contrôle. Equivalent
group, equivalent control group.
| |
|
|
COOK, T.D. & CAMPBELL, D.T. (1979). Quasi-experiments
: Nonequivalent control group designs. In Quasi-experimentation
: Design and analysis issues for field settings
(pp. 95-146). Boston : Houghton Mifflin Co. |
|
KLEIST, P. (2006). Randomisée. Contrôlée. En double
aveugle. Pourquoi ? Curriculum : Forum Medical
Suisse, 6, 46-51. [PDF]
|
|
|
Voir aussi Groupe de sujets
et Groupe expérimental |
|
|
Groupe ethnique : Au sein d'une population
donnée, sous-groupe qui
se constitue sur la base de l'appartenance de ses
membres à une même ethnie
(ou race).
= groupe racisé.
Ethnic group, racial group.
| |
|
|
SCHAEFER, R.T. (1990). Racial and ethnic groups.
City : Scott Foresman/Little Brown Hugher Education. |
|
VERKUYTEN, M. (1992). Ethnic group preferences and the
evaluation of ethnic identity among adolescents in the
Netherlands. The Journal of Social Psychology, 132,
741-750. |
|
|
Voir aussi Groupe et Ethnie |
|
|
Groupe exogène : Les autres, ceux qui ne sont pas partie des
miens, de mon groupe
d'appartenance, et auxquels on se compare.
= eux, les autres, exogroupe.
/groupe endogène,
endogroupe.
Out-group.
| Moi |
------
Comparaison
sociale ------» |
Les
autres |
| Groupe
d'appartenance |
| Groupe endogène/Mon groupe |
Groupe exogège/Les autres |
| |
|
|
SHERIF, M. & SHERIF, C.W. (1965). Ingroup and
intergroup relations. In J.O. Whittaker (Ed.), Introduction
to psychology. Philadelphia : Saunders. |
LEYENS, J.P., PALADINO, P.M., RODRIGUEZ-TORRES, R., VAES,
J., DEMOULIN, S., RODRIGUEZ-PEREZ, A., VAES, J., DEMOULIN,
S., RODRIGUEZ-PEREZ, A. & GUNT, R. (2000). The
emotional side of prejudice : The attribution of secondary
emotions to ingroups and outgroups. Personality &
Social Psychology Review, 4, 186-197. |
|
BREWER, M.B. (1979). In-group bias in the minimal
intergroup situation : A cognitive-motivational analysis.
Psychological Bulletin, 86, 61-79. |
ABRAMS, D., MARQUES, J.M., BOWN, N.J. & HENSON, M.
(2000). Pro-norm and anti-norm deviance within in-groups
and out-groups. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 78, 906-912. |
|
QUATTRONE, G.A. & JONES, E.E. (1980). The perception
of variability within in-groups and out-groups :
Implications for the law of small numbers. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 38, 141-152. |
SANCHEZ-BURKS, J., NISBETT, R.E. & YBARRA, O. (2000).
Cultural styles, relationship schemas, and prejudice
against outgroups. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 79, 174-189. |
|
LINVILLE, P.W. & JONES, E.E. (1980). Polarized
appraisals of outgroup members. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 38, 689-703. |
BREWER, M.B. (2001). Ingroup identification and intergroup
conflict : When does ingroup love become outgroup hate ?
In R.D. Ashmore & L. Jussim (Eds.), Social
identity, intergroup conflict, and conflict reduction.
Rutgers series on self and social identity (Vol. 3,
pp. 17-41). |
|
JUDD, C.M. & PARK, B. (1988). Out-group homogeneity :
Judgments of variability at the individual and group
levels. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 54, 778-788. |
CASTANO, E. (2002). Who may enter ? The impact of in-group
identification on in-group/out-group. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 38, 315-322. [PDF] |
|
TROPP, L.R. & WRIGHT, S.C. (2003). Evaluations and
perceptions of self, in-group, and outgroup : Comparisons
between Mexican American and European American children. Self
& Identity, 2, 203–-221. |
|
|
LINVILLE, P., FISHER, G. & SALOVEY, P. (1989).
Perceived distributions of the characteristics of ingroup
and outgroup members. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 57, 165-188. |
ELLEMERS, N., DOOSJE, B. & SPEARS, R. (2004). Sources
of respect : The effects of being liked by ingroups and
outgroups. European Journal of Social Psychology, 34,
155-172. |
|
JUDD, C.M., RYAN, C.S. & PARK, B. (1991). Accuracy in
the judgment of in-group and out-group variability.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 61,
366-378. |
ROBBINS, J.M. & KRUEGER, J.I. (2005). Social
projection to ingroups and outgroups : a review and
meta-analysis. Personality & Psychology Review,
9, 32-47. |
|
WILDER D.A. & SHAPIRO, P. (1991). Facilitation of
outgroup stereotypes by enhanced ingroup identity.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 27,
431-452. |
BATALHA, L., AKRAMI, N. & EKEHAMMAR, B. (2007).
Outgroup favoritism : the role of power perception,
gender, and conservatism. Current Research in Social
Psychology, 13 (4), 38-49. [PDF] |
|
PARK, B., RYAN, C.S. & JUDD, C.M. (1992). The role of
meaningful subgroups in explaining differences in
perceived variability for in-groups and out-groups. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 63,
553-567. |
RICHESON, J., DOVIDIO, J.F., SHELTON, J.N. & HEBL, M.
(2007). Implications of ingroup-outgroup membership for
interpersonal perceptions : Faces and emotion. In U. Hess
& P. Philoppot (Eds.), Group dynamics and
emotional expression (pp. 7-32). New York :
Cambridge University Press. |
|
WILDER, D.A. (1993). The role of anxiety in facilitating
stereotypic judgments of out-group behavior. In D.M.
Mackie & D.L. Hamilton (Eds.), Affect, cognition,
and stereotyping (pp. 87-109). San Diego, CA :
Academic Press. |
NESDALE, D., LAWSON, M., DURKIN, K. & DUFFY, A.
(2010). Effects of information about group members on
young children's attitudes towards the in-group and
out-group. British Journal of Developmental
Psychology, 28, 467-482. |
|
BRANSCOMBE, N.R., WANN, D.L., NOEL, J.G. & COLEMAN, J.
(1993). In-group or out-group extremity : Importance of
threatened social identity. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 19, 381-388. |
VAES, J., LEYENS, J.P., PALADINO, M.P. & MIRANDA, M.P.
(2012). We are human, they are not : Driving forces behind
outgroup dehumanisation and the humanisation of the
ingroup. European Review of Social Psychology, 23
(1), 64-106.
[PDF] |
|
POWER, J., MURPHY, S. & COOVER, G. (1996). Priming
prejudice : How stereotypes and counter-stereotypes
influence attribution of responsibility and credibility
among ingroups and outgroups. Human Communication
Research, 23, 36-58. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Groupe et Groupe
endogène |
|
|
|
|
Groupe formel : Groupe qui possède une
structure ou une organisation
formelle. EX: Un gouvernement, une armée, une association.
C-EX: Mon groupe de musique, mes partenaires de jeu de
cartes.
/groupe
informel.
formal group.
|
|
|
Groupe indépendant : Dans une recherche,
deux groupes (ou plus) sont dits
«indépendants» si aucun des sujets/ participants
de l'échantillon ne
fait partie des deux groupes simultanément. Chaque groupe est donc
formés d'éléments distincts. Le nombre de groupes indépendants
correspond habituellement au nombre de niveaux
de la variable indépendante.
(incluant le groupe contrôle). Groupes indépendants et échantillons
indépendants. = groupes ou
mesures inter-sujet. /groupe
à mesures répétées. Independent group,
between-group design.
|
| Exemple |
| Groupes |
N= |
Variable Indépendante |
Variable Dépendante |
| A |
15 |
Demander
de l'aide en souriant aux sujets/Passants |
Aide
reçue en ¢ |
| B |
15 |
Demander
de l'aide sans sourire aux sujets/Passants |
|
| |
|
|
WILCOX, R.R. (1990). Comparing the means of two
independent groups. Biometrical Journal, 32, 771-780. |
|
WILCOX, R.R. (1992). Comparing one-step M-estimators of
location corresponding to two independent groups. Psychometrika,
57, 141-154 |
|
MORROW, R.H. & McKKE, A.J. (1998). CGI scripts : A
strategy for between-subjects experimental group
assignment on the World-Wide Web. Behavior Research
Methods, Instruments, & Computers, 30, 306-308. |
|
ZAROMB, F.M. & ROEDIGER, H.L. (2009). The effects of
"effort after meaning" on recall : Differences in within-
and between-subjects designs Memory & Cognition,
37 (4), 447-463. [PDF] |
|
WILCOX, R.R. (2012). Comparing two independent groups via
quantiles generalization of the Wilcoxon-Mann- Whitney
Test. Journal of Modern Applied Statistical Methods,
11 (2), 296-302. [PDF] |
|
WILCOX, R.R. & ERCEG-HURN, D. (2012). Comparing two
independent groups via quantiles. Journal of Applied
Statistics, 39, 2655-2664. |
|
|
Voir aussi Plan à
groupes indépendants,
Groupe de sujets et Variable
indépendante |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
|
|
Groupe
informel : Groupe qui n'a pas
une structure ou une organisation
formelle, mais dont les individus ont des objectifs ou des
intérêts communs ou convergents et qui, de ce fait, font souvent
les mêmes choix, s'influencent mutuellement ou agissent de la même
manière. EX: Un groupe d'ami, un réseau
d'échange de disques. /groupe
formel.
Informal group.
| |
|
|
FESTINGER, L., SCHACHTER, S. & BACK, K. (1963).
Social pressures in informal groups. London :
Tavistock. |
|
PIERRO, A., MANNETTI, L., DEGRADA, E., LIVI, S. &
KRUGLANSKI, A.W. (2003). Autocracy bias in informal groups
under need for closure. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 29, 405-417. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Groupe |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Groupe majoritaire : Groupe minoritaire : Dans un groupe,
sous-groupe
d'individus en supériorité numérique (majorité) sur les autres
sous-groupes inférieurs en nombre (minorité). Cette supériorité
peut être assez grande pour exercer une influence
sur les décisions que
prendra le groupe ou ses membres.
La durée de vie de ces sous-groupes varie de très courte ( EX:
le temps d'une se prendre une seule décision)
à très longue ( EX: Majorité de Québécois-e-es
contre l'indépendance/souveraineté du Québec). Groupes
majoritaire/minoritaire, influence
et pouvoir.
= Le poids du nombre.
Majority/minority
influence.
| |
|
|
ASCH, S.E. (1956). Studies of independence and conformity
: a minority of one against a unanimous majority. Psychological
Monographs : General & Applied, 70 (9), 1-70. [PDF] |
BAUDRILLARD, J. (2000). À l'ombre des majorités
silencieuses. Paris : Éditeur Sens et Tonka. |
|
FAUCHEUX, C. & MOSCOVICI, S. (1967). Le style de
comportement d'une minorité et son influence sur les
réponses d'une majorité. Bulletin du C.E.R.P., 16 (4),
337-360. |
CRANO, W.D. (2000). Social Influence : Effects of leniency
on majority- and minority-induced focal and indirect
attitude change. Revue Internationale de Psychologie
Sociale, 15, 89-121. |
|
MOSCOVICI, S., LAGE, E. & NAFFRECHOUX, M. (1969).
Influence of a consistent minority on the response of a
majority in a color perception task. Sociometry, 32,
365-380. |
MARTIN, R. & HEWSTONE, M. (2001). Afterthoughts on
after-images : A review of the literature using the
afterimage paradigm in majority and minority influence. In
C. De Drew & N. De Vires (Eds.), Group innovation
: Fundamental and applied perspectives (pp. 15-39).
Oxford : Blackwell. |
|
NEMETH, C. & WATCHLER, J. (1974). Creating the
perceptions of consistency and confidence : A necessary
condition for minority influence. Sociometry, 37,
529-540. |
HALL, G.C.N. (2001). Psychotherapy research with ethnic
minorities : Empirical, ethical, and conceptual issues.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69,
502-510. [PDF] |
|
MOSCOVICI, S. & NEMETH, C.J. (1974). Minority
influence. In C.J. Nemeth (Ed.), Social psychology :
Classic and contemporary integrations (pp.
217-249). Chicago : Rand McNally. |
ERB, H.-P., BOHNER, G., RANK, S. & EINSWILLER, S.
(2002). Processing minority and majority communications :
The role of conflict with prior attitudes. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1172-1182. |
|
NEMETH, C., WACHTLER, J. & ENDICOTT, J. (1977).
Increasing the size of the minority : Some gains and some
losses. European Journal of Social Psychology, 7,
15-27. |
|
|
MOSCOVICI, S. (1979). Psychologie des minorités
actives. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
MARTIN, R., HEWSTONE, M. & MARTIN, P.Y. (2003).
Resistance to persuasive messages as a function of
majority and minority source status. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 39, 585-593. |
|
MOSCOVICI, S. & PERSONNAZ, B. (1980). Minority
influence and conversion behavior in a perceptual task. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 16, 270-282 [PDF] |
NEMETH, C. (2003). Minority dissent and its "hidden"
benefits. New Review of Social Psychology, 2, 21-28. |
|
LATANÉ, B. & WOLF, S. (1981). The social impact of
majorities and minorities. Psychological Review, 88,
438-453. |
MARTIN, R. & HEWSTONE, M. (2003). Majority versus
minority influence : When, not whether, source status
instigates heuristic or systematic processing. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 33, 313-330. |
|
WOLF, S. & LATANÉ, B. (1983). Majority and minority
influence on restaurant preferences. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 45, 282-292. |
DIAMOND, L.M. & LUCAS, S. (2004). Sexual-minority and
heterosexual youths' peer relationships : Experiences,
expectations, and implications for well-being. Journal
of Research Adolescence, 14 (3), 313-340. [PDF] |
|
NEMETH, C. & WATCHLER, J. (1983). Creative problem
solving as a result of majority vs minority influence.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 13, 45-55. |
WAY, N., GINGOLD, R., ROTENBERG, M. & KURIAKOSE, G.
(2005). Close friendships among urban, ethnic-minority
adolescents. New Directions for Child & Aolescent
Development, 107, 41-59. [PDF] |
|
MAASS, A. & CLARK, R.D. (1984). Hidden impact of
minorities : Fifteen years of minority influence research.
Psychological Bulletin, 95 (3), 428-450.
[PDF] |
ZHANG, J., HSEE C.K. & XIAO, Z. (2006). The majority
rule in individual decision making. Organizational
Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 99, 102-111.
[PDF] |
|
TANFORD, S. & PENROD, S. (1984). Social influence
model : A formal integration of research on majority and
minority influence processes. Psychological Bulletin,
95 (2), 189-225. |
McGARTY, C. (2006). Hierarchies and minority groups : The
roles of salience, overlap, and background knowledge in
selecting meaningful social categorizations from multiple
alternatives. In R.J. Crisp & M. Hewstone (Eds.),
Multiple social categorization : Processes models and
applications (pp. 25-49). Psychology Press. |
|
MOSCOVICI, S. (1985). Innovation and minority influence,
dans G. Lindzey & E. Aronson (Eds.), Handbook of
social psychology (pp. 349-365). New York : Random
House, Hillsdale, N.J. Erlbaum associates. |
WOLSKO, C., PARK, B. & JUDD, C.M. (2006). Considering
the Tower of Babel : Correlates of assimilation and
multiculturalism among ethnic minority and majority groups
in the United States. Social Justice Research, 19,
277-306. |
|
NEMETH, C. (1985). Dissent, group process and crativity :
The contribution of minority influence, In E.J. Lawler
(Ed.), Advances in group process (Vol 2., pp.
57-75). Greenwich : JAI press. |
DOVIDIO, J.F., GAERTNER, S.L. & SAGUY, T. (2007).
Another view of "we" : Majority and minority group
perspectives on a common ingroup identity. European
Review of Social Psychology, 18, 296-330. [PDF] |
|
NEMETH, C. & KWAN, J. (1985). Originality of word
associations as a function of majority vs. minority
influence. Social Psychology Quarterly, 48, 277-282. |
MARTIN, R., HEWSTONE, M. & MARTIN, P.Y. (2007).
Systematic and heuristic processing of majority- and
minority-endorsed messages : The effects of varying
outcome relevance and levels of orientation on attitude
and message processing. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 33 (1), 43-56. [PDF]
|
|
NEMETH, C.J. (1986). Differential contributions of
majority and minority influence. Psychological
Review, 93 (1), 23-32. [PDF] |
BOHNER, G., DYKEMA-ENGLADE, A., TINDALE, R.S. &
MEISENHLEDER, H. (2008). Framing of majority and minority
source information in persuasion : When and how "consensus
implies correctness". Social Psychology, 39, 108-116.
[PDF] |
|
FAUSTO-STERLING, A. & ENGLISH, L.L. (1986). Women and
minorities in science. Radical Teacher, 30,
16-20. |
DOVIDIO, J.F., GAERTNER, S.L. & SAGUY, T. (2008).
Another view of "we" : Majority and minority group
perspectives on a common ingroup identity. European
Review of Social Psychology, 18 (1), 296-330. [PDF] |
|
WOOD, W. & WORCHEL, S. (1987). On the influence of
minorities. Contemporary Psychology, 32,
240-241. |
|
|
|
NEMETH, C. & KWAN J. (1987). Minority influence,
divergent thinking and detection of correct solutions. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 17, 788-799. |
|
|
MACKIE, D.M. (1987). Systematic and nonsystematic
processing of majority and minority persuasive
communications. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 53, 41-52. |
DOVIDIO, J.F., GAERTNER, S.L., JOHN, M.S., HALABI, S.,
SAGUY, T., PEARSON, A.R. & RIEK, B.M. (2008). Majority
and minority perspectives in intergroup relations : The
role of contact, group representation, threat, and trust
in intergroup conflict and reconciliation. In A. Nadler,
T. Malloy & J.D. Fisher (Eds.), Social psychology
of intergroup reconciliation (pp. 227-253). New
York : Oxford University Press. |
|
SACHEV, I. & BOURHIS, R.Y. (1991). Power and status
differentials in minority and majority group relations. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 21, 1-24. |
DOVIDIO. J.F., GAERTNER, S.L. & SAGUY, T. (2008).
Another view of "we" : Majority and minority group
perspectives on a common ingroup identity. European
Review of Social Psychology, 18 (1), 296-330. [PDF] |
|
BARNARD, W.A. (1991). Group influence and the likelihood
of a unanimous majority. Journal of Social
Psychology, 131, 607-611. |
|
|
NEMETH, C. (1992). Minority influence as a stimulant to
group performance. In S. Worchel, W. Wood & J.A.
Simpson (Eds.), Group process and productivity
(pp. 95-111). Newbury Park, CA : Sage. |
TRIKI-YAMANI- A. et McANDREW, M. (2009). Perceptions du
traitement de l'islam, du monde musulman et des minorités
musulmanes par de jeunes musulmans(es) du cégep au Québec.
Diversité Urbaine, 9 (1), 73-94. [PDF] |
|
TROST, R., MAASS, A. & KENRICK, D.T. (1992). Minority
influence : Personal relevance biases cognitive processes
and reverses private acceptance. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 28, 234-254. |
|
|
NEMETH, C. MOSIER, K. & CHILES, C. (1992). When
convergent thought improves performance : Majority vs.
minority influence. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 81, 139-144. |
|
|
BARTSCH, R.A. & JUDD, C.M. (1993). Majority-minority
status and perceived ingroup variability revisited. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 23, 471-483. |
|
|
MOSCOVICI, S. (1994). Three concepts : Minority, conflict
and behavioral style. In S. Moscovici, A. Mucchi-Faina
& A. Maass (Eds.), Minority influence (pp.
233-251). Chicago : Nelson-Hall. |
MONK-TURNER, E., HEISERMAN, M., JOHNSON, C., COTTON, V.
& JACKSON, M. (2010). The portrayal of racial
minorities on prime time television. Studies in
Popular Culture, 32 (2), 101-113. [PDF] |
|
WOOD, W., LUNDGREN, S., OUELLETTE, J., BUSCEME, S. &
BLACKSTONE, T. (1994). Minority influence : A
meta-analytic review of social influence processes. Psychological
Bulletin, 115 (3), 323-345. [PDF]
|
|
|
MUGNY, G. & BUTERA, F. (1995). Influences majoritaire
et minoritaire : vers une intégration. Psychologie
Française, 40, 339-346. |
MUCCHI-FAINA, A., PACILLI, M.G. & PAGLIARO, S. (2011).
Automatic reactions to the labels "minority" and
"majority" are asymmetrical : Implications for minority
and majority influence. Social Influence, 6 (3),
181-196. |
|
LATANÉ, B. & BOURGEOIS, M.J. (1996). Commentary on
"Minority influence in social psychology : Points for a
historical reconstruction." Revista de Psicologia
Social, 10, 105-109. |
RICHMAN, L.S., VANDELLEN, M. & WOOD, W. (2011). How
women cope : Being a numerical minority in a
male-dominated profession. Journal of Social Issues,
67, 492-509. [PDF] |
|
VAN DYNE, L. & SAAVEDRRA, R. (1996). A naturalistic
minority influence experiment : Effect of divergent
thinking, conflict and originality in work-groups.
Brisith Journal of Social Psychology, 35, 151-167.
[PDF] |
GHAVAMI, N., FINGERHUT, A., PEPLAU, L.A., RANT, S.K. &
WITTIG, M.A. (2011). Testing a model of minority identity
achievement, identity affirmation, and psychological
well-being among ethnic minority and sexual minority
individuals. Cultural Diversity & Ethnic Minority
Psychology, 17 (1), 79-88.
[PDF] |
|
MALGADY, R.G. (1996). The question of cultural bias in
assessment and diagnosis of ethnic minority clients :
Let's reject the null hypothesis. Professional
Psychology : Research & Practice, 77, 73-77. |
|
|
WOOD, W., POOL, G., LECK, K. & PURVIS, D. (1996).
Self-definition, defensive processing, and influence : The
normative impact of majority and minority groups. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 71, 1181-1193.
[PDF]
|
DICKEL, N. & BOHNER, G. (2012). Minority and majority
influence on attitudes. In G. Rossi (Ed.), Psychology
- Selected Papers. InTech. [PDF] |
|
RUGGIERO, K.M. & TAYLOR, D.M. (1997). Why minority
group members perceive or do not perceive the
discrimination that confronts them : The role of
self-esteem and perceived control. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology 72 (2), 373-389. |
|
|
ALVARO, E.M. & CRANO, W.D. (1997). Indirect minority
influence : Evidence for leniency in source evaluation and
counter-argumentation. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 72, 949-965. |
SZYMANSKI, D.M., IKIZLER, A.S. & DUNN, T.L. (2016).
Sexual minority women's relationship quality : Examining
the roles of multiple oppressions and silencing the self.
Psychology of Sexual Orientation & Gender
Diversity, 3 (1), 1-10. [PDF] |
|
BOHNER, G., FRANK, E. & ERB, H.-P. (1998). Heuristic
processing of distinctiveness information in minority and
majority in influence. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 28, 855-860. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
MALIEPAARD, M. & VERKUYTEN, M. (2018). National
disidentification and minority identity : A study among
Muslims in Western Europe. Self & Identity, 17,
75-91. |
|
CRANO, W.D. & ALVARO, E.M. (1998). Indirect minority
influence : The leniency contract revisited. Group
Process & Intergroup Relations, 1, 99-115. |
|
|
CRANO, W.D. & CHEN, X. (1998). The leniency contract
and persistence of majority and minority influence.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 74 (6),
1437-1450. [PDF]
|
|
|
POOL, G.J., WOOD, W. & LECK, K. (1998). Th
eself-esteem motive in social influence : Agreement with
valued majorities and disagreement with derogated
minorities. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 75 (4), 967-975. [PDF] |
HARTLEY, L., McGARTY, C. & DONAGHUE, N. (2013),
Understanding disagreement within the majority about
action to atone for past wrongs. Journal of Applied
Social Psychology, 43, 246-261. |
|
WHITE, J.B. & LANGER, E. (1999). Horizontal hostility;
Relations between similar minority groups. Journal of
Social Issues, 55, 537-599. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Groupe
majoritaire, Conformisme,
Pression
sociale |
| |
|
|
|
|
Groupes par jumelage : Dans une recherche,
groupes constitués de paires dont les sujets
sont aussi comparables que possible (jumelage). On utilise cette stratégie
de contrôle lorsqu'on ne peut distribuer les sujets au hasard
dans les groupes de la recherche (groupes déjà formés ou variable
indépendante assignée). = groupe par
appariement, groupe par pairage, groupe quasi-expérimental. Paired
samples.
| |
|
|
SANDVIK, L. & OLSSON, B. (1982). A nearly
distribution-free test for comparing dispersion in paired
samples. Biometrika, 69, 484-485. |
|
|
Voir aussi Groupe de sujets |
|
|
|
Groupe placebo : Groupe de contrôle formé de participants
qui croient recevoir le traitement (ils reçoivent en fait un placebo),
et donc faire partie du
groupe expérimental. Il existe deux types de placebo : a)
le placebo passif ou inerte fait d'une substance neutre (amidon +
sucre), de moins en moins utilisé en recherche. =
pilule de sucre.
Inert placebos;
b)
et le placebo actif, une pilule sans molécule active (traitement),
mais qui contient néanmoins ce qu'il faut pour produire chez le
sujet une légère réponse physiologique (excitation, légère
accélération du rythme cardiaque).La différence entre un simple
groupe contrôle et un groupe placebo actif réside dans le fait que
les participants de ce dernier groupe croient recevoir le traitement
et en ressentir les effets. C'est cette croyance
doublée de cette légère sensation qui seraient à l'origine de
l'effet placebo. Groupe placebo et effet
placebo.
Placebo control, comparing
group.
| |
|
|
UHLENHUTH, E.H., CANTER, A., NEWSTADT, J.E. & PAYSON,
H.E. (1959). The symptomatic relief of anxiety with
meprobamate, phenobarbital and placebo. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 115, 905-910. |
FEINGOLD, A., OLIVETO, A., SCHOTTENFELD, R. & KOSTEN,
T.R. (2002). Utility of crossover designs in clinical
trials : Efficacy of desipramine vs. placebo in
opioid-dependent cocaine abusers. American Journal of
Addictions, 11, 111-123. |
|
LAWLOR, B.A., RADCLIFFE, J. & MOLCHAN, S.E. (1994). A
pilot placebo-controlled study of trazodone and buspirone
in Alzheimer’s disease. International Journal of
Geriatric Psychiatry, 9, 55-59. |
KHAN, A, KHAN S. & BROWN, W.A. (2002). Are placebo
controls necessary to test new antidepressants and
anxiolytics ? International Journal of
Neuropsychopharmacology, 5, 193-197. |
|
KAPTCHUK, T.J. (1998). Intentional ignorance : A history
of blind assessment and placebo controls in medicine. Bulletin
of the History of Medicine 72, 389-433. |
BASKIN, T.W., TIERNEY, S.C., MINAMI, T. & WAMPOLD,
B.E. (2003). Establishing specificity in psychotherapy : A
meta-analysis of structural equivalence of placebo
controls Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 71 (6), 973-979. [PDF]
|
|
WEIJER, C. (1999). Placebo-controlled trials in
schizophrenia : are they ethical ? Are they necessary ? Schizophrenia
research, 35, 211-218. |
KAPTCHUK, T.J., STASON, W.B., DAVIS, R.B., LEGEDZA,
A.T.R., SCHYNER, R.N., KERR, C.E., STONE, D.A., NAM, B.H.,
KIRSCH, I. & GOLDMAN, R.H. (2006). Sham device versus
inert pill : a randomized controlled trial comparing two
placebo treatments for arm pain due to repetitive use. British
Medical Journal, 332, 391-397. |
|
KHAN, A., WARNER, H.A. & BROWN, W.A. (2000). Symptom
reduction and suicide risk in patients treated with
placebo in antidepressant clinical trials : an analysis of
the Food and Drug Administration database. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 57, 311-317. |
O'CONNOR, K., STIP, E., PÉLISSIER, M.-C. AARDEMA, F.,
GUAY, S., GAUDETTE, G., VAN HAASTER, I., ROBILLARD, S.,
GRENIER, S., CAREAU, Y., DOUCET, P. & LEBLANC, V.
(2007). Treating delusional disorder : A comparison of
cognitive-behavioural therapy and attention placebo
control. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 52,
182-190. |
|
LEBER, P. (2000). The use of placebo control groups in the
assessment of psychiatric drugs : an historical context. Biology
Psychiatry, 47, 699-706. |
KRYZHANOVSKAYA, L., SCHULZ, S.C., MCDOUGLE,C., FRAZIER,
J., DITTMANN, R., ROBERTSON-PLOUCH, C., BAUER, T., WEN XU,
W., WEI WANG, W., CARLSON, J. & TOHEN, M. (2009).
Olanzapine versus placebo in adolescents with
schizophrenia : A 6-Week, randomized, double-blind,
placebo-controlled trial. American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 48 (1), 60-70. [PDF]
|
|
ANDREWS, G. (2001). Placebo response in depression : bane
of research, boon to therapy. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 178, 192-194. |
BRIDGE, J., BIRMAHER, B., IYENGAR, S., BARBE, R. &
BRENT, D.A. (2009). Placebo response in randomized
controlled trials of antidepressants for pediatric major
depressive disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry,
166, 42-49.
[PDF] |
|
KORNELL, N., RABELO, V.C. & KLEIN, P.J. (2012). Tests
enhance learning; Compared to what ? Journal of
Applied Research in Memory & Cognition, 1,
257-259. [PDF] |
 |
|
|
Voir aussi Groupe de sujets
et Groupe de
contrôle |
|
|
Groupe primaire : Groupe, la plupart
du temps de petite taille, dans lequel
les membres ont des relations
directes, intimes, immédiates et réciproque. EX:
La famille. NDLR
: Ce concept, développé par Cooley en 1904, n'est pas
sans rappeler celui plus récent de microsystème
de Bronfenbrenner. /groupe
secondaire. Primary group.
| |
|
|
COOLEY, C.H. (1902). Human nature and the social
order. Charles Scribner’s Sons |
|
FARIS, E. (1932-33). The primary group : Essence and
accident. American Journal of Sociology, 38,
41-50. [LIRE] |
|
|
Voir Microsystème et
Petit groupe |
|
|
|
|
Groupe racisé : Concept non-scientifique, puisque, est-il
besoin de le rappeler, la race
n'est pas un concept
scientifique. Ce concept renvoie, au sein d'une population
donnée, à un sous-groupe
qui se constitue sur une
perception sociale commune d'appartenir à une race ou d'y
être associé - à leur corps défendant - par les autres. En ce
sens, la psychologie étudie ces sous-groupes comme une
caractéristique perçue - notamment dans le cadre des théories
implicites de la personnalité - plutôt que comme une
propriété réel. Ethnic group.
|
|
|
Groupe
suprémaciste : Supremacist group,
white supremacist group.
| |
|
|
McGARTY, C. (2005), Understanding cyberhate : social
competition and social creativity in online white
supremacist groups. Social Science Computer Review, 23
(1), 68-76. |
|
|
Voir Idéologie
et Racisme |
|
|
|
Groupe
témoin : En recherche,
groupe de sujets qui ne subit pas l'effet de la variable
indépendante (niveau 0 de la variable indépendante) et qui
sert donc, de ce fait, de point de comparaison intergroupe lors de
la mise en évidence d'un phénomène dont on cherche à montrer
l'existence. Contrairement au groupe de contrôle, le groupe témoin n'est pas constitué au hasard. Groupe témoin, contrôle et
groupe placebo.
=
groupe de comparaison, niveau 0 de la variable indépendante.
*groupe
contrôle.
Control group.
| |
|
|
TERI, L., LOGSDON, R.G., UOMOTO, J. & McCERRY, S.M.
(1997). Behavioral treatment of depression in dementia
patients : A controlled clinical trial. Journal of
Gerontology : Psychological Sciences, 52B, 159-166. |
|
DEHUE, T. (2000). From deception trials to control
reagents. The introduction of the control group about a
century ago. American Psychologist, 55 (2),
264-269. |
|
PERRUCHET, P. & REBER, R. (2003). Why untrained
control groups provide invalid baselines : A reply to
Dienes & Altmann. The Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 56A, 125-130. |
|
DEHUE, T. (2005). History of the control group. In B.
Everitt & D. Howell (Eds.), Encyclopedia of
statistics in the behavioral science (Vol. 2, pp.
829-836). Chichester, UK : Wiley. |
|
KLEIST, P. (2006). Randomisée. Contrôlée. En double
aveugle. Pourquoi ? Curriculum : Forum Medical
Suisse, 6, 46-51. [PDF]
|
|
|
Voir aussi Groupe de sujets
et Groupe
placebo |
|
|
|
|
Groups,
Leadership, & Men :
Revue scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'étude des groupes
et du leadership.
Éditeur :
ASCH, S.E. (1951). Effects of group pressure upon the
modification and distortion of judgments. Groups,
Leadership, & Men, 27 (3), 177-190.
|
| |
|
|
Groupuscule
: Petit
groupe d'individus qui partagent le mêmes idées et qui
travaillent, souvent dans l'ombre, parfois même en secret, à les
réaliser.
|
Groves
Robert M. (Kansas city 1948-) : Scociologue
et méthodologiste
américain, spécialisé dans l'élaboration des enquêtes,
dont celles menées par
téléphone. Il s'intéresse notamment au
biais de non-réponse. Collaborateur de Cialdini,
Couper, Dillman,
Durrant, Fowler
et Kahn.
|
GROVES, R.M. & MAGILAVY, L. (1981). Increasing
response rates to telephone surveys : A door in the face
for foot in the door ? Public Opinion Quarterly, 45
(3), 346-358. |
|
GROVES, R.M. & MAGILAVY, L. (1986). Measuring and
explaining interviewer effects in telephone surveys. Public
Opinion Quarterly, 50 (2), 251-266. |
|
GROVES, R.M. (1990). Theories and methods of telephone
surveys. Annual Review of Sociology, 16,
221-240. [PDF] |
|
GROVES, R.M. CIALDINI, R.B. & COUPER, M.P. (1992).
Understanding the decision to participate in a survey. Public
Opinion Quarterly, 56 (4), 475-495. |
|
GROVES, R.M., COUPER, M., PRESSER, S., SINGER, E.,
TOURANGEAU, R., PIANI ACOSTA, G. & NELSON, L. (2006).
Experiments in producing nonresponse bias. Public
Opinion Quarterly, 70 (5), 720-736. |
|
|
|
Gruber
Howard E. (1922-2005) : Psychologue
cogniviste européen d'origine suisse, spécialisé dans
l'étude de la créativité.
Il a fait connaître les travaux de Piaget
aux États-Unis. Collaborateur de Schneider
et Vonèche.
 
Howard Gruber (en compagnie de
Piaget et Vonèche). |
GRUBER, H.E. & VONECHE, J.J. (Ed.) (1977). The
essential Piaget. New York : Basic Books. |
|
GRUBER, H.E. (1980). Cognitive psychology, scientific
creativity, and the case study method. In M.D. Graek, R.S.
Cohen & G. Cimino (Eds.), On scientific
creativity (pp. 295-322). Amsterdam : D. Reidel. |
|
GRUBER, H.E. (1980). Darwin on man : A psychological
study of scientific creativity. Chicago :
University of Chicago Press. |
|
GRUBER, H.E. (1982). On the hypothesized relation between
giftedness and creativity. New Directions for Child
Development, 17, 7-30. |
|
GRUBER, H.E. & VONECHE, J.J. (1996). Reflexions sur
les operations formelles de la pensee. Archieves de
Psychologie, 44, 45-55. |
|
|
GRISANTI, M.L. (1997). Interview with Howard E. Gruber. International
Journal of Group Tensions, 27 (4), 219-243. |
|
GARDNER, H. (2006). Howard E. Gruber (1922-2005):
Obituary. American Psychologist, 61 (7), 716. |
|
|
|
Grünbaum
Adolf (Cologne 1923-2018) : Philosophe
et épistémologue
américain d'origine allemande. Il est aussi spécialiste et
critique de la psychanalyse.
Il s'est également intéressé à la notion de
temps et à l'effet
placebo. Collaborateur de Salmon.
 |
GRÜNBAUM, A. (1978). Psychological explanations for the
rejection or acceptance of scientific theories. Humanities
in Society, 1 (4), 293-304. |
|
GRÜNBAUM, A. (1979). Is freudian psychoanalytic theory
pseudo-scientific by Karl Popper’s criterion of
demarcation ? American Philosophical Quarterly, 16
(2), 131-141. |
|
GRÜNBAUM, A. (1981). The placebo concept. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 19, 157-167. |
|
GRÜNBAUM, A. (1984/96). The foundations of
psychoanalysis : A philosophical critique / Les
fondements de la psychanalyse. Berkeley, CA :
University of California Press/Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
|
GRÜNBAUM, A. (1993). Validation in the clinical
theory of psychoanalysis : A study in the philosophy of
psychoanalisys. Madison, CT : International
Universities Press. |
|
|
|
Grunberger
Béla (Hongrois 1903-2005) : Psychanalyste
hongrois. Il s'est notamment intéressé au narcissisme.
Analysé par Nacht.
 |
GRUNBERGER, B. (1964). The anti-semite and the oedipal
conflict. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis,
45, 380-385. |
|
GRUNBERGER, B. (1966). Some reflections on the rat man.
International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 47, 160-168. |
|
GRUNBERGER, B. (1973). Le narcissisme : Essais de
psychanalyse. Paris : Payot. |
|
GRUNBERGER, B. (1977). Study of anal object relations.
International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 4,
99-110. |
|
GRUNBERGER, B. (1980). The oedipal conflicts of the
analyst. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 49, 606-630.
|
|
|
|
Grusky
David Bryan (1958-) :
Sociologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude des
classes sociales, inégalités
sociales et de la stratification
sociale.
|
GRUSKY, D.B. & HAUSER, R.M. (1984). Comparative social
mobility revisited : Models of convergence and divergence
in 16 countries. American Sociological Review, 49,
19-38. |
|
GRUSKY, D.B. & DiPRETE, T.A. (1990). Recent trends in
the process of stratification. Demography, 27, 617-637. |
|
GRUSKY, D.B. & VAN ROMPAEY, S.E. (1992). The vertical
scaling of occupations : Some cautionary comments and
reflections. American Journal of Sociology, 97,
1712-1728. |
|
GRUSKY, D.B. & SORENSON, J.B. (1998). Can class
analysis be salvaged ? American Journal of Sociology,
103, 1187-1234. |
|
GRUSKY, D.B. (2001). Past, present, and future of social
inequality. In D.B. Grutsky (Ed.), Social
stratification : class, race, and gender in sociological
perspective (pp. 3-51). Boulder : Westview Press.
[PDF] + [PDF] |
|
|
|
Grüter
Thomas (Münster 1957-) : Médecin
allemand spécialisé dans l'étude de la prosopagnosie.
|
GRÜTER, M., GRÜTER, T., BELL, V., HALLIGAN, P.W., HORST,
J., SPERLING, K., LASKOWSKI, W. ELLIS, H.D. &
KENNERKNECHT, I. (2007). Hereditary prosopagnosia, a first
case series. Cortex, 43 (6), 734-749. |
|
GRÜTER, T. & GRÜTER, M. (2007). Prosopagnosia in
biographies and autobiographies. Perception, 36
(2), 299-301. |
|
GRÜTER, T., GRÜTER, M. & CARBON, C.C. (2008). Neural
and genetic foundations of face recognition and
prosopagnosia. Journal of Neuropsychology, 2
(1), 79-97. [PDF] |
|
GRÜTER, M., GRÜTER, T., BELL, V. & CARBON, C.C.
(2009). Visual mental imagery in congenital prosopagnosia.
Neuroscience Letters, 453, 135-140. |
|
GRÜTER, T. & CARBON, C.C. (2010). Escaping attention.
Some cognitive disorders can be overlooked. Science,
328 (5977), 435-436. |
|
|
|
|
GRI -
GUATTARI - GUBA - GUERIN
- GUÉGUEN - GUÉRIR
- GUERRE - GUILFORD -
GUPTA - GUR -
GUTHRIE - GUTTMAN - GY |
|
|
|
|
Guay
George Herman ( ) : Politologue
québécois et professeur à l'Université
de Sherbrooke. Collaborateur de Cotnoir,
Drouilly et Monière.
 |
GUAY, J.H. & ROCHER, F. (1992). De la difficile
reconnaissance de la spécificité québécoise. Dans F.
Rocher (Dir.), Bilan du fédéralisme. Montréal :
VLB Éditeur. |
|
CLOUTIER, E., GUAY, J.H. & NADEAU, R. (1993). New
evidence about the existence of bandwagon effect in the
opinion formation process. International Review of
Political Science. |
|
MONIÈRE, D. et GUAY, J.H. (1996). La bataille du
Québec, le référendum de 1995. Montréal : Fides. |
|
GUAY, J.H. (1997). Avant, pendant et après le boom,
Essai sur la culture politique. Portrait de la culture
politique de trois générations de québécois. Éditions
les fous du roi. |
|
GUAY, J.H. (2004). Les causes politiques d’un malaise.
Cynisme et bien commun : une combinaison perdante . Éthique
Publique, Revue Internationale d’Éthique Sociétale et
Gouvernementale, 6 (1), 69-78. |
|
|
|
Guba
Egon G. (Chicago 1924-2008) : Méthodologiste
et spécialiste de la recherche/méthode
qualitative en éducation.
Collaborateur de Lincoln.
 |
GUBA, E. (1978). Towards a methodology of
naturalistic inquiry in educational evaluation. CSE
Monograph Series, Los Angeles : UCLA Graduate School of
Education. |
|
GUBA, E. & LINCOLN, Y. (1981). Effective
evaluation. Washington : Jossey-Bass. |
|
GUBA, E. & LINCOLN, Y. (1988). Do inquiry paradigms
imply inquiry methodologies ? In D. Fetterman (Ed.), Qualitative
approaches to evaluation in education. New York :
Praeger. |
|
GUBA, E. (1990). The paradigm dialog. Thousand
Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
GUBA, E. (1991). Subjectivity and objectivity. In E.
Eisner & A. Peshkin (Eds.), Qualitative inquiry
in education. New York : Teachers College Press. |
|
|
|
Guéguen
Nicolas ( ) : Psychosociologue
français, spécialisé dans l'étude du
comportement d'aide, de l'influence
sociale, des techniques
de persuasion sociale, de
l'humour, du toucher et
des facteurs qui enfluencent les pourboires.
Il s'intéresse également à l'usage des courriels
et à l'utilisation de la statistique
en psychologie.
Collaborateur de Fisher-Lokou
et Joule.
 |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2001). The effect of perfume on prosocial
behavior of pedestrians. Psychological Reports, 88,
1046-1048. [PDF] |
|
GUÉGUEN, N., PASCUAL A. & DAGOT, L. (2002). The
low-ball technique : An application in a field setting. Psychological
Reports, 91, 81-84. [PDF] |
|
GUÉGUEN, N. & FISHER-LOKOU, J. (2003). Tactile contact
and spontaneous help. The Journal of Social
Psychology, 143 (6), 785-787. [PDF] |
|
GUÉGUEN, N. (2007). Bust size and men’s courtship behavior
: A field experiment. Body Image, 4, 386-390. [PDF] |
|
GUÉGUEN, N. (2010). Men’s sense of humor and women’s
responses to courtship solicitations : an experimental
field study. Psychological Reports, 107 (1),
145-156. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Guêpe
: Insecte. =
(Polistes dominulus). *abeille.
Wasp.
| |
|
|
BEQUAERT, J. (1933). The nearctic social wasps of the
subfamily Polybiinae (Hymenoptera; Vespidae).
Entomologica Americana, 13, 87-150. |
SUMANA, A. & GADAGKAR, R. (2001). The structure and
dominance hierarchies in the primitively eusocial wasp
Ropalidia marginata. Ethology, Ecology &
Evolution, 13, 273-281. [PDF] |
| |
KARDILE, S.P. & GADAGKAR, R. (2002). Docile sitters
and active fighters in paper wasps : a tale of two queens.
Naturwissenschaften, 89, 176-179. [PDF] |
|
LITTE, M. (1977). Behavioral ecology of the social wasp,
Mischocyttarus mexicanus. Behavioral Ecology &
Sociobiology, 2 (3), 229-246. |
SUMANA, A. & GADAGKAR, R. (2003). Ropalidia
marginata - a primitively eusocial wasp society
headed by docile queens. Current Science, 84 (11),
1464-1468. [PDF] |
|
GADAGKAR, R. (1980). Dominance hierarchy and division of
labour in the social wasp, Ropalidia marginata (Lep.)
(Hymenoptera : Vespidae). Current Science, 49
(20), 772-775.
[PDF] |
KARDILE, S.P. & GADAGKAR, R. (2003). Regulation of
worker activity in the primitively eusocial wasp Ropalidia
cyathiformis. Behaviour, 140, 1219-1234. [PDF] |
|
GADAGKAR, R. & JOSHI, N.V. (1982). Behaviour of the
Indian social wasp Ropalidia cyathiformis on a nest of
separate combs (Hymenoptera : Vespidae). Journal of
The Zoological Society of London, 198, 27-37. [PDF] |
TIBBETTS, E.A. & DALE, J. (2004). A socially enforced
signal of quality in a paper wasp. Nature, 432,
218-222. |
|
GADAGKAR, R. & JOSHI, N.V. (1983) Quantitative
ethology of social wasps : Time-activity budgets and caste
differentiation in Ropalidia marginata (Lep.) (Hymenoptera
: Vespidae). Animal Behaviour, 31, 26-31. [PDF] |
TIBBETTS, E.A. & DALE, J. (2007). Individual
recognition : it is good to be different. Trends in
Ecology & Evolution, 22, 539-537. |
|
GADAGKAR, R. & JOSHI, N.V. (1984). Social organisation
in the Indian wasp Ropalidia cyathiformis (Fab.)
(Hymenoptera : Vespidae). Zeitschift für
Tierpsychologie, 64, 15-32. [PDF] |
SHEENAN, M.J. & TIBBETTS, E.A. & DALE, J. (2008).
Robust long-term social memories in a paper wasp.
Current Biology, 18, 851-852 |
|
GADAGKAR, R. & JOSHI, N.V. (1985). Colony fission in a
social wasp. Current Science, 54, 57-62. [PDF] |
TIBBETTS, E.A. & LINDSAY, R. (2008). Visual signals of
status and rival assessment in Polistes dominulus paper
wasps. Biology Letters, 6, 237-239. [PDF] |
|
SCHNEIDER, S.M. (1990). Wasps' nests and wolf packs : A
note on extending behavior setting theory to nonhuman
social groups. Journal of Environmental Psychology,
10, 371-376. |
ZANETTE, L. & FIELD, J. (2009). Cues, concessions and
inheritance : dominance hierarchies in the paper wasp
Polistes dominulus. Behavioral Ecology, 20,
773-780. |
|
GADAGKAR, R. (1990). Origin and evolution of eusociality :
A perspective from studying primitively eusocial wasps. Journal
of Genetics, 69, 113-125. [PDF] |
TIBBETTS, E.A. & SHORTER, J.R. (2009). How do fighting
ability and nest value influence usurpation contests in
Polistes wasps ? Behavioral Ecology &
Sociobiology, 63, 1377-1385. |
|
VENKATARAMAN, A.B. & GADAGKAR, R. (1993). Differential
aggression towards alien conspecifics in a primitively
eusocial wasp. Current Science, 64, 601-603. [PDF] |
TIBBETTS, E.A., METTLER, A. & LEVY, S. (2010). Mutual
assessment via visual status signals in Polistes dominulus
wasps. Biology Letters, 6 (1), 10-13. [PDF] |
|
NAUG, D. & GADAGKAR, R. (1998). Division of labor
among a cohort of young individuals in a primitively
eusocial wasp. Insectes Sociaux, 45, 247-254. [PDF] |
GADAGKAR, R. (2011). Altruistic wasps ? Science, 333,
833-834. [PDF] |
|
NAUG, D. & GADAGKAR, R. (1998). The role of age in
temporal polyethism in a primitively eusocial wasp. Behavioral
Ecology & Sociobiology, 42, 37-47. [PDF] |
GADAGKAR, R. (2011). Science as a hobby : how and why I
came to study the social life of an Indian Primitively
eusocial wasp. Current Science, 100, 845-858. [PDF] |
| |
MITRA, A. & GADAGKAR, R. (2012). Road to royalty -
transition of potential queen to queen in the primitively
eusocial wasp Ropalidia marginata. Ethology, 118,
694-702. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Insecte |
|
|
Guerin
Bernard ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
australien, spécialisé dans l'étude des comportements
sociaux.
 |
GUERIN, B. (1992). Behavior analysis and social psychology
: A review of Lana's assumptions of social psychology. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 58 (3),
589-604. [PDF] |
|
GUERIN, B. (1992). Social behavior as discriminative
stimulus and consequence in social anthropology. The
Behavior Analyst, 15, 31-41. [PDF] |
|
GUERIN, B. (1995). Generalized social consequences,
ritually reinforced behaviors, and the difficulties of
analysing social contingencies in the real world. Experimental
Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin, 13 (1),
11-14.
[PDF] |
|
GUERIN, B. & JUNICHIRO, S. (1994). Verbal community
reinforcement, with an illustration using the esoteric
buddhist concepts of fuse and muzai no nanase. The
Psychological Record, 47, 233-242. [PDF] |
|
GUERIN, B. (1998). Religious behaviors as strategies for
organizing groups of people : A social contingency theory.
The Behavior Analyst, 21, 53-72. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Guérir
: Guérison : L'un des deux objectifs
de la psychologie
clinique (et aussi de la psychiatrie
et de la médecine). De
manière générale, guérir consiste à éliminer ou neutraliser une maladie.
En psychologie, suivant les perspectives théoriques ou les
approches thérapeutiques, guérir consiste tantôt à éliminer ou à
diminuer la souffrance du malade/patient/client, à rendre
conscient son inconscient, tantôt à modifier ses comportements ou
ses cognitions, etc. Il faut distinguer l'élimination des symptômes
- la rémission -
de la guérison qui implique que les causes des symptômes (la
maladie) ont bel et bien disparues. Pour atteindre cet objectif,
le psychologue a généralement recours à une thérapie;
parfois quelques
conseils suffisent. Certains psychologues suggèrent
également la prise d'un médicament,
en parallèle avec la thérapie .
Aider, soulager
et guérir. Healing.
| |
| Rémission
partielle |
Rémission
complète |
Guérison |
| Il
subsiste chez le client/patient quelques symptômes
primaires fortement atténués ou mineures |
Disparition
totale des symptômes pendant au moins six mois |
Disparition
totale des symptômes et de la maladie à l'origine des
symptômes |
|
|
| |
|
|
BASS, E. & DAVIS, L. (1988). The courage to heal :
A guide for women survivors of child sexual abuse.
New York, NY : Harper and Row. |
|
KAFKA, H. (1992). To cure or to heal ? A clinical and
theoretical study of healing process. International
Forum of Psychoanalysis, 1, 110-118. |
|
GOUIN, J.-P. & KIECOLT-GLASER, J.K. (2011). The impact
of psychological stress on wound healing : Methods and
mechanisms. Immunology & Allergy Clinics of North
America, 31 (1), 81-93. |
|
|
|
|
|
Guerre : Utilisation de la force
et de la violence, généralement
au moyen d'armes, pour se
défendre contre la menace
ou l'attaque d'autrui
(guerre défensive), en prévision de cette attaque
(guerre préventive), pour s'approprier le territoire
et les ressources d'autrui
(guerre offensive) ou empêcher un tiers d'y parvenir (guerre par
procuration). En plus des morts et des blessés, les guerres
produisent chez les militaires, les vétérans
et les civils toute une gamme de problèmes de santé mentale,
notamment des phobies, des
psychoses,
l'alcoolisme, la dépendance
aux drogues, la violence
conjugale, le syndrome
post-traumatique, etc. La guerre est la solution d'une
partie à un cofllit. Guerre, entraînement
militaire et arme.
= conflit violent, conflit armée.
/paix.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
War.
| |
|
|
BOAS, F. (1912). An anthropologist's view of War. The
Advocate of Peace, 74 (4), 93-95. [PDF] |
|
|
LANESSAN, J.-L. de (1918). L'idéal moral du
matérialisme et la guerre. Paris : F. Alcan. |
HUSTING, G. (1991). When a war is not a war : the war in
the Gulf and the war on abortion in 1991. The
Sociological Quarterly, 40 (1), 159-178. |
|
EINSTEIN, A. & FREUD, S. (1933). Pourquoi la guerre ?
[PDF] |
KELMAN, H.C. (1991). A behavioral science perspective on
the study of war and peace. In R. Jessor (Ed.), Perspectives
on behavioral science : The Colorado lectures (pp.
245-275). Boulder, CO : Westview Press. [PDF] |
|
MALINOWSKI, B. (1941). An anthropological analysis of war.
American Journal of Sociology, 46 (4), 521-550. |
|
|
GOLDSTEIN, K. (1942). After effects of brain injuries
in war. New York : Grune & Stratton. |
KRIGER, N.J. (1992). Zimbabwe's guerrilla war :
peasant voices. Cambridge : Cambridge University
Press. |
|
CARMICHAEL, L. (1943). The number of scientific men
engaged in war work. Science, 98, 144-145. |
KUSHNIR, T. & MELAMED, S. (1992). The Gulf war and its
impact on burnout and well-being of working civilians. Psychological
Medicine, 22, 987-995. |
|
FELDMAN, F., SUSSELMAN, S. & BARRERA, S.E. (1945).
Apomorphine treatment of war psychosis. Amercan
Journal of Psychiatry, 102, 403. |
SCHATZ, R. & FISKE, S.T. (1992). International
reactions to the threat of nuclear war : The rise and fall
of concern in the eighties. Political Psychology, 13,
1-30. |
| |
KROSNICK, J.A. & BRANNON, L. A. (1993). The impact of
the Gulf War on the ingredients of presidential
evaluations : Multidimensional effects of political
involvement. American Political Science Review, 87,
963-975. |
|
KELMAN, H.C. (1953). Comments on the logic of
psychological research on war prevention. Bulletin of
the Research Exchange on the Prevention of War, 1 (3),
1-5. |
PICK, D. (1993). War machine. The rationalization of
slaughter in the modern age. New Haven and London
: Yale University Press. |
|
DEUTSCH, M. (1962). Psychological alternatives to war. Journal
of Social Issues, 18, 97-119. |
STEWART, F. (1993). War and underdevelopment : can
economic analysis help reduce the costs. Journal of
International Development, 5 (4), 357-380. |
|
TINBERGEN, N. (1968). On war and peace in animals and man
: An ethologist's approach to the biology of aggression.
Science, 160, 1411-1418. |
SKITKA, L.J., STEPHENS, L.J., ANGELOU, I.N. &
McMURRAY, P.J. (1993). Willingness to provide post-war aid
to Iraq and Kuwait : A one-year follow-up. Contemporary
Social Psychology, 17, 33-37. |
|
ELLSBERG, D. (1968). Papers on the war. New York
: Simon & Schuster. |
LA VERGATA, A. (1994). Evolution and war. Nuncius, 9
(1). |
| |
COMAROFF, J.L. & STERN, P.C. (1994). New perspectives
on nationalism and war. Theory & Society, 23 (1),
35-45. |
|
NAGEL, T. (1972). War and massacre. Philosophy &
Public Affairs, 1, 123-144. |
VAN DER DENNEN, J. (1995). The origin of war : the
evolution of a male-coalitional reproductive strategy. Groningen
: Origin Press. |
| |
WALT, S.M. (1996). Revolution and war. Cornell
University Press. |
|
SUEDFELD, P. (1977). War, peace, and integrative
complexity : Un speeches on the Middle East problem,
1947-1976. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 21 (3),
427-442. |
ORSILLO, S.M. (1996). Assessment of war-zone related PTSD.
In J.P. Wilson & T.M. Keane (Eds.), Assessing
psychological trauma and PTSD : A handbook for
practitioners (pp. 267-290). New York : Guilford
Press. |
|
SAMELSON, F. (1977). World War I intelligence testing and
the development of psychology. Journal of History of
the Behavioral Sciences, 13, 274-282. |
LITZ, B.T., ORSILLO, S.M., FRIEDMAN, M., EHLICH, P. &
BATRES, A. (1997). Post- traumatic stress disorder
associated with peacekeeping duty in Somalia for U.S.
military personnel. American Journal of Psychiatry,
154, 178-184. |
|
KEEHN, R.J. (1980). Follow-up studies of World War II and
Korean conflict prisoners : Mortality to January 1, 1976.
American Journal of Epidemiology, 3, 194-202. |
HINDE, R.A. (1997). War : some psychological causes and
consequences. Interdisciplinary Science Reviews, 22,
229-245. |
|
|
DEUTSCH, M. (1983). Preventing World War III : A
psychological perspective. Political Psychology, 3,
3-31. |
ROBERTSON, T. & REICHER, S.D. (1998). An analysis of
the construction and contestation of contradictions in a
debate between Noam Chomsky and Lord Jenkins on the Gulf
War. British Journal of Social Psychology, 37, 287-302 |
|
FISKE, S.T., PRATTO, F. & PAVELCHAK, M. (1983).
Citizens' images of nuclear war : Contents and
consequences. Journal of Social Issues, 39, 41-66. |
STOREY, A. (1998). Economics and ethnic conflict :
structural adjustment in Rwanda. Development Policy
Review, 17, 43-63. |
|
ROGERS, C.R. & RYBACK, D. (1984). One alternative to
nuclear planetary suicide. The Counseling
Psychologist, 12, 3-12. |
WALLENSTEEN, P. & SOLLENBERG, M. (1998). Armed
conflict and regional conflict complexes, 1989-1997. Journal
of Peace Research, 35 (5), 621-634. |
| |
HERRERA, M. & REICHER, S.D. (1998). Making sides and
taking sides : An analysis of salient images and category
constructions for pro- and anti-Gulf war respondents.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 28, 981-993. |
|
WRANGHAM, P.W. (1985). War in evolutionary perspective. In
D. Pines (Ed.), Emerging syntheses in science
New Mexico : Rio Grande Institute. |
PIERCE, P.F., VINOKUR, A.D. & BUCK, C. (1998). Effects
of war-induced maternal separation on children’s
adjustment during the Gulf War and two years later. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 28, 1286-1311. |
| |
KING, D.W., KING, L.A., FOY, D.W., KEANE, T.M. &
FAIRBANK, J.A. (1999). Posttraumatic stress disorder in a
national sample of female and male Vietnam veterans : Risk
factors, war-zone stressors, and resilience–recovery
variables. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 108, 164–170. |
|
SCHUMAN, H., LUDWIG, J. & KROSNICK, J.A. (1986).
The perceived threat of nuclear war, saalience, and open
questions. Public Opinion Quarterly, 50, 519-536.
[PDF] |
STEWART, F. & FTZGERALD, V. (2000). War and
underdevelopment : the economic and social consequences
of conflict.Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
FISKE, S.T. (1986). Adult beliefs, feelings, and actions
regarding nuclear war : Evidence from surveys and
experiments. In National Academy of Sciences, Proceedings
of the symposium on medical implications of nuclear war
(pp. 444-466). Washington, D.C.: National Academy of
Sciences, Institute of Medicine. |
McCARTY-GOULD, C. (2000). Crisis and chaos : Life
with the combat veteran. New York : Nova Kroshka
Books. |
| |
BARTONE, P.T. (2000). Hardiness as a resiliency factor for
United States Forces in the Gulf war. In J.M. Violanti, D.
Paton, & C. Dunning (Eds.), Posttraumatic stress
intervention : challenges, issues, and perspectives
(pp. 115-133). Springfield, IL : C. Thomas. |
| |
LE BILLON, P. (2001). The political ecology of war :
natural resources and armed conflicts. Political
Geography, 20, 561-584. [PDF] |
| |
McDERMOTT, R. & KUGLER, J. (2001). The decision to
launch the Gulf war : Comparing expected utility and
prospect theory models. Journal of Strategic Studies,
24, 49-85. |
|
WHITE, R. (Ed.) (1986). Psychology and the prevention
of nuclear war. New York : New York University
Press. |
ROBIN, R. (2001). The making of the Cold War enemy :
Culture and politics in the military-industrial complex.
Princeton : Princeton University Press. |
| |
BONANNO, G.A., FILED, N.P., KOVACEVIC, A. & ALTMAN, S.
(2002). Self-enhancement as a buffer against extreme
adversity : Civil war in Bosnia and traumatic loss in the
United States. Personality & Psychology Bulletin,
28, 184–196. |
|
| |
SCOTT, P.D. (2003). Drugs oil and war. Rowman
& Littlefield Publishers. |
| |
AHMED, N.M. (2003). Behind the war on terror : Western
secret strategy and the struggle for Iraq. New
Society Publishers. |
| |
OST, J. (2003). Seeking the middle ground in the "memory
wars". British Journal of Psychology, 94, 125-139. |
| |
JOHNSON, D.D.P. (2004). Overconfidence and war : the
havoc and glory of positive illusions. Cambridge,
MA : Harvard University Press. |
| |
HURSH, S., REDMOND, D.P., JOHNSON, M.L., THORNE, D.R.,
BELENKY, G., BALKIN, T.J., STORM, W.F., MILLER, J.C. &
EDDY, D.R. (2004). Fatigue models for applied research in
warfighting. Aviation, Space & Environmental
Medicine, 75 (S3), 44-53. [PDF] |
| |
JOHNSON, D.D.P., McDERMOTT, R., BARRETT, E.S., COWDEN, J.,
WRANGHAM, R., McINTYRE, M.H. & ROSEN, S. (2006).
Overconfidence in wargames : experimental evidence on
expectations, aggression, gender and testosterone. Proceedings
of the Royal Society (B) 273 (1600), 2513-2520. [PDF] |
|
CARROLL, J. (2006). House of war : The Pentagon and
the disastrous rise of American power. New York :
Houghton Mifflin. |
| |
PRATTO, F., GLASFORD, D.E. & HEGARTY, P.J. (2006).
Weighing the prospects of war. Group Processes and
Intergroup Relations, 9, 219-233. |
|
DAVID, C.P. (2006). La guerre et la paix : Approches
contemporaines de la sécurité et de la stratégie.
Paris : Presses de Sciences Po. |
| |
JOHNSON, D.D.P., McDERMOTT, R. COWDEN, E., BARRETT, R.,
WRANGHAM, R. & ROSEN, S. (2006). Male overconfidence
and war. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London
B, Biological Science, 273, 2513-2520. |
| |
ROBERTS, R. (Ed.) (2007). Just war : Psychology and
terrorism. Ross on Wye : PCCS Books. |
| |
CHEUNG-BLUNDEN, V. & BLUNDEN, B. (2008). Paving the
road to war with group membership, appraisal antecedents,
and anger. Aggressive Behavior, 34 (3), 175–189. |
| |
MUSGRAVE, L. & McGARTY, C. (2008). Opinion-based group
membership and the war on terror. Social Psychology,
39 (1), 37-47. |
| |
CHEUNG-BLUNDEN, V. & BLUNDEN, B. (2008). The emotional
construal of war : Anger, fear and d other negative
emotions. Peace & Conflict : Journal of Peace
Psychology, 14, 123–150. |
| |
LUTZ, C. (2008). Anthropology in an era of permanent war.
Anthropologic, 51 2 (2), 367-379 |
|
EVERRETT, M. (2008). Faked provocations : Symbolic traumas
as a pretext for war. Journal of Psychohistory, 35, 366–393.
|
| |
COLONOMOS, A. (2009). Le pari de la guerre.
Paris : Denoël. |
|
|
KRESSEL, N.J. (1987). Biased judgments of mass media : A
case study of the Arab-Israeli dispute. Political
Psychology, 8, 211-224. |
McDERMOTT, R. (2009). Emotions and war. In M. Midlarsky
(Ed.), Handbook of war studies III. Ann Arbor,
MI : University of Michigan Press. |
| |
DEBS, A. & GOEMANS, H.E. (2010). Regime type, the fate
of leaders, and war. American Political Science
Review, 104 (3), 430-445. |
| |
GADAGKAR, R. (2011). War and peace - Conflict &
cooperation in an insect society. Science Reporter,
8-12. [PDF] |
| |
LUTZ, C. & GONZALEZ, R. (2011). The anthropology of
peace and war. American Anthropologist, 113 (3),
495. |
|
SCOTT, P.D. (2012). American war machine : Deep
politics, the CIA global drug connection, and the road
to Afghanistan. / La Machine de guerre américaine : La
politique profonde, la CIA, la drogue, l'Afghanistan. Montréal
: Éditions Demi-Lune. |
|
FISKE, S.T. (1987). People's reactions to nuclear war :
Implications for psychologists. American
Psychologist, 42, 207-217. |
WERNER, E.E. (2012). Children and war : Risk, resilience,
and recovery. Development & Psychopathology, 24 (2),
553-558. [PDF]
|
|
FISKE, S.T. (1987). People's reactions to nuclear war :
Implications for psychologists. American
Psychologist, 42, 207-217. |
DAVID, C.P. (2013). Repenser la guerre et la paix au XXIe Siècle. ( Politique Étrangère, 78, ( 53-64.
|
|
JOHNSON, D.D.P. & REEVE, Z. (2013). The virtues of
intolerance : Is religion an adaptation for war ? In S.
Clarke, R. Powell & J. Savulescu (Eds.), Religion,
intolerance and conflict : A scientific and conceptual
investigation (pp. 67-87). Oxford : Oxford
University Press. |
|
TOOBY, J. & COSMIDES, L. (1988). The evolution of war
and its cognitive foundations. Proceeding of Institute
for Evolutionary Studies, 88, 1-15. [PDF] |
JOHNSON, D.D.P. (2015). Leadership in war : Evolution,
cognition, and the military intelligence hypothesis. In
D.M. Buss (Eds.), Handbook of evolutionary
psychology. Wiley. |
|
|
ROBERTS, P. (2018). War and peace in The Law of Peoples :
Rawls, Kant and the use of force. Kantian Review,
23 (4), 661-680. |
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Voir aussi Entraînement militaire, Terrorisme, Onze septembre et Arme |
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guerre (Seconde grande) : Guerre
qui s'est déroulée de 1939 à 1945.
World War II.
| |
|
|
CARMICHAEL, L. (1943). The number of scientific men
engaged in war work. Science, 98, 144-145. |
|
KEEHN, R.J. (1980). Follow-up studies of World War II and
Korean conflict prisoners : Mortality to January 1, 1976.
American Journal of Epidemiology, 3, 194-202. |
|
BERNTSEN, D. & THOMSEN, D.K. (2005). Personal memories
for remote historical events : Accuracy and clarity of
flashbulb memories related to World War II. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 134, 242-257. |
|
|
Voir aussi Guerre |
|
|
|
Guerre civile : Guerre qui oppose les
individus d'un même pays ou territoire,
généralement divisés en deux camps ennemis. EX:
Guerre de sécession américaine (1861-1865).
= guerre nationale.
Civil war.
| |
|
|
MARX, K. (1937). La guerre civile en France. [PDF] |
|
ENGELS, F. & MARX, K. (1937). The Civil War in
the United States/La guerre civile aux États-Unis. New
York : International Press. [PDF] |
|
DEMÉLAS-BOHY, M.D. (1997). La notion de guerre civile en
question. Clio, 5, [PDF] |
|
MARTIN, J.-C. (1999). La guerre civile : une notion
explicative en histoire ? Espaces Temps, 71-73, 84-99.
[PDF] |
|
KOLB, R. (2001). Le droit international public et le
concept de guerre civile depuis 1945. Relations
internationales, 105, 9-29. |
|
BONANNO, G.A., FILED, N.P., KOVACEVIC, A. & ALTMAN, S.
(2002). Self-enhancement as a buffer against extreme
adversity : Civil war in Bosnia and traumatic loss in the
United States. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 28, 184–196. |
|
AMEUR, F. (2013). La Guerre de Sécession. Paris
: Presses Universitaires de France. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Guerre
|
|
|
Guerre d'Afghanista : Guerre
conscutive au événements du 11
septembre 2001, entre les
États-Unis et l'irak,
de 2001 à 2021. Afghanistan, armée
et guerre.
Afghanistan war.
|
|
|
BUZAN, B. (2003). Implications of September 11 for
the study of international relations. In Buckley M., Fawn
R. (Eds.), Global responses to terrorism : 9/11,
Afghanistan, and beyond (pp. 296–309). Routledge. |
| |
HOGE, C.W, CASTRO, C.A., MESSER, S.C., McGURK, D. COTTING,
D.I. & KOFFMAN, R.L. (2004). Combat duty in Iraq and
Afghanistan, mental health problems, and barriers to care.
New England Journal of Medicine, 351, 13-22. |
|
GAWANDE, A. (2004). Casualties of war : military care for
the wounded from Iraq and Afghanistan. New England
Journal of Medicine, 351, 2471–2475. |
|
FRIEDMAN, M.J. (2006). Posttraumatic stress disorder among
military returnees from Afghanistan and Iraq. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 163 (4), 586-593. |
|
CHNURR, P.P., LUNNEY, C.A., BOIVIN, M.J. & MARX, B.P.
(2009). Posttraumatic stress disorder and quality of life
: Extension of findings to veterans of the wars in Iraq
and Afghanistan. Clinical Psychology Review, 29, 727-735.
[PDF] |
|
NOVACO, R.W., SWANSON, R.D., GONZALEZ, O.I., GAHM, G.A.
& REGER, M.D. (2012). Anger and post-combat mental
health : Validation of a brief anger measure with U.S.
soldiers post-deployed from Iraq and Afghanistan.
Psychological Assessment, 24, 661-675. |
|
SCOTT, P.D. (2012). American war machine : Deep
politics, the CIA global drug connection, and the road
to Afghanistan. / La Machine de guerre américaine : La
politique profonde, la CIA, la drogue, l'Afghanistan. Montréal
: Éditions Demi-Lune. |
|
McNALLY, R.J. & FRUEH, B.C. (2013). Why are Iraq and
Afghanistan War veterans seeking PTSD disability
compensation at unprecedented rates ? Journal of
Anxiety Disorders, 27, 520-526. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Guerre
et Afghanisatn
|
|
|
|
|
Guerre
de Corée : Guerre
qui s'est déroulée en Corée
du 25 juin 1950 au 27 juillet 1953.
Korea war.
|
|
| |
KEEHN, R. J. (1980). Follow-up studies of World War II and
Korean conflict prisoners : Mortality to January 1, 1976.
American Journal of Epidemiology, 3, 194-202. |
|
ORR, S.P., LASKO, N.B., SHALEV, A.Y. & PITMAN, R.K.
(1995). Physiologic responses to loud tones in Vietnam
veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 104 (1), 75-82. |
|
|
Voir aussi Guerre
et Corée |
|
|
|
|
Guerre du Golfe : Guerre consécutive à
l'invasion du Koweit par l'Irak,
entre ce dernier et une coalition de 35 états, menée par les
États-Unis en 1990-1991.
Gulf war.
| |
|
|
HUSTING, G. (1991). When a war is not a war : the war in
the Gulf and the war on abortion in 1991. The
Sociological Quarterly, 40 (1), 159-178. |
DOTY, R., WINTER, D.G., PETERSON, B.E. & KEMMEIMER, M.
(1997). Authoritarianism and American students' attitudes
about the Gulf War, 1990-1996 Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 23, 1133-1143. |
|
WARBRICK, C. (1991). The Invasion of Kuwait by Iraq. The
International & Comparative Law Quarterly, 40
(2), 482-492. |
|
|
KUSHNIR, T. & MELAMED, S. (1992). The Gulf war and its
impact on burnout and well-being of working civilians. Psychological
Medicine, 22, 987-995. |
HERRERA, M. & REICHER, S.D. (1998). Making sides and
taking sides : An analysis of salient images and category
constructions for pro- and anti-Gulf war respondents.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 28, 981-993. |
|
SKITKA, L.J., STEPHENS, L.J., ANGELOU, I.N. &
McMURRAY, P.J. (1993). Willingness to provide post-war aid
to Iraq and Kuwait : A one-year follow-up. Contemporary
Social Psychology, 17, 33-37. |
GRILLON, C. & MORGAN, C.A. (1999). Fear-potentiated
startle conditioning to explicit and contextual cues in
Gulf war veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 108, 134-142. |
|
MINTZ, A. (1993). The decision to attack Iraq : A
noncompensatory theory of decision making. Journal of
Conflict Resolution, 37 (4), 595-618. |
BARTONE, P.T. (2000). Hardiness as a resiliency factor for
United States Forces in the Gulf war. In J.M. Violanti, D.
Paton, & C. Dunning (Eds.), Posttraumatic stress
intervention : challenges, issues, and perspectives
(pp. 115-133). Springfield, IL : C. Thomas. |
|
ZEIDNER, M. & BEN-ZUR, H. (1994). Individual
differences in posttraumatic stress, anxiety, and coping
in the aftermath of the Persian Gulf War. Personality
& Individual Differences, 16, 459-476. |
McDERMOTT, R. & KUGLER, J. (2001). The decision to
launch the Gulf war : Comparing expected utility and
prospect theory models. Journal of Strategic Studies,
24, 49-85. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Irak, Koweit
et Guerre |
|
|
Guerre du Vietnam : Guerre
qui s'est déroulée au Vietnam de 1955 à 1975. Vietnam, trouble
panique et trouble
de stress post-traumatique.
Vietnam war.
| |
|
|
CONVERSE, E., KELMAN, H.C. & VANDERBERG, E.L. (Eds.)
(1966). Alternative perspectives on Vietnam.
Ithaca, N.Y. : Inter-University Committee for Debate on
Foreign Policy. |
NOCK, M.K., KAUFMAN, J. & ROSENHECK, R. (2001).
Examination of predictors of severe violence in
combat-exposed Vietnam veterans. Journal of Traumatic
Stress, 14, 835-841. |
|
HERMAN, E.S. (1966). America's vietnam policy : The
strategy of deception. Washington : Public Affairs
Press. |
ELLSBERG, D. (2002). Secrets : A memoir of Vietnam
and the Pentagon papers. New York : Viking Press. |
|
ZINN, H. (1967). Vietnam : The logic of withdrawal.
New York. Beacon Press. |
|
|
ELLSBERG, D. (1968). Papers on the war. New York
: Simon & Schuster. |
|
|
ELLSBERG, D. (1972). Papers on the War. New York :
Simon and Schuster |
|
|
KEANE, T.M., ZIMERING, R.T & CADDELL, J.M. (1985). A
behavioral formulation of posttraumatic stress disorder in
Vietnam veterans. The Behavior Therapist, 8, 9-12. |
VASTERLING, J.J., DUKE, L.M., BRAILEY, K., CONSTANS, J.I.,
ALLAIN, N. & SUTKER, P.B. (2002). Attention, learning,
and memory performances and intellectual resources in
Vietnam veterans : PTSD and no disorder comparisons. Neuropsychology,
16 (1), 5-14. [PDF] |
|
URSANO, R.J., WHEATHLEY, R., SLEDGE, W., RAHE, E. &
CARLSON, E. (1986). Coping and recovery styles in Vietnam
era prisoners of war. Journal of Nervous & Mental
Disease, 174, 707-714. |
|
|
KAYLOR, J.A., KING, D.W. & KING, L.A. (1987).
Psychological effects of military service in Vietnam : A
meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 102,
257-271. |
|
|
VINOKUR, A., CAPLAN. R.D. & WILLIAMS, C.C. (1987).
Effects of recent and past stress on mental health :
Coping with unemployment among Vietnam veterans and
non-veterans. Journal of Applied Social Psychology,
17, 708-728. |
|
|
KEANE, T.M., FAIRBANK, J.A., CADDELL, J.M. & ZIMERING,
R.T. (1989). Implosive (flooding) therapy reduces symptoms
of PTSD in Vietnam combat veterans. Behavior Therapy,
20 (2), 245-260. |
HOFMANN, S.G. LITZ, B.T. & WEATHERS, F.W. (2003).
Social anxiety, depression, and PTSD in Vietnam veterans.
Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 17, 573-582. |
|
GRAFMAN, J., JONES, B. & SALAZAR, A. (1990). Wisconsin
Card Sorting Test performance based on location and size
of neuroanatomical lesion in Vietnam veterans with
penetrating head injury. Perceptual & Motor
Skills, 71, 1120-1122. |
|
|
DAVIDSON, P. (1990). Secrets of the Vietnam war.
Novato, CA : Presidio. |
WARREN, W., MEMORY D. & BOLINGER, K. (2004). Improving
critical thinking skills in the United States survey
course : An activity for teaching the Vietnam war. History
Teacher, 37 (2), 193-209. |
|
KULKA, R.A., SCHLENGER, W.E., FAIRBANK, J.A., HOUGH, R.L.,
JORDAN, B.K., MAMAR, C.R. & WEISS, D.S. (1990). Trauma
and the Vietnam war generation. New York :
Brunner/Mazel. |
SHIN, L.M., ORR, S.P., CARSON, M.A., RAUCH, S.L., MACKLIN,
M.L., LASKO, N.B., MARZOL PETERS, P., METZGER, L.J.,
DOUGHERTY, D.D., CANNISTRARO, P.A., ALPERT, N.M.,
FISCHMAN, A.J. & PITMAN, R.K. (2004). Regional
cerebral blood flow in amygdala and medial prefrontal
cortex during traumatic imagery in male and female Vietnam
veterans with PTSD. Archives of General Psychiatry,
61, 168-176. [PDF]
|
|
ROBINS, N.L. (1993). Vietnam veterans rapid recovery from
heroin addiction : A fluke or normal expectation ?
Addiction, 88, 1041–1054. |
KASHDAN, T.B., FRUEH, B.C., KNAPP, R.G., HEBERT, R. &
MAGRUDER, K.M. (2006). Social anxiety disorder in veterans
affairs primary care clinics. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 44, 233-247. [PDF]
|
|
BOOKWALA, J., FRIEZE, I.H. & GROTE, N. (1994). The
long-term effects of military service on quality of life :
The Vietnam experience. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 24, 529-545. |
|
|
|
McNALLY, R.J. & SHIN, L.M. (1995). Association of
intelligence with severity of posttraumatic stress
disorder symptoms in Vietnam combat veterans. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 152, 936-938. |
|
|
DUNCAN, L.E. & STEWART, A.J. (1995). Still bringing
the Vietnam War home : Sources of contemporary student
activism. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 21, 914-924. |
|
|
PITMAN, R.K., ORR, S.P., ALTMAN, B., LONGPRE, R.E., POIRE,
R.E., MACKLIN, M.L., MICHAELS, M.J. & STEKETEE,
G.S. (1996). Emotional processing and outcome of imaginal
flooding therapy in Vietnam veterans with chronic
post-traumatic stress disorder. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 37, 409-418. |
|
|
FREDERICKSON, L.G., CHAMBERLSIN, K. & LONG, N. (1996).
Unacknowledged casualties of the Vietnam war; experiences
of partners of New Zealand veterans. Qualitative
Health Research, 6 (1), 49-70. |
BATTY, G.D., GALE, C.R., MORTENSEN, L.H., LANGENBERG, C.,
SHIPLEY M.J. & DEARY, I.J. (2008). Pre-morbid
intelligence, the metabolic syndrome and mortality : the
Vietnam Experience Study. Diabetologia, 51,
436-443. |
|
GROTE, N.K., FRIEZE, I.H. & SCHMIDT, L.S. (1997).
Political attitudes and the Vietnam War : A study of
college-educated men of the Vietnam generation. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 19, 1673-1693. |
|
|
ORR, S.P., LASKO, N.B., METZGER, L.J. & PITMAN, R.K.
(1997). Physiologic responses to non-startling tones in
Vietnam veterans with post-traumatic stress disorder. Psychiatry
Research, 73 (1-2), 103-107. |
GALE, C.R., DEARY, I.J. BOYLE, S.H., BAREFOOT, J.,
MORTENSEN, H. & BATTY, G.D. (2008). Cognitive ability
in early adulthood and risk of 5 specific psychiatric
disorders in middle age : The Vietnam experience study.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 65 (12),
1410-1418. [PDF] |
|
ZATZICK, D.F., MARMAR, C.R., WEISS, D.S., BROWNER, W.S.,
METZLER, T.J., GOLDING, J.M., STEWART, A, SCHLENGER, W.E.
& WELLS, K.B. (1997). Post-traumatic stress disorder
and functioning and quality of life outcomes in a
nationally representative sample of male Vietnam veterans.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 1690-1695. [PDF] |
WEISS, A., GALE, C.R., BATTY, G.D. & DEARY, I. (2013).
A questionnaire-wide association study of personality and
mortality : The Vietnam Experience Study. Journal of
Psychosomatic Research, 74 (6), 523-529. [PDF] |
|
ORR, S.P., MEYERHOFF, J.L., EDWRADS, J.V. & PITMAN,
R.K. (1998). Heart rate and blood pressure resting levels
and responses to generic stressors in Vietnam veterans
with posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal of
Traumatic Stress, 11 (1), 155-164. |
YESAVAGE, J.A. (2014). Longitudinal assessment of sleep
disordered breathing in Vietnam veterans with
post-traumatic stress disorder Nature & Science
of Sleep, 6, 123-127. [PDF] |
|
KING, D.W., KING, L.A., FOY, D.W., KEANE, T.M. &
FAIRBANK, J.A. (1999). Posttraumatic stress disorder in a
national sample of female and male Vietnam veterans : Risk
factors, war-zone stressors, and resilience-recovery
variables. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 108, 164-170. |
SHEINKIN, S. (2015). Most dangerous : Daniel Ellsberg
and the secret history of the Vietnam War. Roaring
Brook Press. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Vietnam, Guerre,
Trouble
de stress post-traumatique, Vétéran,
Golfe du
Tonkin et
Trouble panique |
|
|
|
Guerre
en Irak : Pays.
Irak, armée et
guerre. Gulf war, Iraq war.
| |
|
|
MINTZ, A. (1993). The decision to attack Iraq : A
noncompensatory theory of decision making. Journal of
Conflict Resolution 37 (4), 595-618. [PDF] |
|
|
SKITKA, L.J., STEPHENS, L.J., ANGELOU, I.N. &
McMURRAY, P.J. (1993). Willingness to provide post-war aid
to Iraq and Kuwait : A one-year follow-up. Contemporary
Social Psychology, 17, 33-37. |
ENGELHARD, I.M., VAN DEN HOUT, M.A., WEERTS, J., ARNTZ,
A., HOX, J.J.C.M. & MCNALLY, R.J. (2007).
Deployment-related stress and trauma in Dutch soldiers
returning from Iraq : Prospective study. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 191, 140-145. |
|
AHMED, N.M. (2003). Behind the war on terror : Western
secret strategy and the struggle for Iraq. New
Society Publishers. |
STECKER, T., FORTNEY, J., HAMILTON, F. & AJZEN, I.
(2007). An assessment of beliefs about mental health care
among veterans who served in Iraq. Psychiatric
Services, 58 (10), 1358-1361. |
|
HOGE, C.W., CASTRO, C.A., MESSER, S.C., MCGURK, D.,
COTTING, D.I. & KOFFMAN, R.L. (2004). Combat duty in
Iraq and Afghanistan, mental health problems, and barriers
to care. New England Journal of Medicine, 351,
13-22. |
TERRACCIANO, A. & COSTA, P.T. (2007). Perceptions of
Americans and the Iraq invasion : Implications for
understanding national character stereotypes. Journal
of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 38 (6), 695-710.
[PDF] |
|
KAUFMAN, C. (2004). Threat inflation and the failure of
the marketplace of ideas : The selling of the Iraq war. International
Security, 29 (1), 5-48. |
MAGUEN, S., TURCOTTE, D.M., PETERSON, A.L., DREMSA, T.L.,
GARB, H.N., MCNALLY, R.J. & LITZ, B.T. (2008).
Description of risk and resilience factors among military
medical personnel before deployment to Iraq. Military
Medicine, 173, 1-9. |
|
ENGELHARD, I.M., VAN DEN HOUT, M.A. & MCNALLY, R.J.
(2008). Memory consistency for traumatic events in Dutch
soldiers deployed to Iraq. Memory, 16, 3-9. |
|
GAWANDE, A. (2004). Casualties of war : military care for
the wounded from Iraq and Afghanistan. New England
Journal of Medicine, 351, 2471–2475. |
SCHNURR, P.P., LUNNEY, C.A., BOIVIN, M.J. & MARX, B.P.
(2009). Posttraumatic stress disorder and quality of life
: Extension of findings to veterans of the wars in Iraq
and Afghanistan. Clinical Psychology Review, 29,
727-735. [PDF] |
|
BLIX, H. (2004). Disarming Iraq. New York :
Pantheon Books. |
HICKS, M.J., SPAGAT, M., DARDAGNAN, H., GUERRERO-SARDAN,
A.G. & SLOBODA, J.A. (2010). Iraqi civilian mortality
from weapons and methods of armed violence during the Iraq
conflict, 2003-2006. New England Journal of Medicine,
360, 1585-1588. |
|
BAMFORD, J. (2004). A pretext for War : 9-11, Iraq
and the abuse of America's intelligence agencies. New
York : Doubleday. |
BADIE, D. (2010). Groupthink, Iraq, and the War on terror
: Explaining US policy shift toward Iraq. Foreign
Policy Analysis, 6, 277-296. [PDF] |
|
COULON, J. (2004). L'Agression : Les États-Unis,
l'Irak et le monde. Outremont : Athéna Éditions. |
GEWIRTZ, A.H., POLUSNY, M.A., DEGARMO, D.S., KHALYS, A.
& ERBES, C.R. (2010). Posttraumatic stress symptoms
among National Guard soldiers deployed to Iraq :
Associations with parenting behaviors and couple
adjustment. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 78 (5), 599-610. |
|
PILLAR, P. (2006). Intelligence, Policy and the War in
Iraq. Foreign Affairs, 85 (2), 15-26. |
NOVACO, R.W., SWANSON, R.D., GONZALEZ, O.I., GAHM, G.A.
& REGER, M.D. (2012). Anger and post-combat mental
health : Validation of a brief anger measure with U.S.
soldiers post-deployed from Iraq and Afghanistan.
Psychological Assessment, 24, 661-675. |
|
SHANNON, V.P. & KELLER, J.W. (2006). Leadership style
and international norm violation : The case of the Iraq
War. Foreign Policy Analysis, 3 (1), 79-104. |
McNALLY, R.J. & FRUEH, B.C. (2013). Why are Iraq and
Afghanistan War veterans seeking PTSD disability
compensation at unprecedented rates ? Journal of
Anxiety Disorders, 27, 520-526. |
|
FRIEDMAN, M.J. (2006). Posttraumatic stress disorder among
military returnees from Afghanistan and Iraq. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 163 (4), 586-593. |
TELCH, M.J., BEEVERS, C.G., ROSENFIELD, D., LEE, H.J.,
REIJNTJES, A., FERRELL, R.E. & HARIRI, A.R. (2015).
5-HTTLPR genotype potentiates the effects of war zone
stressors on the emergence of PTSD, depressive and anxiety
symptoms in soldiers deployed to iraq. World
Psychiatry : Official Journal of the World Psychiatric
Association, 14 (2), 198-206. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Vétéran,
Guerre et Trouble
de stress post-traumatique |
|
|
|
Guerre froide : Cord war.
| |
|
|
TETLOCK, P.E. (1985). Integrative complexity of American
and Soviet foreign policy rhetoric : A time-series
analysis. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology : Interpersonal Relations & Group
Processes, 49, 1565-1585. [PDF] |
|
ROBIN, R. (2001). The making of the Cold War enemy :
Culture and politics in the military-industrial complex.
Princeton : Princeton University Press. |
|
GANSER, D. (2014). The "strategy of tension" in the cold
war period. Journal of 9/11 Studies, 39, 1-19.
[PDF] |
|
BREAULT, Y. (2016). Belarus in the "new cold war" : A
promising mediator ? In J.L. Black et M. Johns (Eds.),
The return of the cold war : Ukraine, The west and
Russia (pp. 48-67). Routledge. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Guerre |
|
|
|
Guerre
nucléaire : Nuclear war.
| |
|
|
FISKE, S.T., PRATTO, F. & PAVELCHAK, M. (1983).
Citizens' images of nuclear war : Contents and
consequences. Journal of Social Issues, 39, 41-66. |
SCHUMAN, H., LUDWIG, J. & KROSNICK, J.A. (1986). The
perceived threat of nuclear war, salience, and open
questions. Public Opinion Quarterly, 50, 519-536.
[PDF] |
|
TYLER, T.R. & McGRAW, K. (1983). The threat of nuclear
war : Risk interpretation and behavioral response. Journal
of Social Issues, 39, 25-40. |
FISKE, S.T. (1986). Adult beliefs, feelings, and actions
regarding nuclear war : Evidence from surveys and
experiments. In National Academy of Sciences, Proceedings
of the symposium on medical implications of nuclear war
(pp. 444-466). Washington, D.C. : National Academy of
Sciences, Institute of Medicine. |
|
ROGERS, C.R. & RYBACK, D. (1984). One alternative to
nuclear planetary suicide. The Counseling
Psychologist, 12, 3-12. |
FISKE, S.T. (1987). People's reactions to nuclear war :
Implications for psychologists. American
Psychologist, 42, 207-217. |
|
McGRAW, K. & TYLER, T.R. (1986). The threat of nuclear
war and psychological well-being. International
Journal of Mental Health, 15, 172-188. |
SCHATZ, R. & FISKE, S.T. (1992). International
reactions to the threat of nuclear war : The rise and fall
of concern in the eighties. Political Psychology, 13,
1-30. |
|
WHITE, R. (Ed.) (1986). Psychology and the prevention
of nuclear war. New York : New York University
Press. |
ELLSBERG, D. (2017). The doomsday machine :
Confessions of a nuclear war planner. Bloomsbury. |
|
|
Voir aussi Guerre |
|
|
|
|
Guess Phillip Douglas (Olathe 1939-) :
Psychologue béhavioriste
américain et spécialiste de l'analyse
fonctionnelle du langage,
notamment chez les déficients
intellectuels. Collaborateur de
Baer.
|
GUESS, D., SAILOR, W., RUTHERFORD, G. & BAER, D.M.
(1968). An experimental analysis of linguistic development
: the productive use of the plural morpheme. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 1 (4),
297-306. [PDF] |
|
GUESS, D. (1969). A functional analysis of receptive
language and productive speech : acquisition of the plural
morpheme. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 2
(1), 55-64. [PDF] |
|
GUESS, D. SAILOR, W. & BAER, D.M. (1969). To teach
language to retarded children. in R. Schiefelbusch and
Lloyd L.L.L (Eds.), Language perspectives :
Acquisition, retardation and intervention.
Baltimore : University Park Press. |
|
GUESS, D., SMITH, J.O. & ENSMINGER, E.E. (1971). The
role of nonprofessional persons in teaching language
skills to mentally retarded children. Exceptional
Children, 37 (6), 447-453. |
|
GUESS, D. & BAER, D.M. (1973). Some experimental
analysis of linguistic development in institutionalized
retarded children. In B.B. Lahey (Ed.), The
modification of language bebavlor. Springfield,
Illinois : C.C. Thomas. |
|
|
|
Guetzkow
Harold S. (1915-2008 San Jose) :
Psychosociologue américain et spécialiste de
l'étude des groupes. Collaborateur de March
et Simon.
 |
GUETZKOW, H. (Ed.) (1951). Groups, leadership and
men; research in human relations. Carnegie Press. |
|
GUETZKOW, H. & GYR, J. (1954). An analysis of conflict
in decision-making groups. Human Relations, 7,
367-382. |
|
GUETZKOW, H. & SIMON, H.A. (1955). The impact of
certain communicationnets upon organization and
performance in task-oriented groups. Management
Science, 1, 233-250. |
|
GUETZKOW, H. (1955). use of simulation in the study of
internation relations. Behavioral Science, 4 (3),
183-191. |
|
GUETZKOW, H. & BOWES, A.E. (1957). The development of
organizations in a laboratory. Management Science, 3
(4), 380-402. |
|
|
CROOKALL, D., WARD, M.D. & GUETZKOW, H.l. (2009).
Harold S. Kuetzkow. Political Science & Politics,
40 (1), 5-7. |
|
WARD, M.D. & GUETZKOW, H.l. (2009). Guetzkow PS :
Political Science & Politics, 42 (2), 413-414. |
|
DRUCKMAN, J.N. (2011). Remembering Harold Kuetzkow. Simulation
& Gaming, 42 (3), 335-337. |
|
CHERRYHOLMES, C.H. (2011). Simulations as rhetorical and
discursive exercises : Memories of Guetzkow. Simulation
& Gaming, 42 (3), 323-328. |
|
|
|
Guidage
: Ensemble des règles/ instructions
données à un sujet - un élève, un apprenti, un nouvel employé
- qui lui indique clairement et précisément ce qu'il faut
faire pour atteindre un objectif (résoudre un problème, rédiger
une introduction, assembler un meuble, couper ses aliments,
séduire la caissière, etc.). Lorsque ces règles/instructions son
complexes, il faut les présenter par facçonnement
(du simple au complexe); et par étapes, logiquement ordonnées, si
elles sont nombreuses (charge
cognitive). Guidance.
| |
|
|
ALLEN, J.B., BARKER, L.N. & RAMSDEN, J.H. (1986).
Guided inquiry laboratory. Journal of Chemical
Education, 63, 533-534. |
|
TARMIZI, R.A. & SWELLER, J. (1988). Guidance during
mathematical problem solving. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 80 (4), 424-436. |
|
CLARK, R., KIRSCHNER, P. & SWELLER, J. (2006). Why
minimal guidance during instruction does not work: An
analysis of the failure of constructivist, discovery,
problem-based, experiential, and inquiry-based teaching. Educational
Psychologist, 41 (2), 75-86. [PDF] |
|
MAUTINE, P.D. & MAYER, R.E. (2007). Cognitive aids for
guiding graph comprehension. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 99, 640-652. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guide
de lecture : Ensemble d'instructions qu'un enseignant/professeur
fournit à ses élèves/étudiants
afin de rendre les lectures
plus faciles, plus efficaces. Il peut s'agir des faits saillants
d'un texte, de sa structure logique, de mots-clés,
de rétroaction (sous forme de jeu-questionnaire),
etc. Ces guides sont un exemple d'enseignement
explicite. Study guide, text guide
| |
|
|
MONTELONGO, J. (2008). Text guides : Scaffolding,
summarization and fortifying reading skills. International
Journal of Learning, 15 (7), 289-296. |
|
VANDSBURGER, E & DUNCAN-DASTON, R. (2011). Evaluating
the study guide as a tool for increasing students'
accountability for reading the textbook. Journal of
College Reading & Learning, 42, 6-23. |
|
|
Voir aussi Enseignement
explicite et lecture |
|
|
|
Guilbert
Sébastien ( ) : Sociologue
français et spécialiste de l'étude du
sport, notamment de la violence.
|
GUILBERT, S. (2004). Sport and violence : A typological
analysis. International Review for the Sociology of
Sport, 39 (1), 45-55. |
|
GUILBERT, S. (2006). Violence in sports and among
sportsmen : a single or two-track issue ? Aggressive
Behavior, 32 (3), 231-240. |
|
GUILBERT, S. (2008). Violence and accidents in competition
sports. Sport in Society : Cultures, Commerce, Media,
Politics, 11 (1), 17-31. |
|
GUILBERT, S. (2010). La violence des entraîneurs : une
étude comparative entre 5 disciplines sportives
(basket-ball, tennis de table, karaté, natation et tir).
Esporte e Sociedade Ano, 5 (13), 1-20.
[PDF] |
|
GUILBERT, S. (2012). Pouvoir, autorité, violence des
"dirigeants" sportifs. Esporte e Sociedade Ano, 7
(19), 1-21.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Guilford
Joy Paul (1897-1987) : Psychométricien
américain, spécialiste de l'étude de l'intelligence,
de la créativité,
et de la mesure en psychologie et en éducation.
Président de l'APA en 1950.
Étudiant de Dallenbach
et Tichener. Professeur
de Hunt.
No
27 |
GUILFORD, J.P. (1936). Psychometric methods. New
York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
GUILFORD, J.P. (1950). Creativity. American
Psychologist, 15, 444-454. |
|
GUILFORD, J.P. (1967). The nature of human
intelligence. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
GUILFORD, J.P. (1975). Factors and factors of personality.
Psychological Bulletin, 83, 802-814. |
|
GUILFORD, J.P. (1980). Cognitive styles : what are they ?
Educational & Psychological Measurement, 40, 715-735. |
|
|
COMREY, A.L., MICHAEL, W.B. & FRUCHTE, B. (1988).
Obituary : J.P. Guilford (1897-1987). American
Psychologist, 43 (12), 1086-1087. |
|
|
|
|
|
Guillaume Gustave (Paris 1883-1960 Paris) : Linguiste
français et spécialiste de l'étude du
français.
 |
GUILLAUME, G. (1911). Études de grammaire logique
comparée. Les passés de l'indicatif français, allemands
et russes. Paris : Fischbacher. |
|
GUILLAUME, G. (1919). Le problème de l'article et sa
solution dans la langue française. Paris : Hachette. |
|
GUILLAUME, G. (1929). Temps et verbe. Théorie des
aspects, des modes et des temps. Paris : Honoré
Champion. |
|
GUILLAUME G. (1947-1948). Leçons de linguistique de
Gustave Guillaume. Grammaire particulière du français et
grammaire générale (III), 8. Québec et Lille : Les
Presses de l’Université Laval et Presses Universitaires de
Lille. |
|
GUILLAUME, G. (1951). De la double action séparative
du présent dans la représentation française du temps.
Paris : Mélanges Albert Dauzat, éditions d'Artrey. |
|
|
JACOB, A. (1970). Les exigences théoriques de la
linguistique selon Gustave Guillaume. Paris :
Klincksieck. |
|
VALIN, R. (1985). Centenaire d'une naissance : Gustave
Guillaume (1883-1960). Historiographia Linguistica,
12 (1-2), 85-104. |
|
VALIN, R. (1994). Introduction au premier volume (1971)
des Leçons de linguistique de Gustave Guillaume. Dans R.
VALIN, R. (Dir), L'envers des mots. Analyse
psychomécanique du langage (p. 123-177).
Paris/Sainte- Foy, Klincksieck/P.U. Laval. |
|
CORNILLAC, G. (2010). Gustave Guillaume : une vie, une
oeuvre. Langages, 178 (2), 11-20. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guillaumin Jean-Baptiste ( ) : Psychanalyste
français.
|
GUILLAUMIN, J. (1972). Le rêveur et son rêve. Revue
Française de Psychanalyse, 37, 1-2, 5-39. |
|
GUILLAUMIN, J. (1972). Le rêve et le Moi : Rupture,
continuité, création dans la vie psychique. Paris
: Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
GUILLAUMIN, J. (1987). Entre blessure et cicatrice :
le destin du négatif dans la psychanalyse. Paris :
Éditions Champ Vallon. |
|
GUILLAUMIN, J. (2003). La psychanalyse : un nouveau
modèle pour la science ? Le Bouscat (Gironde) :
L'esprit du temps. |
|
GUILLAUMIN, J. (2006). Entre rêve, moi et réalité.
Éditions In Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
Guilleminault Christian (Marseille 1938-2019 Stanford) :
Psychiatre américain,
d'origine française, spécialisé dans l'étude des troubles
du sommeil, notamment de l'apnée,
de la narcolepsie et
du somnambulisme.
Collaborateur de Dement.
|
GUILLEMINAULT, C. & SILVESTRI, R. (1982). Aging, drugs
and sleep. Neurobiology Aging, 3 (4), 379-386. |
|
GUILLEMINAULT, C. (1985). Narcolepsy. Sleep, 9
(1), 99-101. |
|
GUILLEMINAULT, C. (1985). Disorders of excessive
sleepiness. Annals of Clinical Research, 17 (5),
209-219. |
|
GUILLEMINAULT, C. & ABAD, V.C. (2004). Obstructive
sleep apnea syndromes. Medical Clinics of North
America, 88, 611-630. [PDF] |
|
GUILLEMINAULT, C., KIRISOGLU, C., DA ROSA, A.C., LOPES, C.
& CHAN, A. (2006). Sleepwalking, a disorder of NREM
sleep instability. Sleep Medicine, 7 (2),
163-170. |
|
|
|
Guillemet : Signe utilisé par un auteur
pour indiquer au lecteur
que les propos qu'il cite appartiennent à un tiers (l'auteur
cité dans le texte ou entre parenthèse). En science,
on cite textuellement les définitions
scientifiques - afin de ne pas trahir le sens précis du
concept - et parfois, selon le contexte, un passage flou, un
extrait dans une autre langue, une phrase célèbre ou une équation;
sinon, il faut recourir systématiquement à la paraphrase.
L'utilisation d'extrait sans guillemets constitue un plagiat,
même si l'auteur cite ses sources
dans le texte ou en références.
= mot-à-mot, citation textuelle. Quotation mark.
|
Guillemot Jean-Paul (1949-2021) : Neuropsychologue
québécois et spécialiste de l'étude de la perception visuelle et
auditive, notamment chez le chat.
Il s'intéresse également à la
neuroplasticité et à l'effet de
l'exercice et du sport
sur ce mécanisme neural. Professeur de
Ellemberg. Collaborateur Lepore
et Ptito.
 |
GUILLEMOT, J.-P., GUILBERT, M., RICHER, L., PTITO, M.
& LEPORE, F. (1992). Somatosensory receptive field
properties of corpus callosum fibres in the raccoon. Journal
of Comparative Neurology, 321, 124-132. |
|
GUILLEMOT, J.-P., MINEAULT, D., PAQUET, V., MOLOTCHNIKOFF,
S. & LEPORE. F. (2000). Auditory compensation and
blindness. Archive of European Journal of Physiology,
440 (6), 239. |
|
| |
| |
|
|
|
Guimelli Christian ( ) : Psychosociologue
français et spécialiste de l'étude de la représentation
sociale. Collaborateur de Rouquette.
|
GUIMELLI, C. & JACOBI, D. (1990). Pratiques nouvelles
et transformation des représentations sociales. Revue
Internationale de Psychologie Speciale, 3 (3),
307-334. |
|
GUIMELLI, C. (1993). Concerning the structure of social
representations. Paper on Social Representation, 2 (2),
85-92. |
|
GUIMELLI, C. (1993). Locating the central core of social
representations : Towards a method. European Journal
of Social Psychology, 23 (5), 555-559. |
|
GUIMELLI, C. (1995). L'étude des représentations sociales.
Psychologie Française, 40 (4), 367-374. |
|
GUIMELLI, C. et ABRIC, J.-C. (2007). La représentation
sociale de la mondialisation : rôle de l'implication dans
l'organisation des contenus représentationnels et des
jugements évaluatifs. Bulletin de Psychologie, 60
(1), 49-58. |
|
|
|
Gunawardena
Charlotte Nirmalani ( ) :
Spécialiste chypriote de
l'éducation, notamment de
l'enseignement à distance. Collaboratrice de
McIsaac.
|
GUNAWARDENA, C.N. (1990). Integrating telecommunication
systems to reach distance learners. The American
Journal of Distance Education, 4 (3), 38-46. |
|
GUNAWARDENA, C.N. & DUPHORNE, P.L. (2000). Predictors
of learner satisfaction in an academic computer
conference. Distance Education, 21 (1), 101-117. |
|
GUNAWARDENA, C.N. (2006). New model, new strategies :
Instructional design for building online wisdom
communities. Distance Education, 27 (2),
217-232. |
|
GUNAWARDENA, C.N., LINDER-VANBERSCHOT, J.A., LAPOINTE,
D.K., RAO, L. (2010). Predictors of learner satisfaction
and transfer of learning in a corporate online education
program. The American Journal of Distance Education,
24 (4), 207-226. |
|
GUNAWARDENA, C.N., FLOR, N.V., GOMEZ, D. & SANCHEZ, D.
(2016). Analyzing social construction of knowledge Online
by employing interaction analysis, learning analytics, and
social network analysis. The Quarterly Review of
Distance Education, 17 (3), 35-60. |
|
|
|
Gunst
Noëlle ( ) : Primatologue
canadienne, spécialisée dans l'étude de la culture
animale et de la fabrication
des outils, notamment chez les macaques.
Étudiante de Huffman.
Collaboratrice de Leca,
Nahallage, Pellis et
Vasey.
|
GUNST, N. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2007). Japanese macaque
cultures : Inter- and intra-troop behavioural variability
of stone handling patterns across 10 troops. Behaviour,
144, 251-281. |
GUNST, N., BOINSKI, S. & MUNKENBECK-FERAGASZY, D.
(2008). Acquisition of foraging competence in wild brown
capuchins (Cebus apella), with special reference to
conspecifics' foraging artefacts as an indirect social
influence. Behaviour, 145 (2), 195–229.
|
|
GUNST, N., LECA, J.-P., BOINSKI, S. & FERAGASZY, D.
(2010). The Ontogeny of Handling Hard-to-Process Food in
Wild Brown Capuchins (Cebus apella apella) : Evidence From
Foraging on the Fruit of Maximiliana maripa. American
Journal of Primatology, 72, 960–973. [PDF] |
GUNST, N., LECA, J. & VASEY P.L. (2013). Development
of sexual and socio-sexual behaviours in free-ranging
juvenile male Japanese macaques, Macaca fuscata. Behaviour,
150 (11), 1225-1254.
|
|
GUNST, N., PELLIS, S.M., NENGAH, W. & LECA, J. (2022).
A tool to act blind? Object-assisted eye-covering as a
self-handicapping behavior and social play signal in
Balinese long-tailed macaques. Animal Cognition, 26
(2), 3. |
|
|
|
Guppy
: Espèce de poisson
de petite taille. Il est l'objet de nombreuses expériences
scientifiques en éthologie
expérimentale. = Poecilia
reticulata). Guppy.
| |
|
|
CHARLESWORTH, B. (1990). Life and times of the guppy. Nature,
336, 313-314. |
KODRIC-BROWN, A. & NICOLETTO, P.F. (2000). Age and
experience effects female choice in the guppy (Poecilia
reticulata). American Naturalist, 157 (3),
316-323. [PDF]
|
|
NICOLETTO, P.F. (1991). The relationship between male
ornamentation and swimming performance in the guppy,
Poecilia reticulata. Behavioral Ecology &
Sociobiology, 28, 365-370. |
DUGATKIN, L.A. & GODIN, J.G.J. (1998). Effects
of hunger on mate ? choice copying in the guppy. Ethology,
104, 194-202.
|
|
NICOLETTO, P.F. (1993). Female sexual response to
condition-dependent ornaments in the guppy, Poecilia
reticulata. Animal Behavior, 46, 441-450. |
BROWN, C. & LALAND, K.N. (2002). Social learning of a
novel avoidance task in the guppy : conformity and social
release. Animal Behaviour, 64, 41-47. [PDF] |
|
KODRIC-BROWN, A. (1993). Female choice of multiple male
criteria in guppies : interacting effects of dominance,
coloration and courtship. Behavioral Ecology &
Sociobiology, 32, 415-420. |
KODRIC-BROWN, A. & JOHNSON, S.C. (2002). Ultraviolet
reflectance patterns of male guppies enhance their
attractiveness to females. Animal Behavior, 63,
391-396. [PDF] |
|
KODRIC-BROWN, A. & NICOLETTO, P. (2005). Courtship
behavior, swimming performance, and microhabitat use of
Trindadian guppies. Environmental Biology of Fishes,
7, 299-307. |
|
DUGATKIN, L.A. & GODIN, J.G.J. (1993). Female mate
copying in the guppy (Poecilia reticulata): age ? dependent
effects. Behavioral Ecology, 4, 289–292. |
CROFT, D.P., JAMES, R., THOMAS, P.O.R., HATHAWAY, C.,
MAWDLEY, D., LALAND, K.N. & KRAUSE, J. (2006). Social
structure and co-operative interactions in a wild
population of guppies (Poecilia reticulata). Behavioral
Ecology & Sociobiology, 59, 644-650. [PDF] |
|
NICOLETTO, P.F. (1995). Offspring quality and female
choice in the guppy, Poecilia reticulata. Animal
Behavior, 49, 377-387. [PDF]
|
DUGATKIN, L.A. & DRUEN, M. (2007). Mother
offspring correlation and mate choice copying behavior in
guppies. Ethology Ecology & Evolution, 19,
137–144. |
|
KELLEY, J.L., GRAVES, J.A. & MAGURRAN, A.E. (1999).
Familiarity breeds contempt in guppies. Nature, 401, 661-662. |
BATES, L. & CHAPELL, J. (2011). Inhibition of optimal
behavior by social transmission in the guppy depends on
shoaling. Behavioral Ecology, 13 (6), 827-383. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Éthologie
expérimentale et Poisson |
|
|
|
|
Gupta Anil K. (1949-) : Philosophe
et épistémologue
américain d'origine indienne.
 |
GUPTA, A. (1978). Modal logic and truth. Journal of
Philosophical Logic, 7, 441-472. |
|
GUPTA, A. (1982). Truth and paradox. Journal of
Philosophical Logic, 11, 1-60. |
|
CHAPUIS, A. & GUPTA, A. (Eds.) (1999).
Circularity, definition, and truth. New Delhi :
Indian Council of Philosophical Research. |
|
GUPTA, A. (2006). Finite circular definitions. In T.
Bolander, V.F. Hendricks & S.A. Andersen (Eds.), Self-reference
(pp. 79-93). Stanford : CSLI Publications. |
|
GUPTA, A. (2006). Empiricism and experience. New
York : Oxford University Press. |
|
|
|
Gupta
Rina ( ) :
Psychiatre canadienne et spécialiste du
jeu de hasard et du
jeu compulsif. Étudiante de Derevensky.
Collaboratrice de Griffiths,
Volberg, Winters et
Woods.
|
GUPTA, R. & DEVERENSKY, J.L. (1996). The relationship
between gambling and video-playing behavior in children
and adolescents. Journal of Gambling Studies, 12 (4),
375-394. |
|
GUPTA, R. & DEVERENSKY, J.L. (1998). An empirical
examination of Jacobs' general theory of addictions : Do
adolescent gamblers fit the theory ? Journal of
Gambling Studies, 14, 17-49. |
|
GUPTA, R. & DEVERENSKY, J.L. (1998). Adolescent
gambling behaviour : a prevalence study and examination of
the correlates associated with problem gambling. Journal
of Gambling Studies, 14, 319-345. |
|
GUPTA, R. & DEREVENSKY, J.L. (2000). Adolescents with
gambling problems : From research to treatment. Journal
of Gambling Studies, 16 (2/3), 315-342. |
|
GUPTA, R. & DEREVENSKY, J.L. (2005). A treatment
approach for adolescents with gambling problems. In J.L.
Derevensky & N. Gupta (Eds.), Gambling problems
in youth : Theoretical and Applied Perspectives (pp
165-188). Springer US. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Gur
Raquel E. ( ) : Psychiatre
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude et du traitement de la schizophrénie.
Elle s'intérese également aux différences
sexuelles. Collaboratrice de Benbow,
Geary, Gernsbacher,
Gur, Halpern
et Hyde.
|
GUR, R.E. & REYHER, J. (1973). The relationship
between style of hypnotic induction and direction of
lateral eye movements. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 82, 499-505. |
|
GUR, R.E. & GUR, R.C. (1977). Sex differences in the
relations among handedness, sighting-dominance and eye
acuity. Neuropsychologia, 15, 585-590. |
|
GUR, R.E., GUR, R.C. & SAYKIN, A.J. (1990).
Neurobehavioral studies in schizophrenia : implications
for regional brain dysfunction. Schizophrenia
Bulletin, 16, 445-451. |
|
GUR, R.E., COWELL, P., TURETSKY, B.I., GALLACHER, F.,
CANNON, T., BILKER, W. & GUR, R.C. (1998). A followup
MRI study of schizophrenia : Relationship of neuroanatomic
changes with clinical and neurobehavioral measures. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 55, 145-152. [PDF] |
|
GUR, R.E. & GUR, R.C. (2002). Differences in aging :
Cognition, emotions and neuroimaging studies. Dialogues
in Clinical Neuroscience, 4, 197-207. |
|
|
|
Gur Ruben C. ( ) : Psychologue
américain. Il s'intéresse notamment à l'aveuglement
volontaire. Collaborateur de
Gur et Sackeim.
|
GUR, R.C. & GUR, R.E. (1974). Handedness, sex and
eyedness as moderating variables in the relation between
hypnotic susceptibility and functional brain asymmetry. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 83, 635-643. |
| GUR, R.C. & SACKEIM, H.E. (1979). Self-deception
: A concept in search of a phenomenon. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 37 (2), 147-169. |
|
GUR, R.C., JAGGI, J.L., RAGLAND, J.D., RESNICK, S.M.,
SHTASEL, D.L., MUENZ, L. & GUR, R.E. (1993). Effects
of memory processing on regional brain activation :
Cerebral blood flow in normal subjects. International
Journal of Neuroscience, 72, 31-44. |
|
GUR, R.C., RAGLAND, J.D., MOZLEY, L.H., MOZLEY, P.D.,
SMITH, R., ALAVI, A., BILKER, W. & GUR, R.E. (1997).
Lateralized changes in regional cerebral blood flow during
performance of verbal and facial recognition tasks :
Correlations with performance and "effort". Brain
& Cognition, 33 (3), 388-414. |
|
GUR, R.C., RAGLAND, J.D., MOBERG, P.J., BILKER, W.B.,
KÖHLER, C., SIEGEL, S.J. & GUR, R.E. (2001).
Computerized Neurocognitive Scanning II : The profile of
schizophrenia. Neuropsychopharmacology, 25 (5),
777-788. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guthrie Edwin Ray (Lincoln 1886-1959 Seattle) :
Psychologue américain et chef de file du béhaviorisme,
plus particulièrement de l'associationnisme
et des théories S-R qui s'appuient sur la loi de la contiguïté.
Il s'est également intéressé à l'évaluation
des enseignements. Président de l'APA
en 1945. Prosesseur de
 |
GUTHRIE, E.R. (1927). Measuring student opinion of
teachers. School & Society, 25, 175-176. |
|
GUTHRIE, E.R. (1930). Conditioning as a principle of
learning. Psychological Review, 37, 412-428. |
|
GUTHRIE, E.R. (1934). Reward and punishment. Psychological Review, 41, 450-460. |
|
GUTHRIE, E.R. (1940). Association and the law of effect. Psychological
Review, 47, 127-148. |
|
GUTHRIE, E.R. & HORTON, G.P. (1946). Cats in a
puzzle box. New York : Rinehart. |
|
|
SHEFIELD, F.D. (1949). Hilgard's critique of Guthrie. Psychological
Review, 56, 284-291. |
| SCHOENFELD, W.N. & MUELLER, C.G. (1954). E.R. Guthrie. In W.K. Estes, S. Koch, K. MacCorquodale, P.E. Meehl, C.G.
Mueller, W.N. Schoenfeld & W.S. Verplanck (Eds.), Modern learning theory : A critical analysis of five examples
(pp. 345-379). New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
|
MOORE, B.R. & STUDDARD, S. (1979). Dr. Guthrie and
Felis domesticus, or, tripping over the cat. Science,
205, 1031-1033. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Guthrie John T. (1942-) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'éducation,
notamment de la littéracie
et de la compréhension
de texte. Collaborateur de
Anderson, Metsala et
Wigfield.
|
GUTHRIE, J.T. (1971). Relationships of teaching method,
socioeconomic status and intelligence in concept
formation. Journal of Educational Psychology, 62, 245-350. |
| GUTHRIE, J.T., WIGFIELD, A. & VONSECKER, C. (2000).
Effects of integrated instruction on motivation and
strategy use in reading. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 92 (2), 331-341. [PDF] |
|
GUTHRIE, J.T., WIGFIELD, A., BARBOSA, P., PERENCEVICH,
K.C., TABOADA, A., DAVIS, M.H., SCAFIDDI, N.T. &
TONKS, S.L. (2004). Increasing reading comprehension and
engagement through concept-oriented reading instruction.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 96 (3),
403-423. [PDF] |
|
GUTHRIE, J.T. (2004). Teaching for literacy engagement. Journal
of Literacy Research, 36 (1), 1-29. |
|
GUTHRIE, J.T., WIGFIELD, A., HUMENICK, N.M., PERENCEVICH,
K.C., TABOADA, A. & BARBOSA, P. (2006). Influences of
stimulating tasks on reading motivation and comprehension.
Journal of Educational Research, 99 (4), 232-246.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Guthrie
Stewart Elliott ( ) : Anthropologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude des religions.
|
GUTHRIE, S.E. (1993). Faces in the clouds. A new
theory of religion. Oxford : Oxford University
Press. |
|
GUTHRIE, S.E. (1996). Religion : What is it ? Journol
for the Scientific Study of Religion, 35 (4),
412-419. [PDF] |
|
GUTHRIE, S.E. (1993). Anthropomorphism : A definition
and a theory. New York : State University of New
York Press. |
|
GUTHRIE, S.E. (2001). Why gods ? A cognitive theory. In J.
Andresen (Ed.), Religion in mind : Cognitive
perspectives on religious belief, ritual and experience
(pp. 94-111). Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
GUTHRIE, S.E. (2002). Animal animism : Evolutionary roots
of religious cognition. In I. Pyysiainen & V. Anttonen
(Eds.), Current approaches in the cognitive science
of religion (pp. 38-67). Bloomsbury Academic. |
|
|
|
Gutkin Boris S. ( ) : Neurobiologiste
français. Collaborateur de
Changeux et Dehaene.
|
GUTKIN, B.S., JOST, J. & HELY, T. (2004). Noise delays
onset of sustained firing in a positively coupled neural
circuit. Neurocomputing, 58-60, 753-760. [PDF] |
|
GUTKIN, B.S., ERMENTROUT, G.B. & REYES, A.D. (2005).
Phase-response curves give the responses of neurons to
transient inputs. Journal of Neurophysiology, 94,
1623-1630. [PDF] |
|
GUTKIN, B.S. & ERMENTROUT, G.B. (2006). Neuroscience :
spikes too kinky in the cortex ? Nature, 440
(7087), 999-1000. [PDF] |
|
GUTKIN, B.S., DEHAENE, S. & CHANGEUX, J.P. (2006). A
neurocomputational hypothesis for nicotine addiction. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 103,
1106-1111. [PDF] |
|
GUTKIN, B.S., TUCKWELL, H. & JOST, J. (2008).
Transient termination of synaptically sustained firing by
noise. Euro Physics Letters, 81, 1-6. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Guttentag Marcia (New York 1932-1977) : Psychologue sociale américaine et
féministe. Elle s'intéresse notamment à la santé mentale et à la pauvreté des femmes. Étudiante de Kalish. Collaboratrice de Denmark.
 |
GUTTENTAG, M. (1970). Group cohesiveness, ethnic organization, and poverty. Journal of Social Issues, 26 (2), 105-132. |
| |
GUTTENTAG, M. (1971). Models and methods in evaluation research. Journal of for the Theory of Social Behaviour, 1 (1), 75-93. |
|
GUTTENTAG, M. (1973). Evaluation and social intrvention programs. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 218 (1), 3-13.
|
|
GUTTENTAG, M., OGLESBY, M., KIRESUK, T., & CAHN, J. (1975). Undoing sex strereotypes : Research and resources for educators. New York : Behavioral Publications. |
|
GUTTENTAG, M. (1976). Evaluation and society. Personality & Social Psychologicy Bulletin, 3 (1), 31-40. |
|
|
|
DERNER, G.F. (1989).
Obituary : Marcia Guttentag (1932-1977). American Psychologist, 35 (2), 1138-1139. |
|
|
|
|
|
Guttman
Louis (New York 1916-1987) : Psychométricien
américain. Il a développé une échelle
de mesure des attitudes
le Guttman scaling
procedure.
|
GUTTMAN, L. (1944). A basis for scaling qualitative data.
American Sociological Review, 9 (2), 139-150. [PDF] |
|
GUTTMAN, L. (1944). General theory and methods of matric
factoring. Psychometrika, 9, 1-16. |
|
GUTTMAN, L. (1953). Image theory for the structure of
quantitative variates. Psychometrika, 18,
277-296. |
|
GUTTMAN, L. (1955). A generalized simplex for factor
analysis. Psychometrika, 20 (1), 73-192. |
|
GUTTMAN, L. (1977). What is not what in statistics. Statistician,
26, 81-107. |
|
|
GRAVES, T.D., GRAVES, N.B. & KOBRIN, M.F. (1968).
Historical inferences from Guttman scales : The return of
age-area magic. Current Anthropology, 10, 317-327,
334-338. |
|
DANCER, S.L. (1990). Obituary : Louis Guttman (1916-1987).
American Psychologist, 45 (6), 773-774. |
|
|
|
Guttman
Norman (1920-1984) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste du conditionnement
opérant, notamment de la généralisation
de la réponse et de la discrimnation stimulus.
Étudiant de Skinner.
Collaborateur de Honig et Kalish.
|
GUTTMAN, N. (1953). Operant conditioning, extinction, and
periodic reinforcement in relation to concentration of
sucrose used as reinforcing agent. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 46 (4), 213–224. |
|
GUTTMAN, N. (1956). The pigeon and the spectrum and other
perplexities. Psychological Reports, 2, 449-460. |
|
GUTTMAN, N. & KALISH, H.I. (1956). Discriminability
and stimulus generalization. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 51 (1), 79-88. |
|
GUTTMAN, N. (1959). Generalization gradients around
stimuli associated with different reinforcement schedules.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 58 (5),
335-340. |
|
GUTTMAN, N. (1977). On Skinner and Hull : A reminiscence
and projection. American Psychologist, 32 (5),
321-328. |
|
|
HONIG, W.K. & URCUIOLI, P.J. (1981). The legacy of
Guttman and Kalish (1956) : 25 years of research on
stimulus generalization. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 36 (3), 405-445. [PDF] |
|
KIMBLE, G.A. (1986). Obituary : Norman Guttman
(1920-1984). American Psychologist, 41 (5),
579-580. |
|
|
|
| GU
- GYRUS
- GYRUS ANGULAIRE - GYRUS
CINGULAIRE - GYRUS DENTELÉ - GYRUS
FRONTAL - GYRUS TEMPORAL - Fin |
Gymnastique : Gymnase : Sport.
Gymnastique, danser et trouble
alimentaire. Gymnast.
| |
|
|
MACE, R.D., EASTMAN C. & CARROLL, D. (1986). Stress
inoculation training : A case study in gymnastics. British
Journal of Sports Medicine, 20, 139-141. |
|
MACE, R.D., EASTMAN C. & CARROLL, D. (1987). The
effects of stress inoculation training in gymnastics on
the pommeled horse : A case study. Behavioral
Psychotherapy, 15, 272-229. |
|
WEISS, M.R., WIESE, D.M. & KLINT, K.A. (1989). Head
over heels with success : The relationship between
self-efficacy and performance in competitive youth
gymnastics. Journal of Sport & Exercise
Psychology, 11, 444-451. |
|
TREMAYNE, P. & BARRY, R.J. (1990). Repression of
anxiety and its effects on psychophysiological responses
to stimuli in competitive gymnasts. Journal of Sport
& Exercise Psychology, 12, 333-352. |
|
O'CONNOR, P.J., LEWIS, R.D., KIRCHNER, E.M. & COOK,
D.B. (1996). Eating disorder symptoms in former female
college gymnasts : Relations with body composition. The
American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 64 (6),
840-843. [PDF] |
|
ULLRICH-FRENCH, S. & SMITH, A.L. (2006). Perceptions
of relationships with parents and peers in youth sport :
Independent and combined prediction of motivational
outcomes. Psychology of Sport & Exercise, 7, 193-214. |
|
|
Voir aussi Sport |
|
|
Gyrus
: Du latin gyrus qui signifie "cercle".
Ensemble de replis sinueux à la surface du cerveau
de certains mammifères, notamment
chez les carnivores.
Gyrus.
| |
|
POWELL T.P.P. & MOUNTCASTLE, V.B.
(1959). Some aspects of the functional organization of the
cortex of the postcentral gyrus of the monkey : a
correlation of findings obtained in a single unit analysis
with cytoarchitecture. Bulletin of the Johns Hopkins
Hospital, 105 133-162.
|
|
SCHILTZ, C., SORGER, B., CALDARA, R., AHMED, F., MAYER,
E., GOEBEL, R. & ROSSION, B. (2006). Impaired face
discrimination in acquired prosopagnosia is associated
with abnormal response to individual faces in the right
middle fusiform gyrus. Cerebral Cortex, 16 (4),
574-586. |
YU, C. K. (2001). Neuroanatomical correlates of dreaming :
the supramarginal gyrus controversy (dream work). Neuropsychoanalysis,
3, 47–60.
|
|
YOSHIDA, T., McCARLEY, R.W., NAKAMURA, M., LEE, K., KOO,
M.-S., BOUIX, S., SALISBURY, D.F., MORRA, L., SHENTON,
M.E. & NIZNIKIEWICZ, M.A. (2009). A prospective
longitudinal volumetric MRI study of superior temporal
gyrus gray matter and amygdala-hippocampal complex in
chronic schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Research, 113,
84-94. |
|
|
Voir aussi Cerveau |
|
|
Gyrus
angulaire : Gyrus des lobes
pariétaux. Angular gyrus.
| |
| |
|
PUGH, K.R., MENCL, W.E., SHAYWITZ, B.A., SHAYWITZ, S.E.,
FULBRIGHT, R.K., CONSTABLE, R.T., SKUDLARSKI, P.,
MARCHIONE, K.E., JENNER, A.R., FLETCHER, J.M., LIBERMAN,
A.M., SHANKWEILER, D.P., KATZ, L., LACADIE, C. & GORE,
J.C. (2000). The angular gyrus in dvelopmental dyslexia :
Task-specific differences in functional connectivity
within posterior cortex. Psychological Science, 11 (1),
51-56. |
|
UDDIN, L.Q., SUPEKAR, K., AMIN, H., RYKHLEVSKAIA, E.,
NGUYEN, D.A., GREICIUS, M.D. & MENON, V. (2010).
Dissociable connectivity within human angular gyrus and
intraparietal sulcus : evidence from functional and
structural connectivity. Cerebral Cortex, 20, 2636-2646. |
SEGHIER, M.L. (2013). The angular gyrus : multiple
functions and multiple subdivisions. Neuroscientist
19, 43–61.
|
|
|
|
Gyrus
cingulaire : Gyrus du lobe
limbique. Cingulate gyrus
| |
|
|
NIELSON, J.M. & JACOBS, L.L. (1951). Bilateral lesions
of the anterior cingulate gyri. Bulletin of the Los
Angeles Neurological Society, 16, 231-234. |
|
BANCAUD, J., TALAIRACH, J., GEIER, S., BONIS, A.,
TROTTIER, S. & MANRIQUE, M. (1976). Manifestations
comportmentales induites par la stimulation electrique du
gyrus cingulaire anterieur chez l'homme. Revue
Neurologique, 132, 705-724. |
|
PANDYA, D.N., VAN HOESEN, G.W. & MESULAM, M.M. (1981)
efferent connections of the cingulate gyrus in the
rhesus-monkey. Experimental Brain Research, 42,
319-330. |
|
APPS, M.A.J., BALSTERS, J.H. & RAMNANI, N. (2012). The
anterior cingulate cortex : Monitoring the outcomes of
others decisions. Social Neuroscience, 7 (4),
424-435. |
|
APPS, M.A.J., GREEN, R. & RAMNANI, N. (2013).
Reinforcement learning signals in the anterior cingulate
cortex code for others' false beliefs. Neuroimage 64,
1-9. |
|
APPS, M.A.J. & RAMNANI, N. (2014). The anterior
cingulate gyrus signals the net value of others' rewards.
Journal of Neuroscience, 34, 6190-6200.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Gyrus |
|
|
Gyrus
dentelé : Gyrus de
l'hippocampe, qui serait impliquée dans
l'apprentissage. C'est dans cette zone du cerveau
que l'on a observé la neurogénèse
post-natale. = gyrus denté. Dentate
gyrus, gyrus dentalus.
| |
|
|
BONDAREFF, W. & GEINISMAN, Y. (1976). Loss of synapses
in the dentate gyrus of the senescent rat. American
Journal of Anatomy, 145, 129-136. |
PRAAG, H. (1999). Running increases cell proliferation and
neurogenesis in the adult mouse dentate gyrus. Nature
Neuroscience, 2 (3), 266–270. |
| |
GALEA, L.A. & McEWEN, B.S. (1999). Sex and seasonal
differences in the rate of cell proliferation in the
dentate gyrus of adult wild meadow voles.
Neuroscience, 89, 955-964. |
|
ALTMAN, J. (1982). Changes in the total mumber of dentate
granule cells in juvenile and adult rats : A correlated
volumetric and 3H·thymidine autoradiographic study. Experimental
Brain Research, 46, 315-323. [PDF] |
|
| BAYER, S.A., YACKEL, J.W. & PURI, P.S. (1982). Neurons
in the rat dentate gyrus granular layer substantially
increase during juvenile and adult life. Science, 216,
890-892. [PDF] |
PUGH K.R., MENCL, W.E. & SHAWITZ, B.A. (2000). The
angular gyrus in developmental dyslexia : task-specific
differences in functional connectivity within posterior
cortex. Psychological Science, 11, 51-56. |
|
STANFIELD, B.B. & TTITE, J.E. (1988). Evidence that
granule cells generated in the dentate gyrus of adult rats
extend axonal projections. Experimental Brain
Research, 72, 399-406. |
YU, C.K. (2001). Neuroanatomical correlates of dreaming :
the supramarginal gyrus controversy (dream work). Neuropsychoanalysis
3, 47–-60. |
|
WITTER, M.P., VAN HOESEN, G.W. & AMARAL, D.G. (1989).
Topographical organization of the entorhinal projection to
the dentate gyrus of the monkey. Journal of
Neuroscience, 9, 216-228. |
BIZON, J.L. & GALLAGHER, M. (2003). Production of new
cells in the rat dentate gyrus over the lifespan :
relation to cognitive decline. European Journal of
Neuroscience, 18, 215-219. |
|
GOULD, E., CAMERON, H.A., DANIELS, D.C., WOOLCY, C.S.
& McEWEN, B.S. (1992). Adrenal hormones suppress cell
division in the adult rat dentate gyrus. Journal of
Neuroscience, 12, 3642-3650. |
EADIE, B.D., REDILLA, VA. & CHRISTIE, B.R. (2005).
Voluntary exercise alters the cytoarchitecture of the
adult dentate gyrus by increasing cellular proliferation,
dendritic complexity, and spine density. The Journal
of Comparable Neurology, 486, 39-47. |
|
CAMERON, H.A., WOOLLEY, C.S., McEWEN, B.S. & GOULD, E.
(1993). Differentiation of newly born neurons and glia in
the dentate gurus of the adult rat. Neuroscience, 56,
337-344. |
WISKOTT, L., RASCH, M.J. & KEMPARMANN, G. (2006). A
functional hypothesis for adult hippocampal neurogenesis :
Avoidance of catastrophic interference in the dentate
gyrus. Hippocampus, 16, 329-343. |
|
GOULD, E., CAMERON, H.A. & McEWEN, B.S. (1994).
Blockade of NMDA receptors increases cell death and birth
in the developing rat dentate gyrus. Journal of
Comparative Neurology, 340, 551-565. |
BRUEL-JUNGERMAN, E., DAVIS, S., RAMPON, C. & LAROCHE,
S. (2006). Long-term potentiation enhances neurogenesis in
the adult dentate gyrus. The Journal of Neuroscience,
26, 5888-5893. |
|
SEKI, T. & ARAI, Y. (1995). Age-related production of
new granule cells in the adult dentate gyrus. Neuroreport,
6, 2479-2482. |
PARENT, J.M. (2007). Adult neurogenesis in the intact and
epileptic dentate gyrus. Progress in Brain Research,
163, 529-540. |
|
GOULD, E., McEWEN, B.S., TANAPAT, P., GALEA, L.A.M. &
FUCHS, E. (1997). Neurogenesis in the dentate gyrus of the
adult tree shrew is regulated by psychosocial stress and
NMDA receptor activation. The Journal of
Neuroscience, 17, 2492-2498. |
TREVES, A., TASHIRO, A., WITTER, M.E. & MOSER, E.I.
(2008). What is the mammalian dentate gyrus good for ? Neuroscience,
154, 1155-1172. |
|
GOOD, M., DE HOZ, L. & MORRIS, R.G.M. (1998).
Contingent versus incidental context processing during
conditioning : dissociation after excitotoxic hippocampal
plus dentate gyrus lesions. Hippocampus, 8,
147-159. [PDF] |
SAAB, B.J., GEORGIOU, J., NATH, A., LEE, F.J., WANG, M.,
MICHALON, A., LIU, F., MANSUY, I.M. & RODER, J.C.
(2009). NCS-1 in the dentate gyrus promotes exploration,
synaptic plasticity, and rapid acquisition of spatial
memory. Neuron, 63 (5), 643-656. |
|
KEMPERMANN, G., KUHN, H.G. & GAGE, F.H. (1998).
Experience induced neurogenesis in the senescent dentate
gyrus. The Journal of Neuroscience, 18, 3206-3212.
[PDF] |
XAVIER, G.F. (2009). Dentate gyrus and spatial behaviour.
Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological
Psychiatry, 33 (5), 762–773. |
|
GOULD, E., TANAPAT, P., MCEWEN, B.S., FLUGGE, G., GROSS,
C.G. & FUCHS, E. (1998). Proliferation of granule cell
precursors in the dentate gyrus of adult monkeys is
diminished by stress. Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences, 95, 3168-3171. |
STONE, S.S., TEIXEIRA, C.M., ZASLAVSKY, K., WHEELER, A.L.,
MARTINEZ-CANABAL, A., WANG, A.H., SAKAGUCHI, M., LOZANO,
A.M. & FRANKLAND, P.W. (2011). Functional convergence
of developmentally and adult-generated granule cells in
dentate gyrus circuits supporting hippocampus-dependent
memory. Hippocampus, 21, 1348-1362. |
|
|
| CARPENTER,
M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human neuroanatomy.
Londres : Williams & Wilkins. |
Voir aussi Hippocampe
et Gyrus |
|
|
Gyrus frontal : Gyrus des
lobes frontaux.
|
|
| |
TOMKPNOGY, J.M. & GOODGLASS, H. (1981). Language
function. Foot of the third frontal gyrus, and rolandic
operculum. Archives of Neurology, 38, 486-490. |
|
TSUJII, T., SAKATANI, K., MASUDA, S., AKIYAMA, T &
WATANABE, S. (2011). Evaluating the roles of the inferior
frontal gyrus and superior parietal lobule in deductive
reasoning : An rTMS study. Neuroimage, 58,
640-646. |
|
|
Voir aussi Aire de
Broca et Gyrus |
|
|
Gyrus
temporal : Gyrus des
lobes temporaux.
Temporal gyrus,
superior temporal gyrus, SGT.
|
|
|
BUCHSBAUM, B.R., HICKOK, G. & HUMPHRIES, C. (2001).
Role of left posterior superior temporal gyrus in
phonological processing for speech perception and
production. Cognitive Science, 25 (5), 663–678.
|
| |
YOSHIDA, T., McCARLEY, R.W., NAKAMURA, M., LEE, K., KOO,
M.-S., BOUIX, S., SALISBURY, D.F., MORRA, L., SHENTON,
M.E. & NIZNIKIEWICZ, M.A. (2009). A prospective
longitudinal volumetric MRI study of superior temporal
gyrus gray matter and amygdala-hippocampal complex in
chronic schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Research, 113,
84-94. |
|
|
Voir aussi Aire
de Broca et Gyrus |
|
|
| GAG
- GAN - GARCIA -
GE - GÈNE - GENRE
- GH - GIBSON -
GL - GO - Citer ce
site - GR - GRI - GROUPE
- GU - GUILFORD - GY-
Début |
|
|
|
| Comment
citer ce site ? |
|
Pl@nète
Psy©/Claude Goulet |
![[]](http://m3.moostik.net/img/?pseudo=gouc&cpt=definitionsg&option=invisible)
Genre
